
lass 
Book 



J 



• 



i 



A PRACTICAL 

RUSSIAN GRAMMAR. 



PRACTICAL GRAMMAR 



OF TH 



RUSSIAN LANGUAGE 



B V 



James Heard. 



St. PETERSBURG. 



Printed for the author, and sold by Sleijnine, 
and by boosey and sons london 

1827. 







nE l IATATb IT03BOAEHO 

ci mto, Hmo6bi no HanenamaHiM , a° Bbinycna 
ii3i> Tiinorpa^in , npe^cmaB^eHbi 6bun cejiib 3K- 
3eMn.iHpoBij ceil khhth bi> L^eH3ypHbiH Komh- 
raemi) , p,Afi npenpoBo^eHifl , Ky^a c^'B^yeint, Ha 
ocHOBaHiH y3aKOHeHiM. C. riemep6yprb , Iiohh 
3o ^hh , 1826 To^a. 

l%eH3opft AsieKcaHflpb KpacoecKiii. 



Bb THH0rPA(JjlII 4 E nAPTAMEHTA HAPOAHArO 

npocBtogEHiji. 






:L>Y?- <<s/r/ r_^i 



/r.j/// 



r '_ / /r^/yy //r//rr - Az&tikstOV. 



//'/ 




'"7 



ffs 






& 



///// //. 

■J /.r/rr ;/ /// r, /////?// . av /•// O r //////;/ f/ , 



>/ rr///:/ 



/■O 



/ 



//.j 






PREFACE. 



The English, whose pQlitical, com- 
mercial , or other intercourse with 
Russia , may have rendered a know- 
ledge of the language desirable , 
have hitherto had no other meajis 
of acquiring it, but through the 
medium of grammars , written in 
French or German. It is for the 
public to decide how far this defect 
has been supplied by the present 
work 9 in the composition of which 
the author has been most ably assis- 
ted by Mr. Charles Svehske , and 



IV 

has made an unreserved use of all 
the works hitherto published in other 
languages upon Russian grammar. * 
The simplicity of the plan adop- 
ted will greatly facilitate the labour 
of the student , while the ideas con- 
tained in the exercises will tend to 
relieve his mind from the irksome 
dryness of grammatical rules. The 
road to some sciences lies through 
delightful scenery , but the path, that 
leads to the knowledge of a language, is 
dreary and uninviting > and requires 
to be strewed with flowers. The themes, 
which are given in the following 
pages , upon the most important 
rules , consist of select sentences, 

(*) Especially of the following: PocciwcKa* 
rpaMMamnKa, cOHHHeHHan MinnepamopCKOK) Poc- 
cimckok) AKa/\eMieK). Onbim-b o PyccKMXi> cnp«- 
jKeHiax'b H. Tpe^a. Grammaire Russe a Pusage 
des etrangers par Re iff. Practische Grammalik 
dcr Russisclien Sprache von Valer. Teoretiseh- 
praclische Grammalik der Russisclien Sprache von 
Tappe. 



gradually increasing in difficulty as 
the scholar proceeds; and followed by 
promiscuous exercises[at the end of each 
principal part of speech extracted from 
the works of the most celebrated Rus- 
sian authors. It is necessary to ob- 
serve , that no rules are anticipated 
in these themes , which run chiefly* 
upon the remarks immediately preced- 
ing , and occasionally upon parts 
previously explained. Whenever the 
construction of the Russian phrase 
differs from the construction of the 
English, the arrangement of the words 
in the columns below will point out the 
order to be adopted in the translation. 

Most of the apparent irregularities 
of the Russian Etymology being 
founded upon the mutability of the 
letters , the scholar is advised to pay 
particular attention to that part of the 
grammar, which treats of their chan- 
ges and reciprocal effect upon each 



VI 



oilier in the formation of deriva- 
tives, and in the declension and 
modification of words. These changes 
will explain the omission of some 
rules, that are to be found in other 
grammars , but which are rendered 
superfluous by a knowledge of the 
more fundamental rules relating to 
the letters. 

Although an endeavour has been 
made to explain the pronunciation 
of the Russian letters, it must be 
confessed, that all attempts to express 
the sounds of one language , by the 
characters of another are imperfect, 
oral instruction being the only sure 
means of acquiring a correct pro- 
nunciation. To prevent a false accen- 
tuation the Russian words, which 
occur in the following work, are 
all accented. < 



INTRODUCTION. 



A he origin and early history of the 
Slavonian , as of other primitive languages ? 
are lost in obscurity. In the IX century 
two Greek missionaries were sent into 
Moravia by the Emperor Michael III , to 
translate the Bible, and other theological 
works, into that tongue, and finding 
letters unknown to the inhabitants , they 
composed an alphabet after the model of the 
Greek, with a few additional characters, to 
express the sounds peculiar to the Slavo- 
nian language. Thus the benign light of 
Christianity brought with it the first dawn 
of civilization and science. 

From this epoch until the subjugation 
of Russia by the Tartars , may be called 
the first period of the literature. The 



Till 

oppressive dominion of those barbarians 
for more than two centuries effectually 
checked the rising spirit of improvement, 
that had been introduced from the Eastern 
Empire , and first caused the language 
of the people to differ from the ecclesias- 
tical dialect, by the introduction of many 
Tartar and Mogul words into common use. 

The civil reform effected by Peter the 
Great, forms the third remarkable epoch 
in the history of the language, which 
was then enriched by the adoption of 
many words relating to the arts and sci- 
ences introduced in Russia by that Monarch. 
Since that period , many writers have 
arisen, both in prose and verse, who 
have cultivated and improved their lan- 
guage , and done honour to the literature 
of their country. 

The dialect of the Bible and other 
theological works has remained invariably 
the same , uninfluenced ; either by the 



IX 

dominion of the Tartars, or the intercourse 
of Russia with the other nations of Europe. 
Hence the difference that at present 
exists between the Slavonian or church 
dialect, and the modern Russian language. 
From the gigantic strides , which this 
mighty Empire is making in literature, 
science and the arts , we may reasonably 
anticipate the period, when its rich, har- 
monious and energetic language will be 
studied by the other nations of Europe 
for the sake of its original productions. 
As yet, we have seen only a few rays 
of the literary sun, which is dawning 
upon the North, but their brightness 
sufficiently bespeaks the glory of its 
meridian splendour. 



ABBREVIATIONS 

made use of in tlic following grammar, 



Nom. 


nominative case. 


Gen. 


genitive case. 


Dat. 


dative case. 


Ace. 


accusative case. 


Ins. 


instrumental case. 


Prep, 


prepositional case, 


Sing. 


singular. 


Plu. 


plural. 


Mas. 


masculine. 


Fem. 


feminine. 


Neut. 


neuter. 


Com. 


common. 


Inf. 


infinitive. 


Ind. 


indefinite. 


Def. 


definite. 


Perf. 


perfect. 


Per. 


person. 



.♦♦♦• 



CONTENTS. 



.♦♦♦> 



PART I. 

PAGE. 

Pronunciation I i 

PART II. 

Etymology 9 

CHAP. I. 

SUBSTANTIVES. 

Sect I. General remarks 10 

2. Declension of masculine substantives ... 12 

3. Declension of feminine substantives . . . . 23 
4- Declension of neuter substantives . . • • . 4 2 

5. Formation of feminine substantives from ma- 

sculine .... 59 

6. National appellations 61 

7. Patronymick appellations. .....•••- 63 

8. Augmentatives and diminutives. ........ 65 



XII 
CHAP. II. 

SD 3 ECTI VES. 

PACE. 

Sect i. General remarks 70 

2. Declension of adjectives 72 

3. Degrees of signification 79 

4- Possessive adjectives 87 

5- Apocopated adjectives 91 

6. Augmentative and diminutive adjectives ... 94 

CHAP. III. 

NUME RALS. 

Sect r. Cardinal numbers joi 

2. Ordinal numbers . . . 110 

C H A P.- IV. 

PRONOUN S. 

Sect 1. General remarks 117 

2. Personal pronouns. 118 

3. Relative pronouns 123 

4. Possessive pronouns 128 

5. Demonstrative pronouns l3i 

6. Indefinite pronouns i35 

C II A P. V. 

VERBS. 

Sect 1. General remarks 14° 

2. Conjugation of the auxiliary verb .... x44 

3- Conjugation of active and neuter verbs. . . i5o 

4- Formation of the branches, moods, teuses 

and persons i/>6 

5. Conjugation of passive verbs 176 

0. Reflective, reciprocal and common verbs . . 18G 



*AGE. 

7. Compound verbs . .....,..,«..«• 194 

8. Impersonal verbs 210 

9. Irregular verbs 212 

10. Piemarks on the use of the tenses and 

moods i . . , « 232 

CHAP. VI. 

PARTICIPLES. 
Declension of participles • . . 247 

CHAP. VII. 

ADVERBS. 
Different kinds of adverbs. . . . . . . . 253 

CHAP. VIII. 

PREPOS ITIONS. 
List of prepositions 264 

CHAP. IX. 

CONJUNCTIONS. 
Different kinds of conjunctions 270 

CHAP. X. 

INTERJECTIONS. 

Different kinds of interjections 2 ;5 

CHAP. XI. 

DERIVATION AND COMPOSITION. 

Sect 1. Deiivadon 

r 9 77 

2. Lomuositiou .... 0/ 

* « • 254 



XIV 

PART III. 

Syntax. 

CHAP. I. 

CONCORDANCE. 

PACE. 

Sect i. Concordance of nouns in general . . • • 287 

2. Concordance of verbs a 9° 

CHAP. 1J. 

GOVERNMENT. 

Sect I. Government of substantives 2 a 

a. Government of adjectives ^ * 

3. Government of numerals 2 iP 

4- Government of verbs 2 9^ 

5. Government of adverbs 3°4 

(i. Government of prepositions 3oo 

CHAP. III. 

CONSTRUCTION • j0 9 

PART IV. 
Orthography 3i4 



//// ■ '//ft /.>/</ ft - /////fffA / sf.j ff.>< -// f/f // tf/ff/f 

t 

t/ a *//.// . J// /// 

./7„~ .y/'u ji/' 



ut 



■ yj 


' f r 


% 


■ /^ , 


■ : /T , 


61 




/r /< 


e 


CD ' 

c 


G 6 


. // / n 


■//.«■ 


• ///.-/;. 


.9 , 


It 

-J 3 J 


^ ? 


. r i 


,7/ „ / 


d& / 


.// , 


■ / / 


.■/ , 


6 '* 



I /,■ 



// 



// 



*i 



ffrrtfr.ff* t/ri/f/.// tn/i/jv/et . 

'^///, r, ////,'< ///ft.;/ //// /ft 



/// /.'//< 



PART I 

PRONUNCIATIj^ 

§ i. 1 he first principles, or elements of 
pronunciation are letters. 

In the Russian alphabet there are thirty four 
letters, which bear the following sounds.* 
A a ah, ex 6a6a, an old woman, baba. 
B 6 ha, 6a6oHKa, a butterfly, babotchka. 

B b va , Bo^a , water , v oda. 

F r ga, roAi>, a year, goad. 

4 A da, 40mt> , a house, dom* 

E e a , Be^po , a pail , vedro. 

3K k ja, HteHa, a woman , ye/za. 

* The English letters, made use of in explain- 
ing the sound of the Russian characters , are 
to be pronounced as follows : 



a 


as in fate. 


u 


as in pure. 


a 


as in far. 


g 


as in game. 


e 


as in me. 


J 


as the french j. 


e 


as in met. 


z 


as in zephyr. 


e 


as e mute. 


ch 


as the Scotch pro- 


o 


as in no. 




nunciation of ch in 


o 


as in not. 




loch , och ! &c. 


oo 


as in mood 


tch 


as in fetch. 




• 


sh 


as in shame. 



( » ) 

36jiomo , gold , zolotu. 
biiatj , a view , veedd. 
►,' used before a vowel only, ex. MHlmie, 
opinion , mnanea. 

Kopojib. a king, Korole. 

mhjio, little, maid. 
MpaMop-b, marble, mramor. 

tiaim, our, nash. 

okho, a window, okno. 

nene^rb , ashes , pepell. 

paiio , early , rand. 

cnaceHie , salvation , spaslmca. 

mBepAOcmi,, hardness, tverdoste. 

ympo, morning, ootro. 

<fuarL f a flag , yfa^. 
kha, a guttural sound , resembling the 

Scotch pronunciation of ch, in 

loch,etc.ex,xnmpocmb,cunning, 

cheelroste. 
jf ^ ts5 , (a combination of m and c) 

ex. Uapb, a king, tsar. 
tcha, qcioirhK-b , a man , tchelovayh. 
sha, mepcnih, wool, scharste. 
U4 !u sh-uha, (a combination of m and i) ex. 

iHtupocnii»,bounty,v//-/r/!rV//w/e. 

* yerr, used at the end of words tor- 
ininating in a consonant, to 
which it gives a hard sound , 
ex. cino.ib , a table, stall. 



3 


3 


za, 


H 


H 


e, 


I 


i 


e, u 


K 


K 


ka , 


A 


A 


el, 


M 


M 


em, 


H 


H 


en, 


O 


o 


°> 


n 


n 


pa, 


P 


p 


r, 


C 


c 


s , 


T 


m 


ta, 


y 


y 


oo, 


0) 


* 


ef, 


X 


X 


kha 



'I q 
111 in 



?> 


* 


7*i 


3 


3 


e, 


K) 


K> 


you, 


R 


il 


y a > 





e 


fa, 



( 3 j 

m ue , guttural , ex. pbiGa , a fish, rueba* 

j> yare , used at the end of words ter- 
minating in a consonant, to 
which it gives a soft sound 
nearly corresponding to the 
English e mute, ex pa^ocmb^ 
j oy , radoste. 
ptKa , a river , rayka. 
3kohomtj , a land * steward , 

ekonom. 
lopoina, a youth y younosha. 
iipocmb , fury , yaroste, 
apHeMemtiKa, arithmetic, aref- 
meteka. 

Most of the ahove letters invariably re- 
tain their proper sound , the following how* 
ever are subject to slight variations. 

§ 2. In some instances bears the sound of 
a strongly aspirated h: rep on, a hero, heroy; 
reHepajrb , a general, heneral- Tocno^b, Lord, 
Hospod , and in the terminations of adjectives 
and pronouns , in the genitive case , may- 
be pronounced either as v or. h, ero , jraho 
or yavo ; qrno HOBaro ? what news , tchto no- 
vaho , or novavo ? 

E , a. 

S 3. At the commencement of words bear* 



( 4 ) 

the sound of ya, ex: ecmi> , it is, yaste ; e^na, 
scarcely, yadva. When it precedes two conso- 
nants, or a consonant followed by the hard 
sign, z» , it generally bears the sound of yeo , 
as in yeoman, the accent falling upon o, ex. 
Me4T> , honey, meodd • ^eHi>, flax, ieonn; opcM7>, 
an eagle, oreoll. 

*; ya- 

$ 4- Is pronounced like ya at the commence- 
ment of a word, and like a in the middle 
or at the end, ex. txanri>, to ride , yachat ; ^t- 
Hocmb, idleness, lanoste^ Ha cmo^it , on the 
table , na stollay. 

§ 5. There are eleven vowels in the Russian 
alphabet, which are divided into hard aud soft, 
hard, a, o, y f bi. 
soft, ji, e,- to f n , i , ^V t>. ' 

In the combination of vowels with con- 
sonants they are subject to the following va- 
riations : 

the letter u following r, k, x, jk, q, in or in; chan- 
ges into u 

a r, k, x, »{, q, ui, in,, or 14 — a 

K) r, k, x, 5K, % ui, in, or u — 7 

— o m f q, m, u\, or 4 — e 

e r , k, x, o 

n before another vowel. I 

The only diphthongs in the Russian Language 



C 5 ; 

are those formed by the combination of n with 
the other vowels: an, en, in, on, yn,un,nn. 
When n occurs without the v/ it must be pro- 
nounced separately from the vowel , which 
precedes it, ex. bohht>, a warrior, vo - een. 
Whenever two Vowels occur together in a word, 
(excepting the above-mentioned diphthongs) 
each bears its full and separate sound , ex. Bp- 
o6pa<KeH]'e, imagination, vn-ob-ra-jd-ne-a. 

§ 6. The 21 Consonants of the Russian alphabet 
are divided according to the organ, which prin- 
cipally contributes to their pronunciation into, 



labials 



dental; 



>alatal; 



gutturali 



Hard 


soft 
6 


hard 


soft 


n 


* 


B 


•nfe) 


A 


c 


3 


in 


m 


q 




K 


r 


X 





invaria 



We 



n;, van 



able 



m,invan 



iabli 



iable 



The remaining four consonants: ji , m , h, 
p, are neither hard, nor soft, and are called 
liquids. 

In the modifications of the variable parts of 
speech, in compound substantives and deri- 
vatives , the variable consonants are frequently 



IK 

\ 



( « ) 
changed into their corresponding palatals, hard 
into hard , and soft into soft. 

The soft consonants 2, 4, and 3, change 
into the soft palatal m , ex. Eon> , God , 66- 
«ecKin , divine; BH/Tbnib, to see , bhjkv , I see ; 
Kna3b, prince, KHimecKiii, princely. 

The hard Consonants, k, m, and 14 change 
into the hard palatal z f ex. cKaKami*, to jump. 
CKaqy, / jump ; njiamkrnb, to pay, ioa»iy, I pay. 

The hard consonants c and x change into 
the hard palatal w , ex. naxamb , to plough , 
namy, I plough • npociimb, to ask, npomy, I ask. 

Cm and m change into m , ex. cBHcmarnb to 
whistle cBMiqy, I whistle; CBaraoH , holy, cb/i- 
qenHOH, sacred. 

A knowledge of the ahove rules will greatly 
facilitate the acquisition of the Language and 
explain its apparent irregularities. 

Exercise on the pronunciation of 
the lette res. 
Exer. I. 
AeHb (denV) day. rpoM-b , (gromm) thun- 

CBfimb , (svaitt) light. der. 

xpa.Mb(chram) a temple. Aom&b , (dojd) rain. 
CHbn>, (s nay gg) snow. ni>ub , (puel) dust, 
qacb, ("tchass) an hour. xjrbGb, (chlayb) bread. 
Hoqb, (notch) night. BO^a, (voda) water. 

pyiai , (rooka) a hand. 



( 7 
zeMJik , (zemlia) the 
earth, 
ympo, (ootro) the mor- 
ning. 
Beiepfc , (vatcher) the 
evening. 
•Hora, (noga) a foot, 
jiHue, (ieetso) the face. 
ropo^Tj, (gorod) a town. 



) 

KopoBa, (korova^ a cow. 

KOMHama, (komnata) a 

room. 

a-bBHija , (day veetsa) a 

girl. 

jKemiiHHa, (jenshtchee- 

na) a woman. 

6e3Btmpie, (bazvaytrea) 

a calm 



qaHHHK'b , (tchainick) a rocnraHHHua , (gosten- 

tea-pot. V. § 5. netsaj a tavern. 

bohcko , (voisko) an cmpoeirie, (stro-anea) a 

army. building. 

rojiOBa , (golova) the cejieiiie, (salanea) a vil- 

head. lage. 

y.*Hna,(ooleetsa^a street. MOcmoBaa , (mostovaya) 

AGjioko , (yabloko) an pavement. 

apple. qepHHjibHHija , (tcher- 

Aopora, (ddroga) a road, nelnietsa) an ink-stand. 

Kapema, (karettaj a car- SKMBonraoe , (jevotno-a) 



nage. 
mejitra, (telayga) a cart. 
WHonia ? ( younosha ) 



CKoraoBo^cmBO, (skoto- 

vodstvo) breeding 

of cattle. 



a youth. minecjiaBie, (tshtchasla- 
rocyAapb ? fgossoodar) sir. vea) vanity. 

rocno^HHb , (gospodin) xJit6onauiecmBo , ch lay- 
master, bopashestvo) agricul- 
HCinHHa, (esteenna) ture. 

truth. MopenaaBaHie ; (mora- 



C 8 ) 



plavanea) navigation. 

ye^nHeHie , (oo-adena- 

nea) solitude. 

wfecwono^o/KeHie,(may- 

stopolojanea) situation. 



Hapo^oHace^eHie (na- 
rodonasalanea) popu- 
lation. 



Exer 2. 
^opora , om-b 4ppa The road from Do- 



*o ^loH^OHa no^oGHa 
6o^liu6ii y^Hi;t Miioro- 
.iKUHaro ropoAa. 

*Imo eyKeAii 6bi a npa- 



ver to London is like 
the high street of a 
populous city. 

What if I had come 



mo 113-b Poccin npitxa^T> straight from Russia to 

btj Aur^iio , He BnaaB-b England, and had not 

Hn3^b6cKiixT>,HnPeHH- seen the banks of the 

CKiixii, mi CeHCKHXi> 6e- Elb , the Rhine or the 

peroBij, He 6biBi> hh bt> Seine; had neitherbeen 

FepMaHiw, hh B-blllBeii- in Germany, Switzer- 

ijapin, hh bo OpaHijiH ? land nor France! 1 think 

Ay.Maio , qmo KapmkHa the picture of England 

AHr^in cuie Go^te no- would have astonished 

pa3H^a6i» Mok MyBcmBa; me still more; its no* 

omi Gbiaa Gw ami Mens vclty would have been 

nor/he. still greater. 

Kaicoe MHorojiic-Acm- Wliat populousness ! 

bo ! KaKHH At»HHie.ib- what activity and what 

Hocuib! ■ iipiimoMTD Ka- order! Every thing pre- 



( 9 
koh nopA^oKij ! Bee 
npe4cmaB.\flenn> bhai> 
AOBo^bcmBaj xomfl He 

pOCKOIDH, HOH3o6HJliff. 

Hh oahhtj npe^Menrb 
onrb 4y B p a Ao vioii^o- 
Ha He HanoMHH^ij mh£ 
o 6*ahocihh qeaoBtqe- 
CKoia. 

KapaM3HHb. 

H3b nucejuh PyCKaeo n-y- 
meiuecmeeHHUKa. 



) 

sents an appearance of 
content ; not profusion, 
but abundance. From 
Dover to London not 
one object reminded 
me of human misery. 

Karamzin, 

Letters of a Russian 
traveller. 



PART II. 



ETYMOLOGY. 



Etymology properly signifies the derivation 
of words; but ils meaning has been extended 
by Grammarians to their properties and modi- 
fications , in which more extensive sense it is 
here used. 

Parts of speech, 

S 7. All the words of the Russian Language 
are divided into ten classes , or parts of speech. 



C «o ) 

i. Substantives, Huncy- 6. Participles, IIpHqa- 
mecmBkinejtbFioe. curie. 

i. Adjectives, hmji iipra- 7. Adverbs, Haptiie. 

^aramejibHoe. 8. Prepositions, Ilpe4- 

3. Numerals, IImh mi- jion>. 

cjiHraejiLHoe. 9. Conjunctions, Cok)3Tj. 

4. Pronouns, MfccrnoH- 10. Interjections, Meac- 

MeHie. ayMeaiie. 

5. Verbs, rjiaro.n>. 

The first six parts of speech are called 
variable, their terminations being snbject to 
changes ; the four last are invariable , except- 
ing the adverb, which has degrees of compa- 
rison like the adjective. 

Rem. There are no articles in the Russian 
Language. 



CHAP. I. 

Substantives. 
SECT I. 

General remarks. 

$ 8. Substantives in the Russian Language 
are subject to modifications according to their 
number, gender and case. 

Number. There are two numbes , the singu- 
lar and the plural. 



( " ) 

Gender. The masculine and feminine gen- 
ders of substantives are founded on the dis- 
tinction of the two sexes , and properly can 
only find place in the names of living crea- 
tures ; all other substantives ought to belong 
to the neuter gender • but in all the European 
Languages, except the English, inanimate objects 
are also ranked under the distinction of mascu- 
line and feminine. In the Russian Language there 
are four genders : the masculine , feminine, 
neuter and common. The last includes such 
names as may be applied alike to either sex , ex. 
iibaHHua , a drunkard , xaHJKa, a bigot &c. 

Case. The declension of substantives by Ca- 
ses is nothing but an expression of the re- 
lation , which one object bears to another , 
marked by some variation of the final letters 
of the word itself. 

§ 9. There are six cases in the Russian Lan- 
guage , which are called, 

1. the Nominative, HMe- 4« tne Accusative, bwhh- 

HnmejibHbJM naAeHCb. mejibHbiii na4eHCb. 

2. the Genitive, po/ui- 5. the Instrumental , 

mejibHbiii. mBopkmejibHLiii. 

3. the Dative, 4,ame.ib- 6. the Prepositional, 

Hbia. npe/Vi6}KHbiH. 

Rem. The vocative case is omitted because 
it is like the nominative. 



C •» ) 

$ io. The accusative singular of mas. substan- 
tives is like the genitive, when the substantive 
denotes an animate object, and like the nomina- 
tive, when an inanimate. The same rule applies 
to the accusative case of both masculine and 
feminine substantives in the plural number. 

§ ii. The prepositional case is only em- 
ployed after the following prepositions : 

o , o6i> , of. npit , by (near), 

eo , et , in. no , after. 

na , on. 

$ 12. Russian substantives have eight termi- 
nations: a, e, if, o, *, b, a, and wa, by 
which final letters the gender is determined. 
Those ending in * and it are masculine * 
Those ending in a , n , b , are feminine 
Those ending in o , e, and mh , are neuter. 

SECT. II. 

Declensioh or MASCULINE substantives. 

Including the terminations ?> and it. 

I. Declension of the mas termination t>. 

S i n g. 
Animate. Inanimate. 

Nom. b6uii-t>, a warrior. crno^-i>, a table. 

Gen.BOUH-a of a warrior, cmoji-a , of — 



• * The exceptions are noticed in each declension. 



( '3 ) 

Dat.BOHH-y, to a warrior, cmoji-y , to 

Ace. BOHH-a, a warrior. cmojib. 

Ins. bomh-omt> , by or cmo-A-OMb, by or with, 
with a warrior. 

Prep, o bohh-b ,* of or o cmoJi-t, of — 

about a warrior, V. § 1 1. 

P I u. 

Norn. BOHH-w, warriors ^fcrn oa-M , tables. 

Gen. bohh-obtj, ot cmoJi-OBb , 01 

Dal. BowH-aMij , to cmoji-aMb , to 

Ace. b6hh-obt>, cmoji-bi, — : — ' — 

Ins. BOHH-aMH , by or crao^-aMH , by or with. 

with. 

Prepo BOHH-ax-b , of. o crnoji-axb, of 

§ i3. Substantives ending in zt> , mi, kt> , 
xt , z^ 9 uiz , and 2//z» form the nom. plu. by 
changing the z> of the sing, into n , instead of u, 
ex. He^yrb , a disease, HeAyrn ; hoho> , a knife, 
Hoafii , jiojiktj, a regiment, no^KH ; Ayxi> , a 
spirit, ayxn ; ivieqij , a sword, uenk ; epmi? , a 
stone-pearch, epniH; jienrb, fallow, jieimi. V. § 5. 

§ i4« Substantives ending in et^i , eh* , and 
okt> , preceded by a consonant , retrench e or 

* The prepositional case lias no signification without a 
preposition; o, of, is therefore affixed as being most common- 
ly used with it, but b-b, in j Ha, on; npa , at or by, no af- 
ter, are also employed. 



C >4 ) 

o in the oblique cases, ex. omeu/b, a father , 
gen. omua , pi. oranw , omiieBT> etc. the follow- 
ing however are exceptions to this rule : 
Ky3Heirb, a black-smith. 6okt> , a side. 
jKpeu/b , a priest. 



nopoKT> , vice, 
poicb , fate, 
ypohij, a lesson. 
6mpoKT> , a youth. 
HrpoKi> , a gambler. 
«iepneirb , a monk. 
nomoKT), a stream. 



6t™eu,T> , a deserter. 
5KHeivi>, a reaper, 
jibcmeirb, a flatterer. 
My4perrb,a philosopher. 
iioAJieu/b , a rascal, 
npmujieu/b, a stranger, 
qineirb , a reader. 
cpoKij , a term. 



xoaoktj , a pedestrian. -ka^OK* , a rider. 

§ 1 5. Substantives ending in eKb and e\& y 
preceded by a vowel, change e into it in the 
oblique cases , ex. 

paeKi), paradise (the highest seats in the 

theatre} paiina etc. 

6oeirb, a wrestler , 601111a, Goiiuy etc. 

But when en-b , or 
tip is preceded by a, c is changed into b, ex. 

KpeKb, a sack, KyjibKa. 

cnipli.Aeivb , an archer, crnpt^biia etc. 

$ 16. The names of nations and conditions, 
ending in nm , are declined irregularly in 
the plur : number. V. § 58. 

§ 17. The following substantives end in a, 
instead of u in the uom. plu. and the accent 



( >5 ) 

falls upon the last syllable, to distinguish the 
nom plu. from the gen. sing. 

6epen> , a coast. Gepera , coasts. 



Goktj , a side, 
ropo^b , a city, 
ro.tocij , a voice. 
KOjioKoxb , a bell, 
Jiyrb, a meadow. 
jitch , a wood. 
mbxt> , a fur. 



6oKa , sides, 
ropo^a , cities, 
roaoca , voices. 
Ko^oKOja , bells, 
jiyra , meadows, 
jitca ,' woods. 
MBxa , furs. 



6cmpoBi>, an island. OcmpoBa , islands. 



pore> , a horn. 
pyKaBi>, a sleeve. 
CHtrb , snow, 
cmpyrb , a plane, 



pora , horns. 
pytcaBa ; sleeves. 
CHtra , snows, 
cmpyra , planes. 



§ 1 8- The following substantives are irregu- 
lar in the nom. gen. and dat. plu. having in 
these cases the terminations bn , beet and b/iMb, 
ex. 6parm> , brother, nom. plu., GpamLH, gen. 
6pambeBi> , dat. 6pambaivn>. 

6pycT> , a rafter. 6pyci>a , etc. 



jiocKym-b , a rag. 
MyacL , a husband. 
cmyaTj , a chair, 
jcoxb, a pile, 
.ayfrb , bark, 
•xncnrb , a leaf. 
npyrm» , a rod. 



.aocKyrnbfl. 

My>Kbfl. 

cmyjiba. 

KOJlbfl. 

jyGba. 

AVLCUlbK, 

npymi>H. 



( '6 ) 
§ 19. The following substantives are irre- 
gular in the cases marked : 

Bon>, God, vocative case, Boace ! 
Xpiicinocb, Christ, gen. Xpiiciua voc. XpHcme ! 
rocnoAknb , master , nom. plu. rocno^a gen 

rocno,rb. 
Apyrb , a friend , nom. plu. Apy3hfl , gen. 

Apyaejfc 
r^a3ij , an eye , nom. plu. r^aaa , gen. rjia3i>. 
cbinij, soa , nom. plu. CbiHoBba, gen. cbJHOBeii. 
X03H11H0, host, nom. plu. xojaeBa, j^en. \03flCBi». 
uiypmrb, brother-in-law, nom. plu. ujypbfl , 

gen. inypbeBT>. 

THEME I. 

On the mas. termination Id. 

God is the creator of the world. The soul 
of man is immortal. Reason was given to man 
to control his passions. Happy is that youth, 

God , Borb. reason, pa3VMi». 

is , ecmb. was given , 4aHb. 

the creator, co3Aame^b. to control , ami o6y3- 

the world , Mi'ph. Aani/i. 

the soul, Ayiua. hispassions,cmpacineii. 

v i 

man, ze.toetKt, happy is, ciacin.itiBii. 

is immortal, Ge3CMepm- that youth, inomi> ioiio- 
iia. ma. 



C '7 J 

who has found a true friend. Drunkenness im- 
pairs the understanding. Iron rubbed with the 
magnet always points to the North. Theology 
is a science , which treats of God. The peasant 
speaks of the plough and of sowing. Petersburg 
is one of the finest towns in Europe; in this 



who , KomopbiH. 
has found , Haoiejn>. * 
a true , BfcpHaro. 
friend , 4pyez. V. § i o. 
drunkenness , Jibkii- 
cmBo. 
impairs , oc*a6jiflenrb. 
the understanding, pa3- 

iron , 5Kejri>3o. 
rubbed , Hamepmoe. 
the magnet, MazHurm. 
always , Bcer^a. 
points , noKa3f»iBaern"b. 
to the north , Ha dbBep-b. 
Theology, BorocjioBiH.. 
is a science, ecmb HayKa. 
which treats, Komopaa 
pa3cy?K/i,aerm>. 



of,o, gov. the prep. case, 
the peasant , nocciA- 

HHHT>. 

speaks , roBopiinrb. 
of, o, gov. the prep. case, 
plough , njiyzt* 
and , u. 

sowing, noctet, 
St. Petersburg, C. ITe- 
mep6ypri>. 
one , oahhtj. 
of, H3i», gov. the gen. 
case, 
the finest , KpacnBtH- 

IIIHXTj. 

town , zopo47>. 
in Europe, btj EBpoirfc. 
in this, BT>ceMi>, gov. the 
prep. 



* All active verbs govern the acsusative case. 






t «« ) 
City there are many magnificent houses. Ex- 
perience is the teacher of fools. Curiosity at- 
tracts the human mind to new objects. Friend- 
ship is the mutual attraction of virtuous 
minds; wicked people have their accomplices 
of crime . lihertines their companions of licen- 
tiousness , misers their associates of avarice, 



city , eopogz. 
there are , ecrnb. 
many , MHoro. 
magnificent , bc*hko- 

house , 4om^. 
experience , onbirrrb. 
the teacher, HacmaB- 

HIIKTj. 

a fool, cAjnci{i. V. § 14. 
curiosity , juoGonbim- 
cmBO. 
attracts , Bjie ( icnrb. 
th e mind, pa3j m & . 
human , <iejtOB'fi i ieciciii. 
to, Kb , gov. the dat. 
new , uoiibiMb. 
object , npcAMCTm. 
friendship, ApyxcGa. 
the mutual, B3auHHoe. 



attraction , B^cieHje. 

of virtuous minds, 406- 

poA*rnejibHbix-b 

cepAeirb. 

wicked people , jiwau 

3.1 bie. 

have , HMBfOTTTb. 

(their, not expressed) 
accomplice, coo6~iijhmki>. 
V. § i3. 
crime , nopoKi. 
libertines , pacnymnbie. 
companion , ' coyzdcm- 

HllKh. 

licentiousness , pa3- 

cpc'irm. 

miser , cpe6poA}66e^. 

V. § 14. 

associates, moBapimieS. 
of avarice , Kopbicmu. 



( >9 ) 

the vain their partners of ambition, the vir- 
tuous alone have friends. In Spring the earth 
is adorned with flowers. Jurisprudence treats 
of the laws. Luxury reigns in cities and sim- 
plicity in villages. 



the vain , cyemHbie. 
partners , cocrafl3arae- 
jieii. 
of ambition, iniqecjiaBiji. 
alone , o^hh moAbko. 
the virtuous, AoGpoAt- 
mejibHbie. 
have, HMtionrb. 
friend, Apyz*, V. § 19. 
in spring, BecHOK). 
the earth , 3cmjih. 
is adorned, yKpauiaeni- 
ca. 
flower, liBtrm. 



jurisprudence , npaBO- 
B-B/rBHie. 
treats, pa3cyjKAaeinb. 
of, Of gov. the prep, 
the law, aaxom. 
in , btj , gov. the prep, 
city , z6po#b. 
reigns , xjapcmByenrb , 
or o6nmaeim>. 
luxury , pocKOHit. 
and , a. 

in villages , Bb cejiaxi>. 
simplicity, npocmoma. 



II. Declension of the mas. termination w. 

Nom. 3Mt-ii, a serpent. o6biqa-u , a custom. 

Gen. 3M*-a of o6bi*ia-H, of > 

Dat. 3Mt-io , to o6bi«a-io, to 

Accu. 3Mt-a. oGbiqa-H. 

Ins. 3M-B-eM-b, by or with. o6bma-eivrb , by or with. 

Prep, o 3Mt-B , of o o6biqa-li , of- 



C 20 ; 

P la. 

Nom. 3WB-H, serpents. o6biqa-H , customs. 

Gen. 3Mt-eBb , of o6bi<ia-eBb , of 

Dat. 3Mt-nMTj ; to o6bi l ia-aMT> , to 

Ace. 3>it-eBb. o6biqa-n , 

Ins. 3Mt-H.Mii, by or with. o6bi«ia-HMM, by or with. 

Prep. O 3MB-HX7> , of — o oGbi i ia-Hxi> , of 

§ 20. The names of all animated objects, end- 
ing in n, are declined as the first example, 
3MtH ; and of inanimate, as' -the second, o6w- 
Haii. 

$ a 1. Some Nouns, terminating in eii , 
change e into b in the oblique cases ex. 
coaoBen , a nightingale, cojIObbh , cojioblio 
etc, wypaBCH , an ant, MypaBbH , MypaBbio 
etc. ; y^en , a bee-hive, yabH , y^bto etc. 

§ 22. Monosyllabic nouns of inanimate objects, 
ending in it , which denote quantity, change 
this final in the genitive and prepositional cases 
singular into w, ex. pou , a swarm , poio;<iaii, 
tea , naio ; spaa , a border , Kpaio , etc. 

§ 23. Some nouns ending im it preceded 
by o are declined as adjectives (V. declension 
of adjectives) nopuiiioii, a tailor, noprnnaro , 
nopmnoMy etc. 



£ to ) 

THEME II. 
On the mas termination n. 

Magnanimity is the characteristic of a true 
hero. Let us go to the rivulet to bathe. The 
gardener made a hive , y which he keeps a 
whole swarm of bees. Themistocles was banish- 
ed from his country by lot. Marriage was or- 
dained in Paradise. In Africa there are venomous 



magnanimity, bcjihko- 
Ayinie. 
the characteristic, cbou- 
cmBo, (omjinqiej. 
of a true , Hcmimnaro. 
hero , zepoii. 
let us go , non^eMTj. 
to, ki>, gov. the dat. 
the rivulet, pyzen. 
to bathe , Kynambca. 
the gardener , caAOB- 

HHK-b. 

made, nocmp 6 mn>. 
a hive , yjteib. 
in which, bt> KomopoMij. 
he keeps , coAep^Hun?. 
a whole , ut.ihiM. 



swarm , pon. 
of bees , nqejn>. 
Themistocles , 0eMH- 
craooi). 
was banished, H3rHain> 

lot, »cpe6in. 

irom his country, m3t> 

oineqecniBa. 
marriage,cynpy>KecniBO. 
was ordained , ycmaHO- 

Bjieno Gbhio. 
paradise, pan. 
in, bt> , gov. the prep. 
Africa, AcjipHKB. 
there are , BOAamcff. 
venomous , a/\,oskmbin. 



f * ) 

serpents. Never neglect any fit opportunities of 
acquiring knowledge. Death is terrible to the 
wicked. The ancient Egyptians worshipped 
serpents. The rain has penetrated the upper 
strata of the earth. The Tempean valley is wa- 
tered by numerous rwulets. The fame of Alex- 
ander the Great has resounded in all parts of 
the world. 



serpent, 3Mtn. 
never neglect, ne npo- 
nycKan. 
any fit, vaoGhmxT) 
opportunity, cJiyzan. 
of acquiring, kt> npnoG- 
pbmeHito. 
knowledge , no3HaHiii. 
death , CMepmL. 
is terrible , yjKacHa. 
a wicked man, 3AOAtil. 
the ancient, ^penHie. 
an Egyptian , Er^nm/i- 
hiihij , V. § 58. 
worshipped , oGoacajin. 
the rain, ao;kab. 



has penetrated , Hanw- 
mkxb* 
the upper , BepxHie. 
stratum , c.ioii. 
of the earth , 3e;vui*. 
the Tempean valley, 
TeivineiicKaH AOJiwua. 
is watered , opouiaeMa. 
by numerous, MHornMW. 
the fame, cjiaoa. 
Alexander, AjeKcaH4pi>. 
the Great, nejiiiKaro. 
has resounded, rpeiviBja. 
in all, bo bcbxtj, gov. the 
Prep, 
part, Kpau. 
of the world,Bce^eHHoif. 



( ^ ) 
SECT III. 

Declension of feminine substantives. 
Including the terminations a, aand &. 

I. Declension of the feminine termination a. 

Sing. 

Nom. KopoB-a, a jcow. 3Bt3A-a, a star. 

Gdl. KOpOB-bl , of 3Bt34-JbI , of 

Dat. KOpOB-fc , tO 3B*34-t, tO 

Ace. KOpOB-y, 3Bt3A-y , ■ 

Ins. KopoB-oio , by or 3Bt3^-6io ? by or with. 

with. 
Prep, o KopoB-fc , of — o 3Bt3,a,-*, of 

P I u. 
Nom. KopoB-Li , cows. 3Bt3^-w , stars. 

Gen. KOpOB-Tj , Of 3Bi34-T> , of 

Dat. KOpOB-aAITa , tO 3Bfc34-aMT>, to 

ACC. KOpOB-T> , 3B1334-W. 

Ins. KopoB-a:un, by or SBES^-ibni , by or with. 

with. 
Prep, o KopoB-axij , of. o 3Bt3A-ax"b , of. 

§ 24. By the above examples it will be seen, 
that the only difference in the declension of 
the animate and inanimate nouus ending in 
a is , that the ace. plu. of animated objects 
is like the genitive, and the ace. plu. of ina- 
nimate objects is like the nom. 



( *4 ) 

$ 25. All nouns terminating in za , ma , ko., 
.ra , za , z^a and z^a , end in the gen. sing, 
and nom. plu. in n instead of m. V. § 5. 

§ 26. Those , which end in ma , za , ma , 
or ma , form the ins. sing, by the termination 
ew instead of 0/0, (V. § 5.) ex. cmyaca , severe 
cold, cmyjKeio ; IJapnna , a queen, LJaphneio ; 
myqa , a dark cloud , nryqeio ; ayuia , the soul, 
Ayuieio ; ponja , a grove , poiueio. 

§ 27. Those, which end in mma, Kma f pza, pma 
and ma, form the gen. plu. by the termination 
en , ex. bohcmo , a rein, BOHtateii; BeKina, a squir- 
rel , BeKinen; napqa, gold-cloth, napqeu; Bepuia, 
a basket, (used in catching fish) Bepmeii; po- 
m,a, a grove , poiueii. 

§ 28. Those ending kl Ka , preceded by m, 
z , or m , take e in the gen plu. ex. jioatKa , 
a spoon, jiOHceirb ; Goqna , a cask, 66ieKT>; 
nyuiKa, a cannon, nymeirb. But when the ter- 
mination Ka is preceded by any other Con- 
sonant , o is substituted in the place of e, ex 

Nom. sign. Gen plu* 

mpyGna , a pipe. mpyGoicb. 

^-EBKa , a girl, ^-bbokt>. 

cna3Ka, a tale. CKa30Ki>. 

ntuKa , a stick. najiom>. 

aMKa , a ditch. amokt>. 



( *5 ) 

manna , a cap. inanoKb. 

GapKa , a barge. 6apoio>. 

Aocna , a board. ^ocoKb. 

ymKa, a duck. ymomi. 

§ 29. When the termination kcl is preceded by 
b or it, the gen. plu. is formed by the ejection 
of those letters , and the insertion of e in their 
place , ex. 

jiio^fcKa , a cradle. ^Kh/ieKTi. 

HHHbKa, a nurse. HflHeKb. 

6anKa , baize. 6aeia>. 

inaiiKa , a band f troop). inaeKij. 

§ 3o. The nouns, which end in Ga, za, Ma, 
na , pa, and z/a , preceded by n, b, or any 
consonant except the gutturals z , k and x , 
take e , in the gen. plu. ex. 

cyAb6a , fate. cy^efrb. 

cepra , an ear - ring. ceperb. 

imopbMa , a prison. miopeMb. 

Kaibia , a selvage. KaeMb. 

If the preceding consonant be one of the 
gutturals a, k , or x, the gen. plu. takes o 
instead of e , ex. 

nrja, a needle. htoji*. 

KyKJia, a doll. KyKoab. 

$3i. Those substantives ending in a, which 
by their signification belong to the male sex , 
as, BejibMOHca , a Lord; BoeBO^a ; a military 



( »« ) 

chief, etc. are of the mas gen. but declined 
as the examples given for the fern. 



THEME III. 

On the fem. termination a. 

There is no rose without thorns. Who 
does not admire the works of Nature ? 
The Mont-Rosa is scarcely inferior in 
height to the Mont- banc. Labour preserves 
the strength and health. The ancient Romans 
despised riches and luxury. The Volga 

there is no , Htnrb. * Mont-blanc,MoH-6^am». 

rose, po3a. in, Bb, gov. the prep, 

without, Ge3i>, gov. the height, ebiumHa. 

gen. labour , pa66ma. 

thorn , iniiirb. preserves, yKpin^iHenrb. 

who does not, Kmo He. the strength , ciiAa. 

admire , y^nBJinemcfl. health , 3AopoBie. 

the works , A'fiucniBiflM'b. the ancient, ApeBtiie. 

nature, npnpo^a. Roman, PuMjuiiiuirb , 
the Mont-Rosa, ropaPo3a V. §58. 

is scarcely , e^Ba jiu. despised , npe311pa.AH. 

inferior , ycmynaeim> riches , nbza. 

gov. the dat. luxury , pocKomfc. 

mountain, zopd. the Volga, Bojra. 

* Negations govern the gtu. case. 



C 2 7 



abounds with fah. Every thing in Nature pro- 
claims the wisdom of the Creator. The Alpian 
mountains are the highest in Europe. The Egyp- 
tians believed in the transmigration of souls. 
Before the invention of the compass, mariners 
steered their course by the stars, Hope sup- 
ports the minds of the unfortunate. Switzerland 



abounds, H3o6k*yenrb , 
gov. the ins. 
fish , pli6a. 
every thing, Bee. 
in, bt>, gov. the prep, 
nature , npupo^a. 
proclaims, BosBtiinaenrb. 
the wisdom , npeMya- 
pocmb. 
the Creator , TBopeui. 
the Alpian, AjinincKiiT. 
mountain , eopd. 
are , cyim>. 

the highest, Biico i ian- 
niia. 
Europe , Eepona. 
an Egyptian, ErknniH- 

HUHTj. 

believed , Btpmiii. 



in the transmigration 
nepecejiemio 
soul , 4 find, 
before the invention , 
4,0 H3o6ptineHi/i. 
the compass, KOMnacT*. 
mariner, MopexoAeirb. 
steered , nanpaBJia^u. 
their course , cboc n\ia- 
Bame. 
by, no, gov. the dat. 
star, 36t34a, 
hope , na^eiKAa. 
supports , niimaenrb. 
the mind , Aywd, 
of the unfortunate, He- 
cqacrnHbixTj. 
Switzerland , Ilhienua- 
piii. 



C *8 ) 

abounds in mountains and valleys. At the Olym- 
pic games the Greeks crowned the conquerors 
with wreaths of laurel. 

abounds, ii3o6kiyeim>. the Greeks, TpeKir. 

valley , Ao^iima. crowned , BtHqaan. 

at the Olympic, npn the conquerors, noGfiAH- 
CiMMiiifiCKiixTj , gov. mejieii. 

the prep, with laurel, jiaBpoBbiMii. 

game , mpd. wreath, bbhokt*, V. § i4« 



II. Declension of the feminine termination 
x, preceded by a consonant. 

S i n g. 

Nom. BoriiH-a , a God- Ilyji-a , a bullet. 

dess. 

Gen. 6orliH-H, of nyji-H , of 

Dat. 6oriiH-B, to ny.i-B , to 

Ace. 6orHH-io. ny.A-fo. 

Ins. 6oriiH-eio , by or nyji-eio , by or with. — « 

with. 
Prep, o GoricH-B , of — o ny^-t , of 

P I u. 
Nom. 6orliH-H Goddes- nj'Jiwi , bullets, 
ses. 

Gen. 6oriiii-b , of ny.i-i>, or nvi-eu , of. 

Dat. Gorku-aMh, to — ny^-flMT> , to — 



( *9 1 

Acc. 6orku-b. nyji-H. — — - 

Ins. 6oriiH-HMH ; by or ny^i-HMii , by or with. 

with. 

Prep, o 6orHH-Hxi> ? of. o nyji-.ax'b , of 

§ 32. The substantives ending in jir and 
hr , preceded by b , n or any consonant form 
the gen. plu. by the insertion of e between 
the two consonants , or changing b and ii into 
that letter, ex. 

seMJia, the earth. 3eMejib. 

GaniHJi , a tower. 6ainem>. 

BO/i.onoiiHa , a water- BOAonoeirb. 
trough. 

§ 33. The substantives ending in 4/1 and 
pR , terminate in the gen. plu. in eii , ex. 

6ypa , a storm. 6ypen. 

3apa , the dawn. 3apen. 

Declension of the fern, termination a prece- 
ded by a vowel. 

Sin g. 

Nom. jiHvii-a, a lily. ine-a, the neck. 

Gen. ^H^i-n , of — — nie-n , of 

Dat. JiiiJii-n , to nie-fc,to 

Acc. j»HJii-io. — - — — ine-io. 

Ins.jiiijii-eK),by orwith. nie-eio , by or with. 

Prep, o Ahjii~v f of — o ine-B ; of » 



C 3o ) 

P I u. 

Nom. *nVii-n , lilies. uie-ii , necks. 

Gen. akii-H , of iue-ir, of 

Dat. AHAl'SkMlj , tO UlC-flMTj , to 

Ace. jihaUh. me-ii. 

Ins. Jiiuii-flMH, by or iue-AMH , by or with. 
with. 

Prep, o jikii-flxij , of. o me-.ax'b , of — 

The substantives ending in in are declined 
according to the first example , (miaui) and 
those ending in n preceded by any other vowel 
according to the second, (men). 

§ 34. Some substantives ending in an , as : 
BccAeHHan , the universe , are declined as fern, 
adjectives. 

$ 35. The following are of the mas. gender. 
4»A«, uncle. 
cy4,bH , a judge. 



THEME IV. 

On the fem. termination /r. 

Hospitality, which among the nations of 
— — 1 — — — — — 4 

hospitality , cmpaHo- among, y , gov. the gen. 

npiHMcmBO. nation , Hapo/tb. 
which proceded , npo- of antiquity, apcBHHXb. 
HcmeKasmee. 



C 3i ) 

antiquity, proccded from pure humanity, is now 
founded on the advantages of trade. Soldiers 
should be blindly obedient to the will of their 
Commander. Franklin invented a means of avert- 
ing lightning by a conductor. One moment rolls 
away after another , as wave after wave in the 
ocean of eternity. People accustomed to the 
luxuries of town find no pleasure in a village. 



from , h3Tj. 

pure humanity, qlicma- 
ro qejioBfcKOJiK)6ifl. 

nOW, HLIHB. 

is founded , ochobbi- 
Baemcfl. 
on , Ha, gov. the prep, 
advantage % Bbiro^a. 
trade , mopzoejui. 
a soldier , boh hi. 
should , aojijkhw. 
blindly, cjitno. 
be obedient, noBHHo- 
BamiiCii. 
will , eoAR. 

of their commander , 
CBoero npe^BOAHmejia. 
Franklin , <X>paHKjiHHi>. 
invented, H3o6pBJib. 
a means, cpe4,cniBO. 
of averting, omBpam,anifc. 



lightning , moahih. 
by a conductor, rpoMo- 

BMMTj OIIIBO^OMTi, 

one moment , oaho 

MrHOBeme. 

rolls away, ymeKaenrb. 

after another , 3a apy- 

wave , cmpjk. 

after, 3a, gov. the ins. 

the ocean , Mope. 

of eternity, B^qHocrair. 

people , jih)ah. 

accustomed,npnBWKHiie 

to the luxuries, ktj poc- 

KOIHH. 

of town, ropoACKoii. 
find no , He HaxoAann* 
HiiKaKoro. 
pleas ure,yAOBOjii>cniBifl. 
village , Aepeenfi. 



C 3a ) 

A military commander should preserve presence 
of mind amidst the whistling of balls and the 
thunder of cannon. The establishment of schools 
in the villages has contributed to the prospe- 
rity of Scotland. Africa includes many extensive 
deserts. Among the Russian poets Krilloff, 
Dmitrieff and Chemnitzer are celebrated for their 



a military Commander, 

nojiKOBo r ieirb. 

should preserve , aoji- 

ynem> coxpaHamb. 
presence of mind, npii- 
cynrcmBie Ayxa. 
amidst, cpe^n, gov. the 
ball , nfjiJL. (g en » 

the thunder, rpoivrb. 
cannon , nyiiiKa. 
the establishment, y- 
qpoKAeme. 
school , niKOjia. 
in, no, gov. the dat. 
village , 4epe6HR. 
has contributed, coabii- 
cmBOBa^o. 
to the prosperity , kb 

6jarococrnoaHiK>. 
Scotland, Ulom^aH^iR 



Africa , AcJ)piiKa. 
includes , aaiciioiiaenrb 
bb ce6B. 
many, MHoria. 
extensive , npocmpaH- 

HMfl, 

desert , nycwUHH. 
among, ii3B , gov. the 
gen. 
the Russian, Poccinc- 

KIIXB. 

poet, cmnxoniBopei^T) , 

v. § 14 

Krilloff, KpbKioB-b. 
Dmitrieff, /^MiinipieBi> , 
Chemnitzer, XeMHii- 
n,epB. 
are celebrated, npoc^a- 
BiuiHCb, gov. the ins. 
for their , cbohmii. 



( 33 ) 
fables. In different countries , different man 



ners. 



fable , 6dcHJi. country , 3eMAjl. 

in different, bi» pa3- different , pa3Hbie. 
Hbixt. manners, o6bmau. 

III. Declension of the fem. termination &. 

Sing. 
Nom. CBeKpoB-L , a mo- Pa^ocm-t , joy. 
ther-in-law. 

Gen. CBeKpoB-w, of — pa^oem-n , of 

Dat. CBeKpoB-n , to — pa^ocm-n , to 

Ace. cBeKpoB-h. paAocnTb. 

Ins. CBeKpoBL-K) , by or pa^ocm-iio, by or with, 
with. 



Prep, o CBeKpoB-n, of. o pa^ocm-n , of 

P I u. 
Nom. CBeKpoB-n, mo- pa^ocm-ii, joys, 
the rs- in-law. 

Gen. CBeKpoB-en , of. pa^ocrn-eH , of 

Dat. CBeKpoB-Hivrb , to. pa,a,ocrn-a!\n> ■ to - 

Ace. CBeKpoB-en. paAocm-if. 7 

Ins. CBeKpoB-aMM, by or pa^ocm-iiMH , by or 
with. with. 

Prep. ocBeicpoB-HXTj. of. o pa^ocm-ax*, of 

§ 36. Some of the substantives ending in 
h y which have either e or o in the last syi- 



f 34 ) 

lable, eject these vowels in all the oblique ca- 
ses except the ins. ex. 

jio>Kb, a falsehood, gen. jijkh ins. jioatbio 
juo6oBb , love. jik)6bh jiio66BiH). 

§ 37. When the final b is preceded by one 
of the palatals m, z, in , or iu , fi is changed 
in the pin. into a, in the dat, ins. and 
prep, cases, ex. 

Hoib, night, dat.pl. Hoqawb,ins. plu.HO«iaMH,&c. 

§ 38. The letter &, is frequently retained in the 
ins. sing, instead of being changed into i, 'ex. 
jiecmb flattery, jiecmbio or jiecmiio 

qecmb honour, qecmbio. 

§ 39. The words Mamb , mother, and ^o^b , 
daughter are augmented in the oblique cases 
by the syllable ep , ex. 

Mamb, mother, gen. iviamepn &c. 



THEME V. 
On the fem. termination b. 

Health is the fruit of temperance. Child- 
hood is the happiest period of life. Virtue 

health, 34opoBie. the happiest, ciarnuik- 

the fruit , njioA*. Bl>iiuiee. 

temperance , yjnipen- period , Bpeivifl. 

UOCinb. life, JKU3Hb. 

childhood, MJia^eHqe- virtue, Ao6po r ;rfcme.u. 
chilo, 



( 35 ) 

is preferable to riches , friendship to flattery 
and utility to pleasure. An indolent man is 
a burden to himself. Liberality should be tem- 
pered by prudence. Asia was the cradle of 
the human race. If thou wouldst be virtuous, 
reflect often upon death. Justice is the first 
of virtues. It is dangerous to give ourselves 



is preferable , npeano- 
qmkmejibHa. 
riches , 6oramcmBo. 
friendship, ^pyacecmBO. 
flattery , Jiecmb. 
and utility , a no^t3a. 
pleasure, y^oBOjib- 
cmBie. 
a man , qejioBtKb. 
indolent , jibhhbliii. 
to himself , caivib ce6t. 
is , GbiBaenrb. 
bt>, gov. the ace. 
burden , mhzocmb. 
liberality, iue,4pociiib. 
should be, ^oAmvik 

6bimb 
tempered , yjvrkpaeMa. 
prudence , OepemAiU 

eocrnb. 



Asia , A3ifl. 

was, 6hua, gov. the ins. 
the cradle , KOJibi6eJ,b. 
race , po^b. 

human , qe^ioBfriecKaro. 
if, ecmbjiH. 
thou wouldst, xoqeuib. 
be virtuous, 6wmb 40- 
6p o a* m ejib h bi Mb . 
reflect, pa3Mbiui^AH. 
often , qacmo. 
upon , o , gov. the ins. 
death , cMepmb. 
justice , npaBocy^ie. 
is , ecrab. 
the first, nepBaa. 
of, ii3b , gov. the gen. 
it is dangerous, onacHo. 
to give ourselves up , 
npe/3,aBambC/u 



( 36 ) 

up to unbounded passions. The contemplation 
of nature inspires grand ideas. Reason is very 
often obscured by the passions. There are 
some extraordinary geniuses , who have distin- 
guished themselves in all branches of human 
knowledge. 



to unbounded, HeyM*- extraordinary, HeoGbiK- 

peHHBIMTj. HOBeHHbie. 

passion, cmpacmb. genius , ysrb. 

the contemplation, co- who have dislinguish- 

3epuaHie. ed themselves, npo- 

inspires, BHyuiaenrb. cjiaBiiBiuieca. 
grand , BejiimecmBeH- 

Hhltf. in all , BO BCfoTb , gov. 

idea , MbicJib. the prep, 

very often , qacmo. branch , etmeb. 

reason, pa3yMi>. of human knowledge, 

is obscured, nowpa- icioBtqecKHx-b no3- 

qaemcii. HaHia. 
there are , ecrnb. 

$ 4°- Although b be a fern, termination, 
the number of mas. Substantives ending in 
this sign is considerable. To the following list 
must be added all the nouns , which termi- 
nate in meAb y except, 4oGpo i1.rne.ib , virtue; 
oGkuie.il>, abode- apiue.ii> , a company (of work- 



( 3 7 ) 



men) ; and Meme^b, a whirlwind (snow - storm) 
which are feminine. 

List of words ending in &, which are of the 
masculine gender. 



A^niapb , an altar. 
EyKBaph , a spelling- 



Ky.ib , a hag. (sack), 
^larepb , a camp. 



book. i/Ianorrib , a sandal. 
Bnxpb , a whirlwind. (made of the hark of the 



Bon At, , a groan. 
rB03Ab , a b nail. 
rpe6eHb , a comb. 
Tpy3Ab , a mushroom. 
4eromb , tar. 
4eHb , day. 
}KejiyAb , a gland. 
3Bbpb , an animal. 
IlHGiipb , ginger. 



birch) 
./loKomb , the elbow. 
MnEuajib , an almond. 
MumKa^b, muslin. 
MoHacrnbipb , a mona- 
stery. 
Hainambipb , sal ammo- 
OroHb, lire. niac. 

llenb, a trunk (of a tree). 



KajieH^apb, an almanack. HepcieHb , recapitula- 
tion. 



Ka.ueHb , a stone. 
KamcAb, a cough. 
Kiiceab , jelly. 
Kosbipb , a trump. 
KoHb , a courser. 
KopaGjib , a ship. 
KopeHb , a root. 
Kocapb, a cutlass. 
KpeMeHb , a flint. 
K^eiMC/ib, a cake. 



IlepcmeHb, a ring. 
TLiaivieHb, a flame. 
IIy3bipb , a bladder. 
ILiemeHb, a hurdle. 
Ilymb , a way. 
PeneHb , rhubarb. 
PoieHb , a strap. 
P^Gjib , a rouble. 
P)jib , a rudder. 



( 38 ) 

CGHmeHb , hydromel. (PoHapb , a lantern. 

CjioBaph , a dictionary. Xivi-fejib , hops. 

CmeGe^ib , stubble. Xpycmajii. , chrystal. 

Cyxapb , a rusk. II^aBejib , sorrel, 

yrojib , coal. IHeGeHb , rubbish, 

yropb , an eel. JiKopb , an anchor. 

(Dnmhjib , the wick of Jlmnapb , yellow amber, 

a candle. JlqMeHb ? barley. 

§ 4 1 * The names of the months, which end 
in b are also masculine , as well as the names 
of dignities , occupations &c. belonging ex- 
clusively to the male sex. as: Kopojib , a King; 
BOHtAb , a guide,- yqinneji* , a school-master &c. 

Declension of substantives terminating in b, 
which are oi the masculine gender. 

Sing. 

Norn. LJap-b , a King. Kopa6ji-b, a ship. 

Gen. LJap-A of Kopa6a-H , of 

Dat. I^ap-io , to ko pa 64-10 , to 

Ace. LJap-H. — — — Kopa6ji-b. 

Ins. LJap-e^rb , by or Kopa6ji-eMb, by or with, 

with. 
Prep, o IJap-i), of o Kopa6ji-i>,of — 

P I u. 

Nom. IJap-ii , Kings. Kopa6.*-H , ships. 

Gen. £{ap-eii, of Kopafu-en : , of 

Dau L}ap-Ai>n> ; to KopaGA-iiMb, to — 



C 3c, j 

Acc. LJap-en. Kopa6ji-H. 

Ins. LJap-iiMii, by or Kopatiji-HMn, by or with. 

with. 
Prep, o I^ap-ax* , of — o Kopa6.A-.axT>, of 



THEME VI. 
On the substantives ending in b, which 

ARE MASCULINE. 

Vain is the endeavour of an author to please 
the taste of all his readers. The scholar should 
be obedient to his teacher. The south of 
Russia produces in great abundance barley , 
buck-wheat, oats and every kind of grain. 



yam, muiemHoe. 
endeavour, ycnjiie. 
author, coznHurneAb. 
to please , yroiKAamb 9 
gov. the dat. 
taste , BKycij. 
of all his , Befex-b cbo- 

HXTj. 

reader, znmdmeAb. 
the scholar, yqeHjaKT*. 
should f AOjDKeHij. 
be obedient, hobiiho- 
Bamuca, gov. the dat. 



to h 



is , CBoewy. 



teacher, yzumejib. 
the south of Russia , 
loacHaa Poccia. 
produces, npousBOAiiniTj 
in great. bt> bcjihkomij. 
abundance , ii3o6iiJiin. 
barley , nzMenb. 
buck-wheat , npoco. 
oats , obcctj. 
every kind, BCHKaropo^a. 
grain, x^bGhmji pacnrii- 
Jiifl« 



( 4o ) 

Rurick was the founder of the Russian Empire. 
The enemy devastated ail the towns and villa- 
ges with fire and sword. Chancellor, an En- 
glishman , having sailed ( in a ship ) to 
the shores of the White Sea established the 
first commercial intercourse with Russia. 
Conquerors overthrow in one year , what 
it required ages to establish. In England 



Rurick, Pfopiiicb. 

was , Gbijrb, gov. the ins. 

the founder , ocnoed- 

weAb. 

of the Russian Empire, 

PoccincKaro rocy^ap- 

cmBa. 

the enemy, HenpiAmejib. 

devastated , onycmo- 

iniurb. 

all , bce. 

town, ropo^ij. V. § 17. 
villages , ce^ia. 
fi re , oedrtb. 
sword , Mezb. 
an Englishman, Ahtjih- 
•laHiiHb. 
Chancellor, Hancejiop*. 
having mailed, np it >aiBT>. 
in, aa, gov. the prep. 



a ship, KopaGjib* 
to, ktj, gov. the dat. 
shore , 6eperb. 
established , 3aBexb. 
the first , nepBbia. 
commercial, moproBbiH. 
intercourse , CBH3b. 
with Russia, obPoccieio. 
Conqueror , saeoeed- 
meAb. 
in one year , bt> oahht» 
toatj. 
overthrow, ncnpoBep- 
raiomb. 
what , mo qmo. 
required to establish , 
yqpeiKAaeincfl gov. the 
inst. 
age , BhKi>. 
England , AHrAia, 



C 4. ; 

there are many distinguished writers. Russian 
peasants wear sandals , made of the bark of the 
birch , instead of shoes. A child shews gra- 
titude to its parents by obedience and respect. 
The Egyptians were the teachers of the Greeks 
in arts and sciences. In the middle ages , learn- 
ing flourished only in the monasteries. 



there are many , Miioro 

gov. the gen. 

distinguished , omjiini- 

HblXT>. 

writers , nncdmeAb. 
Russian , PoccincKie. 
peasant, KpecnibHHHnb 
V. § 58. 
wear, Hocnnrb. 
instead of shoes , bm*- 
crao 66yBii. 
sandal , Jidnomb V § 36. 
made, njemeHbie. 

Of, H3T>. 

the bark of the birch, 
6epe30Bon Kopw. 
a child , AHmi 
shews , OKa3biBaenrb. 
to its, cbohmtj, gov. the 
dai. 
parent, po^umeAb. 



obedience 



, noKop- 

HOCmb. 



respect , nomneme. 
Egyptian, ErimrnaHiiirb 
V. § 58. 
were, 6mmi , gov. the 
Ins. 
teacher , yzumeAb. 
a Greek, rpein>. 
in, B-b, gov. the prep, 
science , nayKa. 
arts, HCKycmBaxij. 
learniug, yqeHocmb. 
in the middle ages, bt> 
cpe^Hie BtKH. 
flourished , npou,BBma- 
jia. 
only in , bt> oahhxt> 

mOJIbKO. 

monastery, Monacmupb. 



( 4* ) 

SECT IV. 

Declension of neuter substantives. 
Including the terminations o, e, and juji. 

§ /\i. The accusative case of all neuter substan- 
tives ; both sing, and plu. is like the nominative. 

I. Declension of the neuter termination o. 

Sing. Plu. 

Nom. 3epKaji-o , a loo- 3epKaji-a, looking-glas- 
kinff - glass. ses. 

Gen. 3epKaA-a, of 3epKaA-T>, of 

Dat. 3epKaji-y , to 3epKaA-aMi> , to 1 

Ace. 3epKa^-o. 3epicaA-a, 

Ins. 3epnaji-oMi>, by or 3epKaA-aMW, by or with. 

with. 

Prep, o 3epKaji-*, of — o 3epKaji-axi> , of 

§ 43- Substantives ending in o preceded by 
two consonants, take the letter e or o between 
the two consonants in the gen. plu. ex. 

Be4po , a pail. Be^epij, 

namiio , a spot. namen^. 

CyKHO , cloth. CyKOHTj. 

Exceptions. 
mbSAo , a nest. riife3AT>. 

rop^o , the throat. rop.vb. 

Macao , oil. MacAij. 

poiecAo , a trade. peMec^i.. 



( 43 ) 

$ 44' ITepo , a pen; hoxeho , a log; KpbLAo, 
a wing; and ^epeBO, a tree, terminate in j»h , 
leB-b and hnwb , in the nom. gen. and dat. 
plural. 

§ 45. The following are irregular in the cases 
marked : 

3jio , an evil , gen. plu. 30jrb. 
He(Jo, heaven, nom. plu. HeGeca, gen, Heftec* Sec. 
Oko , the eye , nom. plu. oqn, gen. oqeii Sec. 
ILieqo, the shoulder, nom. plu. iuieqn ; gen. 

iueqt &c. 
C} r AHo , a vessel, (ship) nom. plu. cy4a, gen. 
cy4,oBi» ; but when it denotes an urn , 
vase , or other vessel made to contain 
liquids , it is declined regularly. 
TL10 , a body (celestial) nom. plu. nrfejia and 
mfcjieca, gen. m^M> and nrBjiect &c. But 
when it denotes the body of a living crea- 
ture , it is declined regularly. 
yxo , the ear , nom plu. ymu , gen. ymen &c. 
Hy^o , a miracle, nom. plu. qy^eca gen. 

qy^eob Sec. 
H6aoko f an apple , nom. plu. AGjiokh , gen. 

A6jlOKOBT» SCC. 



-C 44 ) 
THEME VII. 
On the neuter termination o. 

Much iron is exported from Russia. It is 
healthy to rise early in the morning. Labour 
and exercise strengthen the body. A truly 
great man unites modesty with merit. The 
Mexican mines abound in gold and silver. Or- 
der requires , that every thing should be kept 



from , ii3"b. 
Russia, Poceitf. 
is exported, BbiB03ijnTCfl. 
much, MHoro, gov. the 
gen. 
iron , mejiizo. 
to rise , BcmaBanih. 
early , paHo. 
in , no , gov. the dat. 
the morning , ympo. 
is healthy , 3AopoBo. 
Labour , mpy^-b. 
and, h. 

ynpamHe- 

Hia. 

yKptnjiA- 

K>nn>. 

no. 



exercise , pi. 
strengthen , 



the body, mt~ 

a truly , kcmiitiHo. 



great, RejiiiKin. 
unites, coe^MHiiennj. 
modesty , CKposviHocmb. 
with, ct>, gov. the inst. 
merit, jocrnonHcrneo. 
the Mexican, MeKCii- 
KaHCRie. 
mine, pyAHHicb. 
abound , H3o6HJiyK)nTb. 
in , expressed by the 
ins. case, 
gold , 30Aomo. 
silver, cepeGpo. 
order, nopflAOKT,. 
requires , mpeGyenrb. 
that, HinoGbi. 
every thing,BcAKa,<i Beuib. 
should be kept, xpa- 
Hnviaci. 



C 45 ) 



in its proper place. The most simple means 
are frequently the best. Sometimes important 
events proceed from insignificant causes. Modesty 
belongs to the most attractive qualities of the 
female sex. Socrates excelled all his fellow 
citizens in the qualities of his understanding 
and heart. Eloquence does not consist in high- 
flown expressions , but in strong feelings. 



in , Ha, gov. the prep, 
its proper, cBoeMb, 
place , Mtcnfo. 
mean , cpeAcmeo. 
the most simple , ca- 
Mbia npocmwa. 
are frequently , cymb 
qacmo. 
the best, caMbia Jiyqinifl. 
sometimes , iiHor^a. 
from, onrb, gov. the gen. 
insignificant, Majibixb. 
cause , nazcLAo. 
proceed , po/KAafonrca:. 
important , BC/iinda. 
event, jtiAo. 
belongs, npiiHa^iJiejEHnrb. 
to , Kb , gov. the dat. 
the most attractive, npn- 
BaeKamejibHiimiiiMb. 



quality , ceoiicmeo. 
of the female, >KeHCKaro. 
sex , nojib. 
Socrates , CoKpamb. 
excelled, npeBocxo,4H^b. 

all his , BCtXb CBOHXb. 

fellow-citizens, corpaac- 
4aHb. 
quality, Kazecmeo. 
understanding , ywb. 
heart, cep^ije. 
eloquence, KpacHoptqie 
does not consist , He 
cocmoHinb. 
high-flown , bwcoko- 
napHbixb. 
expressions , c.ioeo. 
but in, ho Bb, gov. the pr. 

Strong, CILAbHblXb. 

feeling , zj-ecmeo. 



( 46 ) 
If. Declension of the neuter termination e. 

Sing, 

Nom. Jiiiu-e , the face. MirWie , an opinion. 

Gen. jiiiu-a of — mh*hi-h , of 

Dat. Jiiiu>y , to MirfeHi-io , to 

Ace. jiiin-e. MHtH-ie. 

Ins. anij-eMi) , by or amim-orb ? by or with. 

with. 

Prep, o jimi-t, of o MHlmi-ii ; of — 

P I u. 

Nom. jiiin-a , faces. MHtni-a , opinions. 

Gen. jiiii;-T3 , of mh*hi-h, of 

Dat. ainj-aMTj , to MHtHi-aMi) , to. 

Ace. jiiiu-a. — MHtni-ii. 

Ins.^HU-aMii,byor with. MHtni-HMn , by or with. 

Prep. o.iHi;-axi>, of — ■ o MirtHi-ax*, of 



§ 46- Substantives ending in e preceded by 
a consonant are declined according to the 
first example, as: cojmue , the sun; cep,a,ue, 
the, heart &c , and those ending in the same 
letter preceded by a vowel , according to the 
second, as: 3Aanie, a building &c. 

§ 4y. Substantives ending in pe , jte , and be 
change a into /i in the genitive , and y into 
jo in the dative , ex. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Plu. 

Mope the sea , juopn Mopio Mopa. 



( 4; ) 
nojie a field , nojia; no^iio nojih, 

Hciijibe an abode, TKVuibh skhjilio miiAhk. 
§ 48. Those ending in z/<? , preceded by a 
consonant , take the letter e in the genitive 
plural , between the consonant and z/ , ex. 

cep^ne ■ the heart cepAeirb. 
The soft sign, b is also changed into e, 
in the plu. when it precedes the i/e of the 
nominative sing. 

KOJihije , a ring. Kojieirb. 

§ 49* Substantives ending in be , terminate 
in the gen. plu. either in beeb , or eii, ex. 

Konte , a lance. Konteivb or Konen. 

pyiKbe , a musket. py>KbeBb or pyjKeii. 
§ 5o, Those ending in oe are declined as 
neuter adjectives (V. dclension of adjectives). 



THEME VIII. 

On THE NEUTER TERMINATION 6. 
Mans fate depends in a great measure on 



fate , cy/i,b6a. depends , aaBHCumb. 

man , qeaoBtKb. upon , omb , gov. the 
in a great measure , § en * 

66jibnieio wacinbio. 



C 48 ) 

his own conduct. A man destitute of a grate- 
ful heart is incapable of a virtuous action , 
To praise a man to his face , is to accuse 
him of vanity. The path of virtue is the 
road to peace. Habit destroys imagination. 
The consolation of religion is our surest refuge 
in misfortune. It is glorious to die on the field 



his own, c66cmBeHHaro 
ero. 
conduct, noeeAcnie 
destitute , HeiiMfiioinjii 
a grateful , Gjiaro^ap- 
Haro. 
heart , cep^e. 
is incapable, Hecnoco- 
6eHi>. 
of a virtuous, Kb 406- 
po/vfemejihHoiuy. 
action , nocmynoKb. 
to praise , XBajikmii. 
to , B-b , gov. the ace. 
face , Jini^e. 
is , 3naijHmi>. 
to accuse , ynpcKamt. 
him , ero. 

of, Bb, gov. the prep. 
vanity , mu^ecAdeie. 



the path , cme3fl. 
is the road, ecmb nymb. 
peace , cnoKoncmeie. 
habit, npHBbiqKa. 
destroys , no4aBjiHenTb. 
imagination , eooGpa- 
Hcenie. 
the consolation , ymfe- 
meme. 
religion , Btpa. 
is , 6biBaenrb , gov. the 
ins. 
surest, BBpnBHiniiMb. 
refuge , npn6i>mnu)e. 
in , bb , gov. the prep, 
misfortune , neczdemie. 
it is glorious, cuibiio. 
to die , yMepcnib. 
on , 11a , gov. the prep. 
held , noAe. 



( 49 ) 

of battle , fighting in defence of our native 
country. In prosperity we should display mo- 
deration , in misfortune patience. The minds 
of youth are open equally to good or bad 
impressions. The risking of the sun at sea is one 
of the most majestic spectacles in nature. Pre- 
judice blinds the eyes with unsubstantial visions. 



battle , 6km b a. 
fighting, cpa/KaflCi>. 
in defence of , 3a, gov. 
the ace. 
our native country , 
omeqecmBo. 
prosperity, czdemie. 
we should , ^oajKHo. 
display, xpaHkmL. 
moderation, B03£ep>Ka- 
Hie. 
misfortune , ueczd- 

cmie. 
patience , mepirfcHie. 
the mind , cepjye. 
of youth, lOHouieu. 
equally , paBHO. 
are open , omBepcrnw. 
to , 4Jia , gov. the gen. 
good , AO>pi>ix-b. 



and bad , n ^Jia xy- 

^WXTj. 

impression , enezam- 
Jibnie. 
the rising, BocxoJKAeHie. 
the sun , cojini^e. 
at, Ha , gov. the prep, 
sea, Mope. 
is one , ecnii> oaho. 
of, H3i> , gov. the gen. 
the most majestic, Be- 
jiiiqecmBeHHBHniHXTi. 
spectacle , 3ptAitu^e. 
prejudice , npe^pascy- 

AOKIj. 

blinds , ocxbiufienrb. 
the eye, r^ia3T> (V. § 19.J 
unsubstantial, nyc.nw- 

vision, npiieptd'bHie. 
6 



( 5o ) 

A virtuous man finds in his own sentiments 
a recompense for all the changes of the world. 

virtuous, AoGpoAbme^b- a recompense , y£0- 
hwh. iuemBopeHie. 

finds, iiaxo.j.nnib. for all, 3a Bet. 

in, bt> , gov. the prep, change, npeBpanr- 
his own , coGcinBeH- Hocmb. 

Hbixi> cbokxtj. the world , wipb. 
sentiment, qyBcmBOBaHie. 



III. Declension of the neuter terminations 

MM AND ITlfl. 
Sing. PI u. 
Nom. Bpeivi-H, time. BpeM-eHa, times. 
Gen. BpeM-emr , of — BpeM-em> , of 1 — 



Dat. r<peM-eHii, to BpeM-eHajvrb , to 

Ace. BpeM-H. BpeM-eiia. 

Ins. Bpew-eHeMi), hy or BpeM-eHaMw, by or with, 
with. 

Prep, o BpeM-eHH, of — o BpeM-enax*, of 

§ 5i. The substantive AHinii , a child is neuter 
in the singular, and masculine in the plural, 
and is declined as follows. 

Sing. PI u. 

Nom. Aum-H, a child. #i)m-H , children. 

Gen. Aum-flniH, of — Aftm-cu , of . 

Dat. Awm-;uiiH , to Abin-;bib , to 



( h ) 

Ace. ahui-a. #fcrn-ew. -— 

Ins. ^Hm-araeMi) h 411- ^bhi-bmh, by or with. 

m-Ameio, by or with. 

Prep, o diim-AniMjOf — Abm-hxh, of • 



THEME IX. 

On the neuter termination M/t. 

But few people know to estimate the value 
of time. The greater part of the inhabitants of 
Russia belong to the Slavonian race. The Cru- 
saders after surmounting great obstacles , suc- 
ceeded in planting their banner on the walls 



but few , HeiviHorie. 
people , jiioah. 
know, yivrBK)im>. 
to estimate , irfeHHiHb. 
the value , BaacHOcmb , 
the greater part , 66jib- 
maa qacmb, 
inhabitant , mkmeAb. 
of Russia , HaceaiiK)- 
hjhxtj Pocciio. 
belong, npiiHaAJiejKknrb. 
t o , ktj , gov. the dat. 
the Slavonian , CjiaBHH- 

CKOMy. 



race , nJieMR. 
after surmounting, no- 
cjit , gov. the gen. 
great , bcahkhxb. 
obstacle , npenAnicnT- 
Bie. 
a Crusader , Kpecmo- 

HOCeiTb. 

succeeded , ycn^iw. 
in planting , soapy- 
3iunfa. 
banner , 3HaMn. 
on , na , gov. the prep, 
wall ? cinfcHa. 



( & ) 

of Jerusalem. We should not despair even under 
the burden of 'misfortunes. times ! manners! 
£ach of the seasons of the year has its charms. 
History hands to posterity the names of great 
men. The enemy entered the town with unfurl- 
ed banners. We have hut little knowledge of 
the tribes inhabiting the interior of Africa. 



Jerusalem , Iepvcajiiiarb. 
we should not despair , 
He acu/KHo yHbiBamb. 
even , ^ajKe. 
under, no^b , gov. the 
inst. 
burden , 6pe.Mii. 
misfortune, neczdcmie. 
lime , epeMR. 
manner, HpaBb. 
each, Bckoe. 
of, H3T* , gov. the gen. 
season , epeMR, 
the year , ro^b. 
has , mrfcenrb. 
its , CBOH. 

ftharm , npe^ecmb. 
histojy , ncmopijj. 
bands , ripe Aae nib. 

posterity, iioinoMcinBO. 



name , umr. 
of great men , Bejin- 
khxt> Myaceix. 
the enemy, HenpiAme^b. 
entered , Bcmynkib Bb 
town , ropo^b. 
unfurled , pacnym,eH- 

HbJMH. 

banner , 3hcimr. 
we have., mm iiM-fceMb. 
but little , Majio. gov. 
the gen. 
knowledge , ii3Blicmie. 
of , o , gov. the prep, 
tribe , rut e mr. 
inhabiting , nace^aio- 
niiixb. 
the interior, Bnympeii- 
tiucinit. 
Africa, A;j.piiKa. 



{ 53 ) 

Promiscuous exercise on the 

declension of substantives. 

Finland* 
Here is the reign of winter. — In the begin- 
ning of October every thing is covered with 
snow. — The neighbouring hill scarcely shews 
its sterile summit , and the hoar-frost falls like a 
thick cloud. On the first frosty morning the trees 
glitter like a rainbow , reflecting the solar rays 



here , 3^-fccb. 

the reign , i^dpcmeo. 

winter , 3iiMa. 

the beginning, HazaAo. 

October , OKmkGpb. 

every thing, Bee. 

is covered , noKpwmo. 

snow , cHtizi. 

scarcely , e4Ba. 

neighbouring, cocivmaa 

hill , cKujid. 

shews, BbiKasbiBaenrb. 

sterile , 6e3iM04HyK). 

summit , eepmuna. 

the hoar-frost , HHetr. 

falls , na^aem*. 



like , bt> bh/ib , gov. the 
gen. 
thick , ryemaro. 
cloud , 66jiaKo. 
on, npw , gov. the prep, 
first, nepBOMij. 
frosty morning, ympeH- 

HeMl> MOp03B. 

a tree , Ae'pceo. 
flitter, Gallic ma tomb, 
like , expressed by the 
ins. case. 
a rainbow, paAyza. 
reflecting, ompa>KaH. 
solar, cojiHeqHbie. 
a ray , Ji) it>. 



( 54 ) 

in a thousand beautiful colours. But the sun 
seems to look upon the desolation of winter 
with horror , he scarcely makes his appearance 
and is again buried in the dark fog , the fore- 
runner of severe cold. The moon continues 
all night long to spread her silver beams , and 
traces her circle in the azure vault of hea- 
ven , along which from time to time dart 



in a thousand , mk- 
cnzbTo , gov. the gen. 
beautiful , npiamHbixt. 
colour , ifetmt. 
seems , Kaacemca. 
horror, yiKac*. 
to look , B3npaenrb. 
upon , Ha. 

the desolation, onyemo- 
wenie. 
makes his appearance, 
iiBumcfl. 
and again , h yace. 
is buried, norpyaceHO. 
dark , oarpoBhiii. 
fog , my.udm. 
the fore-runner, npe^- 

BtcmHHKfc 

severe , chjibhoh. 



cold , cmy'dca, 

the moon , Ml>cHirb. 

continues all nightlong, 

bi> me^eHie Been nomi. 
to spread, H3jiHBaenrb. 
silver, cepeGpeHHwe. 
a ray , jiyzi. 
her , cboii. 
traces , o6pa3yenrb. 
circle , Kpyzt , (to be 
put in the plu.) 
in , Ha. 

azure vault, qkcraon jia- 
sypir. 
of heaven, HeGecHOH. 
along , no. 
which , Komopon. 

from time to time , H3- 
pBAKa. 

dart, npo^emaiomi>. 



( 55 ) 

glaring meteors. Not the least breath of wind 
agitates the trees , white with the hoar -frost: 
a melancholy, but a pleasing scene! What unu- 
sual stillness ! the timorous deer hies fearfully 
to the thicket , shaking the icicles from his ant- 
lers , the pheasants doze securely in the deep 
silence of the forest , and every step of the 
traveller is heard in the snowy wilderness. 



glaring , G^ecmAuue. 
a meteor, Memeopi,. 
not, HH. 

the least , Ma^tHiuee. 
a breath , ayHOBeme. 
wind , ei/nph. 
agitates, He KoaeGUemii. 
a tree , jepeeo. 
white , oGt^eHHbixij. 
hoar - frost, uneii. 
melancholy, neqajibHoe. 
pleasing, npiamHoe. 
scene , 3pfc.Aiiin,e. 
what unusual , KaKaa 
HeoGbiKHOBeHHaa. 
stillness , mnuiHHa. 
timorous , p66Kaa. 
deer , jiaiib. 
fearfully , moponKO. 
hies , npoGwpaemcH. 



the thicket, tduja. 
shaking , ompacaff. 
from , ctj , gov. the gen. 
antler , poz*. 

hiS , CBOKXT). 

the icicles, ojie^eHt^biii 
HHeii. 
the pheasants , cma^o 
memepeBeH. 
doze , Apew^enrb. 
securely, 6e3onacHO. 
deep , rjiy6oKou. 
silence , mmunnd. 
the forest , Jitci. 
every, bcakoh. 
step , marb. 
traveller , cmpaHHiirci. 
is heard cjibiineirb. 
snowy cHtJKHow. 
wilderness , nycmbinn. 



( 56 ) 

Yet even here nature smiles with a cheerful , 
though transitory smile. When the snow is dissol- 
ved by the warm summer breeze and the bright 
rajs of the sun j when the waters have run their 
noisy course to the sea , and formed thousands 
of rivulets and thousands nf cascades, then na- 
ture arises from her heavy and protracted 
slumber-, suddenly the wintry fields are clothed 



yet even here , ho h 

3&tCb. 

nature , npnpo^a. 
smiles , yjibiCaemcn. 
cheerful , Becejioio. 
though , ho. 
transitory , KpamKoio. 
a smile , jJibiGKa. 
when , Kor4a. 
snow, cntz-b , (to be 
put in the plu ) V. § 17. 
is dissolved, pacniajuif. 
by , orn* , gov. the gen. 
warm , menjiaro. 
summer , jitmHflTo. 
breeze , etmp*. 
bright , ApKiiXT>. 
water, 004a. 
their noisy course , ci> 



have run , yrneKjiii. 
to , btj , gov. the ace. 
the sea , Mope. 
and formed, oGpasoBam. 
B-b meqeiiin cbocmtj. 
a thousand , mbicnza. 
a rivulet , pyzen. 
a cascade , 00401164*. 
arises , BhixoAiinrb. 
from, ii3i>, gov. the gen. 
heavy, mjirocrnHaro. 
protracted, npoAOJiaui- 
me^iLHaro. 
slumber, jcbi tia en ie. 
suddenly , BApyrb. 
wintry , 03HMbia. 
a field , noAe. 
are clothed, o^tBaioin- 

Cfl. 



UiyMOATb 



( 5 7 ) 

in green , the meadows with aromatick flowers. 
Yesterday all was dead, — to day every thing 
blussoms and sends forth grateful odours, 

Batushkoff s letters. 



in green, 3ejieHf)iMTj 6ap- all, bcc 

xamoMij. was dead, 6mao MepniBO. 

a meadow, jiyrb. V. §17. to day, eero^HH. 

aromatick,4yniHcmbiMM. blossoms , rjBBinenrb. 

a flower , u^etrm. sends forth grateful 
yesterday , Biepa. odours, 6jiaroyxaemi>. 



( 58 ) 



i 1 




cQ 




tQ a ^ 


M 




? 




S S ;* 


>*. 


o 






a a o3 - 

33 33 a = 

* o> v « a» ^ 
• 




C3 [0 :3 S CS C3 

b a a a s =5 


<^> 


*4 


i^ 






i» ^ Cv cd 0/ x 


t> 


to 

s 






2 

^ ec 2 ^ # <U .3 




3S >H -.^ ="! C5 w 


to 


W 






H 












r- 


(4 


3 




£ 




£ s^ 


1—4 




4). 




0> rt >%« « -^ 




Ctf t« « (fl rt C5 


3 
U 

s 


H 

O 
H 


525 




o a ^ o o -fc« 




tc a ,c 

rt c=i rt rt « ee 


O 
to 



















V 


►•* 














Q 




S* , 








ei 


(Xj 








f — ^ 


„ 


S 

-< 1 « 


rt 


* a a a "■* s 


rt 


S w CQ 55 eg R 




TO 1 a 










*" 


5 - 


a 




h 




e 


to 


a 


b£ 


2 

B5 B 43 2 W *i 


S3 


a »q r s r c5 


so 

c 

-3 


-«3 


* 










c 




a 


a 




— ' 






PQ 













-<u 


IT 


fa 


— 


2 
ed 3 ■» ^ o ■* 


ft 


«c ^ a ,3 

3 ,0 CO 43 rt CO 


> 
a 







c/3 








<n 


to 












"5 


o 






JJ 


•—i 










< — > 
A 


-a 


to 










pa 


«— 1 


Nl 






/" N 




« S „ s X 

3 cy cq H R e? 
3 ^ 





(J 

W 
Q 






>s « 2 >s <u 4P 




c 

'«> 

B 




— 




^L £ 




"5 § " 

- p £ "8 « * 
jj O « •« re « 


<u 

Q 


o 






tQ «* >*, (Q O ^q 




<0 


bi 


rt 










h 




g 




o S ' 18 S * 2 




g a *j w c 




e 








O ^ J3 w = f. 


« 


H 






gOC^f ft 




^ C <! ~ ft 





( *9 ; 

SECT. V. 

Formation of feminine substantive! 
from masculine. 

§ 5i. There are two ways of distinguishing 
the sex of creatures of the same species : first 
by giving them different names; as mv;ktj, a man; 
meua , a woman; cbiin>, a son; 4,oqi>, a daughter; 
6apam> a ram; oBua a ewe &c. and secondly by 
varying the termination of the masculine ap- 
pellation. 

§ 52. The polysyllable mas. appellations, end- 
ing in 6t , eh, zt , 46, jit> , p~b , 7777>, and XI , 
form the feminine by changing a into Ka, 
and the guttural x into m ; ex. 

coet/Tk , a neighbour , fem. coc*4Ka. 

co^ami* , a soldier, cojiAamha. 

nacmyxij , a shepherd , nacinyuiKa. 

Excepions to this rule, 

ope^i, , an eagle , fem. op.AHua. 

K03e^ij , a goat , K03a. 

noBapii , a cook , noBapnxa. 

oce^ij , an ass , Oceana. 

% 53. The monosyllable mas. appellations en* 
ding in 1 , change this termination into q6kci in 
the feminine ; ex. 



C 60 ) 

inm-b , a canary-bird qnxcoBica. 
Momij , a spendthrift MomoBKa. 

Exceptions to this rule, 

TpacJ)^ , a Count , fern. rpatJiiiHH. 

bo^ktj , a wolf, Bojqkua. 

BHyK"b, grand-son. BHjKa. 

aiHen,* , a reaper, JKHiiqa. 

atpeirb , a priest, — JKpiiua. 

.*eB"b, a lion , jiLBinja. 

arym> , a liar, jiryHba. 

pa6i> , a slave , paGbma. 

c^oht>, an elephant, cjioHkxa. 

mpycb, a coward, mpyckxa. 

mynn> , a jester, inymnxa. 

$ 54> Foreign appellations of ranks , titles , 
professions &c. adopted in the Russian lan- 
guage , and which end in t> or b change these 
terminations into wa; ex. 

TeHepa^ij , a General , fern. TeHepa^bina. 

Maiopb , a Major, Maiopma. 

anmeFcapb, an apothecary, — anraeKapuia. 

Exceptions to this rule. 

HiviiiepamopTj, an Emperor, fern. IiMnepainpHija, 

Tepi^orij , a Duke , Fepu;orjiHfl. 

BapoHi> , a Baron , BapoHecca. 

MOHaxi> , a monk, woiiaxuHa. 



C «< ) 

5 55. Those ending in me.ib form the femi- 
nine by the addition of naya ; ex. 

6jiaro4*me.4b ; a benefactor, 6jiaro/VEme.Afc- 

HHi^a. 
npeAamejih , a traitor, — — npe^amejibHiiija. 

§ 56. Those ending in it form the feminine 
by the addition of kci ; ex. 

3^04*^ , a malefactor , fern. sjio^tiiKa. 
Hero^an, a rascal, Hero^aHKa. 

Exceptions to this rule. 
report , a hero , fern. repoHH/i. 
Ka3Ha4eM, a treasurer, Ka3Haqea. 



SECT. VI. 

National appellations. 

§ 5j. National appellations are formed from 
the names of countries , provinces and cities* 
and terminate in the mas. in eyt or nm and 
in the fern, in , Ka , anna , zkci , or zanna, ex. Illom- 
jiaHAia , Scotland, HlomjiaHeirb, a Scotchman, 
IIlonLviaHAKa , a Scotchwoman. 

Mas, Fern. 

EBpona , Europe, Euponeeirb , EBponeiiKa. 

ABcmpia, Austria , ABcmpieirb , ABcnipiaHKa. 

Mcnama, Spain, Mcnatieirb , McnaHKa. 



( ^ ) 

Mas. Fern. 

IUneH^a^iH, Switzerland, IHueiiuapeirb, IUiienuap- 

Ka. 
AwepiiKa, America, AiuepiiKaHeirb, AiwepnKaHKa. 
Ilrnajia , Italy, II ma. nil neat , IlmajnaHKa. 

Poccia, Russia, Poccihhhhtj, PocciiiHKa. 
Ahtjuh, England, AtirjnHaHMHTj , Aarjivm{LRK2L% 
4aHifl, Denmark, 4am^aHiiHTj , 4 anilJaHKa * 
Jlepcia , Persia, nepciaHHHt, IlepciaHKa. 
Piimtj, Rome , Phmjihhhht> , PmuaHKa. 

Apauia , Arabia, ApaBkmaHMirb, ApaBiimaHKa^ 
Tamapia , Tartary , TamapiiHTi, Tamapna. 

The following have irregular terminations, 

OpaHiiia, France , ^pamjys'b , CPpamryaceHKa. 
Tpei^ia , Greece , TpeKij , TpeqaHKa. 

TepMaHia, Germany, TepMaHeirb, TepiwaHKa. 
IIo.iLnia , Poland, riojiaKT> , IlojibKa. 

Typiiia , Turkey, Typoirb , Typ^amca. 

KaMqarnKa, Kamtchatka, Ka.\rqaAEUT> , KaivmaAa^Ka. 

§ 58. National appellations ending in hhtj. 

are declined regularly in the singular, and as 

follows in the plural. 

Nom. AHr^imaHe , Englishmen. 

Gen. AiirjtuqaHi) , of 

Dat. An r^ mm ana Mb , to — 

Acc. AuTvuriattb. 



( 63 ) 

Ins. AFionqaHaiviH , by, or with. 
Prep, o AHrjinqaHaxb , of — : 



SECT VII. 

Patronymick. appellations. 

§ 59. Patronymick appellations are derived 
from the paternal name, and added to that of 
the son or daughter. The Greeks and the 
Romans had their patronymicks , and it is 
probable, that the English, and other Nor- 
thern nations also made use of them before 
every family had its own peculiar name. 
Whence many such appellations, as : Peterson , 
Johnson, Thomson &c. have passed down to 
posterity as family names from the last person, 
who bore them as patronymicks , and whose 
father's name must have been Peter , Iohn or 
Thomas. At present , among the Russian pea- 
santry the common method of distinguishing 
persons of similar christian names is by 
adding that of the father ; as IlempT> Mua- 
HOBMq* , or HBanoBTj , Peter Johnson or the 
son of Iohn; MBam> 0OMH*rb , or 0umhhi>, 
Iohn Thomas'son or the son of Thomas. It 
must not however, be inferred from this 



C 64 ) 

that patronymick appellations are confined to 
the lower orders or such, as h.ive no family 
name , on the contrary it is the usual manner 
of addressing persons of all classes. 

§ 60. Russian patronymick appellations are 
formed from proper names by the addition of 
oenzt , eenzi and nzt for the Mas. and oena , 
eena and nuina , for the feminine; ex. A^eK- 
caii4p*b IlBaHOBHqi. , Alexander the son oflohn, 
from IlBaHij , Iohn ; Aukmpim AjieKCfeeBuqij , 
Dmitrius the son of Alexis, from, AjieKciii , 
Alexis ; Hkobtj 0OMnq-b , James the son of Tho- 
mas , from 0oMa , Thomas. AHHa A.ieKcaHa- 
poBHa , Ann the daughter of Alexander from 
A^eKcaH^p-b; Mapia A^eKcteBHa, Mary the daugh- 
ter of Alexis, from Ajickcbii; EixamepHHa 0o- 
MkiDHa , Catherine the daughter of Thomas ; 
from 0oivia. &c. 

§ 61. In familiar conversation the termina- 
tions oenzi and eenzi are generally contracted 
into bizh and hzt, , as AjieKcan^pburb , A.*eK- 

CBH1T) &c. 



( 65 ) 
SECT VIII. 

AUGMENTATIVES AND DIMINUTIVES. 

§ 61, Augmentatives are derivative substan- 
tives , which by some addition made to their 
termination express the object, as of greater 
than ordinary size; as ^owkuie, a mansion, 
from ^omtj , a house. 

§ 63. Augmentatives in the Russian language 
terminate in ttiye and nu;a. 

§ 64. Substantives ending in 1, & and it 
form their augmentatives by changing these 
terminations into nine ; ex. ,aomt> , x sx house , ,40- 
Mkuie , a great house ; rB03A*> , a nail , tbo3- 
AHUie , a great nail; capaS , a shed, capawuie, 
a great shed. 

§ 65, The neuter substantives ending in o 
change o into niye • ex. okho , a window , ok- 
Hiiii;e. 

§ 66, The feminine substantives , ending in 
a, n and & change these terminations into 
wye, when the substantive expresses an animate 
object, and into nu\a , when an inanimate f ex. 
6a6a, an old woman, 6a6nme; aana, apaw,^anii- 
ma; 6aHa, a bath, 6aHiiin,a. 



C <56 ) 

§ 6y. Those substantives which are only em- 
ployed in the plural number form their aug- 
mentatives in niyit , ex. cami , a sledge, ca- 
hhujh ,• qacw , a clock , qacHuiii. 

Rem. When the gutturals, 2, k or x happen 
to be the final consonants, they are changed into 
the palatals m , z aud m ; ex. canon, , a boot , 
cano)Kiiin,e ; cmapiiKTj, an old man, cmapimHiije • 
6pioxo, the belly , Gpiouiki^e. 

§ 68. Diminutives are derivative substantives, 
which by some variation in their termination 
express the object as of less than ordinary size ; 
as arHeHOKi>, a lambkin; qejioBtquMj, a mani- 
kin , or little man. 

§ 69. Russian diminutives are of two kinds: 
caressive and contemptuous ; ex. aomtj. a house, 
Aomhkii , a pretty little house, and aomhiuko 
a miserable hut. 

§ jo. Diminutives are of the same gender as 
their primitives, with a few exceptions. 

Masculine Diminutives. 

§ 71. Substantives ending in t , preceded by 
6 , e , m , «, or c, form their diminutives by 
changing z> into okz • ex. rpn6i>, a mushroom, 
rpiiOoKij , a little mushroom; ocmpoBT? , an is- 
land , ocmpoBOKTj, a little island. 



( «7 ) 

Exceptions. 

poBt, a ravine, pobiiktj. qepHocjiHB'b , a prune , 

qepHoa/iHBeirb. 
jieBT> , a lion, jicbhkb. Ka(j>niairb, a coat, Kaef)- 

maHeirb. 
3a^HBT>, agulf, 3ajiHBei;Tj. aomt>, a house , ^omhktj. 

§ 72. Substantives ending ins, preceded by 
sk, z, in, uj, .*, n, p, or m, change, % into 
uki ; ex. 

Hom>, a knife , hojkiiktj. cmo.i'b,atable,crn6jiHK , b. 
Maqij , a ball, mmvin'b. choiitj, an ear (of corn) 
uiajianrb , a hut , nia^ia- cHomiKi>. 

uiHK'b. map* , a ball, inapiiK-b. 
xuaurb , a mantle, nvia- Kpecim>, a cross, Kpe- 

muK-b. CmHKfc. 

E x c e p tions* 

I^BBim>, a flower, u,Bt- jiucnTb , a leaf, jiiic- 

moKi>. raoKij. 

Mo^onrb, a hammer,, mo- kojiokojitj , a bell , ko- 

JlOmOKTj. JlOKO./lb'lHK'b. 

Those which end in mil, change t into em*; ex. 
GapbiuTb, profit , 6apbiineKi». 

§ 73. Substantives ending in ^, preceded by 
the gutturals z, k and x, change 1 into eKt 
and the gutturals into the palatals m , z, ui ; 
ex. 



(. 68 ) 

Jiyrb, a meadow, jiyxceirb. ntmyxb , a cock, nt- 
cyKb, a branch, cyqeicb. mymeKb. 

§ j4* Substantives ending in ^ f preceded by 
4 , or 3, change z» into eirb; ex. saBo^b a manu- 
factory 3aB04,ei;T>; ap6y3b , a water - melon , 
ap6y3eirb , and ap6y3iiKb. 

Exceptions. 
roAi' , a year, ro^iiK-b. ca,rb, a garden, caAiiKb. 
ropo/Vb , a city, ropo- ivia3i> , an eye , rjia- 

AOKTd. 3 6 Kb. 

§ jj. Mas. Sub. ending in & and it change 
these terminations into em • ex. 
yro^b, coal, yrojieKb. pyqeii,a rivulet, pyieeKb. 

Exceptions, 

rB03Ab, a nail, tbo3- bokoh, a room, no- 

4,HKTj. Koeub. 

rojiyGfa , a dove , rojiy- capafi , a shed , capa- 

66ktj. eip>. 

KopaCab , a ship , ko- 

paGjlHK'b. 

Feminine Diminutives. 

§ 76. Fern. Sub. ending in a preceded by 
a consonant, or in & change a, and b into 
kcl ex. 

puGa , fish, pbiGna. a6ui^/\\* , ahorse, ^o- 

ma^Ka. 



{ «9 ) 

§ 77* When a or & is preceded by two con- 
sonants , the diminutives take o or e between 
these consonants,- ex. iirjui , a needle, nrojiKa; 
BepBfa , a line, BepeBKa. Exceptions: cecmpa , 
sister, cecmpHua ; Marnb , mother, mamyiiiKa ; 
BtniBb , a branch , BtrnKa. 

§ 78. When the final letter a is preceded 
by one of the gutturals e 7 k, or x, a is chan- 
ged into kcl , and the gutturals into palatals; 
ex. KHiira , a book, KHiDKKa, ptrai , a river, 
pt f iKa ; Kpoxa , a crumb, KponiKa. In the same 
manner the dental 14 is changed into z ; ^ex. 
nmkna, a bird, nmii c iKa; except, merriKa, aunt, 
meinyuiKa. 

-§ 79. Those ending in ma , Jija and ujb , 
change a and & into ni;a ; ex. Koaa , a skin, 
KO>KMna; poma, a grove, poninna; Beiub, a thing, 
Beiunna. except , porojica , a mat, porovKKa. 

§ 80. Those ending in n add kci to the gen. 
pi.; ex. riipn ? a weight gen. pi. rupb , dimi- 
nutive rnpbKa; awha, a melon, 4,biHi>Ka. 
Neuter Diminutives. 

§ 81. Neuter substantives ending in 0, pre- 
ceded by the consonants <?, 4, n f c and m , 
ch?nge o t into z/o or z/<?, ex. ^epeso , a tree, 
,a,epeBLi6; ceho, hay, ctHUo; kojicco, a wheel ko- 
jiecu,6. When o is preceded by two consonants o 
or e is taken between them, ex. ryMno, a barn, ry- 



( 7° ) 
Mernje ; cyiaio, cloth, cyKOiiije. except, 3epHo, 
a grain, 3epHbmiKo; CpeBHO , a log, GpeueiiiKo, 
Bit era o , a place, MtcmeiKO. 

§ 82. Those ending in jio , preceded by a 
vowel, change o into bye; ex. hc£Uo , a sting, 
jKa.ibije ; OAtnjio , a bed - cover , oAlia^bije. 

§ 83. Those ending in be, take the addition 
of ye or yo ; ex. Konbe , a lance , Koiibeuo ; 
iLiambe , a garment, miainbeije. 

§ 84. Those ending in o , preceded by one 
of the gutturals z, K f or x , change o into ko 
and the gutturals into palatals , ex. ^wko, rind, 
^buiKo; yxo , an ear, vujko, y is also changed 
into z , ex. mine, an egg, hhiko,* cep^ije, the 
heart, cep^e^Ko. 



CHAP. II. 
Adjectives. 

SECT I. 

General remarks. 

§ 85. An adjective is a word, added to the 
substantive to express its quality; as, npiut/KHbiH 
'le^oBfcKij, an industrious man; Ao6po4,t>mejib- 
naa jKeHiiuiHa , a virtuous woman. Russian ad- 



( 7' ) 
jectives admit, besides the degrees of signifi- 
cation, all the variations of the substantive: 
number, gender and case. 

§ 86, There are three kinds of adjectives in 
the Russian language : qualificative , possessive, 
and apocopated. The qualificative correspond 
to the adjectives of other languages , the pos- 
sessive and apocopated are peculiar to the 
Russian. 

§ 87. Possessive adjectives express a posses- 
sory quality , and may be rendered in English 
by a substantive in the genitive or possessive 
case; as, L^apcKin ^Bopeu/b , the Tsar's palace; 
HapoAHoe npaBo , the people's right. Or by a 
substantive used adjectively; as, Me^Bfc/Kbfl ko- 
jKa, a bear-skin; pwGba qeuiyn , fish - scales. 

§ 88. Adjectives are apocopated (yafcieHHMfl) 
when the last letter or syllable is omitted , and 
are only used when the adjective is separated 
from its substantive by the auxiliary verb Gbimt , 
to be, which is not expressed, but understood 
to intervene; as ciacmie Henocmohtwo , fortune 
is fickle ; yyenie nojie3Ho , learning is useful. 

§ 89. Qualificative adjectives have three de- 
grees of signification , which are called the 
positive , the comparative , and the superlative, 

§ 90. The positive expresses simply the 
quality of an object, without increase or di- 



( 7* ) 
minution; as, If****** , industrious; A o- 
6poA*JUCMbiibu1[ , virtuous. 

§ 9 i. The comparative degree increases or 
lessens the positive signification; as, np***x- 
Hbe more industrious; A o6po A *mejibHte, more 
virtuous , and is the only degree, that is not 
subject to the modifications of number, gender, 

and case. 

§ 92. The .superlative expresses the quality 
in the highest or lowest degree; as, npHJi**- 
iiDninin, the most industrious, A o6po A *me;ib- 
Hbiiuiiu, the most virtuous. 

§ 9 3. Adjectives of the positive and super- 
lative degrees must agree with their substan- 
tives in number, gender and case. 

§ 94. Adjectives of the mas. gen. terminate 
in the nom. sing, in ml or in, which termi- 
nations are changed into an or m for the fem. 
and oe or ee for the neuter. 



SECT II. 

Declension o r ad j e cti ve s. 

Declension of adjectives ending in u£. 

Mas. Fern. Neu. 

Nom.My A pbiii, wise. iwv A pan MV A poe 

Gen. .M\ A paro,of — M\ A poii My A paro. 

Dat. MJApoM), to — taJFApPH M)v4>oMy. 



( 73 ) 



Acc. MyApuJx , aro, MyjipyK) , 
Ins. My4pwMTi , by. Mydpoio, 
Prep, o My4poMi», of. o My^poH , 
Plural 



Nom. 



My 4 p 



we 



My4pwH , 

My4pwxij , 
My4p 



bJMT> 



My4poe. 

My4pbIMT». 
O My4pOMTj. 

My^pwff. 

My4pbiXTj. 

My4pbIi\Tb. 



Swa, , 

My4pbi;r. 
blXTj , 



My4pbIMIT. 
O My4pbIXTi. 



Gen. My4pbiXTj, 

Dat. My4pbJMTj, 
A * ) bW > 

Acc. MV4p< 

J fblXTj, 

Ins. My4pbiMii , My4pbiMii, 

Prep, o My4pb]XTj , o M^pbixis, 

§ 95. According to the above example are 
declined all adjectives , ordinal numbers and 
the participles of passive verbs ending in bM, 
as well as adjectives used substantively, and 
family names, ending in on. When the last 
consonant of the adjective is a guttural, bi is 
changed into i- as, BciHKiii, great,- cmporiii, 
severe ; Bemxiii ancient. 

Declension of adjectives ending in /w , prece- 
ded BY ONE OF THE GUTTURALS 2 , K OR X. 

Singular. 
Mas. Fern. Neut. 

Nom. BC/iiiKiii, great. BCAHKaa , BejiiiKoe. 
Gen. BejiHKaro, bcjihkoh (iji) BejiiiKaro. 

Dat. Be4MKOMy, 

ACC. BCAHKf 

(aro, 

InS. BeJlHKIlMT», 

Prep.o bc*hkomt> 



BejlHKOU, 


BejiHKOMy. 


BejiiiKyio, 


BejikKoe. 


BCAHKOK), 


BeJIHKHlM'b. 


bcihkoh, 


O BeJlilKOATb 

4 



( 74 ; 

P l u r a 



Gen. BejiiiKiix-b , 
Dat. BeakKiiAi-b, 



Ace. Be^HR 



\ie, 

(HX-b, 



BC/IHKIH, 
Be,lHKIIX-b , 
BeJLHKHM'b , 

BC1] 



bcahkih 

BCAHKHXTj. 
BdHKHMTj 



BC1HK1H. 



InS. BejlHKIJMM, 

Prep, o bcjIhkhxtj , 



IMK { 

J;ix*, 

BejHKHMIf, BCAHKHMM. 
O BeJlHKHXTi, O BeJlIlKHXTj. 

§ 96. According to this example are decli- 
ned all adjectives, ending in z'in 7 Kin and 
xiH\ all family names, ending in cnin and 
tfKin , and names of places ending in oe. 

Declension of adjectives ending in iii, 

PRECEDED BY }R , Z, W, OR I//. 

npuroyKiii , handsome. 
Singular, 

Mas. Fern. Neut. 

Nom. npiiroiKiw, npnrojKaa , npnroMcee. 
npiiro>Keii (in) npnro>Karo. 
npnroateii , npuroxteMy. 



Gen. npuro/Karo, 
Dat npwrojKeMy, 



npnro>KyK) , upiiroacee. 



Ace. npuro>K< 

faro, 

Ins. npiiroHiiiMij, npiiroH<eK> npurojKHitfb. 
Prep. npuroHvCMi); o npuro/Kcii, o npiir6;Keu7>« 



C 7* ) 
Plural. 
Nom. npnr6)Kie , npiironaa , npnrojKiir. 
Gen. npnr6}KiixT> , npnro/KiixT> , npiiroiKHX'b. 
Dat. npi-iroHciiATb, npnro5KHivrb, npiiro/KHMij. 

a V e > * Y in > > • 

Ace. npnroiK< npnro/K< npHroaci/i. 

;* {hxt>, Jhxt>, * 

Ins. npuroiKHMii, npurojKiiMii, npnr6iKiiMH. 

Prep, o npiiroiKHxij, o npiirojKHX-b, o npuroHcnxij. 

§ 97. According to the above example are 
declined all qualificative adjectives, ending in 
win , tin , win and win • the participles of 
active and neuter verbs , of the past and 
present tense, ending in win and win ; the 
superlative of adjectives, ending in win, and 
adjectives used substantively, ending in zin, 
win , and win. 

§ 98. In familiar language the terminations 
bin and in are frequently changed into oil ; as 
c^itnoH , blind, instead of cjibniin ; Aoporoix, 
dear, instead of ^oporiu &c. 
Declension of adjectives ending in niii and neti. 

Singular. 
Nom. ApeBHin, ?ncient. apeBHaa , ApeBHee* 
Gen. ApeBHaro, ApeBHen(jV) apeBHaro. 

Dat. ApeBtieuy, ApeBHeii , ApeBHeivry. 

a ' J ift 

Ace. 4peBH^ ApeBHioio, ApeBiiee. 

Ins. ApecHiiMb, ApeBHeio, ApeBHiiMi*. 

Prep, o ApeBHewb , o^peBHeH, ApeBHeAii. 



C 76 J 

Plural. 

Nom. ApeBHie , apeBHiji , ApeBiriff. 

Gen. ApeBHiixij , aP^bhiixtj, ApeBtnixii. 

Dat. ApeBHUM-b, ApeBHlIMb, ApCBHIIMTj. 

Ace. ApeBiu ApeBH I ApeBHui. 

I HX"b , I HX"b j 

Ins. Ape tHiiMii , ApeBHiniii , ApeBHUMH. 

Prep, o ApeBHHXij , o ApeBHiix*, o ApeBHHXT>. 



§ 99. All adjectives ending in the nomina« 
1 are de( 
the above example. 



tive in ni'ii and neii are declined according to 



THEME X. 

ON THE DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 

There is nothing perfect in the world. He 
who seeks friends , should first make himself 
worthy of friendship. & grateful man is like a 

in, B"b , gov. the prep. should, AO^>KeHi>. 

the world, CBtmb. first, npe>KAe Boero. 

there is nothing, Htnrb make himself, CA'Liamb- 
Hiiwero. ca, gov. the ins. 

perfect, coeepuienubul. worthy, AocnwiiHbifi. 

he who, kuio. friendship, Apy*6a. 

seeks , Hinenn> ceGk. grateful , bAaau^dpubiii. 

friend, Apyrb. is like, noAOoeab. 



( 77 ) 



fruitful soil , which liberal!}' rewards the labour 
of the cultivator. There is no true happiness 
without virtue. A good intention cannot jus- 
tify an imprudent action. Modest and cheer- 
ful behaviour captivates the heart of man 
A man of a benevolent heart endeavours 
to turn every thing into good , but a vicious 
man finds evil in o-ood itself. In human life 



fruitful , riA04onocttbLii. 
soil , no^Ba. 
liberally , me4po. 
which rewards, bo3- 
HarpaHua to men. 
the labour, rrjpyj,bi. 
the cultivator , BosAt- 
jihiBamejib. 
there is no , Ht>nrb. 
true , ucmnuHbul. 
happiness , 6.iaro,ieH- 
cmBie. 
good , Ao6pbiiu 
intention , HaMtpeirie. 
cannot, He MOHcenrb. 
justify, onpaBAarnB. 
imprudent, ueGjtazopa- 
3yMHbin. 
action , abjio. 
modest , cKpoMHun. 
cheerful ? eece^biiu 



e. 



behaviour, oGxo/KAeniv.. 
captivates , npnBJi'eKa- 
enrb. 
heart, cep/ine. 
of man, jiiOAeH. 
of, eb , gov. the ins. 
benevolent, Ao6pbuu 
endeavours, cmapaenr- 



ca. 



every thing, Bee. 
to turn , o6pamamb. 
into good , btj 4,o6po. 
vicious, 3Jioii. 
but , ate. 
finds , HaxoAiinrb. 
in good itself, h btj 
caMOM-b 4,o6pt. 
evil , 3Jio. 
in, bt>, gov. the prep. 

life , JKH3Hb. 

human , zejioehzecKiii. 



( 7« ) 
there is no permanent happiness. Happiness 
should be sought not in a noisy round of 
pleasures , but in the peaceful circle of a 
virtuous family. The ancient poets speak of 
the golden , the silver , and the iron age. 
Ancient Rome produced many great men. The 
Christian religion teaches us to be benevolent 
and humane. The rein-deer lives only in cold , and 



there is no, Htnrb. 
permanent, npozHbiii. 
happiness , cqacmie. 
should be sought , acu- 
;kho HCKamb. 
not, He. 
noisy , uijMHbm. 
round , Kpyrb. 
pleasure,yAOBOjibcmBie. 
peaceful , MiipHbin. 
circle , Kpyn>. 
family , ceiuencrnBO. 
ancient, jpe'eHin. 
poet, cmiixonTBopeirb. 
speak , roBoparrrb. 
of , o , gov. the prep, 
golden , 30Aombin. 
silver, cepeGpnunbin. 
iron , xeM3Hbl& 
age , BfcKTj. 



Rome , PtiM-b. 
produced, npoH3Bejn>. 
many , MHornxi). 
great, eeAUKiii. 
man , Myacb , V. § 18. 
christian , xpncmiaH- 
ch'iii. 
religion , Btpa. 
teaches , npiyqaeim>. 
us , nacb. 

to be,6bimi>,gov. the ins. 
benevolent , 6jiazoAl>~ 
rnejibHbiii. 
humane , zeAootKOAio- 
6uBbiii. 
the rein - deer , ojienb, 
to be in the plu. 
live , BOAJimcii. 
cold , xoAOAHbiii. 
and , a. 



( 79 ) 
the camel in hot countries. Among the Chinese 
beauty consists in a broad face , narrow eyes , a 
flat nose' , diminutive feet and a corpulent body. 



camel , EepGjiiOA'b. 
hot , meizAbm. 
country , cmpaHa. 
among, y, gov. the gen. 
Chinese , Knmaeirb. 
beauty , Kpacoma. 
consists, cocmoiinrb. 
in , bt>, gov. the prep, 
broad , wnpohin. 



face , ah qe. 

narrow , ysenbKin* 

eye , rjia3T>. 

flat, cnAfoiifeHHbm. 

nose , Hocb. 

dimi nutive , MaJieHbKivu 

feet (dimin.J hojkkh. 

corpulent , ^opo^nbiii, 

body, nrkio. 



SECT. III. 

Degrees or signification. 
The comparative degree. 

§ ioo. The comparative degree is formed 
from the positive by changing the final let- 
ters bin and in into te , as. 

cjiaGbiii , weak. CAa6"fee , weaker, 

niy^pun , wise. jviy^pte , wiser. 

cbbhuh , fresh. CB*Hi*e , fresher. 

§ 101. When the above terminations are pre- 
ceded by e, ic or a?, these gutturals are chan- 



( 8° ) 
ged into their corresponding palatals, and e 
added instead of te , as, 

Kp*nKin, strong. Kptnqe, stronger. 

Aoporiii , dear. ^opo^e , dearer, 

cyxiii , dry. cynie , dryer. 

§ 102. In the same manner 4 is changed into 
;k j /77 into z and cm into iif , as , 

xyAon , bad. xyTRe , worse. 

mojioaoii , young. mojiojkc , younger, 

mo^cmbin , thick , mojiine , thicker. 

6orann>iH , rich. Goraqe , richer. 

§ io3. The following are however exceptions 
to these rules : 



^oatiji , long. 
miipoKifi , wide. 
AajieKiif , distant. 
ropbKin , bitter. 
BbicoKi'n , high. 
rjiyGoieiii , deep. 
ra^Kin, horrid. 
5KHAKiii, liquid. 
pi^KiH , rare. 
6^H3Kin , near. 
yaieiS, narrow. 
c.iaAKiii , sweet. 



^o^te , longer, 
innpe , wider. 
Aaaie , more distant, 
ropqte , bitterer. 
Bwuie , higher. 
rayGace , deeper, 
raace , more horrid. 
atnate , more liquid. 
pt>Ke , more rare. 
6jiM>Ke , nearer, 
yace , narrower. 
c.iau;e , sweeter. 



S 104. The four following form the compa« 
rative irregularly ; 



( 8j ) 

BejiHKiii , great. 66jiMiie , greater. 

Ma^ibiH, little. MeHbiue , less, 

xopomiii , fine. jiyqine , finer. 

KpacHbin, fair. Kpanie, fairer, 

§ io5. The connexion between the two ob- 
jects compared is sometimes expressed, as in 
English, by the particle than t HejKejn ; but 
when the comparison is vague and indefinite, 
the particle is omitted , and the latter sub- 
stantive put in the genitive case, as, BecHa 
npiamHBe 3umu , spring is more agreeable than 
winter. 

§ 1 06. The comparison may be modified by ad- 
ding the preposition no , or the adverb zopa34o * 
the former diminishing , and the latter aug- 
menting it, as, nojiyquie, a little better- ro- 
pa340 jiyqine , much better. 

§ 107. When the auxiliary verb to be, of the 
third person, either singular oi plural, occurs 
in English between the substantive and the ad- 
jective , it is to be omitted in the Russian trans- 
lation , as, 3AopoBie AopoiKe 6oramciiiua, health 
is more precious than riches. This rule relates 
also to adjectives in the positive degree V. § 88. 

5 108. Adjectives of the comparative degree 
are the saint; for all genders. 



( 82 ) 

THEME XL 

On the comparative degree. 

The rose is more beautiful than the lily. The 
eagle is stronger than the hawk. The more 
simple food is, the more healthy it is. Spring 
is more agreeable than winter. Gold is more 
precious than the other metals , but iron is 
more useful than gold. The works of nature 
are much more majestic , than all the productions 



the rose , po3a. 
beautiful, npeKpdcHbin. 
the lilv , jiHJiia. 
the eagle , opejtb. 
strong , cuAbHbiii. 
the hawk , iicmpefrb. 
the more food is , qfeMii 
nniua Gbinaenrb, fol- 
lowed by the comp. 
simple, npocnibiii , V. 
§ 182. 
the more it is , mtnn> 
011a. 
healthy , 3Aopo6biii, 
spring, Becna. 
agreeable, npi/lmnbin. 



winter, 3wua. 
gold , 3ojiomo. 
precious, ApazoifinHbiii. 
than other metals , Apy- 
rkx-b Memaa.AOB:b. 
but , HO. 
iron , /Kejrfi3o. 
useful , nojie3HbiH. 
work , npoii3BeAeHie. 
nature , npnpo4a. 
much , V. § 106. 
majestic, eeAuzecmeeH- 

Hblll. 

all , bob. 

production , npoii3Be- 
4,euie. 



( 83 ) 

of art. A mountainous country is much more 
attractive than a dreary plain. The wool of the 
Saxon sheep is finer than the wool of the 
English. London is more populous than Paris. 
Asia is more extensive than Europe ; but the 
Europeans are more civilized than the Asiaticks. 
The French language is easier than the Russian: 

DO 7 

hut the Russian is richer than the French. 
Venus is nearer to the sun than the earth , 
and Mercury is nearer than Venus. 



art , HCKycmBO. 
mountainous , ropnc- 
mwii. 
country , cmpaHa 
attractive 7 npneAeKci- 
meAbHbiii. 
dreary, njiocKiif. 
plain, paBHHHa. 
the wool , inepcmb. 
Saxon , CaKCOHciuiL 
sheep , fsing.) OBU,a. 
fine , ttjohkm, V. § 101. 
English , AnrjiincKiu. 
London , AouAOYk'b. 

populous , MHOZOAJOA- 

Hbiii. 
Paris , Ilapkxrb. 



Asia , Asia. 

extensive , npocmpaU' 

Hblti. 

Europe , EBpoira. 
aE uropean,EBponeeirb. 
civilized, o6pa306annbiii 
an Asiatick, Asiameu/b. 
French , OpaHnycKiH. 
language , H3Mirb. 
easy , .lezKiii, 
Russian , PycKon. 
rich, 6ozdmbiii y V. § 102. 
Venus , BeHepa. 
near, 6jimKiii V. § io3 
the sun , cojihiic 
the earth, senfja. 
Me:cury, MepKypiu. 



C 84 ) 
The Superlative degree. 

§ 109. The superlative degree is formed 
from t be comparative termination ie } by chang- 
ing the final e into iiwiil , ex. 

CBtm.it e , lighter, CBBmxbiiuiiii, the lightest. 

§ 1 10. In those adjectives , in which the 
gutturals are changed into palatals , (V. § 101.) 
the e of the comparative is changed into a in 
the superlative degree , ex. 

6^iH/Ke , nearer; 6jiiijKaniiiiji , the nearest. 

S 111. The superlative may also be formed 
as in English, by prefixing the adverb cd- 
Mbiii , the most, to the positive degree, as: 
caMhin nojie3HWH, the most useful. 

§ 112. When the quality of an object is to 
be expressed in a high degree , without com- 
parison with, or reference to any other object, the 
adverb eecbMa , or ozenb is prefixed to the po- 
sitive degree , as , 

BccbMa Goraoibiu , very rich. 
oueHb mpj/iHbJH, very difficult, 
§ n3. To increase the energy of expres- 
sion cciMbin , ripe , ece or nan is sometimes 
prefixed to the superlative. 
KHHra caiian no^eaHtamaa , the most useful of 

books. 
npecBiimaiiiiiuiH , the brightest of all. 



C 8 



BceiYiH^ocmiiBtiiiiiiii , 
HaimpeKpaciitnmiii , 



the most gracious of 

all. 

the most beautilul 

of all. 

§ 1 1 4- The superlative may also be forn.ed 
by prefixing the indefinite pronoun ocezo to 
adjectives in the comparative degree , as : 

Bcero ^peBfiie , the most ancient of all. 



THEME XII. 

On the superlative degree. 

Russia is the most extensive Empire in the 
world. Venus is the brightest of the planets. 
Self-love is the most dangerous flatterer. Naturul 
history is one of the most agreeable sciences. 
Mercury is the smallest plantt and the nearest 



Russia , Poccia. 
extensive , npocmpdn- 

Hblti. 

empire , rocyAapemBO, 
world , CBtmi>. 
Venus , BeHepa. 
bright, cebm.ibm. 

Of, II3T>. 

a planet, njiaiieraa. 
self-love, cawo^uoGie. 
dangerous , ondcnbin. 



flatterer , jibcmeirb. 
natural , ecrnecmBeH- 

Ublil. 

history , iicmopia. 
one , 04,Ha. ' 
agreoable, npi/imnbiu, 
science , nayna. 
Mercury, MepKypiu. 
smi\U y udAeHbhiti,Y .§ 1 13. 
near , ()AU3Kin. 
planet, nviaHcma. 



{ 86 ) 

to the sun. The summits of the loftiest moun- 
tains are hid in the clouds. The horse is the 
most beautiful, and the sheep the most useful 
of all domestic animals. The ostrich is the 
largest of hirds. The elephant is the most 
sagacious of all quadrupeds. It is consider- 
ed as the highest degree of rudeness to in- 
terrupt the discourse of another person. A 
good example is the strongest incitement to 



summit, BepuiiiHa. 
lofty, ebicoKin. 
mountain , ropa. 
are hid , CKpbiBarcunca. 
cloud , 66aaKO. 
the horse , aouia^b. 
beautiful , Kpacuebiit. 
and the sheep, oBn,a me, 
useful , nojie3Hbin. 

Of all , H3T> BCBXTj. 

domestic , AOMaiunin. 
animal, iKHBomuoe. 
the ostrich , crnpoyci>. 
large , ee.tuhiiu 
bird , nmnqa. 
the elephant , cjiowb. 

, CMbllllACH- 

Hbiii. 



quadruped , qemBepo- 
Horin. 
high , 6bic6Kiii. 
degree , craeneHb. 
rudeness, HeytrmiiBOcmb 
it is considered, no- 
qnmaerncK. 
to interrupt , npepbi- 

BaiUL. 

of another person, qy- 

JKVK). 

the discourse , pt'ib. 
good , xopoiuiii. 
example , npiiMtpi*. 
strong, ciLibHbui. 
incitement , noGy/iue- 
iiie. 



( «7 ) 

virtue. China is the most populous country in 
the world. 



China, Kiirnaii. country, cmpaHa. 

populous, MH02OAi04Hbin. world , CBlsmi). 



SECT. IV. 

Possessive adjectives. 

§ 1 i5. Possessive adjectives are of two kinds : 
personal mud common. Personal possessive adjec- 
tives are formed from names, professions &c by 
changing the mas. terminations into ogv and 
eet , and the feminine into uht> and //6z«z>; ex. 
MOHaxoBT>, from MOHaxii , a monk, EJapeBT) , or 
IJapcKiii from IJapb a King • cBeKpoBHHij, from 
CBeKpoBb, mother-in-law, &c. 

§ 1 1 6. Common possessive adjectives are form- 
ed from substantives , and terminate in the 
nom. mas. in bin y cniil , riin , and in. Those 
ending in mil are declined according to the 
first example of qualificative adjectives, MyA- 
pbin , the rest according to the second of the 
following examples , puiOiii. 



( 88 ) 

Declension of personal possessive adjectives. 
a priest'.. 



Mas. 
N. nonoBb , 
G. noiioBa , 
D. noiiony, 



A. non 



, St. 



nonoBb 

S i n g. 

Fern. Neut. 

nonoBa, nonoBo, 
noiiouofi, noiiona, 
nonoBou, noiioby, 

nonoBo , 



Ptu. 

of all gend. 

nojioiibi. 

nonoiibixT). 

IIOIlOBblMb. 



nono 



D1U 

{blXb, 



nonoBy , 
t a - 

I. nonoBbiMT>, nonoBOK), nonopbnib, nonoBbiMir. 
P. o nonoBOMb, o nonoBoiijOnonoBOMTDjO nonoBbixb. 
Declension of common possessive adjectives. 
pbiGiii , lish (adj.) 

S i ri g. PI u r. 

Mas. Fern. Neut. of all gen. 

Nom. pbiGin, pbiGba , pbiGbe, pwGbH. 
Gen. pbiGbaro, pi>i6beii, pwGbaro, pbiGbMXb. 
Dat. pbi6be>iy, pbiGbeii, pbiGbewy ; pbiGbnivib. 

Ace. pbi6< pbiGbio , pbiGbe , pwGi < 

I bare. r r ( nxb. 

Ins. pbiGbiiMij, pbiGbeH) , pbiGbtiMb , pbiGbiiMir. 
Pr. o pbiGbeMb, o pbiGbeii, o pbiGbeMb, o piiiGbiixb. 
The following examples will shew the man- 
ner of forming possessive adjectives from sub- 
stantives. 

Substantives. Poss. adjectives. 

IJ.ib/i } Ely. M^i.iinb. 

MoHaxb , a monk. juoiuixoBb. 

Onieirb , father. oinueBb. 



Substantives, 



{ 89 ) 

Poss. adjectives. 



IlenipTi , Peter. IlempoBi.. 

CBeKpoBb,mother-in-Iaw. CBeKpoBMirb. 

Bep6jiK)AT>, a camel. Bep6jnojKiH. 

Bojikt> , a wolf. 

Ko3a , a goat. 

OBna , a sheep. 

ITniHua , a bird. 

/JepeBHH , a village. 

3Bfcpb, an animal. 3BfcpcKiw. 

3nMa , winter. 3hmu1h. 



BO^l'IlH. 
K031H. 

OBeqiir. 

mnijiiii. 

^epeBencKiii. 



THEME XIII. 

On THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 

Cows , sheep s and goafs milk furnishes very 
healthy food. Goafs hair is employed in the 
manufacture of various stuffs. The Laplanders 



milk, mojioko 



is employed, ynompeft- 

cow , Kopoea. jinronrb. 

sheep , oei^d. in the manufacture of, 

goat , K03&. Ha. 

furnishes,40CinaBjiHenrb. various , pa3Hbni. 

very, BecbMa. stuff, mKaHb. 

healthy, 34,opoBWH. a Laplander, ./lanjia- 

food , niiiqa. Heirb. 



C 9° ) • 

live upon rein - deer milk , and make them- 
selves tents and' clothing of the rein - deer 
skin. Hats , shawls and other articles are made 
of camel hair. Ox and calf skins are tanned 
for various uses. The inhabitants of the north 
clothe themselves in the winter in sable, fox, bear, 
and wolfskins. Beaver and ermine skins are high- 



live upon, nHinaioin- 

Cfl. 

a rein - deer , QAem. 

milk, MOAOKO. 
they make themselves , 
Ab^aiomi} ce6i. 
tent, majiaorb. 
clothing , Odessa, 
of, h3Tj , gov. the gen. 
skin , KO)Ka. 
a camel , 6cp6Ak>AT>* 
hair , mepcmb. 
a hat , LUAHna. 
a shawl , miamoKi. 
other, Apyria. 
article , H3A*4ie. 
an ox, 60.11. 
a calf, me.ikma, 
skin , Ko;Ka. 



are tanned , bi>ia*am- 
Baionrb. 
for various , ami pa3- 
Haro. 
use , ynompeGjieHie. 
inhabitant, ackmejib. 
the north , cfeBepii. 
clothe themselves , oa*- 
BafomcH. 
in the winter, 3hmok>. 
a sable , coGojib. 
a fox, MicuLfa. 
a bear , Me46$4b, 
a wolf, eoAK-b. 
a beaver , GoGpi. 
an ermine , zopno- 
cmdii. 
are highly valued, ao- 
poro irfcHarnc/i. 



c 9> ) 

ly valued. Hare and beaver down is employed 
in the manufacture of hats. 



a hare , 3a/zz/a. in , ^jih , gov. the gen. 

the down , nyxi>. manufacture , ^iUaiiie. 

is employed, cjiymunrt. a hat , ui^ana. 



SECT. V. 

Apocopated adjective*. 

§ 117. Adjectives may either be immediate- 
ly prefixed to the substantive , as : mo^o- 
4,6m qejiOBtK'b, a young man ; cqacmjiHBaa me» 
Ha, a happy wife, or connected by means of 
the auxiliary verb Gbimb , to be. In the latter case, 
the verb is omitted in the present tense , and 
the adjective apocopated, ex. ohtj m6jioai>, he 
is young; oHa cqacm^nna , she is happy; ohh 
3AopoBbi , they are healthy. 

§ 118. Adjectives Gan only be apocopated 
in the positive degree V. § 88. 

§ 1 19. Apocopated adjectives are formed from 
complete adjectives in the following manner. 



{ 9* ) 

Comp. adjec. apocopated adjec. Plu. 

Mas. Fern. Neut. of all gen. 

AoGpbifr, good. Ao6pi>, pa, po, Ao6pbi. 

Ma^ibiii , little. Majiij, Jia , .ao , Majibi. 

BeAhKiii , great. BejiHR-b , Ka , ko , BejiiiKW. 
xopouiiii, fine. xopouxb , ma, 1116, xopomk. 

Irregularlties in the formation of the 

APOCOPE. 

^ojirin , long. AOJionb , Jira , Jiro , 

KopornKiii, short. KopornoK-b, miia, mno, 

3Jibin , evil 3oxb, 3Jia , 3.io , 

mkTKKiu. , heavy. mnmeiiiy , JKKa , jkko , 

CHJbHbiu , strong. cnjieHTj, jibHa, jibtio, 

cnoKOHHbiM, tranquil. cnoK6em>, una, oiiho, 

§ 1 20. The plural of apocopated adjectives 
is formed by changing the final a of the fern 
into bi or n , ex. 

^ojira , 40Jiru. mnjKKa , mAiKKii. 

KOpOIHKa , KOpOHIKH. CHJlbHa, CHJlbHbl. 

3„ia , 3aw. CnOKOIIHa^ CnOKOHHbl. 

THEME XIV. 
On apocopated adjectives. 
God is merciful. Virtue is modest. Be obedient 

merciful, MiiJiocep^uhy he, Gy^b. 

modest, cupoMnbin. obedient, noKopHbiii. 



C 93 ) 



in childhood , and thou wilt he respected in 
age. The road to fame is difficult. The society 
of the licentious is contagious. Even our ene- 
mies are sometimes useful to us by pointing 
out our defects. The tumultuous pleasures of 
the world are deceitful. Indolence is disgraceful 
and injurious. Man is mortal. The fox is cunning , 
the lion magnanimous , and the tiger ferocious. 



childhood , /rfcmcmBo. 
thou wilt be , Gyaeuib. 
respected, nozmennbin. 
age , cmdpocmb* 
the road , nymb. 
difficult , mp)4Ubin. 
the society , co66m;e- 
cmBo. 
licentious , pacnymHbin. 
people , jiioau. 
contagious , 3apa3iU 
meAbHbin. 
sometimes , iiHor^a. 
even , caivibie. 
enemy, Bpart, V. § i3. 
are , GbiBaionrb. 

tO US , HaMT>. 

useful , nojie3Hbivi. 
by pointing out, om- 
Kpbibaa. 



our , Hauiu. 
defect, HeAOcmanroK-b , 
V. § 14. 
the tumultuous , Luyw- 

HblM. 

pleasure , paAOcmb. 
deceitful, o6\uaHzii6bm. 
indolence, jrEHoemb. 
disgraceful , nocmbiA- 

Hblli. 

injurious , epejHbiii. 
mortal , cMepmnbiii. 
the fox , jiiicnqa. 
cunning , xurnpbiii. 
the lion , jieBt. 
magnanimous , eej.n- 

KOAJuiHblH. 

the tiger , mwrp-b. 
ferocious , Kpoeoxc&A- 

HblVi* 



( 94 ) 

Love is blind. Time is precious , and life is 
short. 



love , jiK)6oBb. 
blind , cMnliii. 
time , BpeMa. 



precious, Apaeo^ntibm. 

life , JKH3Hb. 

short , KopomKin. 



SECT. 



VI. 



Augmentative and diminutive 
adjectives. 

§ 121. Augmentative adjectives are only em- 
ployed in the apocopated form , in the posi- 
tive degree and nominative case. 

§ 122. The augmentative terminations of ad- 
jectives are, exoneKb and emeneKb , either of 
which may be used. 

Mas. Fein. Neut. 

6l3^biu, white, frfuexoHeK-b, HbKa, hmco* 

3e^eHbiii, green, 3e.teHemeHeK-b, HbKa , HbKo. 

§ ia3. Diminutive adjectives are of two kinds: 
the first terminate in onbnid and enb/iiti , and 
relate to the diminutiveness of the object ; 
as Gh.ieiibKoii iMamo'iHK* , a little white hand- 
kerchief; the second end in eeambin and oea- 
mbiii and may be rendered in English by an 



( 95 ) 
adjective with the modificative particle, rather ; 
Hedo ajioBamo , the sky is rather red; ohi> cia- 
6oBamb, he is rather weak. 

Formation of diminutive adjectives. 

Mas. Fern. Neut. 

iuoxoii , bad. iLioxoHbKin , Kaa , koc 

caaGbiH, weak. c*a6eHbKiii, Kaa, Koe. 

ajibiii , red. ajioBarnbin , raaa , moe. 

§ 124- The apocopated terminations of these 
adjectives are onem, or eneKh , a, o, pi. n ; 
oeamt or eeaim , a , o , pi. bi. 



Promiscuous exercise on the declension or 

ADJECTIVES. 

The gentle and refreshing evening had succeed- 
ed (already in place of} the sultry day, when 
young Uslad, the minstrel, approached the hanks 

gentle , muxin. day, A^Hb. 

refreshing, npoxA&A- when, Kor^a. 

Hbih. Uslad , ycjia^-b. 

the evening , Beqepb. young , moao^oh. 

had succeeded, 3acniy- minstrel , irfcBeirb. 

najii». approached , npiiG^ii- 
already, yrce. auuea. 

place , Mtcrno. hank ; 6epen>. 
sultry , na.iAu^uu 



( 96 ) 

of the Moscow river, on which he had past the 
flower/ da^s of Ins youth. The smooth surface 
of the water, scarcely ruffled by the gentle 
zephyr, was covered with the radient glory of 
the west. In its mirror were reflected from 
one side the dark forest and the castle of 
the terrible Rogdai , surrounded with a high 
oaken palisade (it was built on a steep hill, 



Moscow, MocKBa. 
a river , pbKa. 
on which , na Komo- 
pbixi. 
he had past , npoBejii. 
flowery , netmyiiiiii. 
his , cBoeu. 
youth , fOHocmb. 
smooth , zjiaAKin. 
surface, noBcpxHocmb. 
water , Bo^a , (to be 
put in the plu.J 
scarcely , e,iBa. 
ruffled , .ioG3aeMbiii. 
gentle , .tee Kid. 
zephyr , Bbiuep6Ki>. 
was covered , iioKpiiima 
Obj.ia. 
radient, po3o6bul. 
glory , ciauie. 



the west , 3ana,<rb. 

mirror, aepua.io. 

was reflected, ompajKa- 
jincb. 

from one side , ci> oa- 
how crnopoHbi. 

dark , ApeMjziii. 

forest , ^vbctj. 

castle, mepeivrb. 

terrible, epo3Hbin. 
Rogdai , Por^aS. 
surrounded, OKpyjKeH- 
HOH. 
high , ebicoKiii. 
oaken , AfOoebiii. 
palisade , mbiHT>. 
it was built, oh* 6bi^T» 
nocmpoeH-b. 
steep , Kpjmbiii. 
hill , ropa. 



( -97 ) 
there , where now we see the embattled walls of 
the Cremel, the magnificent halls of the an- 
cient Russian Tsars ) from the other the green 
Lank, covered with shrubs and scattered with 
the lowly cottages of the peasantry. All around, 
reigned tranquillity • the air was impreg- 
nated with the fragrance of the blooming lin- 
den-tree ; at times the voice of the nightingale, 



there , in a Mb. 
where , rvrfe. 

nOW , HblHE. 

we see , bhahmtj. 
embattled , 3jSzdmon. 
a wall, cmfcHa. 
C rem el , KpeMjib. 
magnificent , bcamko- 
jitnHbiii. 



hall 



qepinorb. 



ancient , 4 pee hi it. 
Russian , PycKin. 
Tsar, I^apb. 
from the other, ci> 4T»/J- 
toh. 
green , 3eAenbin. 
Lank , 6eper> y . 
covered , u„oKpCimbiu. 
shrubs % KycmapiiiiKi. 



scattered, ocbinannbiii. 
lowly , Hit3Kin. 
cottage , XH/Kima. 
all around , noncto/ry. 
reigned, lu'ipcmBOBajio. 
tranquillity, cnoKOH- 
cmBie. 
the air, B034,yxi>. 
was impregnated, GbiJtb 
pacmBopewb. 
fragrance , 6jaro*^a'iii& 
blooming^ r(6tiiiyii}in. 
the undcn-tree , Jikna. 
at times , nnor^a. 
the depth, rjiyGnua. 
forest, jibcb. 
resounded, pa34,auajicji. 
the voice , ro^iocb. 
nightingale, cojioBea. 
5 



C 98 ) 

or the plaintive notes of the thrush resounded 
in the depth of the forest; at others the fickle 
breeze shook the tops of the trees , and the 
timid rabbit , startled by the rustling, skipped 
into the thicket and rattled among the with- 
ered branches. Uslad proceeded along the path- 
way, which wound among the trees; his soul, 
swelling with recollections of the past , was 



plaintive, nezdjibUbin. 
notes , ntHie. 
the thrush , HBoara. 
at others , wHor^a. 
fickle , nenocrnohHHbiii, 
the breeze, BBmep6m>. 
shook, nompacajrb. 
the top , BepmkHa. 
a tree , aepeBo. 
timid , poGKiii. 
a rabbit , Kpo.uiK-b. 
startled, ncnyeaHHuii. 
the rustling, inopoxij. 
skipped , Gpoca^ca. 
the thicket, Kycmap- 

HIJKTj. 

rattled , myMt^ij. 



(among , expessed by 
the Ins. case} 

withered , ii3c6xuiiii. * 

branch , BtmBb. 

proceeded , uje.;n>. 

along , no, gov. the dat. 

the path - way , mpo- 
niiHKa. 

which wound, H3BHuaB- 
inericff. 

among, MeiKAy , gov. 
the ins. 

a tree , aepeBO. 

swelling, Hano^tieHHaff. 

recollection of the past, 
BocnoMiiHaHie. 

was , Gbijia. 



* The participles aie declined as adjectives. 



r 99 ; 

plunged in pensiveness. Where art thou O 
happiness ! exclaimed Uslad, I return to the 
spot, on which I once exulted in my existence: 
the shady grove , the bright river , the green 
banks are still the same , the fragrant lin- 
den-tree still sends forth its grateful odour , 
and the plaintive notes of the nightingale 
and thrush are still heard in the depth of the 



plunged, nrnpyxennbin, 

pensiveness , 3aAywqH- 

Bocmb. 

where art thou, ta% mu. 

happiness, Moa pa- 

Aocmb, 

exclaimed , bockjihk- 

Hyjrb. 

1 return , npnxotfty. 
to, Ha. 

the same , moate. 
spot , Mtcmo. 
on which , Ha Komo- 
poMi». 
once , HtKorAa. 
exulted, Bocxnuja^cn. 
in my existence , 6w- 
mieMT> CBOHMT>. 
shady , nrbnucmbiii. 
a grove , poin,a. 



bright, ceimAun. 
river , pB&a. 
green , 3ejienbiH. 
are still the same , He 

H3MBHlIJ10Cb. 

still , no npeiKHeiwy. 
fragrant, 6AazotioHHbin. 
the linden - tree, Jikna. 
sends forth , pa3^n- 
Baerm>. 
grateful , cid^ocniHbiH, 
odour , 3anax-b. 
still , no npejKHeiNiy. 
plaintive , yniuibin. 
notes , ntHie. 
the nightingale , co- 

^OBeH. 

the thrush , iiBOJira. 
are heard, pa3Aaerncfl. 
depth, rjiyGniia. 



forest; but lie, who once delighted in the 
fragrance of the blooming linden - tree and 
the warbling of the nightingale , is now dead 
to joy. Jouhofsky. 



but he , a momb. 



who , Kmo. 



once , HliKor^a. 
delighted, ycjia;KAajca. 
{in , expressed by the 
Ins. case.) 



fragrance , GjiaroBome. 
blooming, ifbtmj-iyiii. 
warbling, niiHie. 
is now dead to joy , 
morm>y/Ke He noxoxrb 
Ha caMaro ce6a. 



Table for the declension of adjectives. 






s 


I n g 


u I a r. 






M a s 




b 


e m. 


i\ e it t. 


JNom. biii 


in 


a a 


Hil 


oe 


ee 


Gen. aro 


aro 


on,("bia_)eH,(iH^ 


aro 


aro 


Dat. oiviy 


e>iy 


OH 


ea 


OMJ 


eMy 


\h\VL 

Acc. < 

J aro 


in 
aro 


yw 


K)K) 


oe 


ee 


Ins. blMTj 


BWb 


OK) 


em 


bIMb 


11 Mb 


Prep. oMb 


Ol'fo 


<)!l 


en 


OMTi 


eMi> 




p 


/ u 


r u L 






Norn, we 


ie 


bia 


ia 1 


bin 


ia 


Gen. bixb 


HXb 


blXb 


II XTj 


blXT> 


HXTj 


Dat. biMb 


11 Mb 


bJMb 


II Mb 


bIMb 


II M b 


a 5 bIC 
Acc. < 

I I>1 XTj 


ie 

HXb 


uia 

bIXT> 


ia 

HXb 


hi fL 


ia 


Ins. bIMII 


mi ii 


J Mil 


11 Mil 


bIMII 


II U II 


Vi'l |). I.IVI. 


n \ j> 


\ h 


I!\!» 


I>1VI> 


II b. 



( TGI J 

■ I — — ^ I - II 

CHAP. III. 

Numerals. 

$ 12 5. Numbers are of two kinds : cardinal 
and ordinal; the foimer are declined as sub- 
stantives , the latter have the termination and 
declension of adjectives. 



SECT 


I. 


Cardinal n 


UMBERS 


O^HHl) , 


one. 


4B3, 


two. 


mpH , 


three. 


qenwpe , 


four. 


n/imb , 


five. 


inecmb , 


six. 


ceML, 


seven. 


BOCeMb, 


eight. 


^eBHtnb , 


nine. 


^ecamb , 


ten. 


OAHHHaAi;anTb , 


eleven. 


ABBHa^namb , 


twelve. 


mpHHa^anrb , 


thirteen. 



102 



) 



sernbjpnaAHarnb, 
narnuaALjamb , 
iuecmHEUnamb , 
ceMfia4i;arfib , 
BoceMHaAi^arab , 
,AeBHraHaAi;ainb , 
ABa^uanib , 



fourteen. 

fifteen. 

sixteen. 

seventeen. 

eighteen. 

nineteen. 

twenty. 



ABa4,u,amb oAHHb, twenty - one. 
ABaAuamb A»a, twenty - two &c. 



rapHAi^anib , 
copoKb , 
nambAecAmb , 
mecmb4,ecHmb, 
ceMb4,ecarnb , 
BoceMbAecamb , 
AeBaHocmo , 
cmo , 

cmo oahht? , 
ABtcinn , 
mpiicnia , 
qembipecnia , 
namb conrb, 
iuecnib comb , 
nibicaua , 
ABt nibicaqw, 
namb mbicaqi ; 

MIIJuiOHb , 



thirty. 

forty. 

fifty. 

sixty. 

seventy. 

eighty. 

ninety. 

a hundred. 

a hundred and one &c. 

two hundred. 

three hundred. 

four hundred. 

five hundred. 

six hundred Sec. 

a thousand. 

two thousand. 

five thousand. 

a million. 



( io3 ) 

$ 19.6. The collective numbers are; napa^a. pair; 
nxrnoKh , five ; tioaa tijxrnHbi , half a dozen ; 40- 
cnmoKii , ten ; 4/viKnua , a dozen; 46a A,eckmRa , 
a score ; comttn , a hundred. 

§ 127. The distributive numbers are: no- 
jiOBkHa , half; mpemb , a third; qemuepmb , a 
quarter; nojmopa , one and a half; noji- 
inpeinba , two and a half; nojqeniBepma , three 
and a half, &c. 

§ 128. The proportional numbers are ; aboh- 
Hoii , double ; mpoiiHon , treble ; qemBepHOH , 
quadruple; cmoKpamHbiu , centuple. 

§ 129. The simple cardinal numbers are de- 
clined as the substantives , which have similar 
terminations; and the compound, as: namb- 
Aecarnb , fifty ; niecmb^eciimb , sixty &c. being 
composed of two numbers , each number is 
declined according to its own- termination. 
Example. 
Simple* Compound. 

N. mecmb , six. iuecmb^ecamb, sixty. 

G. iuecmii , of iuecmH4ecamii , of — 

D. mecmk , to inecHiiiAecamw, to — 

A. niecmb. iuecmbAecflmb. 

I. uiecmbio, by or with. inecmbK) 4,ecambK> , by 

or with. 
P. o uiecmk , of o mecmH^ecamH , of. 

§ i3o. The following are declined as adjec- 
tives. 







( >o/ ( 


) 






Mas. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Plu. 


N. 


oaiihtj, one. 


o^Ha , 


04HO . 


O^HH. 


G. 


o^Horo , of — 


04HOH, 


oahoto , 


OAHHX-b 


D. 


OHOMy , to — 


oahoh , 


OAHo.-viy, 


OAHHMTj 


A. 


JilHTj 

iHoro 


OAHy, 


04.HO , 


Shu. 

OA\ , 
I IIHX1 



I. OAHHMi>,h.yorwith. 04H016, oahhmt>, oahhmii. 

P. o6lj 04HOMTj, of O^HOH, O^HOMTj," O^HMXTj. 



il/a^. <zW. Neut. 


Fern. 


Kom. ABa , two. 


ABB. 


Gen. £ByxT> , of — 


AByx-b. 


Dat. ,4ByMTj , to 


AByMTj, 


Ace. J* 


3* 


Ins. AByai/i , by or with. 


AByMH. 


Prep. AByxt, of— — 


AByxT>. 


Mas. and Neut, 


Fern. 


Norn. 66a , both. — — — • 


66*. 


Gen. oGoiixtj , of — 


06*11x1. 


Dat. o66hmt> , to 


oGtllMTj. 


Ace. o6< , 

JOIIXb 


OS** 

JtHXT). 


Ins. 06611MU, by or with , 


061111 Mir. 


Prep. o66iixi> , of 


oGtkx-b. 



Of all three genders. 
Norn, mpii, mpoe , three. *iembipe , four. 
Gen. mpexij ; mpoiiXL qembipexb, of — 



( «o5 5 

Dat. mpeivib, mpoHMb. — qembipeMb , to — 

Ace. mp^ mpo/ — qerawp/ — 

{exb liixb, {exb. 

Ins. mpeua, mpoiiMU. — qembipbiuir, by or with. 
Prep, o mpexh, nipoiixb. — o qenibipexb, of. 

§ 1 3 1 . The numbers, mpiicma , three hun- 
dred and qembipecma , four hundred , are de- 
clined according to the first of the following 
examples-, and njecmbconib, six hundred; 
ce.MbCoinb , seven hundred; Boceivibcomi,, eight 
hundred and AeBflmbcoim., nine hundred, ac- 
cording to the second. 

N. ABtcoiH , two hundred, namb conn>, five hun- 

died. 
G. AByxb comb , of nairni comb, of ■ 

D. ABy.Mb cmawb , to namn emaivib , to 

A. ABtcrnn — — — — nami> comb. — 

I. AByivia cmaMH , by or nambk) cm awn, by or 
with. with. 

P. o AByxb cmaxb , of — o namn cmaxb,of. — 
§ \6i. Each simple number or component part 
ofa compound number (however many there may 
be) is declined according to its own termination. 
Norn, namb-conib inecmbAecamb ceMb. 
Gen. naran - comb inecrnHAecnmn cewn. 
Dat. nainw-crnaMTj inecmnACcarnH ccmh. 
Ace. nanii. - comb mecniAecarub ceMh. 
Ins. nambfo-cmaMH iiiecmbtOAecambio ceMbio. 
Prep, o naimi-crnax'b uiecmtTAeeamti ce:»iH. 



C <°6 ) 
THEME XV. 

On the cardinal numbers. 

The universal deluge in the time of Noah , 
continued three hundred and seventy - seven days. 
The Israelites wandered forty years in I he wil- 
derness. The solar year consists of three hun- 
dred and sixty - Jive days, five hours and forty- 
five minutes. Rome was built seven hundred 
and fifty - three years before the birth of Christ. 
Ptolemy Philadelphus employed seventy - two 
interpreters in the translation of the old tes- 



universal , BceoGimii. 
deluge , nornoirb. 
the time , Bpeaia. 
Noah , Hon , 
continued , npoAO^JKa^- 
ca. 
day , 4,enb. 

wilderness , nycmbiHa. 
the solar year, co.iHeq- 
Hwii ro^b. 
consists, cocrnonnib. 
of, H3i>, gov. the gen. 
hour , qacb. 
minute, Mirny ma. 
Rome , PiiMb. 



was built, nocmpoerrb.. 
before , 4,0 , gov. the 
gen. 
the birth , po>K4,ecmBO. 
of Christ , XpucrnoBO. 
Plolomy Philadelphus, 
rimojioMeii *X)\\jv&&<dA§yh. 
employed, ynompe6k^b. 
interpreter , idojikob- 

HIIKTj. 

in, ajih, gov. the gen. 
the translation , nepe- 

BO^b. 

old , Bernxiii.. 
testament, sao'Linb, 



( '07 ) 

tament into the Greek language. Constantinople 
was taken by the Turks , one thousand one hundred 
and twenty- three years after the removal thither 
of the capital by Constantine the Great , and two 
thousand , two hundred and six years after the 
building of the city of Rome. The Alexandrian 
library consisted of three hundred thousand vo- 
lumes. Moses left Egypt with six hundred thou- 
sand Israelites , four hundred and thirty years 
after their first establishment in that country. 
A circle is divided into three hundred and sixty 



into , Ha , gov. the ace. 
Greek , rpeiecKbi. 
language , Ji3biKb. 
Constantinople, Koh- 
cmaHimiHonojib. 
was taken , 6bMi> B3flim*. 
Turk , TypoKb. 
after , hocjtb. 
the removal, nepece^e- 
Hie 
thither, mv^a. 
the capital , crno^nna. 
Constantine, KoHcmaH- 

niHHb. 

great , BejiHKiii , 
the building, noempo- 
eHie. 



Rome , PiiMb. 
Alexandrian, AjieKcaH> 
ApiiiCKiir. 
library, 6w6uiiomeKa. 
consisted, cocmoiUa. 
of, H3b , gov. the gen. 
volume , KHnra. 
Moses, Mom ceil, 
left, ocmaiuiJib. 
Egypt, Eriinemb. 
their, nxb. 

establishment, noce- 
jieiiie. 
that , cen. 
country , cmpaHa. 
a circle , Kpyrb. 
is di\ided,pa3,4bviAeniCJf. 



.( .o8 ) 

degrees. The light of the solar rays reaches us 
in about eight minutes. Alexander the great 
ascended the throne at twenty, and died -at thirty 
years of age. Thirty thousand Jewish prisoners 
of war laboured during Jive years at the erec- 
tion of the Roman amphitheatre , known under 
the nazne of the Coloseum. The pbitico of 
this building was a thousand and fifty feet in 
circumference, and supported by four rows of 



degree , rpa^ycb. 
the light, CBtm-b. 
solar , cojiHemibiii. 
ray , jy l ib. 

reaches , ^ocmnraeniij 
to , ao. 
us , nacb. 
about , noirnfr. 
Alexander, AjieKcanvtpb. 
ascended , Bcmyniuib. 
the throne , npecmoxb. 
of age , orai) po4y. 
at , npn, gov. the prep, 
the building, nocmpoe- 
Hie. 
Roman , PHMCKiii. 
amphitheatre , aMfJui- 
meiimpb. 
known, n3Btcnntbiii. 



under,noAb,gov.the inst. 
name , hmh. 
Coloseum , Kojni3e&. 
laboured, paGomajiii. 
during, BbnpoAOJi/Kenie. 
Jewish prisoners of war, 

BOeHHOIIXEHHblXTj Eb- 

peeui). 
the portico , nopinHKb. 
of this , cero. 
building, 34aHie. 

Was , MMBjlb. 

a foot , (]>yrm>. 
circumference, OKpyac- 
Hocrnb. 

Was , GblJTb. 

supported , noA4ep>Kii- 
bae.Mb. 
a row , pflA>. 



( I0 9 ) 
pillars, each two hundred and twenty -two feet 
high. It was capable of containing a hun- 
dred thousand spectators, and not uuirequcntly 
a choir of three thousand singers and as many 
dancers amused the Roman public in this 
stupendous edifice. The height of the Mont-blane 
is fourteen thousand , five hundred and fifty -six 
feet, and the height of the Clnmboiazzo nineteen 
thousand, six hundred and two leet. (french.J 

a pillar, cmo^Gt. a singer, nliBeirb. 

height, BbiuiiiHa. as many, criKMbKO me. 

each, Ka>K4biii. a dancer, ma huobiu, 1114a. 

it was capable of con- amused , yueceASijiu. 

taining, btj Hew* no- in this, bt> ceMb. 

MBinajiocb. stupendous, orpoMHbtw. 

as many as , 40 , gov. Roman , PirtvicMH. 

the gen. public , iiyGjiiih-a. 

a spectator, 3pkniejib. Mont-blanc, MoHGjiairb. 

not , He. is , cocmaBjiaemii. 

unfrequently , p*AKO. Chunborazzo , Hum 60- 

choir , iopb. pacco. 



C "° ) 

SECT. II. 

Ordinal numbers. 



nepBbiii , 


first. 




BmopbiS, 


second. 




m pern in ? 


third. 




qeniBeprnbiii , 


fourth. 




n/irnwa , 


fifth. 




mecinbiH, 


sixth. 




ce^bMbiii . 


seventh. 




OCbMblH , 


eighth. 




^eBHiiibiii, 


ninth. 




^.ecflmbiH, 


tenth. 




OAHHHa4 ijain uii, 


eleventh. 




ABtHa^ainbiii, 


twelfth. 




mpiiHaAi^arnbiM , 


thirteenth. 




qernbipHa/maniBiH , 


fourteenth. 




nHinnaAU,arnbiii , 


fifteenth. 




uieciiJHsUu,anibiri , 


sixteenth. 




ce.MHa^uambiii , 


seventeenth. 




BoceMaa^narnwH, 


eighteenth. 




^eBamHaAqambiH , 


nineteenth. 




ABaAiiambiii , 


twentieth. 




4Baj,u,anib nepBWH, 


twenty- first. 




ABa^i^aiiib Binopbiii, 


twenh -second. 


&c 


mpHAnanibiij , 


thirtieth. 




COpOKOBblil , 


fortieth. 




n/uiiiuecjinibiii , 


fiftieth. 




luecinu^eciiinbiH ; 


sixtieth. 





( ... ) 

ceMH4ecarni>iii , seventieth. 

BOCMHAeeambiH ? eightieth. 

^eBaHocifihiii , ninetieth, 

comwH, hundredth, 

cmo nepBbiH, hundred and first &c. 

AByxconibiir , two hundredth, 

mpexcombiii , three hundredth. 

qemwpexcombiM , four hundredth. 

iliirniicoriTbiH , five hundredth. 

inecmkcombiH , six hundredth. 

ceMHCombfii , seven hundredth. 

BoCMHCombJii , eight hundredth. 

^eB/imncoinhiH , nine hundredth, 

mbicaqiibin , thousandth. 

^Byxi>rnbicHqHbiH , two thousandth. 

namiirnbicflqHbiH, five thousandth. 

MH^^iioHHbiH. millionth. 

§ 1 33. Ordinal numbers are declined as adjec- 
tives. 

Example. 

Singular. 

Mas. Fern. Neut, 

Nom. nepBbiu, the first. nepBaa , nepBoe. 

Gen. nepBaro , of nepBoii , uepBaro. 

Dat. nepBoiviy , to nepuon , nepBowy. 

Ace. nepBbin (aroj — nepByio , nepBoe. 

Inst. nepBbii\n:,byojwith. nepBoto, nep&biivn>. 

Prep, o neuBOMb ; of — o nepBoii, o nepBOMi. 



( I" ) 

P I u r a I. 
Nom. nepBbie , nepBbin , nepBbni. 

Gen. nepBbixv, nepBbiXb , nepBbi\i>. 

Dat. nepnbiMi), nepBbnib, nepBbnib. 

Aec. nepBoie (bixb), nepBbni (bix"b) , nepBbia. 
Ins. nepBbiMH , nepBbiMH, nepBbiMH. 

Prep, o uepBbixii, o nepBbixv, o nepBbiXT>. 

§ 1 34. In marking the date from any par- 
ticular era, the Russians employ ordinal num- 
bers, ex. KHiirone'iamanie H3o6pBineHo Bbrnbi- 
c« l Ja 'lernbipeema coposoBOMb ro^y , printing 
was invented in the thousand lour hundred 
and forticlh year, (in the year one thousand 
four hundred and forty.) 

§ 1 35. When the number is compound , or 
composed of several simple numbers , the 
ordinal termination is only added to the last, 
ex. A>iepiiKa 6w.*a omKpbfma Bb mbicjwa qe- 
mbipecma aeBHHoemo eniojwMi, ro.iy, America 
was discovered in the thousand four hundred 
and ninety - second year (In the year one thou- 
sand four hundred and ninety - two.) 



( "3 ) 

THEME XVI. 

On the ordinal numbers. 

On the monument of Peter the Great there 
is the following inscription : Catherine the 
second to Peter the first. The names of Peter 
the first , Fredrick the second and Henry the 
fowth are immortal in history. Rome had seven 
kings : the first was Romulus , the secondlSuma 
Pompilius , the third'YuUus Hostilius, the fourth 
Ancus Martins , the fifth Tarquin Priscus , 
the sixth Servius Tullius , and the seventh and 
last, Tarquin the proud. The first month in 



monument, naMiiniHEia>. 
Peter , Tlempi.. 
there is, H3o6paJKeHa. 
following, C/i-feAyiouiiii. 
inscription , Ha^nwcb. 
Catherine, EKamepiiHa. 
name , hmh. 
Fredrick, (ftpH^pnxt. 
Henry, TeHpHxij. 
immortal , 6e3CMepm- 

HblH. 

history, neuropil!. 
Rome , Phmtj. 
had , HMtjii,. 
a King, IJapb. 



was , 6bUT>. 

Romulus, P6\ryjn>. 

Numa Pompilius , Hy- 

Ma noMnkjiin. 

Tullus Hostilius, Tyjurb 

rocrniijiin. 

Ancus Marti us , Ahkt> 

Mapqin. 

Tarquin Priscus, Tap- 

KBHHiii npncKii. 

Servius Tullius , Cep- 

bih Tyjuiiii. 

Tarquin the proud ,Tap- 

KBHHin rop^bin. 

month, M-ECflirb. 



( "4 ) 

the year is January, the second February, the 
third March, the Jburth April, the fifth May, 
the sixth June, the seventh July, the eighth 
August, the ninth September, the tenth Octo- 
ber, the eleventh November, the twelfth De- 
cember. The compass was invented in the 
year one thousand three hundred and three. The 
Russian company was established in England 
in the year one thousand five hundred and fifty- 
five. Peter the Great defeated Charles the 
twelfth at Poltava in the year one thousand se- 
ven hundred and nine. America was discover- 
ed in the fifteenth century. 



January, TeHBapb , V. 

§ 4i. 

February, <t>ei$pajib. 
March , Mapnn>. 
April , An\ptub. 
May , Man. 
June, IwHb. 
July , Iio^l. 
August , ABrycnrb. 
September, CeHmaGpi*. 
October , OKmAGpb. 
November , HoaGpr,. 
December, /{ena6ph. 
the compass, KOMnacb. 
was , 6bui>. 



invented, naoGptiineirb. 
Russian , PoccincKiil. 
company, rnoproBoe 66- 
iiiecmBO. 
was established , ocho- 
Bano. 
England , AHrjiia. 
defeated , 1106-fcAHXb. 
Charles , Kapjiij. 
at, npu, gov. the prep. 
Poltava, IJojirnaBa. 
was discovered , om- 
Kpbima. 
century , beki>. 



( "5 ) 
Promiscuous exercise on Numerals. 

Russia extends from East to West one hun- 
dred and sixty - nine degrees and a half, that 
is, from the thirty - ninth to the two hundred 
and eighth degree of longitude *; but if we 
include the most distant isles of the eastern 
ocean (which reach to the two hundred and 
twenty -fifth degree) , it extends one hundred 
and sixty - nine degrees. In its greatest breadth 
from North to South it extends thirty - eight 



Russia , Poccifi. 
extends, npocinnpaern- 

Cfl. 

from, onrb, gov. the gen. 
the east , BocmoKTi. 
the west , 3ana4"b 
(here follows the pre- 
position Ha.) 
and , Cb, gov. the ins. 
a half , nojioBHHa. 
a degree , rpa,zryob. 
that is , mo ecmh. 
longitude, aojiroma. 
but if we include , a 
BKJiioqaa. 



distant, om^a^eHHuii. 
isle, ocmpoBt. 
eastern ,. Bocmo'tHBiH. 
ocean , oKeairb. 
which , koh. 
reach , 40x64/1 nrb. 
(it extends, not to be 
repeated.) 
its greatest breadth , 
caMoe Gojibinoe npo- 
majKeHie. 
the north , cBBepi>. 
the south , K>rb. 
it extends ? cocmaBjia- 
emi>. 



* Reckoning from the meridian of the isle of Fero. 



C "6 ) 
degrees , that is from the seventy - eighth to the 
fortieth degree of Latitude ; consequently the 
greater part of Russia is situated in the tem- 
perate , and the smaller part in the frigid zone. 

The whole surface of the Empire (exclu- 
sive of the isles of the Eastern ocean) covers 
a space of three hundred and forty thousand Ger- 
man Geographical square miles , or sixteen mil- 
lions , six hundred and sixty thousand square 
versts. 



latitude , iunpoma. 
consequently , cjii^o- 
Barrie.-ibHo. 
the greater part, Bejiii- 
qaiimaa 'lacrnt, 
is situated, Haxo^nnica. 
temperate , yMtpeHHbiH. 
the smaller, cawaa m&- 
Jiaa. 
frigid , xojioAHbiii. 
zone , noacii. 
the whole surface, Bca 
ace noBepxHocmb. 



the Empire , TocyAap- 
crnBo. 
exclusive , BbiK^ioqaa. 
covers a space of, npo- 
crnnpaemca na. 
Geographical, Teorpa- 
<J)imecKiH. 
square , KBaApamHbiii. 
German , HfcMeuKiff. 
mile , MHjia. 
or , uau. 
a verst , Bepema. 



C "7 ) 

» • ' 

CHAP. IV. 

Pronouns. 

SECT. I. 

General remarks. 

§ 1 36. A pronoun is a word used instead 
of a noun. 

§ i3y. Pronouns may be divided into per- 
sonal , relative , possessive , demonstrative and 
indefinite. 

§ i3S. Pronouns are subject to the same mo- 
difications of number, gender and case as sub- 
stantives. 

§ 139. Personal pronouns are used instead of 
names. There are three persons: the first, who 
speaks, the second, the person spoken to, and 
the third, the person spoken of. I, thou, he; A, 
mbi 7 onh. plural: we, you, they; mli , 6bi,omi. 

§ i4o. Relative pronouns relate to some pre- 
ceding word or phrase. 

§ 1 4 1 . Possessive pronouns denote posses- 
sion, as: Mod, my; moon, thy; eeo , his. &c. 

§ 142. Demonstrative pronouns , serve to 
point out objects , as , ceil , this; momv , that 
&c. Indefinite pronouns are such as belong 



( "8 ) 
to neither of the above kinds, as, nino- 
mopbui, a certain, «kfl/o some one eke. 

§ i4^. Pronouns become interrogative by 
the construction ot the sentence and the 
affix, of the sign (?). 



SECT. II. 



Personal Pronouns. 
Declension of Personal pronouns, 

1 st. Person. 
Sing. P I u. 

Norn, a , I. mm , we. 

Gen. »ieHfl , of me. Hacb , of us. 

Dat. mhb, to me. Haivn> , to us. 

Ace. MeHfl , me. Haob , us. 

Ins. mhoh) , by me. HaMii , by us. 

Prep, o MHt, of me. o Hacb , of us. 

2 nJ. Person. 

Norn, mbi , thou. bu , you. 

Gen. meoa , of thee. Baci>, of you. 
Dat. me6l>, to thee. Ba»n> , to you. 
Ace. nieGa , thee. Baci> , you. 

Ins. moooK), by thee. Basin , by you. 
Prep. oraeOli, oi thee, o aaci> , of you. 



( "9 ) 
3rd- Person Singular, 

Mas. Fern. Neul. 

Nom. ohtj , he. oh& , she. oho , it. 

Gen. ero, of him. ea , of her. ero, of it. 

Dat. e\iy, to him. en, lo her. eMy., to it. 

Arc. ero, him. ee , her. ero, it. 

Ins. 11 md , by him. eio , by her. mm* , by it. 

Prep, o HeMi>, of him. o Hen, of her. o HeMb, of it. 

P I u. 

Mas. Fern. and. Neut. 

Nom. oiiii , they. oh*. 

Gen. nxi> , of them. hxt>. 

Dat. HM-b, to them. mmtj. 

Ace. hxi> ; them. mxt>. 

Ins. hmh , by them. hmw. 

Prep, o hmxt> , of them, o hhxt>. 

$ i44' The reflective personal pronoun ceG/i, 
self, is of all three genders , and of both num- 
bers : caMTa ce6a , himself; ca.via ce6a , herself, 
caMo ce6a , itself, cavui ce6a , themselves. 

§ i45. CaMh is sometimes added to nouns 
and personal pronouns to mark with greater 
precision the identity of the person : cavin po- 
AHinejiu He KpaciiBbi , HO a* inn iixt> , the parents 
themselves are not handsome, but their children. 



20 ) 



M. 



F. 



N. 



Plu. 



N. ca.Mij, ca>ia , qmo , caMff. 

G. ceGa , caiuaro, caMoii , cauaro, caMiixij. 

D. ceGfc , caMotviy, caMoa, caMo.uy, caMHMTj. 

A. ce6a, cauaro , ca>iy , cawo ; caMHX*b. 

I. COGOK), caMIIMI), CaMOK), CaMHWb, Ca Mil Mil. 

P. o ce6l), o caMOMi. o caMoii, o caMOM^o ca>uixT>. 



THEME XVH. 

On personal pronouns. 

Tell me with whom you* associate, and / 
will tell you * who you * are. Remember 
m e , when you* are fortunate. He , who is 
not for me, is against me. Aristotle, giving 

tell , CKavKii. are fortunate , 6y4enii» 
with whom , ct> Kt-vrb. c<iacnijiiiBi>. 

associate , 06x6411 uuhca. he who , Kmo. 

will tell, cKancy. is not, He. 

who you are, Krno nrw with, co, gov. the ins. 

maKoirb. is against , npomtiB'b. 

remember , noMHH. Aristotle,Apncinome4b. 

when , Kor^a. giving, no^arum. 



* In the above sentences, llie second person plural of the 
English j when marked with an asterisk is to be rendered by 
the second person singular in Russ. 



( m ) 

alms to an unworthy man , said : I do not give 
this to him, but to humanity. A true friend disco- 
vers to us oxiv faults. Natural history gives (to) 
us an idea of oursefres , and of the objects which 
surround us. Reason points out (to us) the road 
to happiness; but our passions divert us from 
it. Upon a certain Egyptian statue there was 
the following inscription : I am he, who was, is, 



alms, MHjiocrnbiHH. 

unworthy , 3.aoh. 

said , CKasa.iij. 

I do not give, He ^aid. 

but, a. 

humanit) , qcioBtie- 

CfflBO. 

true , BtpHbin. 
friend , Apyrb. 
discovers,ornKpbiBaemb. 
our , Hainn. 
fault , HeAocrnamoK-b. 
natural , ecmecmBeH- 
Hbin. 
history , Hcmopia. 
gives , aaenib. 
an idea , noHamie. 
of, o, gov. the prep, 
ourselves, caMH,V. § izfo. 
object, ifpe^Memb. 



which surround, onpy- 
JKatoninxb. 
reason , pa3cyaoKi>. 
points out, yKa3biBaenrb. 
the road , nymb. 
to , Kb , gov. the dat. 
happiness, G^iarono^y- 
but, a. l iie. 

divert , omB^eKaionTb. 
from it, onrb onaro. 
upon, Ha, gov. the prep, 
a certain , o£Ha. 
Egyptian, EriineniCKiii. 
statue , cmamya. 
there was, Gbi.ia. 
following , c^iB4yfOLqiii. 
inscription, Ha^nncb. 
am he , ecMb nionrb. 
who was, koto 6bi>/iii. 
is , eciflk 

6 



C ,2 ^ ) 

and will be for ever; no one has ever taken the 
veil offme. To be angry is to punish ones self for 
the fault of another. Beware of a fool, iijrou* touch 
him ; of a wise man , if you * do (to) him an 
injury, and of avicious man, li you* associate with 
him. Many people are like the current coin ; 
not unfrequently we are obliged to receive them 
according to the rate of exchange, and not accord- 
ing to their intrinsick value. 

o 



will be , 6y,4enm>. 
for ever , bt> Bfcicb. 
no one , HHKmo. 
has ever , eine. 
taken , He cHimajib. 
off, cb, gov. the gen. 
veil, 3aBtca. 
to be angry, miiBambCH. 
is,. 3HaqHnrb. 
to punish, HaKa3biBami>. 
for , 3a. 

the fault of another, 
qy>KyK) Biniy. 
beware , 6eperkcb. 
a fool , rviyneiTb. 
if, ecm. 
touch , mponeiiih. 
a wise man, yuHwu. 

do, H[)MMUll:iUlb. 

an injury , oGiua. 



a vicious man , oJibiif. 
associate, cBeAeuib 3Ha- 

KOMCmBO. 

many , Miiorie. 
people , .akmw. 
are like , noAoGHw, gov. 
the dat. 
current , xoaflmii. 
coin , MOHema. 
not unfrequently, He 

pt^KO. 

we are , 6biBae\rb. 
obliged, npiiHyjKjeHbi. 
to receive, npuHHMamb. 
according, no , gov. the 
dat. 
the rate, not expressed, 
the exchange , ievpcb. 
intrinsick, nci;miiHbiif. 
value, AoemoHHCuibO. 



( »i» ) 

SECT III. 

Relative pronoun s, 

§ i46. The relative pronoun Kornopbin, which, 

is applied indiscriminately to persons, or things 

inanimate , and answers to the English personal 

and impersonal pronouns who and which. 

Declension of the relative pronoun 





M. 


KomopbiH. 
S i n ' g. 
F. 


TV. 


N. 


KornophiH, 


Komopaa , 


Komopoe. 


G. 


Komoparo , 


KomopoH , 


Komoparo. 


D. 


KomopOiViy , 


Komopon , 


Komopoaiy. 


A. 


Komop< 

(*ro, 


Komopyio , 


Komopoe. 


I. 


KOmopblMTj , 


KomopoH) , 


KOmopblMTj. 


P. 


O KOIIJOpOMTi , 


o KomopoH 
P I u. 


o KOinOpOMT* 


N. 


Komopwe , 


Kornopwa, 


Kornopwa. 


G. 


Komopbixii , 


Komopbixij , 


Komopbixij. 


D. 


KOmopblMTj , 


KOmopblMTj , 


KOm6pblMl». 


A. 


, (bie, 
Komop 

VblXfc , 


, Swa, 
Komop{ 

„ JbIXT>, 


Komopbia. 


I. 


KomophiMii , 


KomopbiMii , 


KomopbiMii. 


P. 


O KOmOphlXTj, 


o Komopbixij, 


© Komopbixij 



§ 147. When the style approaches the sub- 
lime , the relative pronoun koh , who, which, 
is employed instead of Komopbia; but it is 
never used in common conversation. 



( «*4 ) 

Declension of the relative pronoun koh. 



M. 



F. 



N. 



Plu. 



Nom. 


KOH, 


koh , 


Koe , 


KOH. 


Gen. 


Koero , 


Koea, 


Koero , 


KOHXl,. 


Dat. 


Koeuy , 


Koen , 


Koesiy , 


KOH Ml), 


Ace. 


KO< 

lero , 


KOK), 


Koe, 


(HXT,. 


Ins. 


KOH Ml , 


Koeio , 


KOIIMTj , 


KOH Mil. 


Prep. 


O KOOITj, 


o Koeu, 


KOeMfc, 


O KOIIXIj, 



§ 1 48. The relative pronoun Kmo, who > can only 
relate to persons , and is declined as follows. 

Nom. Kmo, who. 

Gen. koto , of whom* 

Dat. KOMy , to whom. 

Ace. koto , whom. 

Ins. KfcMi> , by or with whom. 

Prep, o komij , of whom. 

$ 149. The relative pronoun qmo , what , is 
impersonal. 

Nom. qmo , what. 

Gen. qero , of what 

Dat. HCMy , to what. 

Ace. qmo , what. 

Ins. qfciib, by or with what. 

Prep, o qeMb , of what. 



( M ) 

M. F. 

Nom. qeii , whose. qba , 

Gen. qbero, of — — *n>eii, 

Dat. ibeMy, to qbeii, 



Aec. q< — — 

(uero, 



qbio, 



TV. 


JYa. 


qte , 


qbH. 


qbero , 


qbiixb. 


qbeMy , 


qhHMb. 


qte , 


qbir. 



Ins. qbiiiMb, by orwith. qbero, qbrnvib, qbHMir. 
- o qbeii , o qbeMb , o qbHXb. 



Pr. o qbeMb, of 



THEME XVIII. 

On relative pronouns. 

Beware of him , who continually praises thee. 
He is brave , whom nothing can disturb. 
People seldom love him , whom they fear. 

beware , ocmeperaiica to disturb , BcmpeBO- 

of him, moro. * jKiinib. 

continually , 6e3npe- can , He bt> cocmo- 

cmaHHo. kniu. 

praises , XBiuimi). people , ^io^h. 

is brave , MyjKecm- seldom , pt^KO. 

BeHb. love , jioGarnb. 

nothing, Hnqmo. they fear, Goarncflr. 



* In such phrases, the Russians make use of the demon- 
strative pronoun morai, that one, instead of the personal 
pronoun. 



( •»« ) 
Do not consider it a disgrace to learn in 
age , what you neglected in youth. Defer 
not until to - morrow, what thou canst per- 
form to - day. Philip king of Macedon had an 
attendant, who used to remind him, that he 
was mortal. Life is like a dream , from which 
we are aroused in the hour of death. He is 
truly happy , who does not give way to his 



prudent , 6jiaropa3yM- 

do not consider it , He 
noiiimaS. 
a disgrace , 3a crnbiAb. 
to learn , yqkrnbCH. 
age , cmapocmb. 
neglected , He yqioefl. 
youth , Mjia^ocrnb. 
defer not, He oniKjtaAbi- 
Ban. 
until , ao, gov. the gen. 
to - morrow , 3aBmpe. 
thou canst, Moweuib. 
perform , CA^ianib. 
to - day, ceroAHa. 
Philip , Ghijiknirb. 
King , LJapb. 
of Macedon, MaiceAOH- 
CKiii. 



had , iiiuijiii. 

an attendant, Hapoi- 

HblH. 

used to remind , Hano- 

MMHajlb. 

was mortal, cMepmHbiM. 

life , JKK3Hb. 

is like, noAoGHa, gov. 
the dat. 
a dream, coht>, dat, cHy. 
from, orm>, gov. the gen. 
we are aroused , npo- 
cbinaeMCH. 
the hour , <iacb. 
death , oiepmb. 
truly, HcmiiHHo. 
happy , c'lacm^HBTj. 
does not give way , ne 
Aacmb bo^h. 
to his ; cbohmtj. 



( I2 7 ) 

passions. Reflect previously on what you * 
intend to say. We are always fond of those 
who admire us , but not always of those , whom. 
we ourselves admire. He , who justifies him- 
self without being accused , only excites sus- 
picion. It is difficult to love him, whom we 
do not respect. True civilization is that, which 
teaches us to be useful to the society, in which 
we live. 



passion , cmpacmb. 
reflect , no4yMau. 
previously , nanepeAT>. 
on, o, gov. the prep, 
intend to say , xoqeuib 
CKasanub. 
always , Bcer4,a. 
are fond , juoGhmTj. 
of those , nrfcx-b. 
admire us , Ha Mi? y4.n- 
BJiaK>mcH. 
but not , a He. 
ourselves , caMif. 
we admire, yAHBJiaeMCH. 
justifies himself, onpa- 
BAWBaemca. 
without being , He 6y- 
Ayqii. 



accused , o6BHHaeMi>. 
he , monrb. 
only , mojibKO. 
excites , B036y/KAaenrb # 
suspicion , noA03p"BHie. 
•it is difficult, mpy^HO. 
to love , juoGnmb. 
we do not respect, He 
noqwinaeMij. 
true , HcmHHHbiH. 
civilization , npocB'fe- 
uieHie. 
is that , ecrat mo. 
teaches , yminrb. 
to be, Gbinib, gov. the ins. 
useiul , nojie3Hbiu. 
society, oGujecniBO. 
live , JKHBeMT>, 







( <■ 


« ) 








SEC 


T. IV. 






Possessive 


Pronouns 


. 




M. 


F. 


TV. /Yh. 


of all gend. 


Nom. 


moi, my. 


MOH , 


Moe , 


MOH. 


Gen. 


Moero , 


Moefi , 


Moero, 


MOHXTj. 


Dat. 


MoeMy , 


Moea , 


MoeMy , 


MOIiMT). 


Ace. 


MO( 

Jero, 


MOK) , 


Moe , 


Si. 

MO< 

(HXT>. 


Ins. 


MOHMt , 


Moeio , 


MOHMTj , 


MOHMH. 


Prep. 


O MOeiVTb, 


o Moeii , 


O MOeMTj , 


O MOHXL. 



§ j5o. The possessive pronoun ceoii , is used 
instead of mok , when the possession relates 
to the nominative of the phrase , ex. r 6epy 
cbok) mjiany , I take my hat- ohtj mhb noKa3ajii> 
cbok) 6n6jiiomeKy , he shewed me his library. 
When the possession does not relate to the 
nominative of the phrase , moh , niBOH , ero , 
Hami) , Baui'b , are employed , ex. oht> jKiiBenrb 
btj MoeMij 40Mt, he lives in my house; h nvi- 
maio mBOK) KHHry , I read thy hook. Cboh and 
mBoii are declined in the same manner as moh. 
M, F. N. Plu. of all gend. 



Worn. Ham-b, our. Hama , 
Gen. naiuero , Haujen 
Dat. Hauieiviy 

Ace 



nam 



J ere 



Ins. 



ero j 

HaUIHMTj, 



Hauien , 
Hauiy, 



name , 
Hamero , 
Haiueiuy , 

na 



HaiHH. 
HaUJHXTj. 

HamiiM-b. 



line, Haiuc 

I UTCh. 



Hauieio , iiauiHMTj, HauiHMW. 



Prep, o HauieMTj, o Hauien, o HameMfc, o Hauinxii. 



( "9 ) 

§ t 5 1 . The possessive pronoun eaim , your, 
is declined in the same manner as HauiTj. 

§ 102. In the Russian language there are 
no possessive pronouns for the third person 
singular or pluial ; but this defect is sup- 
plied by the genitive case of the personal 
pronouns oht> , he, OHa, she and ohii r they; 
as , ezo his , en , her, and uxi , their. These 
pronouns being themselves taken from an ob- 
lique case are indeclinable , and subject to no 
variations of gender. 



THEME XIX. 
On possessive pronouns. 

We should consider virtue as our best friend , 
for it is the source of our happiness, our ho- 
nour and our peace. 1 honour my parents, for 
to them I am indebted for my life and education. 

we should, mm 40^%'HU. peace , cnoKoiicmBie. 

consider, nciiimamb. parent, poAiiinejib. 

as, (expressed by the for, h6o. 

ins. case) I am indebted, oGaaairb. 

best, jiyqiniii. for (expressed by the 
for it is, 1160 ona ecmb. ins. case.J 

the source, iieinoMHHKi). life, xciiaHb. 

happiness , cqacmie. education^Bocnnmaiiie. 
honour, qecrnb. 



( >3o ) 

Avoid anger: it disfigures thy face, and still 
more thy mind. Speak not upon a subject , 
that is above thy capacity. Homer and Vir- 
gil are famous tor their works. Be faithful 
to thy sovereign. The eagle, in its rapid flight, 
soars above the clouds. Endeavour to cultivate 
thy understanding, to ennoble thy mind and to 
strengthen thy body. 



avoid , 6eperiici> , gov. 
the gen. 
anger , rHBBb. 
disfigures, o6e3o6pa- 
JKHBaenrb. 
face , jinue. 
and still , n ein,e. 
more , Goxbc 
mind , Ayina. 
speak not , He roBopn. 
upon, o, gov. the prep, 
is above , npeBbinie , 
gov. the gen. 
capacity , noHarnie. 
Homer, Ovrapb. 
Virgil, Bnprnjiiir. 
are famous , cjiaoHw. 
for , no , gov. the dat. 
work, uiBopeHie. 



be , 6yAb. 
faithful , B*peH-b. 
Sovereign, Tocy^apB. 
the eagle , opexb. 
rapid , GwcmpbiK. 
flight, nojienrb. 
soars, B03HOCHrnca. 
above , npeBtune. 
cloud , 66ji3ko. 
endeavour, cmapanca. 
to cultivate , o6pa3o- 
Bamb. 
understanding, yi\rb. 
to ennoble, oGjiaropo- 

to strengthen, yKpfc- 
nknib. 
body, nrfcjio. 



( i3i J 
SECT. V. 

Demonstrative pronouns. 
Declension of demonstrative pronouns, 





M. 


F. 


TV. Plu. of all gen. 


N. 


ceii, this. 


C1H , 


cie , cik , these. 


G. 


cero , 


ceii, 


cero , chxtj. 


D. 


ceiviy , 


ceii, 


ceiuy, chmtj. 


A. 


ce / 

Jro, 


CiK) , 


cie , c\ 

t IIXTj. 


I. 


CHM1>, 


ceio , 


CHMTj , CHMH. 


P. 


o ceMi , 


o ceii , 


O CCMIj, O CHXT). 




M. 


F. 


N. PI. ofallgend. 


N. 


momi) , that. 


ma , 


mo, int, those. 


G. 


moro , 


moil, 


moro, mtxi» , . 


D. 


moiviy, 


m*oii, 


moMy, mtMTj , 


A. 


mo< v 
fro, 


my, 


mo, m< 

fix*. 


I. 


mbwb , 


moio , 


mtMi, mtMir , 


P. 


O mOMTj , 


o moH , 


o mo3iT>, o mtx-b. 



§ 1 53. In the same manner is declined the 
demonstrative pronoun 3moim> , ama, smo, this; 
excepting the letter £, which is changed into 
n in the ohlique cases • ex. 3muMi> , am h mil &c. 

1 54. Tomi>, may often he rendered in En* 
glish by a personal pronoun or substantive ; 
morm> , Komopou , he who , or the man who ; 
ma , Komopaa , she who , or the woman who ; 
mo , Koniopoe , that which , or the thing which. 



'( *» ) 



§ i5»5. The demonstrative pronoun ohwh 
oHaa , oHoe, that , is declined like an adjec* 
live of similar termination V. Chap. II. 
Sect. II. It may often he rendered in En- 
glish by the personal pronoun it, or the said* 



THEME XX. 

On demonstrative pronouns. 

The Emperor Titus considered that day as 
lost, in which he did no good. Do not re- 
peat in one company, (that) what you* have 
heard in another. Those people are unhappy, 
who are always discontented with their condi- 



the Emperor, Mainepa- 
mopi). 
Titus , Tumi!, 
considered , cmnnajTb. 
day , ACHb. 

as lost, nomepHHHbiMi). 
he did , He cvrki ajn>. 
no good, Hiiqero^oGparo. 
do not repeat, He no- 

MIIOpflH. 



company , 6eefe,4a. 
have heard , c./i bi in a jn>. 
another , ^pyrou. 
are unhappy , 3Jiono- 
jiyiHbi. 
people , jikmh. 
always , Bcer^a. 
are discontented , He- 

40BOJlbHbI. 

condition, cocraoiiHie. 



C '33 ) 

tion. Labour strengthens the body , and idle- 
ness debilitates'^ (V. § i5>.J T.kU ; punishment 
is proportioned to this crime. This hill , this 
grove , this field and this humble cottage re- 
mind me of my native place. All these statues , 
tbese monumental inscriptions, these majes- 
tic ruins, this silence, this solitude, these 
great names attest times of past glory. It is 
impossible to describe the {that ecstasy, which 



labour, mpy^b. 
strengthens , yKptnjia- 

emi. 
tbe body , nrkio. 
idleness, npa3AHoemb. 
debilitates , paac^aGjia- 

enrb. 
punisbment, HaKa3aHie. 
is proportioned , co- 
pa3ivit)pHO. 
crime , npecrnyn^eHie. 
bill, xoJiivrb. 
grove , p6m,a. 
field , nojie. 
bumble, cKpoMH&ifi. 
cottage, XHHiiiHa.- 
remind, HanoMiiHaFonrb, 
gov. the ace. 
native place , po^naa. 
all ; Bet. 



statue, MpaMopL. 
monumental, HaArpoft- 
H bl u. 
inscription , Ha4nucb. 
majestic, BejinMecinr.cH- 

HblM. 

ruin , paSBajinna. 
silence, 6e3iMOjiBie. 
solitude, yeAMHenie. 
name , hmh. 
attest, cBii,4'Bme^bcmBy- 
Kunij. 
time , BpeMH. 
past, nporneKiniH. 
glory , c.iaBa. 
it is impossible, HH i imo 
He m owe int. 
to describe, n3o6pa- 

3Hmb. 

ecstasy , Bocmoprb. 



C '34 ) 

fills the mind , when you enter the church 
of St. Peter for the first time; when you staud 
upon this vast pavement, between these stu- 
pendous columns, before these brass pillars, at 
the sight of all these paintings, these statues, 
of all these mausoleums , of ell these altars , 
under this cupola. 



fills , BocxHiuaenrb. 
the mind, Ayina. 
you enter, Bx6,j,Hiiib. 
church of St. Peter, 
uepKOBb Cb. Ilernpa. 
for the first time , bi> 
nepBwu pa3i>. 
you stand , cmoninb. 
vast, npocmpanHbiii. 
pavement, noM6cmi>. 
between , MejK^y. 
stupendous , yjKacHbiu. 



column , no^nopa. 
before , npe^. 
brass , 6poH30BbiS. 
pillar , KOJioHHa. 
at the sight, npu BH4,fc. 
painting, KapmnHa. 
statue , cmamya. 
mausoleum, MaB3o.*eH. 
altar, aiepmBeHHiiK-b. 
under. no/rb, gov. the 
ins, 
cupola , Kynoai. 



( '35 ) 
SECT. VI. 
Indefinite pronouns. 

§ i56\ The indefinite pronouns are: HtKO- 
moubiik, a certain; HtKino, somebody; Htmno, 
qmo an oy^b, something; HtcKO^ibKo , a few; hhoh, 
some; Kino auGo, Kino mi6y4b, any body; Apyroii , 
anotljer; qmo jihGo, any thing; bchkih, every-one; 
Ka/K^biii , each; HnicaKoii, not one. 

§ ijj. The above indefinite pronouns are 
declined as Komopbiil, Kino, qmo &c. without 
regard to the indeclinable particle , whether 
prefixed or added to the pronoun , ex. 



Nom. Krno jihGo. 
Gen. Koro jihGo. 
Dat. KOMy jih6o. 
Ace. Koro ^h6o. 
Ins. Ktivrb .amGo. 
Prep, o komt> jihGo. 

Nom. qmo jihGo. 
Gen. qero .juGo. 
Dat. qe.My jihGo. 
Ace. 4 mo jihGo. 
Ins. qfcM* .ah Go. 
Prep, o qewb auGo. 



HtKrao. Kino Hn6yAb. 

HtKoro. Koro HiiGyAb. 

HtKOMy. Kowy HiiGy^b. 

HtKoro. Koro Hii6y4,b. 

tffcKtjVrb. KtWT> HTlGy^b. 

O HliKOM-b. O KOMTj HIlGy^b. 

irfeqmo. qmo HiiGyAb. 

Htqero. qero HiiGy^b. 

HfcqcMy. qoiy HiiGy^b. 

Hfemno. qmo HwGy4b. 

Ht'ieMb. q^MTj HllGyAb. 

o HtqeMb. o qesrt mi6y4,b. 



C i36 ) 
THEME XXI. 

On the indefinite pronouns. 

All complain of the weakness of their me- 
mory, hut none complain of the weakness of 
their understanding. Every (each) man must 
die. Every day brings with it something new. 
In this world there is nothing permanent. Do 
good and fear no one. Not a minute can he 
called ours, but the present. Nothing corrupts 
the manners so much, as had society. Man, 



complain , jKajyiomca. 
of , Ha , gov. the ace. 
the weakness , cjia- 
6ocinh. 
memory , najiamh. 
complain, neMfajyemca. 
u n (} e rsta n d i n g , y mi. 

must , AO-T/KeHTj. 

die , yMepemb. 

day , 4eHb. 

brings , npimociinrb. 

new , HOBaro. 

in , btj. 

world , CBliim*. 



there is, Htnrb. 
permanent, nocmo/rn- 

HblH. 

do good , 4*^iau Ao6p6. 
fear , 66iica. 
minute , MiiHyma. 
can , ne MOHteiirb. 
he called , Ha?>BanTF,c/i. 
but, icpoMt, gov. the gen. 
the present,nacrnoain,iii. 
corrupts , He nopinunrb. 
manner, HpaBi>. 
had , xyAOH. 
society , 66m,ecmBo. 



( >3 7 ) 

whatever be his condition , has always a certain 
kind of vanity. 

whatever be his condi- always , Bcer^a. 
tion , KaKoro 6bi co- kind , poA*. 

cmokia hh Gbi^iij. vanity , nnijeejiaBie. 



Promiscuous exercise on pronouns. 

Our native country. 

What is our native country? the place, where 
^ were born; the cradle , in which we were 
rocked ; the nest, in which we were cherished 
and brought up; the earth, where he the 
ashes of our forefathers and where we ourselves 



what is , qmo raaKoe. 
our native country, 
omeiiecmBO. 
the place , crrrpaHa. 
where , r^B. 
were born, po^kMiCh. 
the cradle, Ko„ibi6ejib. 
were rocked , Bo3.Ae- 

JTBHHbl. 

the nest , rirtSAo. 



we were cherished, co- 

rpB rrbi. 

brought up , Bocnema- 

Hbl. 

the earth , 3eMjia. 
lie , jievKanrb. 
the ashes , KocmH. 
forefather, omeirb. 
where , KyAa. 
shall lie , ^a>KeMT>. 



( '38 ) 

shall lie. What spirit dares to break asunder 
these sacred ties ! what heart can be insensible 
to this holy flame ! The very birds and beasts are 
attached to their birth - place, and shall man, en- 
dowed with a rational soul, estrange himself from 
his country and his fellow-citizens? What wretch 
is there , who has no affection for his mother? 
and is our native country less to us, than our 
mother ? The antipathy to this unnatural feeling 



spirit, Ayuia. 
dares , ^e^nem-h. 
to break asunder, pac- 
moprHymfa. 
sacred , KptiiKia. 
ties, V3,w. 

can be insensible , mo- 
iKenrb HeqyBcmBOBamb. 
holy, CBfliu,eHHbiii. 
flame, nji aMJi. 
a bird , nrnHija. 
a beast, 3Bhpb. 
are attached , jnoGanrb. 
birth- place, wBcrno poac- 
4,eHia. 
and shall man , qejio- 

BtKTj Jill. 

endowed , oAapenHbift. 
rational , pa3yMUbiH. 



soul , 4yma. 
estrange , oniA'BjJHnTb. 
from , onrb. 
country , cmpaHa. 
fellow - citizen , e4HH0- 
3eMeirb. 
wretch , H3Bepn>. 
has no affection , He 
juo6nnrb. 
mother , siamb. 
and , ho. 
less , MeHbuie. 
than , <TB:vrb. 

the antipathy, omBpa- 
in,eHie. 
to , omij , (from). 
unnatural , npomHBy- 
ecmecniBeHHbiH. 
feeling , Mbicjib. 



( >3 9 ) 

is so great, that whatever immorality and 
vileness we may suppose in a man, even if 
we Mere to imagine to ourselves , that such a 
one may be found , who actually harbours 
in his corrupt soul hatred towards his native 
country, still, even he would be ashamed 
to confess it publicly. All ages, all nations, 
heaven and earth would cry out against him: 
hell alone would applaud hem, Shiskkojf. 



great , bcahkiii. 
whatever we may sup- 
pose , KaKyK) 6bl HH 
nOJlOiKHJlII MM. 

a man , qe^ioBBKb. 
immorality, xy^aa HpaB- 
cmBeHHocmb. 
vileness , 6e3crnM4- 
cmBo. 
even if, xoma 6m h. 
we were to imagine , 
npeAcmaBiijin. 
may be found , Moxemi* 
naumHca. 
such a one, TnaKoii. 
corrupt , pa3Bpam,eH- 
soul , Ayuja. hmh. 

actually, AfciicniBHmejib- 

HO. 



harbours, n/iniaeini>. 
hatred, HeHanncmb. 
still even , OAHano ace. 
would be ashamed , no- 
ciiimah^ch 6m. 
publicly , BceHapoj,HO 
h rpoftiorjacHo. 
to confess, npu3Hann>cj[. 
an age , bbktj. 
a nation , Hapo^-h. 
the earth, 3eMJia. 
heaven , neGeca. 
would cry out, B03onia- 
jih 6m. 
against, nponiHBTj. 
hell alone, oahht> aAT>. 
would applaud, cmaj* 
6m pyKonjiecKanib, 



( Mo ) 

CHAP. V. 

Verbs. 

SECT I. 

General remarks. 

$ i58. The verb is apart of speech, which 
expresses the action, state of being, or suffer- 
ing of an object. Verbs may be divided into 
active, passive, neuter, reflective, reciprocal, 
and common, 

§ i5g. All verbs are either fransitive or in* 
transitive. A transitive \erb expresses that sort 
of action , which passes over to an object; * as, 
if we say; oht> jTo6nnrb, he loves; the ques- 
tion whom? naturally arises, and the phrase 
is not complete , until we add: cBoe aiioih, his 
child, cBoero omiia , his father , or some other 
object. Intransitive verbs express existence in 
a particular stale, or an action, which does 
not pass over from one object to another; as, 
ohi> cinirm> , he sleeps; a xo/Ky, I walk. 



* It is the more necessary to pay attention to tins distinc- 
tion , as in the Russian language the accusative case is 
frequently different from the nominative V- § 10. 



C '4. ) 

§ 1 60. Russian verbs are subject to modifi- 
cations according to their branch, mood , tense f 
number , person and gender. 

§ 161. The branches , being peculiar to the 
Russian language, require a more explicit de- 
finition. If we consider the duration of an 
action from the commencement to the end, we 
shall find, that it is subject to a great variety of 
modifications, that have no relation to time. 
These variations of the meaning of the ori- 
ginal verb are commonly marked in English 
by the prefix of some explanatory verb or 
adverb; but four of the principal are expres- 
sed in the Russian language, by varying some 
of the letters of the verb itself. As the expla- 
natory word used in English may be pre- 
fixed to the verb in its different tenses , so in 
the Russian language, each of these principal 
modifications has its own tenses and moods, 
which taken collectively form , what is called, 
a branch of the verb. There are four branches : 
the indefinite *, the perfect , the semelf active 
and the iterative. 

The indefinite expresses the action indeter- 
minately with regard to its completion • as, 
oht» rnporaat, he moved. 

* A tew verbs have a fifth branch called the definite V. 
table V of the irregular verbs. 



( M» ) 

The perfect marks the thorough accomplish- 
ment of the action; as, oht, pacmporaji* , he 
moved thoroughly, or has moved. 

The seme If active expresses the sudden and 
single occurence of an action; as, crapliJibHymb, 
to shoot (onCe). 

The iterative marks the frequent repetition 
of the action; as, crnp*,iHBamb , to fire away, 
or to tire repeatedly. 

Rem. Not every verb has all the four bran- 
ches , as the nature of the action sometimes 
precludes the use of one or the other of them. 
This will be better understood by the following 
examples: uiarann, , to stride, maybe used in 
the semeliactive , as it is possible to say niar- 
Hymb , to take one stride ; but the verb 6i>ramb, 
to run has no semelfactive , because the sig- 
nification of a repeated motion is inseparable 
from the nature of the action. 

§ 162. Mood. There are three moods in the 
Russian language : the infinitive , the indica- 
tive and the imperative. * 

§ 1 63. Tense. There are three principal 
tenses, the present , the past and the future. 



* The conditional and subjunctive are i'ornied by the ad- 
dition ol the particle Cci to the past tease of the indicative. 



( i43 ) 

§ 164. Number and Person. Russian verbs 
have two numbers and three persons. 

$ 1 65. Gender. The gender of the person 
affects the verb only in the singular number 
of the past tense, by varying its termination; 
as , oH-b cKa3ajrb , he said ; oHa CKa3ajia , she 
said; oho caaoa.io, it said. In passive verbs 
however the distinction of gender is carried 
through all the tenses. 

§ 166. The Participle may be considered as 
a verbal adjective ; for its declension see 
Chap. VI. 

§ 1 6 7. The Gerund present is employed to 
express an action , that is commenced and still 
continues, or is supposed to continue; the past 
denotes, that the action was just completed, when 
another began: AoGpO/TEmejib cBasyernij jiiOAeii 
enjiuaR hmi B3aiiMHyEO aoBtpeHHoeirib , virtue 
unites mankind by inspiring them with mutual 
confidence ; 3aneqamaBij nncbMO , having sealed 
the letter ; npo l iHmaBiiin KH^ry , having read the 
book ckc. 



( i44 ) 

SECT. II. 

Conjugation of the auxiliary verb 6bimb , to he. 

§ 168. The auxiliary verb 6bimb , has two 
branches, the definite and the indefinite. 

Definite branch. 
Infinitive mood , 6bimb ? to be. 
Indicative mood. 

Present. 
Sing. ?!"• 

ft (ecMb) ; I am. mm (ecMbi), we are. 

raw (ecu), thou art. bu (ecraej , you are. 

OHb J ( fte » ) | 

oHa " ecmb > <she,> is. ohh( - 

OHa i 1 - V /cymb, they are. 

oho ) (it, J ohbJ J 

Past, 
n 6bi.Ai3, a, o, I was. mm 6mjih , we were, 

raw 6bixb ? a , o, thou wast, bbi 6mjih , you were. 
oht 6hMb, he was. ohm ? 6 ^ IJlH? theywere . 

OHa 6biJia, she was. oh1> i 

oho 6mjio , it was. 

Future. 
a 6yay, I shall be. mm 6y A eMT>,we shall be. 

raw GyAeuib, thou wilt be. BwGyAeme, you will be. 
oiib \ v be , i 

oiia \GyAenib, fsheAwill be. ohii? 6y,tynib , they 
oho J (it, ) oiibi will be. 



C '45 }' 

Imperative mood. 

Sing. 

fiy^b mbi , be thou. 

ioHT> \ C him 1 

nycrab JoHa >6y4enrb , leu her >be. 
(oho) (it 3 

P / a. 
6yAbme bm, he ye. 

(OHH ) x 

nycmb < >byAynrb , let them be. 

Participle. 
Pres. cym,iii , being. 
Past. 6biBmiM , been, which was. 
Eut. 6yAym,iii , which is to be. 

Gerund. 
Pres. 6yayqn , being. 
Past. 6hiBiun , or 6wBb, having been. 

Indefinite bbanch. 
Injinitiv e mood. 

6biBamb , to be. 

Indicative. 

Present. 

Sing. P lu. 

h 6biBaio , I am. mm GbiBaeMb , we are. 

mw 6hiBaeuib , thou art. Bbi 6biBaeme, you are. 

/ 6biBaenri>, he, she, ohh f 
oHa \ . >obiBaK)nTb, they 

( it is. out ( \ J 

oho J J are. 

7 



( 1 46 ) 

Past. 

Sing. P I u. 

a. GbiBaxb , a, o , I was. mm GbiBajiH , we were. 

mbi 6biBajiT3 ? a, o, thou wast, bm GbiBajin, you were. 

oht> umbemtj , he was, ohh GbiBajm f 






, >tney were 

oHa GbiBajia, she was. ohb obiBajiii^ 

oho 6biBajio , it was. 

Particip I el 

Past. GbiiiaBiuiiT, who has been. 

G e r u n d. 
Past. GbiBaBinir \ having been. 
§ 169. The first and second persons singu- 
lar and plural of the definite branch of the 
auxiliary verb are almost always omitted in the 
present tense , and the adjective, which fol- 
lows apocopated. V. § 88. as, a ^oBOjieH-b, I am 
content; mw jibhhbtj, thou art lazy; ohi» yiemj , 
he is learned; bm cmJUm, you are bold &c. 

THEME XXII. 
On the auxiliary verb. 
Day is the time for labour, and night for 
repose. Idleness is a vice. Virtue is its own 

day , ^eHb. repose , noKOH. 

the time , Bpeivifr, idleness, npa3AHocmb. 

for, expressed by the gen. a vice, nop6m>. 
labour , mpyAT». its own (to herself) ca- 

night, HO'ib. sia ceCii. 



( «7 ) 

reward. The end of wratli is the beginning 
of repentance. A man without fixed princi- 
ples is the victim of his own passions. There 
are good and bad people in every nation. 
Roubles and copecks are coins used in Rus- 
sia. Boasting and haughtiness are the offspring 
of ignorance. Our desires are often insatiable. 
The eyes are often the interpreters of the 
heart. People are not so liberal of any thing 



reward , Harpa^a. 
the end, KOHeirb. 
wrath , rHfcBij. 
the beginning, jiaiajio. 
repentance, pacKaanie. 
without, 6e3i» ? gov the 
gen. 
fixed , mBep^biH. 
principle, npaBiuio. 
the victim , (sport} 11- 
rpajiniue. 
passion , cmpacrnb. 
every, BCHKin. 
nation , Hapo,4T>. 
good , Ao6pfaiM. 
bad , 3Jibiu. 
people , AiOAVt. 
a rouble , pyftjib. 
a copeck, KoneaKa. 



a com , MOHema. 
used , ynompeGjiaeMaa. 
Russia, Poccia. 
boasting, xBacrnoBcmBO. 
haughtiness , Ha^Meii- 
Hocrnb. 
th e off s p r i n g , 4,13 m 11 . 
ignorance , HeBtnie- 
cniBO. 
desire , HcejiaHie. 
insatiable , HeHacbim- 
11 bill, 
the eye, rjia3ij. 
the interpreter, iicmo^- 
KOBamejib. 
the heart , cep^ue. 
of any thing, Himainio. 
so , ma Kb. 
liberal, uie^pbiii. 



{ '48 ) 

as of advice. Pythagoras was the first of the 
Greek philosophers. The olive branch was a. 
sign of peace among the ancients. The Ro- 
mans were the greatest conquerors of antiquity. 
Alexander the great said : if I were not Alex- 
ander, I should wish to be Diogenes. Agri- 
culture was in high esteem among the Romans. 
But few Europeans have been in the interior 
of Africa. God is', was, and will be for ever. 
Be temperate , and you will be healthy. Be not 

said, CKa3ajn>. 

if, ecAU , V. § 162. note. 

should wish, xomBjn> 6bi 

Diogenes , 4i° r0H1> ' 

agriculture , xjib6ona- 
uiecmBo. 

among, y, gov. the gen. 

esteem , noimeHie. 

hut few, He MHorie. 

European, EBponeeirb. 

in , bo , gov. the prep. 

the interior, Buympen- 
Hocnib. 

Africa, A(JipnKa. 

for ever, bi> b-bkij. 

teinperate,B03Aep>KHbiir. 

healthy, SAopoBbiii. 

not, He, (to precede the 
vc 1 b.J 



as of, KaKij. 
advice, coB-fenrb. 
Pythagoras, niiearopi,. 
of, H3T> , gov. the gen. 
Greek , rpeqecKiri. 
philosopher, MyApeirb. 
olive , MacjuiqHbiH. 
branch , BBmBb. 
among the ancients" , y 

ApeBHHXTj. 

a sign , 3HaKB. 
peaee , Mnqrb. 
a Roman , Phmjihhhhtj. 
great , BejikKin. 
conqueror , no6B4,H- 
mejib. 
of antiquity, apeBHiixb 
BpeMeHij. 
Alexander, A^eKcaH^pT* 



( '49 ) 

envious. To be content is to be rich. Every 
one is capable of being an enemy, but not 
every one of being a friend. It is possible to 
be happy in every condition. The future is hid 
from us by an impenetrable veil. Being in health, 
we laugh at sickness. Mozart, being still a boy, 
enchanted every body with his skill in music. 
The commerce of the Genoese , which was once 
the first in the world , is now in complete decay. 



/ 



envious, 3aBHcmjiHBbiH. 

content , ^oBo^tHLiL 

is , 3Ha'inmT>. 

rich , 6oramhiif. 

capable , cnocoSHLin. 

of being, (to be render- 
ed by the infinitive.} 

friend , 4pyn>. 

condition, 3BaHi'e. 

it is possible , mo;kho. 

happy, 6jaronojiyqHbiii. 

the future, (to be render- 
ed by the participle 
fulure of the indef.) 

is hid , CKpwino, 

from, oim>,gov. thegen. 

impenetrable , Henpo- 
HHijaeMuii. 



veil , 3aB"Bca. 

in health , 3AopoBbi. 

laugh , CMteMC/i. 

at, Ha^-b, gov. the ins. 

sickness, 6oji1>3hi>. 

Mozart, Moiiapnrb. 

still , em,e. 

a boy , MajiojitrnHUMTj. 

trans ported, BOCxHin,ajn>. 

his, V. $ i5o. 

skill in music , nrpa. 

the. commerce , mop- 

TOBJIH. 

a Genoese , TeHyeseirb. 
once , HtKor^a. 

nOW , HblHB. 

complete , bcjihkih. 
decay, yna^oKi. 



\ 



( '5° ) 

There was a time, when all Europe was plun- 
ged in ignorance. Let thy heart be a stranger 
to all falsehood. 



there was , 6mjio. 
a time , BpeMH. 
when , Kor^a. 
Europe , EBpona. 
was plunged , 6bijia no- 
rpy»ceHa. 



ignorance, neBtacecmBO 
let , ^a. 

thy heart, cep4ije mBoe. 
a stranger, ^ya^o. 
all, BCHKifi. 
falsehood , HenpaB^a. 



SECT. III. 

Conjugation of active and neuter verbs. 

INDEFINITE BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood, mpozamb, to touch. 

Indicative mood. 
Present. 
S i n g: 
r mporan) , I touch, 
mw raporaeuib , thou touchest. 
oht> C C he i 

OHa ^mporaenrb, < she /touches. 
oho ( ( it ) 

P I u. 
mm mporaeMi^ , we touch. 
bm mporaerne , you touch, 
on ii, ohb inporaionrb , they touch. 



( *fl J 

Past. 
Sing, 
n mp6ra^T> , a , o , I touched, 
mbi mpora^ii^ a, o, thou touchedst. 
oht> mporajib , he touched. 
OHa mporajia ; she touched. 
oho mporajio , it touched. 

P I u. 
Mbi mporajui , we touched. 
Bbi mporajiii , you touched. 
ohh , oh£ mporajui , they touched. 
Future. 
Sing. 
n 6y4y mporamb , 1 shall touch, 
mbi 6y4euib mporamb , thou wilt touch, 



ohtj i C he ^ 

ona Vdy^emii mporambX she >will 
oho 3 (it ) 



touch. 



P I u. 
Mbi Gy^eMij mporamb , we shall touch. 
bw Gy^eme mporamb , you will touch. 

OHl 
OHfc m 

Imperative mood. 



S6yAyim> mporamb, they will touch, 

Imperative moo 
Sing. 
mporaw mw , touch thou. 



Tomb ) C him') 

soHa Vmpdraem'b, let/ her V\ 

tbiio) (it ) 



nycmb s r /touch. 



( & ) 

P I u. 
mporaume bh , touch ye. 
nycmh ohii ; oh* mporaiorirb, let them touch. 

P a r t i cip I e. 
Pres. inporaioinin, an, ee , who or which touches 
Past. mporaBinin, aa, ee , who or which touched. 

Gerund. 
Pres. mporaa , or mporaioqn ? touching. 
Past. mporaBniM , or mporaBT> ? having touched. 

PERFECT BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood. 
pacinporamb , to touch (thoroughly). 

Indicative mood. 
Past *. 
Sin g: 
n pacmp6rajiT>, a, o, I touched or have touched, 
mw pacmpora^i-b , a, o,thou hast touched. 
OBi) pacmporajrb , he has touched. 
OHa pacmporajia , she has touched. 
oho pacmpora^o ; it has touched. 

P I u. 
mm pacmporajiH, we have touched. 
bm pacmpora^H , you have touched. 
ohh , oHt pacmporajiii , they have touched. 

* The perfect branch expressing the thorough comple- 
tion of the action has no present tense in the active or neu- 
ter form. 



( '53 ) 
F u t u r e. 

Sing. 
n pacmporaio, I shall touch. 
mbi pacmporaeuib , thou wilt touch. 
oht> ^ C he \ 

ohu VpacmporaemLX she Will touch. 
oho ) I it ) 

P I u. 
mm pacmporaeM-b , we shall touch. 
bh pacmporaerae , you will touch. 
ohh , oh* pacmporaionrb , they will touch. 

Imperative mood. 
Sing, 

pacrnporau raw , touch thou. 

£oht> 1 I himl 

nycnih coHa ypacmporaemfc, let j her >touch. 

(oho I (, it J 

P I u. 
pacmporaeM-b mm , let us touch, 
pacmporaume bm , touch ye. 
nycnib ohh, oHfc pacmporaiomii, let them touch. 
Participl e. 
Past. pacraporaBHiiH, aa, ee, who, or which touched. 

Gerund. 
Past. pacmporaBuiM , or pacmporaB* , having 

touched. 



( "54 ) 
SEMELF ACTIVE BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood. 
mpoHvmb , to touch (once). 

Idicative mood. 

Past. * 
S i n g. 
a mpoHVJi'b, a, o, I touched (once), 
mfai nipoHyjii, , a , o , thou touchedst. 
ohtj mpOH jji> , he touched. 
OHa mpoHyjia , she touched. 
oho mpoHy^o , it touched. 
P I u. 
mh mpoHy^H , we touched. 
bh mpoHy.AH , you touched. 
ohm , oh* mpoHyjiii ; they touched. 

Future. 

Sin g. 
a mpoHy , I shall touch, 
mbi mpoiieuib , thou wilt touch. 

oht> j i he 1 

OHa \mpoHenrb, / she Will touch. 

oho ) ( it > 



* The semelfactive branch lias no present tense, as it ex- 
presses the single and sudden occurence of an action , the 
performance of which is not supposed to allow time for de- 
scription. 



P I u. 

mm mpoHeM-b , we shull touch. 
bm mpoHeme , you will touch. 
ohh, ohb mpoHynrb, they will touch. 
Imperative mood. 
Sing. 

rapoHb raw , touch thou. 

torn, 1 fhim 1 

nycmb /oHa impoHenrb, let (her Stouch. 

(oho S (it I 

mpoHeMTi , let us touch. 

mpoHbme, touch ye. 

nycrab ohh, ohb mpoHynrb, let them touch. 

Pa rticiple. 

Past. mpoHyBHiiH, aa, ee, who or which touched. 

Gerund. 

Past. mpoHyBHiii, or mpoHyBij , having touched. 

ITERATIVE BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood. 

mpornBamb , to touch (repeatedly.) 

Indicative mood. 

Past * 

Sing. 

n mporHBa^-b , I touched. 

raw mp6rHBa^i> , thou touchedst. 

oht» mporuBajii , he touched. 

OHa mporKBajia , she touched. 

oho mponiBajo , it touched. 

* The iterative branch is never employed in the present 
tense. 



( i*« ) 

P I u. 
mh mponiBa^H, we touched. 
bli mponiBa^H , you touched. 
ohh, ohb mpornBajiw, they touched. 
Participle, 
Past. mporHBaBiiiiH,aa, ee, who or which touched. 

Gerund. 
Past. mponiBaBuiH , having touched. 

§ 170. The above may be considered as a model 
for the conjugation of regular verbs both active 
and neuter, but as the final letters mb of the 
infinitive are not always preceded by the same 
consonant and vowel as in the verb mpozamb, 
it is necessary to know, what changes are caused 
in the conjugation by the variation of those 
letters. V. § 172. 

SECT. IV. 

Formation or the branches, moods , tenses and 

PERSONS. 

5 171. The infinitive of the indefinite branch 
is the root of the verb , and (in all regular verbs) 
ends in mb, preceded by a, n, t, o,y, e, bi ova, 

E x am p I e s, 
jKCjamb , to wish. BaHjmb, to fade. 

roBopwmb , to speak. mepemb , to rub. 

B.taAtmb , to possess. numb, to wash. 

uoAomh , to grind. wtp/zmb, to measure. 



( »«» ) 

$ 172. The first person singular of the pre- 
sent indicative is formed from the infini- 
tive, by varying the final letters mb according 
to the consonant and vowel which precede that 
termination. 

Formation of the I st - per. sing, indicative. 
The termination amb. 

Preceded i per. 

by ind. Example. 

c l ^nncamb , to write, niiiuy. 

> • m y • i ii . 

x J Jnaxamb, to plough , namy. 

ck . ury . MCKamL , to seek, niiry. 
6 ~\ fKOjie6amb, to shake , KO./ie6^K). 

n > . aio . Jcwnamb , to strew, cwilik). 
m 3 f ApeMamB , to doze , apeMJiBO. 

A 1 JrjiOAamh, to gulp, rvioHcy. 

3 J ■ J>ia3amb, to smear, Ma»cy. 

m ) Juemainb, to cast, Meqy. 

k y iKjiHKamb , to call, KAimy. 

eB . boh),. BoeBamb, to combat, boiok). 

ob . yro . mpe6oBanib, to demand, mpeGyto 

The termination nmb. 

Preceded i per. 

bjr ind. Example. 



a vowel . bo . cmpowmb, to build, cmpoBO. 
•* i JMojHmb , to pray , mojibo. 

H > . BO . <3BOHHmb , tO ring , 3BOBB0. 

P J (roBopknib , to speak , roBopro. 



Preceded I. per 


»>. 


ind. 


6 , 


1 


35 1 




M 1 


, . JIK> 


* 




n 




JK 




q 


' y 


m 


1 


3 


[ *y 


C . 


ray 


m . 


,j y 


cm . 


my 



( >58 ) 

Example. 

jiK)6wmb , to love , _jik>5jiio. 

,/ioBHinb , to catch , jiobjiio. 

jioMnmb , to break , jiomjiio. 

monHmb , to heat, rnonjiio. 

mpac^wmb, to hit off, inpatjjjiio 
iCJiyauimb, to serve, cjiyaty. 
lyqiimb, to teach, yqy. 

)' ptuiinnb , to decide, pinny. 
mamsmt , to drag, manry. 
(xoAHmb , to walk , XOyKV. 
jB03Hmb, to carry, Boacy. 
. npockmb , to ask , nponry. _ 
. njiamkmb , to pay , iuiaqy. 
. qkcmiirab , to clean , qiniiy. 



•eccd 


ed 


i per 


by 




ind. 


A* 


• 


wy 


jib 


) 




Hfc 


[ 


10 


pb 


s 




6fc 


I 




Mb 
nb 


AW 


cfc 


• 


my 


nib 


. 


qy 



The termination mb. 

Example. 

BHA* mi > > to see > B ^ >K y» 

Ee./iismb , to order , Bejiio. 
3Benl>mb , to sound, 3BeHK). 
roptmb , to burn, ropio. 
CKopotnnb , to mourn , CKopGjiro. 
jiio ^myMtmi , to make a noise, uiyMJiK). 
mepn-bnib , to sutler , mepiMK). 
Bucbnib,to hang, Biiury. 
Bepnrbnib , to turn , Bepqy. 



( '% ) 

Rem. i. Almost all the Russian verbs are com- 
prehended in the above three terminations, 
amb , umb and mb preceded by t • {he other 
vowels , which occur before the mb of the 
infinitive, are: e o, y t and r. 

Ko^ornb , to pierce, ko^io. 
DiflHyinb , to draw, maHy. 
Mtpami>, to measure, MipjiK). 
mepemb , to rub , m py» 

Rem. 2. The verbs which terminate in amb and 
/77Z. preceded by * are not all subject to the 
above mentioned variations, some of them form- 
ing the first per. sing, without changing the 
consonant , ex. 

Kycamij, to bite. Kycato. 

Konairib, to dig. Konato. 

nychamb, to let. nycKaio. 

c^aGtmb, to weaken, cjiaGtio. 

mcepAtmb, to harden. rnnep^iiK). 
VMtmb, to be able , yMlsio. 

Formation of the i n(i - per. sing, indicative. 

§ 173. The second person singular ends 
either iu eiiib or nwb , and is formed bv chan- 
ging the final letter of the first person into 
one or the other of these terminations » as, 

I st ' per. ' i nd ' per. 

Htejiara, I wish. wejiaewb , thou wishest. 

roBopw , I speak. roBo[)uwb , thou speukest. 



( >6o ) 
§ iy/[. The changes, to which the final con- 
sonant of the first person is subject in the 
verbs inding in nrr/b f do not extend to the se- 
cond , which resumes the final consonant of 
the infinitive. 

inf. 1 s *- per. 2 nd - per. 

xo^nmb, to walk. xoj»ry , I walk, xo^iiuib. 

nnochmh, to ask. upozjvy , 1 ask. npocnnib. 

iiAamhmh, to pay. njiazy , I pay. mia/77Hinb. 

vhcmmmb, to clean. ^hi//), 1 clean. qiic/77Miiii>. 

§ ij5. The verbs , which have the termina- 
tion euib in the second person sing, are : 

i st - All the regular verbs , which terminate 
in amb in the infinitive; jKejiarnb , to wish, 
jKejiaeuib , thou wishest > &c. 

sty- All the regular verbs , that end in nmb 
in the infinitive (unless this termination be 
preceded by o) as , M-fepiiinb , to measure , 
wfepaenib, thou measurest. 

3*y- All the verbs, ending in mb preceded by t 
that have the termination tw in first the per. 
sing, as , BJiaA'fcmb , to possess , B^a^iio f I 
possess , BjiaA*euib , thou possessest. 

4V* All the verbs inding in ymb in the infi- 
nitive ,• as , 

mflHynib , to drag. m/my , I drag , mAHeuib , thou 

draggest. 



( '6: ) 

5^- Those ending in the infinitive in mb prece- 
ded by e, mepemb , to rub; mpy , I rub; 
mpeuib , thou rubbest. 

$ iy6. The verbs , which have the termination 
Hiub in the second person singular indicative are: 

I st - All the regular verbs , that end in nmb 
in the infinitive ; as , 

roBopnnib , to speak • roBopiuub , thou speakest. 

ih- Those of the verbs , ending in mb prece- 
ded by t in the infinitive , which do not form 
the first person in tfo; as, Bepnrfemb , to turn, 
Bep'iy , 1 turn , Beprnnuib, thou turnest. 

3 l J- The verbs that end in the infinitive in 
nmb , preceded by o; as, 

cmoamb, to stand ; cmoimib, thou standest. 

Formation of the 3 rd - per. plu. indicative. 

$ 177. The third person plural indicative is 
formed from the second person singular, and 
terminates in wmb , ymt t nmb or anib. 
I st - In tomb , when the termination euib of 

the 2 nd - person singular is preceded by a 

vowel or by &; as, 

jiaeuib, thou barkest; jaionrb, they bark. 

.Ayeuib , thou blowest; Aytonrb, they blow, 
aty- In ymi , when the termination emb of the 

2 nd. p er , sing, is preceded by a consonant; as, 



( '62 J 

Hecenib, thou carriest; Hecynrb, they carry, 
njimemb, thou writest; ukuiymn, they write. 

4 ! y- In sum. when the termination nuib of the 
2 nd. p er# sing, is preceded by any vowel or 
consonant, except a palatal ; as, 
cmoiiuib , thou standest. cmoamb, they stand. 
rjiaAHUifc, thou lookest. VMiAhm-h, they look. 
5 ] y- In ami when the termination uwb of the 
2 nd. per. sing, is preceded by a palatal; as, 
yqnuib, thou teaehest, yqamb, they teach. 
§ ij8. By the above rules , the first person 
indicative singular may be formed from the 
infinitive, the second person singular from 
the first, and the third person plural from 
the second person singular. These are the 
only persons of the verb , which present the 
least difficulty, the others being formed in- 
variably according to the given example , by 
changing the termination iub of the second 
person singular into rm for the third ; into 
mi for the first person plural, and into me for 
the second person plural ; as , a id 6 n in b , thou 
lovest ; ^loGnnri., he loves * jho6hmt> , we love; 
jn66nrne , you love. 

Formation of the past tense. 
§ 179. The past tense of the indicative 
mood is formed from the infinitive by chan- 
ging mb into X M , Aa , ao: Mnmamb, to read. 



( «63 ) 

ohtj qnma*ib, he read, 
cma qmna^a, she read. 
oho quin£uo, it read. 

Formation of the future tense. 

% 180. The future indefinite is formed by 
adding the future tense of the auxiliary verb 
to the infinitive of the principal verb, as, 
nucanib, to write, a 6y4y imcamb, I shall write. 

Formation of the imperative mood. 

§ 181. The second person singular of the 
imperative mood is formed from the second 
person stngularof the indicative present by chan- 
ging cuib and nuib into it, n or &. 

1. When euib is preceded by a vowel , into 
it : ry^fleuib , thou walkest , ryjiflfi , walk. 

2. When it is preceded by a consonant into 
n or b : 

moHeuib , thou sinkest. moHH , sink. 
BHHenib, thou witherest. BHHb , wither. 

By changing nuib into n or b: 
Kpuqiinib, thou cryest. Kpnqfr , cry. 

cnopimib, thou disputest. cnopb, dispute. 

§ 182. The imperative terminates in ft, when 
the accent falls upon the last syllable of the 
i st - per. present, and in b } when on any pre- 
ceding syllable : 



( ^ ) 

roBopio ; I speak. roBopH , speak. 

Euiaqy , I weep. iuam> , weep. 

§ i83. The third person singular and plu- 
ral of the imperative is formed from the same 
persons of the indicative present, by adding 
nycmb , nycK&ii or 4 a. 

nycmb onb roBopHmi> , let him speak. 

nycKaii OHii jramynrb , let them write. 

Aa GjiarocjioBHmb ero Bon> , may God. bless him. 

§ 184. The second person plural is formed 
from the second person singular of the im- 
perative by adding me : 

#B.*aw , do thou. ^.tjiaume , do ye. 

jik)6h , love thou. juoGiime , love ye. 

njia'ifa , weep thou. njiatbme , weep ye. 

Formation of the participle and gerund. 

$ 1 85. The participle present is formed from 
the third person plural of the indicative pre- 
sent by changing mi> into lijm, itja/i , iqee. 

BBpytorm*, they believe, Btpyiou^iH , he who be- 
lieves. 
mepiuinrb, they suffer, mepnamin, he who suffers. 

§ 186. The participle past is formed from 
the past tense of the indicative "by changing 
jvb into em iii j ema/i, emee. 

Gtrajiij , he ran, Gtranixiiii , he who ran. 

cmpoii.iT>, he built, cmpoiiBinin, he who built. 



§ 187. The gerund present is formed from 
the third person plural of the indicative pre- 
sent by changing the three final letters into 
a or r y ex. 

CA^ywrnt , they follow. cjrkay^, following. 
QAytK.arm t they serve. CAydid, serving. 

In common language the gerund frequently 
terminates in yzu or hjzu , ex. 

raoHymb , to drown. monytjii, drowning, 
ryjiamb , to walk, ryjiiifoqn , walking. 

Formation of the perfect branch. 

§ 188. The infinitive of the perfect branch 
is formed from the indefinite by the prefix 
of a preposition or particle; but as it is im- 
possible to give determinate rules for the em- 
ployment of these prepositions with the differ- 
ent verbs , the following list of those , which 
most frequently occur , is given with the sub- 
joined particle in italics. V. § 161 • 



orpaGumb , to pillage. ooeBeraanib, to calum- 

osAhmb t to irritate. niate. 

o3Ho6kmb, to congeal. oKpecmkrnb, to christen. 

o3aoHyinb, to freeze. oinaronikmb, to burden. 

oKimentmb, to petrify. oGfifcHiainb, to espouse. 



i66 ) 
no. 



7io6op6mb , to wrestle. 770iuk*oBamb, to spare. 

noKHAkmb , to upset. TzocaAnnib, to plant. 

noruckmb, to extinguish /zocmaBiinib , to place. 

norh6nynib, to perish. noyneMiitmb , to turn 



/roryGknib, to ruin. 
noKpbimb , to cover. 



7f3ra,4iimb, to defile. 
7i3>Kapnrnb, to roast, 
wcnopmnrrrb, to spoil 
7iciiyrarnb , 



yellow. 
«ocmponrab , to build. 



H3i. 



to frighten. 



C&. 



CBapnnib ? to boil. 
cBOAiimb , to lead. 
cuoskiiib , to transport, 
^ropiimb^o bnrn,(neutj, 
c^BHuymb , to move, 
c^tjiamb, to do. 



ucmoj[6*iir , to pound. 
7/crnonHnib , to heat. 
7fcmpamnmb, to spend. 
7L3opBamb ; to tear. 

co3ptmb , to ripen. 
cbiCKarnb , to find. 
ctfymamb , to eat. 
ciie'ib , to bake, 
cmepemb, to rub. 



cxo^iinib 



to no. 



603. 



<536Bcknib,to exasperate. 63Ji1i3mb , to climb. 
<?3Bo.AHOBamb,to agitate, ecnombmb, to perspire, 
tfcnaxamb , to plough. tfcnyxHymb, to swell. 



r- 



jBHHymb, to fade. 
j>Ka,mrnb , to sting. 
jKpacmb , to steal. 



jnacmb , to fall. 
jrpoHiimb, to let fall, 
jrcjbiuiamb, to hear. 



( «6 7 ) 
3a. 

3a/i,&Bhmb f to strangle. 3«Mep3Hymb , to freeze, 
3aBkumhuib , to screAv. (neut.) 

3aAywhmb, to smother. 3flMopo3Hrab, to congeal 
3anoji6mb , to pierce. (act.) 

p<Z3. - 
^^36oramtnib, to enrich. pa3AOMamb , to break. 
pasGyAhmb , to awake. pacm'dninh , to melt. 
pci3£bjihmb 9 to divide. ^?«cmporauib, to touch. 

na. 

WtfKopMHinb, to feed. wanncanib , to write. 

naaokmb ? to water. wapiicoisamb, to draw. 

6bl. 

6hi6kjinmb , to whiten, ewpocrmi , to grow up. 

<Sb'trjia,4Hrnb , to efface. ebVcinpfejiimb , to fire 
<?b'iKpaciimb , to paint. (a musket.) 

6buy4,uiiib , to tin. ewcyinnnib , to drain. 

ebiA'bmimb , to heal. ebiy i mnib , to teach. 

ebiMbimb , to wash. tfbWepHiinib, to blacken. 

tfb£na.AHmb ; to fire (a flwiHcnuimb , to clean, 

cannon.) ebizecamb , to comb. 

§ 189. The perfect branch of several verbs en- 
ding in amb and Jimb , is formed by changing 
some of the final letters of the verb itself 
instead of prefixing a preposition or particle. — 
The following is a selection of such as are 
most commonly used : 



( m ) 

Indef. 
6pocamb , to tlirow. 
Bcmptqamb , to meet. 
KOHHamb , to end. 
jiHuiamb , to deprive. 
oGiiHtainb, to of lend. 
om,yin,ain:> , to feel. 
noHiiMamb, to understand. noHarnb. 
nocoGjiainb, to assist. nocoGHinb. 

nocbinainb , to visit. 
npou^amb , to pardon. 
irycKamb , to allow. 
njiiHamb, to charm. 

po>K/i,ainb , to bear, 
ptmanib , to decide. 

cuaG^amb , to furnish, 

coBepmamb , to complete. coBepiniimb. 

cmynamb, to tread. cmyniniib. 

ybo./ibnanib , to dismiss. yBOjiiimb. 

yHumno/Karnb, to abolish. yiniqmoauimb. 

ynoAo6jiamb, to compare. ynoAoGiimb. 

yqpe>KAamb, to establish. yqpeAkmb. 

XBamainb , to catch. XBamiimb. 

HBJiamb , to shew. flBnmb. 

§ 190. The future perfect is formed by the 
prefix of a preposition or particle to the pre- 
sent tense of the Indefinite, ex. 

a iuiwy, 1 write, a uaiiuiiiy, 1 shall write. 



Per/. 
6pociimb. 
Bcmpi>niHnii». 

KOH^Wmb. 

jiHinkmb. 
o6kAt>mb. 
omymknib. 



iioclimkmb. 
npocmiinib. 
nycmkinb. 

UXLHHlTIb. 

poAnmb. 
ptuinmb. 
CHaGAkmb. 



•69 ) 



But the future tense of those verbs, which have 
no preposition prefixed , is formed from the 
infinitive in the same manner as the present 
of the indefinite branch, see § 172, ex. 

6p6cnmb, to throw. 6pouiy , I shall throw. 

All the other moods and tenses of the per- 
fect branch are formed in the same manner 
as the indefinite. 

Formation of the semelfactwe branch. 
% 191. Those verbs, which have the semel- 
factive branch , form the infinitive by changing 
the termination of the indefinite into uymb ex. 
nyramb, to frighten; rryniymb, to frighten (oncej. 
wejibKamb , to sparkle , MejibKHymb, Sec. 

In some instances the consonant , which 
precedes the final termination of the infini- 
tive is omitted, and in others changed, ex. 

4,Bkramb , to move, ^BHuynib. 

Kpii'iamb , to cry , KpiiKHynib. 

When the letter a occurs before the termi- 
nation Hymh , the soft sign b is inserted, ex. 
KOjiorab , to pierce, KOJibHyinb. 

cmj/Ejamb, to fire, cmptjibnynib. 

§ 192. The future tense of the semelfactive 
bianch is formed by omitting the final letters 
/776 of the infinitive , ex. 

iuaniymb , to stride, a uiamy, I shall stride. 
§ ig'5. The other modifications of this 

8 



C *7« ) 
branch are the same as those of the indefinite. 
Formation of the Iterative branch. 

§ 194. The infinitive of the iterative branch 
is formed from the infinitive indefinite by 
changing the final letters into bieamb or neamb ex. 
cinpluflinb, to fire, cmptjiiiBamb. 

pl33amb , to cut, pt3biBamL. 

When o occurs in the last syllable but one 
of the infinitive indefinite it is changed in the 
iterative into a, ex. 

roBopiimb , to speak, roBapiiBanib. 

In the formation of the iterative branch the 
consonants are subject to the variations, marked 
in § 5 , ex. 

xoAHmb f to walk. xajKMBamb. 

upoekmb , to ask. npauniBamb. 

^OBHfflb , to catch. jraBJuiBamb. 



C >7< 5 

THEME XXIII. 

On the conjugation of active anu 
neuter verbs. 

People have very different ideas of beauty. 
Without friendship life has no * charms. We 
love the place of our nativity. The moon bor- 
rows its light from the sun. The end crowns 
the work. Pure air helps much towards the 



people, jiioaii. 
to have , uMtmb. 
very , BecbMa. 
different, pa3^kqHbiH. 
idea , noHamie. 
beauty , Kpacoma. 
friendship-, 4py%6a. 
no , miKaKOH. 
charm , npe^iecmb. 
to love , jiioGum'b, 
place , Mterno. 
nativity , povKAeme, 
the moon , jiyna. 



to borrow, 3aiuicmeo- 
eamb. 

light , CBBim>. 

from, oral), gov. the gen. 

the end , KOHeirb. 

to crown , eiHzdmb. 

the work , a*io. 

pure , HHcmiiiH. 

air , bosavxtd. 

to help, cno coGcmeo- 
e a nib. 

towards , kt> , gov. the 
dat. 



* The Russians employ a double negation, which has the 
same signification as the single negation in English; as, to 
have no charms, He HMlijnb HHK.atf.oii npe.ieciim. 

* * 



( J 7* ) 
curing of disease. Thou thirstest after glory, 
and he seeks riches. But few do good merely for 
the sake of good. You like foreign countries , 
and I love my native country. If thou buyest , 
what is superfluous, thou wilt soon sell what 
is necessary. The improvement of the telescope 
has greatly contributed to the modern discoveries 
in astronomy. The ancient Egyptians did not 



the curing. M3Jii34eHie. 
disease , 6oxB3Hb. 
to thirst, jKciiKAornb. 
(after, expressed by the 

gen.J 
glory , cjiaBa. 
to seek , uch'dmb. 
riches , GoramcmBO. 
but few, HeMHorie. 
to do good , meopuuib 
4,o6po. 
merely for the sake of 

good, 
no OAHoii mojiLKo jiioG- 
Bk kt> 4,0 6 py. 
foreign, qyvKiH. 
a country , Kpaii. 
native country, ome- 

4CCI1IBO. 

if, ecAH. 



to buy , TioKyndmb. 
what is superfluous , 
jihuiaee. 
soon , mo crcopo. 
to sell , npoAciedmb. 
what is necessary, nyHi- 
Hoe. 
the improvement, yco- 
BepiueHcrnBOBciHie. 
the telescope , me^e- 

CKOITb. 

greatly , MHoro. 
to contribute , cnocofr- 
cmaoeainb. 
modern, noBbiii. 
in astronomy, acrnpo- 

HOMliMCCKiif. 

discovery , oiiihphiiuie. 
ancient, 4pcnui(i. 
Eg) ptian, Evkinuiiinunh. 



( *3 ) 

know the use of paper , hut wrote upon the 
leaves of a plant, called papyrus. To lie is 
to forget God , and to fear man. To gamble is 
to throw our fortune into the sea, in hopes, 
that we may pick it up again upon the shore. 
Trust in God. Observe the principles of honesty 
on all occasions. Judge not of things hy 
their external appearance alone. He who keeps 



to know, 3nawb. 
the use, ynornpe6jieHie. 
paper , 6yiviara. 
to write, nncdmb, 
a leaf, jincmij. 
a plant, pacrntiiie. 
to call , HiueHOBanrb. 
papyrus, nannpyc*. 
to lie , Aeanib. 
is , 3HaqnmT>. 
to forget, 3a6bi6amb, 
to fear, GoAmbcn. 
to gam hie , mpdmb, 
to throw , frpocdmb. 
our fortune, CBoe hm-b- 
Hie. 
the sea , Mope, 
in hopes , eb mow na- 
4e?K4oio. 
that we may , qmoGbi. 



again , cHOBa. 
to pick up , coGpdmb, 
it , oHoe. 
shore , Geperb. 
to trust , ynoedmb. 
in , Ha , gov. the gen. 
to observe , xpanurnb. 
on , bo , gov. the prep, 
all , BCAKin. 
occasion , cjiyiaii. 
principle, npaBioo. 
honesty, qecmHocmb. 
to judge , cyAumb, 
a thing , Bein,b. 
by , no , gov. the dat. 
alone , oahoh. 
external appearance, 
HapyjKHocnib. 
he , qejiOBtK-b. 
to keep , xpanumb. 



( '74 ) 

silence , may observe the follies of others 
without discovering his own. Pliny wishing to 
explore the cause of the eruption of Mount- 
Vesuvius , sacrificed his life to his curiosity. 
Cicero in his oration against Catilina \ said: 
it is impossible that thou shouldst remain with 
lis any longer; I will not allow it, I will liot' 
bear it, 1 will not suffer it. i" came , I saw, 
I conquered. Manv of the works of the an-, 



silence , MO^ianie. 
can , mo Hie nib. 

to observe, npiuiizdmb. 
of ethers , 'iy}iu'ji. 
a folly , rjiynocrnb. 
to discover, noKa3bi~ 

eatnb. 
his own , CBokxb. 
Pliny , ILiimin. 
to wish , mejidnib. 
to explore , puetAamb. 
the cause , npimnHa. 
eruption , H3Bep>KeHie. 
mount , ropa. 
Vesuvius , Be3yBiii. 
to sacrifice, noxcepmeo- 

eamb. 
curiosity, ^io6onbiracmBO 
life , tfvii3iij>. 



to sa 



Cicero, fy-iqepotrb. 
oration , pfrib. 
against, npomnnb. 
Catilina , Kamiuiiua. 
;ay , cKasamb. 

With US , Cb HaMH. 

to remain, 6bimb,gov. 
the dat. 
any longer , Go.ibiue. 
it is impossible , ne- 

B03MO/KHO. 

to allow , Hocumb. 
to bear , mepnimb. 
to suffer , nycK&mb. 
to come , npinniu , irr. 
past tense, npiiuiejib. 
to see , eiidtmb. 
, to conquer, nofrbAiimb. 
work ; co'iniieiiie. 



( '7* ), 
cients are lost. The autumn set in and the 
leaves faded. A favourable wind filled our sails, 
and the ship flew rapidly through the waves. 
An apple , which fell from a tree , discovered 
to Newton the law of gravitation. The huntsman 
hallood and the hounds started. The lightning 
flashed, and the thunder roa/W. Virgil has drawn 
many ideas fromfIomer.The^«.<tf is irrecoverable. 



the ancients , ^peBHie. 
to lose , noznSdrnb. 
to set in , nacmyndmb. 
the autumn, oceHb. 
a leaf, .am curb. 
to fade , meAtnimb. 
favourable , Gjiaronpi- 
iunHbiii. 
wind, B'fcmp'b. 
to fill , HdAjnJb. 

a sail, napypT*. 
the ship , Kopa6Uj>. 
to fly , Jiemimb. 
through, no, gov. the 
dat. 
a wave , Bo^na. 
to fall , jndcmb. 
from, cb, gov. the gen. 
to discover , omKpumb. 



Newton , HeBraoHi). 
gravitation , inaromi- 
Hie. 
the huntsman , oxorn- 

HIIKTj. 

to halloo , KpiiKHjmb. 
to start , ecnpAnjmb. 
the hounds , roHqie. 
to flash , Gjiecnymb. 
lightning , MOjiuia. 
to roar , zpAnymb. 
Vi rgi 1 , B ii prn a i if. 
to draw , nozepnaymb. 
idea , Mbicjib. 
from , M3i>. 
Homer , Fowepb. 
to pass , Miwoedmb. 
is irrecoverable, hcbo3- 
BpamHMO. 



( '7<5 ) 

Some saltpetre which exploded in a mortar 
suggested the idea of inventing gunpowder. At 
the Olympic games poets used to read their 
verses, and orators to pronounce their orations. 



to explode, ecnhixnjmb. 
a mortar, cmynna. 
saltpetre , ce.inmpa. 
to suggest, noAtimb. 
the idea , noBO^. 
of, ktj , gov. the dat. 
inventing, H3o6pimeHie 
gun-powder, nopox*. 



Olympic, OjiMMniucK in. 
game , nrpa. 
a poet, noarrrb. 
verses, cmnxomnopeHie. 
to read , znmdmb. 
an orator, OpamopK 
to pvo\\ouiace t eo60fjumb, 
an oration , pbib. 



SECT. V. 

Conjugation of Passive verbs. 

§ igo. The mode of expression , called by 
grammarians a passive verb , is formed in 
the Russian language (as in English) by pre- 
fixing the auxiliary verb 6bimb , to be , in its 
different tenses to the participle passive; as, 
oht> BciiMii jiiouhm*, he is beloved by all , oht> 
Gbijrb BctMii no'iiimaeiM-b , he was respected by 
all ; FoMep-b 6y4enn> qHmam. bcbmu BiiKaiviw. Ho- 
mer will be read in all ages. 



( J 77 ) 
§ 196. The distinction of gender is carried 
through all the tenses of passive verbs ; as , 
OH*b nocaaHb, he is sent. 
OHa 6w^a noc^aHa, she was sent. 
oho Gyaenrb nocjiaHo , it will be sent. 

$ 197. In the infinitive mood , the participle 
is apocopated , and put in the dative case ; 
as, 6wmb ^H)6kMy, to be loved. 

§ 198. The participle passive of the present 
tense is formed from the first person plural 
indicative present, by changing t into bin, an, 
oe, as, 

mli jhoGhmtj, we love, ^k>6hmlih, aa, oe, beloved. 
mm mep3aeMT», we tear, mep3aeMbifi, aa, oe, torn. 

$ 199. The participle past is formed from 
the past tense of the indicative , by changing 
At into hhmh , HHan , HHoe , for the perfect , 
indefinite and iterative branches. 
OH-b A'Liaji'b, he did. /vk/iaHHbiH f done. 

OHb Hanncajib, hewrote. HaniicaHHbiH, written. 
oHb ^Bnra^b, he moved. ABHmBaHHbiii, moved. 

§ 200. The participle passive of the semel- 
factive is formed from the past tense of the 
same branch, by changing At into mtin, man, 
moe; as , 

ohtj KHHyjrb , he threw, KHHymwH, thrown. 
oHb mpony^b, he moved; mpoH\mbiH, moved. 



( '78 ) 
Conjugation of a passive verb. 

INDEFINITE BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood. 

Pres. 6bimb mporaeiviy , to be touched. 

Past, Gbirai) mporaHy , to have been touched. 

Indicative mood. 

Present. 
Sing. 
x mporaeMij , a , o. 
raw raporaeMb , a, o, 
oht> mporaeMij, 
OHa mporaewa , 
oho mporaeMO , 

P I u. 
mm ^ j 

bm >mporaeMbi, < 

OHH, OHtJ 

Past. 
S i n g. 
n 6bijn>, a, o, mporaHiD, a, o, I was touched, 
raw 6w./itj, a, o, mporaub, a, o, thou wast touched. 
oht> 6w^b mporaub, he was touched. 
OHa 6faua mporana , she was touched. 
oho 6bMo mporaHo , it was touched. 

mw j rwe ^ 

bu v6bMH mporaHw/you Vwere touched. 

OHH, OH^3 f liie) ) 



I am 


touched: 


thou 


art touched. 


he is 


touched. 


she is 


» touched. 


it is 


touched. 


we 1 




you 


are touched. 



theyj 



( '79 ) 
Future, 

Sing, 
n 6yxy mp6ram> , a , o. I shall be touched, 
raw 6y£,euib mporaHb, a, o, thou wilt he touched. 
ohi> 6yAcmi> mp6rain> , he will he touched, 
ona 6y4enrb mporaHa , she will be touched. 
oho 6y4enn> mporaHo , it will be touched. 

P I u. 
mw 6y4eMi> mporaHM , we shall be touched. 
Bbi 6yAeme mporaHM , you will be touched. 
ohh ; out 6y4,ymi> mporaHM, theywillbe touched. 

Imperative mood. 

S i n g. 

6yab mporaeMii , a , o , be thou touched. 
(OHbj fhitnj 

nycmb/oHavGyAem-b mpo- let<jherVbe touched. 

(oHoJraeM*, a, o, (it * 

P I u. 

irycrnb( }6yAyim> mporaeMbi, let them be ton- 
J \°M J J died. 

Pa rticiple. 

Pres. mporaeMbiu, aa,oe, who or which is touched. 

Pas t.mp6raHHbiM,aa,oe, who or which was touched. 

Gerund. 
Pres. 6yAy^w rnporaeMb , a, o, being touched. 
Past. 6biBi» or 6ubiiiu mporaHB, a, o, having 

been touched. 



( «8o ) 
PERFECT BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood. 
Cbirai) pacmporaHy , to be touched (thoroughly). 

Indicative mood. 
Present, 
Sing, 
n pacmporaH'b, a, o, I am touched, 
mfai pacmporaHfc , a , o, thou art touched. 
oht> pacmp6raHT> , he is touched. 
OHa pacmporaHa , she is touched. 
oho pacmporaHO , it is touched. 

P I u. 
mm } (we j 

bh >pacnrp6raHhi ,< you >are touched. 

ohii, oHtJ (they) 

Past. 

Sing. 
x 6mm> , a , o , pacmp6raHT>, a, o, I was touched, 
mw 6bMi>,a, o, pacmporaHb, a, o, thou wast touched. 
ohtj 6bijii> pacmporaHO , he was touched. 
OHa 6bMa pacmporaHa, she was touched. 
oho 6biJio pacmporaHO, it was touched. 

P I u. 
MM } Ave } 

bm >6bijiH pacmporaHb), <you >were touched 

ohh, out) (they) 



Imperative mood. 

6y4b pacmp6ram>, a, o, be thou touched. 

Coin* i (him J 

nycrafa^oHa >6y4eim> pac- let.^her >be touched.* 

(ohoJ raporaHij, a, o, (it } 

P I u. 
6yAbme pacrnporaHbi, be ye touched. 

(ohh}_ , iii 

nycoiLC >6yAynrb pacrnporaHbi , let them be 

C OH *S touched. 

Participle. 
Past. pacmporaHHbiH, aa, ae, which was touched. 

Gerund. 
Past. GbiBb or Gwbihh pacmporaHT>, a, o, having 

been touched. 

SEMELFACTIVE BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood. 
6biim> mpoHymy , to be touched, (once.) 

Indicative mood. 

P as t. 
Sing, 
n GbLA-b, a, o, mpoHymb, a, o, I was touched, 
mw 6bUb, a,o, mpoHynTb,a, o, thou wast touched. 
OHb 6bLiT> mpotiynib, he was touched, 
ona 6bua mpoHyrna, she was touched. 
oho 6buo mponyrno, it was touched. 



( 182 

P I u. 



/"GwAHinpoHymbi^yoii >i 
r, OHfc) (they ) 



Mb! 

Bbl \ ■ • 

OHW, 



Future. 
Sing. 
r 6yAy mpoHyimj, a, o, I shall be touched, 
nibi GyAetub mpoHynrb, a, o, thou wilt he touched. 
oht> 6y4eim> mpoHynrb , he will be touched. 
ona 6yAenib mpouyrna , she will be touched. 
oho Gy^em* rnpoHymo , it will be touched. 
Imperative mood. 
Sing. 
Cy^b mpoHynrb , a , o , be thou touched. 

(ohi> \ rhunl 

nycmb^oHa >6yAeim> mpo- letJher >be touched. 
(oHoJHyniTj a, o, (it J 

Participle. 
Past. rapoHymbiH , aa , oe , who or which was 

touched. 
Gerund. 
Past. 6biBi> or GbiBUiii mpoHynrb , a, o, having 

been touched. 

ITERATIVE BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood. 

Cbimb mponiBaHy , to be touched (repeatedly). 



X '83 ) 

Indicative mood. 

Past. 

Sin g. 
n 6biM> mpornBaHi> , a, o, I was touched, 
raw 6buiTj, a, o, mp6rnBaHT3,a, o, thou wast touched. 
ohtj 6bijiT> njp6riiBaHT> , he was touched. 
OHa Gwjia rapornBaHa , she was touched. 
oho 6wao mpornBaHO, it was touched. 

P I u. 
mm } rwe 1 

Bbi >6bi^H mporHBaiibiJyou >were touched. 



!bl } 

w >6bi 

HW, OHL* 



ohm, ohLJ (they 3 

Participle. 
Past. mporHBaHHbiii, an, oe, which was touched. 

Gerund. 
Past. Gmbij or Gmbhih rnponiBaH*, a, o, having 

been touched. 



THEME XXIV. 
On the conjugation of passive verbs. 

Egotism is frequently punished with contempt. 
Sicily is subject to frequent earthquakes. It is 

egotism, cawojifobie. Sicily, Cwukiia. 

frequently, qacino. to subject, no^eepsdmb. 

to punish, HaKd3bi6amb. earthquake, 3CMJieiijpa- 
contempt, npe3p-BHie. cenie. 



( '84 ; 

related , that Romulus and Remus were 
suckled by a she- wolf. Man is created with fa- 
culties , which distinguish him from all other 
creatures. At the sight of Achilles' tomb 
Alexander was moved to tears. The greater 
part of our knowledge is drawn from the 
works of the ancients. Hypocrisy is a tri- 
bute , paid by vice to virtue. The good, 



they relate, CKa3biBaioim>. 
Romulus , Poiviyjrb. 
Remus , PeMfc. 
to suckle , eocKopMumb. 
a she-wolf, BOJinima. 
to create ; comeopumb, 
a faculty, ^apoBaHie. 
to distinguish, omjiH- 
qami>. 
from , omi> , gov. the 
gen. 
other, npoqiif. 
creature , mBapb, gen. 

plu. mBapeii. 
at, npH, gov. the prep, 
the sight , BH4T». 
Achilles', Axw^jieco- 

BOH. 

tomb , rpo6HHi;a. 



Alexander, AjeKcaH^pTj. 
to move, mpozamb. 
to , 40 , gov. the gen. 
a tear , cjie3a. 
the greater part, 6oAb- 
uiaa qacmb. 
knowledge, 3HaHie (to 
be put in the plu.) 
to draw, nozepnnymb. 
from, H3T> , gov. the ^en. 
work , mBopenie. 
the ancients, ApeBHie. 
hypocrisy, jiMU,e»rBpie. 
tribute , AaHb. 
to pay, njiamurnb. 
vice , nopoKT>. 
virtue , Ao6po4*me^b. 
to do , coAt^amb. 
the good , aoGpo. 



f '85 ) 

done by us , should be forgotten , but that 
received kept in perpetual remembrance. A man , 
whose mind is illumined by the light of truth, 
observing all around him traces of the power 
and goodness of the Creator is lost in asto- 
nishment; but minds, plunged in ignorance or 
infidelity, amidst the innumerable wonders of 
the universe see nothing but chance: like 
those unfortunate beings , whose eyes are 



should be forgotten , 
Aojihuio 3a6biBamh. 

but , a. 

(that , not expressed.) 

to receive , nnjirzumb. 

kept in perpetual re- 
membrance, BtWHO 
noMHwrnb. 

to illumine , 03apAmb. 

truth, E-fepa, ( faith). 

to observe, ycMampn- 
Bamb. 

all around him, Be3A*. 

a trace , cjrkvrb. 

power,BceMorym;ecmBO. 

goodness , 6jiarocmb. 

the Creator, Co3Aamejib. 

is lost in astonishment. 

AMbkmCfl MMb. 



a mind, ywb. 
to plunge, nozpy'Acamb. 
ignorance, Fien'fejKecmBO 
infidelity , 6e3B"Bpie. 
amidst , cpe^n. 
innumerable , 6emh- 

CJieHHblH. 

a wonder . qyAO. 
the universe , ivn'pb. 
to see, BEUbmb. 
nothing, Hi-wero. 
but, KpOMB, (except.) 
chance , cjiyqan:. 
like , ohh noAofiHbi. 
those , DTB. 

an unfortunate being , 
HecqacmHbiM. 
whose , Koero. 
eye , oko , pi. 6qn, 



( .85 ) 

deprived of sight; although they may turn to- 
wards the light of the sun, yet they discover 
nothing, but gloomy darkness. 

to deprive, Jinmuinb* light, cBliimi. 

sight, 3[)taie. yet , no. 

although , xoma. but , ttpoarfc. 

to turn , oGpaunamhca. gloomy , Mpa<iHbiir. 

of the sun, coaiiemibiii. darkness, meMHoma. < 

(solar.) to discover, BcnipbuaniB. 



SECT. VI. 

Reflective, reciprocal and common verbs. 

§ 201. Those verbs are called reflective, 
which denote an action , that recoils upon 
the agent : oin> Moenicn , he washes himself: 
OHb 6pocaernc>f , he throws himself &c. 

§ 202. Reciprocal verbs denote the action 
of two or more agents upon each other; as, 
ohh 6i)H)mcn , they beat each other. 

§ 2o3. Reflective and reciprocal verbs are 
formed by adding cr or Cb (the abbreviation 
of the pronoun cc6k , self) to all the tenses 
and persons of transitive verbs; as, 



( '§7 ; 

x m6k> , I wash. a MOiocb , I wash myself. 

oHa Mbua, she washed. oHa Mbuiacb, she washed 

herself. 

§ 204. Common verbs have the signification 
of neuter verbs ; as , Gohittlch to be afraid , 
crnapambca to endea^ur &c ; and generally 
express things that happen of themselves , or 
some internal action of the mind. Common 
verbs always end in en , without which particle 
they have no signification. 

§ >o5. There are many verbs used as reflective 
in the Russian language, which are not so in 
English ; some may be rendered by a passive 
and others by a neuter verb; as, 

BfrJHoemb o3Hazdemc/i Eternity is represented 
KpyroMb. by a circle. 

Ilo ivrfcpb Katrb mm om4,a- In proportion as we 
jiaeMCH orni> npe^iviemoBTj, recede from objects 
ohh Kdmymcn Hajvrb Menfce. they appear less. 



f '8 8 ) 

CONGUGATION OF A REFLECTIVE VERB. 

INDEFINITE BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood, rpirnbca , to warm one's self. 

Indicative mood. 
Present, 

Sing. 
n rp*K)Ob , I warm myself, 
mbj rptcuibea , thou warmest thyself. 
oht> rplvernca , he warms himself. 
OHa rpliemca , she warms herself. 
oho rpieiucfl , it warms itself. 

P I u. 
mm rptcMCJ? , we warm ourselves. 
bm rptemecb , you. warm yourselves 
ohm , out rptiomcfi , they warm themselves. 

Past. 
Sing. 
n rptjica, I warmed myself, 
mw rpt>./iCH , thou warmerlst thyself. 
ohtj rptjica , he warmed himself, 
ona rpluacb , she warmed herself. 
oho rptjiocb , it warmed itself. 

P I u. 
mm rpijiHCb , we warmed ourselves. 
dm rptiiicb, yon warmed yourselves. 
OHH, OH* rplijincb, they warmed themselves.- 



C '8 9 ) 

F u t u r e. 
S i n g. 
a oy^y rp*mbca , I shall warm myself, 
mw OyAeuib rpiubCH, thou wilt warm thyself. 
ohtj Gy^em* rpi>:nbca , he will warm himself. 
oHa 6y4enrb rpt nbca , she will wann herself. 
oho 6y4enib rpinibca, it will warm itself. 

P I u. 
Mbi 6y4eMT> rptTTLca, we shall warm ourselves. 
Bbi Gy4ene rpfenbca, you will warm yourselves. 
ohm , oHb 6yA)mt> rpismbca , they will warm 

themselves. 
Imperative mood. 
Sing. 

rptaca , warm thyself. 

(OHb rpieinca, i (him warm himself. 

nycmb/ona rpiemca , >let<£ her warm herself. 



tea, i Hi 
ea , >Iet<h< 
tea, ) fit 



(oho rpternca ,) fit warm itself. 
P I u. 
rptamecb , warm yourselves, 
iiyenib ohm, OHb rptionica, let them warm them- 
selves. 
Participle, 
fMas. rpiiomjiica, who warms himself. 
Present/ Fern, rptiouja ich, who warms herself. 
Neut. rpiioineeca, which warms itself. 
Mas. rptBuiiiro], who warmed himself. 
Past. <JI'cm. rpiiiiuaaea, who warmed herself, 
.dineeea, wiucu warmed itself. 



f Mas. rpiei 
Jl cm. rpiiJi 
(Neut. rpta 



( l 9° ) 
Gerund. . 
Pres. rptact , warming one's self. 
Pa&l. rptaiiiMCb , having warmed one's self. 

PERFECT BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood, corpiiiibca, to warm one's self. 

Indicative mood. 
Past. 
Si n g. 
r corptjicfl, I warmed, or have warmed myself, 
mw corp-Lica , thou hast warmed thyself! 
OHb corptjicii , he has warmed himself. 
OHa corpl5.;iacb , she has warmed herself. 
oho corpLiocb , it has warmed itself. 

P I u. 
mm corptjHCb , we have warmed ourselves. 
bi>i corpikuicb, you have warmed \ ourselves. 
ohm, onb corptijincb , they have warmed them- 
selves. 

F u t u r e. 
S i n g. 
a corptiocb , I shall warm myself, 
nibi eorpkeuibCJi , thou wilt warm thyself. 
out, corpteincn , he will warm him* elf. 
o»a corplietnca , she will warm herself. 
oho coq/bemoi ; it will warm itself. 



( *9* ) 

P I u. 
Mbi corpteMca , we shall warm ourselves. 
Bbi cor'piienieeb , you will warm \ourselves. 
omijOiifc corp-Eiomcri, they will warm themselves. 

Imperative mood. 

corp^ncfl , warm thyself. 

{oht> corptenica , J fhim warm himself. 
nycim><OHa corptemca , >let<hei ■ wariii herself. 
(oho corp-fcemcH , 3 (it warm itself. 

P I u. 
corptnmecb , warm yourselves. 
nycmL ohii , OHt corplstomca , let them warm 

the msl eyes. 

Participle past. 
Mas. corp'bBtiiiiiCfl , who warmed himself. 
Fern. corptBuianca , who warmed herself* 
Keut. corptuuieeca, which warmed itself. 

Gerund. 
Past. corp^BBiuuca , having warmed one's self. 



( l 9* ) 
THE M E XXV. 

On reflective, reciprocal and common 

VfcRBS. 

Our faculties develop themselves with age. Ivy 
entwines itself round the oak (Vee}.Curtius threw 
himself 'from a precipice for the sake of his coun- 
try. The English and the Poituguese have dis- 
tinguished themselves by their frequent voyages 
round the world. The Chinese consider themselves 
the wisest people in the world. Hippocrates 



faculty , cnocoGHocmt. 
to develop, pa36nedmb. 



with , CT>. 



ivy, njiiourb. 
to i n tw i n e , o Sen edmb. 
round , okojio, gov. the 
gen. 
oak , AyGoBbiii. 
a tree , ^epeBo. 
Curtius, Kypiiiii. 
to throw down, nii36ep- 
edr/jb. 
from , bt> , gov. the ace. 
a precipice, upoiiucinb. 
sake , ciiaceuie. 



country, orneqeernoo. 
an Englishman, Ahtjiii- 

qaHHHT>. 
a Portuguese, [loprny- 

rjueu/b. 
to distinguish, npoc-Ji a- 
enmb. 
frequent , qacmbiii. 
voyage, nyrneiuecmBie. 
the world , CBtmii. 
a Chinese, Kwmaeirb. 
to consider, noznrndnib, 
wise , iuyupuJii. 
people , uapo.rb. 
Hippocrates , Tuno- 

KpailJb. 



( "93 ) 

and Galen are considered as the fathers of 
the healing art Gihraltar is considered one of 
the strongest fortresses in Europe. Gold is 
tried by fire , and a friend by adversity. Crimi- 
nals are punished according to the measure 
of their crimes. In Kamlchatka dogs are har- 
nessed instead of horses. Diana was represented 
with a bow , and a quiver full of arrows. Every 
thing in nature changes. Through all the course 



Galen , Talent, 
the father, omen*, 
healing , BpaqeGHbin. 
art, Hayaa, (science.) 
Gibraltar, rMOpajimap-b. 
strong, ciijibHbiH. 
fortress , Kpimocmh. 
Europe, EBpona. 
gold , aoaoiuq. 
to try , ncnbimbieamb . 
fire , oroHb. 
adversity , Heciacmie. 
a criminal, bmhobhuh. 
to punish, naicdsbieamb. 
according, no, gov. the 
dat. 
measure , iviipa. 
a crime, npecmynaeHie. 



Kamtchatka, KaMianiKa. 
instead , sutcmo. 
a horse , jiomaAb. 
to harness , aanprndmb. 
a dog, coCana. 
Diana, 4iaHa. 
to represent, moGpa- 
jhdnrb. 
a bow , jiyKij. 
a quiver , Ko./maH*. 
full , HanojiHeHHbiw. 
an arrow, crnpt^a. 
every thing , Bee. 
nature , npupo^a. 
to change , H3MtnAmb. 
through, bo. 
all , Bee. 
the course , meieHie. 

9 



f '94 ) 

of this short life, we struggle with diseases, 
misfortunes, and above all , with our passions. 
All the world complains of the inconstancy of 
fortune. Virtue does not dread calumny. There 
are people , who laugh at others , hut do not 
allow others to laugh at them. 

short, KpamKin. inconstancy, KOJionpam- 
life, HciisHb. Hocmi). 

to struggle , 6op6mbcn. fortune , cuacmie. 

disease , 6oji*3Hi>. to dread , GoambCH. 

misfortune, Gt^a. calumny, 3-Aoc.ioBie. 

above all, 66jil>e Bcero. there are , ecuib. 

passion, cmpacmb. to laugh, cMtiAmbcx. 

all the world, Becb CBtm-b. at, uaAb, gov. the ins. 

to complain , tk&jio- but do not , a He. 

eambc/i. to allow , mepntmb. 

of, Ha , gov. the ace. at, HaAi>, gov. the ins. 

SECT. VII. 

Com p,o und verbs. 
§ 206. Compound verbs are formed by pre- 
fixing a preposition to simple verbs, and thereby 
modifying or changing their original significa. 
tion; as , &?30/UiBiimb , to ^honour &c. 

Rem. In some instances the simple verb 
has become obsolete , while the com- 
pound remains in use ; as , eocKpecumb 
to raise up ; ' nczezdnib to disappear &c. 



C '<p ) 

§ 207. The indefinite branch of compound 
verbs is formed by prefixing a preposition to 
the iterative of simple verbs* and the perfect 
branch by prefixing a preposition to the in- 
definite simple; as, neiamamb, to seal, pac- 
ne^arnbiBanib, to unseal; perf. pacne i iainariib &c. 

§ 208. When the simple verb has the se- 
melfactive , the compound derived from it has 
also this branch; as, ABimynib , to move (once), 
B03ABHrHymi> , to erect. 

Conjugation of a compound verb. 
INDEFINITE BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood\ no/uiHChiBamjb , to undersign. 
Indicative mood. 
Present, 
Sing. 
a noAUHCWBaio , I undersign, 
mm noAnkcbiBaeuih , thou undersignest. 

I 

OHO J 

P I u. 

mm noAnkcwBaeMTj , we undersign. 

bw ncviniiCMBaenie , you undersign. 

ohm , oh* no^nkcwBaionib , they undersigu. 



oHb J rhe V 

OHa ^noAnkcbiBaembjJshe Vundersigns. 

(it ) 



( ig« ) 

Past. 
S i n g. 
x noATiHCbiBajn* , a, o, I undersigned, 
raw noAUHCMBajrb , a, o, thou undersigneds!. 
oht> no4iTHCbiBajrb , he undersigned. 
oHa noAnacbiBajia , she undersigned. 
oho noAnkcbiBajio , it undersigned. 

P I u. 
mm no4nkcbiBajiw , we undersigned. 
Bbi noAniiCbiBaan , you undersigned. 
ohh, ohb noAirkcbiBajiu , they undersigned. 
Future. 
Sing. 
h 6yAy noATiHCbiBamb , 1 shall undersign, 
raw GyaeuibnoAniiCbiBamb, thou wilt undersign 
on) ^he J 

OHa >6yAeniij noAHHCbiBanibX she Vwill undersign. 
oho) lit J 

P I u. 
mm 6yAGMT> noAniicbiBarnb, we shall undersign. 
bm 6yAeme noAnkcbiBamb , you will undersign. 
OHH,oHfc6yAynTbnoAnkcbiBainb,they will undersign. 

Imperative mood. 
Sing. 
noAnHCMBaH, undersign (thou). 

ronb \ 4'hinn 

nycmb^oHa VnoAnkcbiBaemb, let^her v undersign. 
(oho ) (it. ) 



( '97 ) 

P I u. 

no^UHCMBaiiTne , undersign (ye). 

Jiycrnb ohh,ohb noAnkcbiBatonrbjlet themundersign, 

Participle, 
Pres. noAnkcwBaiomiii , aa, ee, who undersigns. 
Past. noAnkcbiBaBUiifi, aa , ee , who undersigned. 

Gerund. 
Pres. no/UiHCMBaa , undersigning. 

Past. no/UiiiCbiBa bid h, having undersigned. 

PERFECT BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood. no^nHoamb , to undersign. 

Indicative mood. 

Past. 
Sing: 
n noAnnca^Tj , a , o , I have undersigned. 

mw no An u ca A* , a, o, thou hast undersigned. 

oht> no^nncaj-b , he has undersigned. 

ona n<uniic;ua , she has undersigned. 

oho no^nnea^io , il has undersigned. 

P I u. 
Mbi noAnnctUw , we have undersigned. 
bm noAmicajin f you have undersigned. 
ohh , ohb noAniica^n , they have undersigned. 

F u t u r e. 
Sing, 
a no4,nnniy , I shall undersign. 

mw noAnkuieuib , thou wilt undersign. 

oht>} ( he 1 

oHa VnoAnHinemij, <she >will undersign. 

oho) (it J 



( '98 ) 

P I u. 
mm iiOAiiHUieM'b, we shall undersign. 
Bw noAnjmieme , you wiJl undersign. 
ohh , oHt noAnkiuymb , they will undersign. 

Imperative mood. 

Sing. 
jio^iihidh , undersign (thou). 

(owb^k Hiim} 

nycmL<JoHa VnoAniiHiern'b, Iet< her /undersign. 

(oho) (it ) 

noAnHuiHrne , undersign (ye}. 
nycmb ohh, ohb noAmiuiyinb, let them undersign. 

Participle. 
Past. no^nncaBuiiH, aa, oe, who undersigned. 

Gerund. 
Past. noAiiHcaBiiiH or no/uiiicaBT> , having under- 
signed. 
§ 209. The prepositions used in the formation 
of compound verbs are the following : 
Ee3z , (without) marks privation, ex. 

6e3noKOHrnb , to deprive of rest, to disturb. 
6e3o6pa3nmb,to deprive of beauty,to disfigure. 
Bo,ez (in) adds the meaning of the preposition to 
the simple verb, ex. BcmaBjiiimb , to insert , 
Boiueqb , to intrain. 
B03 , 63o , 63 , (up) marks i sl - ascension : 

BocxoAnmb, to ascend. B3Jilicmb , to climb up. 
2ty* The commencement of an action ; 



C *99 ) 

* B03JiK)6Hinb , to conceive an affection. 
B03HeHaBHA*nib, to begin to hate. 

3 J y- Reinstatement : 
B03BpamHnu, , to return. 
B03cmaHOBHmjj ; to replace. 

Bbi , (out) marks i st - the passing of an object 
from the interior to the exterior , and cor- 
responds to the latin preposition ex ; as, 
BbirHami. , to expel. 
BbiB03Hmb , to export. 

2}y- Duration : 
Bbicmoarnb , to stand all the time. 
Bbicjiyiuanrb , to listen to the end. 

3 ! y- Acquirement by means of exertioiv." 
BbMbcmMmb , to obtain by flattery. 
BbinjiaKarnb , to obtain by tears. 
/%o , (till , to) marks the boundary , or termi- 
nation : 

aoxo^Hinb t to arrive at a certain point. 
AO'inmamb , to read to a certain point. 
3a , (for) marks ist- the commencement of 
an action. 
3aroBopknib , to begin to speak. 
3aKnnBmb , to begin to boil. 

2 1 7- The expansion of the action over 
an object: 
3aA*Jiarnb , to stop up. 
3aKpacnnib , to cover over with colour. 



£ 200 ) 

3*y- Excess : 
3aronopHmbCfl i to say too much. 
3acnambCfl ; to oversleep. 

4 J y- Deviation : 
3atxamb , to ride off the road. 

5*7- Acquirement , by exertion. 
3apa66mamL , to earn by labour. 

6 1 y- Descent. 
3axo4Hmb , to set , to go down. 

H31 , (fromj has jst. nearly the same signifi- 
cation as ebi , but is used in a more ele- 
vated style. 
H3rHamb , to banish. ii36pamb , to elect. 

z 1 !* Wasting by use : 
H3Hocnmb, to wear out. 

3ty- Exploring. 
H3biCKiiBamb , to search out. 
Ha y ("on) marks i st - accumulation: 

HaGpocamb , to throw in a heap. 
HaroBopnnib, to speak too much. 

2 J y- Witchcraft: 
HaroBapiiBamb , to foretell. 
HaKOJtAOBbiBamb , to bewitch. 

Ha^, (upon) Corresponding to the latin pre- 
position super. 

HQAcmpoiimb, to build a superstructure. 
Ha^nncamb, to superscribe. 



( 201 ) 

Hn3 , (below) marks descent : 
HH3BeprHymb, to precipitate. 
HH3xoAkmi) , to descend. 

O y oGt , 060 (about) corresponding to the la- 
tin preposition circum. 

o6jniBamjb , to circutnfuse. 

oGxo^Hfflb , to circumambulate. 

o6Hamb , to embrace. 
Orm y (from) 1st. the separation of parts: 

oaiGkmb , to detach. 

omcmaBHHU) , to displace. 
2 l J- Cessation. 

onrniicarnb , to finish writing. 

omn^aKamb , to cease weeping. 

3 ] y- With the particle cr deliverance : 
oniA*-Aanibca . \o disencumber one's self. 
omroBopunrbca, to excuse one's self. 

Ilepe , (over) marks I st - excess: 
nepeno„iHHrnb , to overfill, 
nepecntrnb , to over - ripen. 

q}j- Change of place : 
nepejiiimb, to pour out of one vessel into 

another. 
nepeB03Hrnb , to transport, to cany over. 

3 y Joined to the preposition bo3, superiority: 
npeB3onrnii , to surpass. 
npeBocxoAHmb , to excel. 
4lv« Repetition ; 



( 202 ) 

nepeimcamt , to copy (to write over again), 
nepequrnamb , to read over again. 
IJo f modifies the duration of the action: 
noiirparnb , to play a little, 
norocmkinb , to pay a short visit. 
TIoA-b , (under) corresponds in its first signi- 
fication to the particle sub, 
noAJiovKiimb , to put under. 
jio^Bepramb , to suhject. 
noAnncarnb , to subscribe (undersign). 
2 J y- Approach : 
noAbixamb , to drive up. 
/Tpeji, (before) corresponding to the particle/?/'*?: 
npeACKU3anib , to predict. 
npeAinecmBOBamb , to precede. 
npeAvnpejKAamb , to anticipate. 
Tlpn j denotes ist- approach: 
nprfexanib , to arrive. 
npiiKacdrabca , to touch. 
npucoeAHHHnib , to unite* 

sty* Increase : 
npnSaBJiiirnb , to add. 
npn6biBamb , to augment. 

3ty' Concealment : 
npHKpbiBamb , to hide under. 
Tlpo , (through) denotes I st - passage: 
npoH3iimb , to run through. t 
rpoxoAHmb , to pass through. 



C 2o3 ) 

aty- Duration : 
npoemoamb , to stand all the time. 

3ty- Loss : 
npocnamb , to lose by sleeping, 
npoiirpamb , to lose by gaming. 

4ty*- with the particle en , a fault or mistake : 
npoGo^matnbca , to speak incautiously. 

rFpomneh , (against) marks opposition or con- 
trariety : 

npomHBoptqnnib, to contradict. 
nponTHBycmoamb , to oppose. 

Pa3 , Marks i st » separation: 
pa3o6pamb, to sort. 
pa3At^Hmb , to divide. 

sty- Development : 

pa3Bfecamb , to expand. 

pasBepHynib , to unfold. 
Sty- With the particle ca , augmentation of 
the action : 

pa3cepAKmbCJT, to become very angry. 

Co, Cb (marksj i st * connexion : 

cocrnaskrab , to compound , mix. 

cnuecmb , to entwine , plait. 
2ty- Descent : 

couink , to walk down. 

cGpocurnb , to throw down. 
y, expresses _!»*• departure: 



( 204 ) 

yHecmH , to carry away, 
yaemtmb , to fly away. 

2ty« Arrangement : 
y6pamfa , to place in order. 
yKjiacmb , to pack up. 

3 l J- Diminution : 
y6biBamjj , to decrease. 
yGaBjiamb , to diminish* 

4 ] y- Opposition : 
ycmoamb , to resist. 

5'y- Persuasion. 
y6*4Hrnb , to convince. 
yroBopnmb , to persuade. 

6^-, Retention. 
yAepwamb , to stop , to arrest. 



THEME XXVI. 

On compound verbs. 

The northern nations harrassed the Roman 
Empire hy their frequent incursions. The Danube 

northern , ctBepHbiu. Empire y Hntoepiff. 

a nation, Hapo47>. frequent, qacinwii. 

to harrass, GemoKonrnb. an incursion , HaGtrb. 

Roman, PkMCKiB* the Danube, /fyiiaa. 



( 200 ) 

falls into the Black-sea. The sight of the ocean 
excites admiration. The prayers of the righ- 
teous ascend to heaven. After the rain the sun 
shone forth again. It is impossible to recall 
lost time. The Neva flows out of the Ladoga lake. 
Troy held out a long time, but was taken 
at last. Priam obtained from Achilles the body 
of his son Hector. Paper is made out of rags. 



to fall , n&Aamb. 
the Black Sea, ^epHoe 
Mope, 
the sight, 3p-k/uim,e. 
the ocean , OKeam>. 
to excite , 603fyMAamb. 
admiration, y^uBjieaie. 
a prayer , MOJiimiBa. 
a righteous man , npa- 

Be^HbJH. 

to go , xoAitmb. * 

heaven , He6o. 

after , nocjrfe. 

the rain , HeHacmbe. 

again , CHOBa. 

to shine-forth, 603ciAmb. 

to recall , eo36pamumb. 



lost , nomepjiHHbiii. 

the Neva, HeBa. 

to flow out , emme- 

KCimb* 

Ladoga , ./la.AOJKCKiii., 

Troy , Tpoff. 

to hold , AepiRamb. 

at last , HaKOHeirb. 

to take, B3ami>. 

Priam , Ilpiaivrb. 

to obtain , eunpocnmb* 

Achilles, Axmuecb. 

SOn , CWHTj. 

Hector , TeKmop-b. 
paper ; 6yiviara. 
to make , 4tAamb. 

Of, H3b. 



* When the signification of the verb will allow ol the 
separation the prefix of the preposition is left for the scholar. 



ao6 ) 



No one lias ever reached the pole. The Nile 
overflows the neighbouring countries annually. 
Speak candidly , but not imprudently. The surt 
Lad no sooner gone down , than the nightingale 
began to sing. The diligent deserve encourage- 
ment. Vesuvius emits flames. Bees extract honey 
from every flower. The alchemists endeavoured to 



a rag , mpannija. 
no one , HiiKmo. 
ever , ein,e. 
to reach, 40x0 Aiimb, 
the pole , nojitoc/b. 
the Nile , Hnjrb. 
annually, Ka/K^biii toa*. 
to overflow , samo- 
nJiAmb, 
neighbouring, oKpecrn- 
Hbiii. 
country , cmpaHa. 
candidly, omnpoBeHHo. 
to speak , zoeopurnb. 
no sooner, ^niub raojib- 

KO. 

to go down, 3aKamumb- 
than , Kam>. 



nightingale , cojioneiL 
to sing , nimb. 
diligent , npnxbiK- 

Hbiii. 
to deserve , 3acAym'n- 
6am b. 
encouragement , 04,0- 
Gpenie. 
Vesuvius, Be3yBiH. 
to emit, K36epedmb, 
flames , n^iaMfl. 
a bee , niejia. 
to extract , n36AeKamb. 
honey , we^b. 
a flower, u,Bl>rm>. 
an alcliy iiiist , ajixn- 

MHCmi). 

to endeavour to find , 
nabicKneauib. 



t 20 7 ) 

discover the means of transforming the base 
metals into gold. Misers heap up wealth and 
their heirs spend it. The desires of an ambi- 
tious man are not easily satisfied. Gipsies tell 
fortunes by the hand. On the pillars of Hercules 
were inscribed the words : nee plus ultra. In 
Rome they used to precipitate criminals from 
the Tarpean rock. Drunkenness obscures the 



the means , cnocofrb. 
to transform , npeBpa- 
mkmb. 
base, hh3kih. 
metal , Meinajijrbi 
into , bt> , gov, the ace. 
gold , 30^orno. 
a miser, CKynun. 
to heap up, HaKonJikmb. 
wealth, 6oramcmBa, 

(plu). 
an heir, HacjrfcAHiiKb. 
to spend , pacmozdmb. 
desire , acejiaHie. 
an ambitious man, qe- 
cmojiK)6eai>. 
not easily, HecKopo. 
to satisfy, naebiuiamhCA* 



a gipsy, nwraHKa. 
to tell , Hazoodpiteawb. 
by, Ha, gov. the ace. 
a pillar, cmojiirb. 
Hercules , TepKyjiecb. 
to incribe , Ha^nncdmb. 
nee plus ultra , He 4a- 
Abe cero* 
Rome , Phmi>. 
to precipitate , mi3eep- 
zdmb, 
a criminal, npecmyn- 

HIl Kb, 

from, ct>, gov. the gem 
Tarpean, TapnencKia. 
a rock , cicajia. 
drunkenness nbflHcmBO. 
to obscure , oMpazdmb* 



( 208 ) 

understanding. Captain Cook sailed round the 
world three times. The dread of shame. defer.? 
many from criminal actions. No one should 
excuse himself hy pleading ignorance of the 
laws. Satiated with earthly grandeur Char- 
les V retired to a monastery. Many nomadian 
tribes have changed their mode of life , and 
settled (themselves) in villages. No poet has 



the understanding, pa3- 

CyAOKT). 

Captain Cook , Kami- 
maHii KyK?>. 
three times, mpn pa3a. 
to sail round, oSiixamb. 
the world, Becb 3cmh6h 
map*, 
the dread , onaceHie. 
shame , cmbi^. 
to deter, ornepau^ctmb. 
many, MHoruxt. 
criminal , xy^biu. 
an action , rrocmyiTOK'b, 
(by pleading, expres- 
sed by the ni^.J 
ignorance , nc3iiaiiie. 
the law , 3aKOHTj. 
no one , ihimiio. 



omzoeapneambcR. 
should, He 46.1/KHo. 
to satiate , npecbiu^drnb. 
earthly , 3eMHLiu. 
grandeur , BCiimie. 
Charles/V-.Kapjrbnainbiii 
to retire , y^aAumbvn. 
to , 6b. 

a monastery , mohq- 
cmwpb. 
nomadian , KO'ieBbiu. 
a tribe , Hapo^-b. 
to change, nepeMtnumb. 
mode , 6f)pa3"b. 
to settle , noceaiimh V. 
9.o3. 
a village, ^epeBHa. 
a po( tjCmnxomBOpeirb. 



( 2 °9 ) 
ever surpassed Horner. Dark clouds forebode 
rain. We should prefer what is useful to thar, 
which is agreeable. In spring numbers of birds 
flock to the north from warm countries. Hypo- 
crites conceal their vices under a mask of sanctity, 
Science enlightens the understanding. Gamesters 
frequently gamble away all their fortunes. 



to surpass, npee3oitnju. 
Homer , ToMepij. 
dark , MpaqHbiw. 
a cloud , 66^aKO. 
to forebode , npeAet- 
lydmb. 
rain , 40)K4b. 
we should , aoatkuo. 
to prefer , npeAnozn- 
mdmb. 
that which is useful , 
nojie3Hoe. 
that which is agreeable , 
npiairiHbiii. 
in the spring, Beciioio. 
to the north, Ha ctBep*. 
to flock , npnjiemarnh. 



many , MHojKecmBO. 
from , H3T>, gov. the gen, 
warm , menjitiu. 
a country, cmpaHa. 
a hypocrite, jHijeMtpi. 
to conceal, npntcpbiedmh, 
a mask, ^inqkHa. 
sanctity, ceamocmb. 
science, Hayna, (to be 
put in the plu.) 
to enlighten , npocet- 
mdmb. 
a gamester, HrpoKt. 
frequently, qacmo. 
to gamble away , npo- 
uepbieamb. 
a fortune , iiM-feme. 



( - OI ° ) 

SECT. VIII. 

Impersonal verbs. 

$ 210. A verb is called impersonal, when 
its nominative or agent is unknown, or con- 
sidered as such ; this unknown agent is ex- 
pressed in English by, it, one, they, people 
&c. and in the Russian language as follows : 

i st - By the third person singular of the re- 
flective verb. 

roBopiimca , it is said. KkemcJi , it seems. 
cay i iaemcfl, it happens. mpeGyemcji, it is required. 
yAaeinca , it suceeds. noBtcmByemcfl , it is re- 
lated, 
aanpeinaemcfl, it is for- noBejitBaemca , it is 
bidden. commanded. 

z}j- By the third person singular bf active 
or neuter verbs. 

Mep.3Henrb , it freezes. 3aBHCnrm>, it depends. 
HeAocinaeinii, it is not Ha^eackmij, it belongs. 

enough, 
ecmb , there is. npH„iHqecnjByenrb, it is 

proper, 
aocmaerm* , it is enough, maenrb , it thaws. 

3ly- By the apocopated participle passive of 
the neuter gender. 



C a.. ; 

CKa3aH0 , it is said. Bejifcrio, it is commanded. 
nHcaHo , it is written. npnKa3aHo, it is ordered. 
roBopeHo, it is spoken. 3anpein,eHo,itis forbiden. 
^ojijkho, it must. no3BOjieno,itis permitted. 

npe^niicaHo, it is ordai- ornaiiqeHo, it is marked, 
ned. 

4 l y- By a verb used in the form of an 
adverb : 

bhaho , it is evident, HyjKHO, it is necessary. 

HtejiamejibHo, it is desirable. yro/iHo, it pleases. 
>KajiocniHo , it is pityable. n3B"BcniHo, it is known. 
^oca^Ho , it is vexing. onacHo, it is dangerous. 

Rem, 7'hese, and other impersonals, formed 
in the same manner , are conjugated with the 
auxiliary verb , as , 

Pres. npnKa3aHO , it is ordered. 
Past. npiiKa3aHo 6wjlo, it was ordered. 
Fut. npMKa3aHO 6yAeim>, it will be ordered. 

5ty- Any active or neuter verb used in the 
third person plural without a pronoun : 
niimynrb, they write. HaqwHaronrb , they begin, 
roBopann* , they say. CKa3Binaionn>, they relate. 

6 ] y- By the second person singular of the 
verb ; as , eiwy zoeopuuib, a ohtj CMfcemc/i, one 
speaks to him, and he laughs &c. 



( 212 ) 

$ an. Several verbs, which are impersonal 
in English have their subject iu the Russian 
language; .as, 

rptnn, rpeiuinirb, it thunders. 

ncmhiji CRephaemb , it lightens. 

Bfcmpi, 4jeini> , it blows. 

Aotkai* ii4eini> , it rains. 

rpa4b luem-b , it hails. 

CHfcri> ii^eurby it snows. 



SECT. IX. 

Irregular verbs. 

§ 212. Irregular verbs are such as deviate 
from the general rules of conjugation. 

§ 2i3. In the Russian language the irregu- 
lar verbs are : 

i st - All monosyllabical verbs, except: 
3iianu> , to know. cnfcmb , to mature. 

3ptmb , to ripen. nptmb , to perspire, 

rptnib , to warm. c.\it,rnb , to dare. 

Avmb, to blow. rnjitmb , to 'decay, 

aly- AH the verbs ending in the infinitive in tb. 
3 lv * All the verbs which terminate in the in- 
finitive in rnb or mn preceded by a consonant. 
4 l y- The verbs , which form the perfect branch 

without the aid of a preposition. 
5lj- The verbs, which have a definite branch. 



C 2,3 ) 

I St. MONOSYLLABICA 



L VERBS. 



Bp-y 

BO-tO 

Eb-K). 

mi -to 

th-v 

A ep.jr 



JKM-V 
JKH-y 



In fin. 
6^*1x11., to watch. 
6pnuib, to shave. 
Sninb , to l>eat. 
BpairiB , to lie. 
Bbimb, lo liurt. 
numb , to wind. 
rnninb , to rot. 
rntyniB , to bend. 
ApaniB, to tear. 
A.iiiinB, to prolong, ^ji-kj 
*4amB, to exprcl. JKA-y 
JKpainb", to devour 
iRamt. , to squeeze. 
JKamB, to reap. 
jKuniB, to live. 
•SBfnriB, to rail. 
sp'BniB, to behold. sp-to 
Kpbimbj to cover. Kpo-to 
Jiranih, to lie. Ji-ry. 

.Abcmnjnb , to flatter, .*B-Mjy 
j!iiuib, to pour. ^Tb-tO 

MHaiTlb, to fly. Mt-V 

mhittb . to knead. mh-jt 

MHnrnb, to think. mh-h> 
MuiHiiib , to cover mlu-v 

with moss. 
McmHint., to revenge. M-my 
MBiniB, to wash. mo- to 

Hbiuib , to cramp 
numb , to drink. 
n^ibiiuB , to float. 
nliirib , to siug. 
pBam&, to tear. 



i per 2 per 

6^-K> -Illllb 

6pB-io -etui. 

6b- to -ems 



-eiu& 
-euiB 
-euib 
-euiB 
-eiuB 
-euiB 

-I1IIIB 

-euiB 
-ems 
-euib 
-euiB 



»HB-y -eitiB 
3oB-y -euib 
-nuiB 
-euib 
-7R.euis 
-cmnuiB 
-euib 

-HUIB 

-euib 

-HUIb 
-HUIB 



-C/nHUTB 

-euib 
-euiB 
-euib 



HO-K) 

ns-io 



n^ibiB-y -euib 
no-to -euib 
pa-y -euib 



3 per. 

-Hill's 
-JGIJ1B 

•torn* 
-ymB 

-IOITIB 

-tornB 
-tours 
-yuiB 
-ymB 
-arriB 
-ym-B 
-yrnr. 

-VIIIB 

-ym-B 

-ymB 

-yiUB 

-auiB 

• iom-B 

-rymii 

-cuihuib 

-loniB 

-am-B 

-ymB 

-amB 

■am* 

-cmamB 

-IOII1B 

-K>m*B 

-KjniB 

-ymB 

-iouib 

-yiHB 



Imp* 
6,\n. 

6pBW. 

6ew. 

Bpw. 
Bon. 
BeM. 

rHiit. 

THH. 

Aepw* 
A*n. 

JKfiVi. 

apH. 

JKMII. 

JKHW. 

JKHEIT, 

30BIT. 

3pll. 

KpoM. 

.*rra. 

Abcum. 

Jieifc. 

M1H, 
MFUI, 
MHH. 
MUIH. 

MCmH. 
MOH. 

Hoa. 
new. 
ii.isibh. 
now. 

pBH. 



( a/4 ; 



3 per 


Imp\ 


-yiri'B 


pjKH 


-Hjinx 


POH. 


-fom'B 


JJJ.1IT. 


'wm-b 


cmeAtt. 


-yrn-B 


CI bit! IT. 


-ym-B 


CIIIblHb 


-K.VJU'B 


miui. 


-amr5 


Minn. 


-loin's 


lueii. 



Infinitive i ^er 2 ^er 

pjKamb, to neigh. p>K-y *eui& 

pbiinb, to burrow. po-K> -eiut» 

c*aiiib, to send. uia-hj -euib 

cui.iitnib, to spread, cme^i-fo -euib 

CJibinib, to pass for. dt>jB-y. -euib 
cnibimb, to congeal. cnibiH-y -euib 

liiK.wiib, to weave. ni-Ky -ieuib 

vmanib, to honour, imy -ituib 

lunnib , to sew. ujbio -euib 



§ 214 The past and future tenses of these 
verbs are formed regularly, the former by chan- 
ging the termination mb of the infinitive into 
Ah , ^a , jio , ex. nfcnib , to sing ; a irJUi , a , o, I 
sang ; and the latter by the addition of the 
future tense of the auxiliary verb Giimb to the 
infinitive mood, ex. a 6y^y nbinb, I shall 
sing. 

2ly« Verbs ending in ra. 

Infinitive I st - per. i nc ^- per. past, 

6epe4b , to preserve. 6epe-ry -aceuib 6eper\b. 

B.ieqb , to draw. BJie-Ky -'leuib BJieioi. 

Hceqb , to burn. >K-ry -aceuib acerb. 

Mo-ry -/Keuib Morb. 

ne-Ky -qeuib neKi>. 

empn-ry -)Keuib empunb. 

Ct-Ky -'JeUlb CliKT). 

ine-Ky -qeuib ineKi. 
uio.i-Ky -'icuib mo.ioKij. 



wo l ib , to be able, 
neqj), to cook. 
cmpuMb , to shear. 
CliMb , to cut. 
ineqb , to How. 
mo^io4b, to pound 



per. i n d- per. Past. 



( 3,5 ) 

§ 2 1 5. The above verbs form the third per- 
son plural of the present tense , by the ad- 
dition of mb to the first person singular, ex. 
Cepery , Geperymb ; BjieKy , BJieKymb. The fe- 
minine and neuter genders of the past tense 
are formed from the masculine , by changing 
the final t> into Jia } ao , ex 6eperb, 6epervia , 
6eperjio. 
31y. Verbs ending in mi or mu preceded 

BY A CONSONANT. 

Infinitive. 
6^K)cmH , to guard. 6jito-4y 
6pecmu , to crawl. 6pe4-y 
rpecmb , to row. rpe6-y 

rHecmb , to oppress. rHem-y 
rpbicuib , to gnaw. rphi3-y 

uacmb , to curse. KjniH-y 

Mecmn , to sweep. Mem-y 

npacmb, to spin. npa^-y 

iuecinn, to plait. n\/iem-y 

nacmw , to pasture. nac-y 
pacmu , to grow. pocm-y 

lnpacmn , to shake. mpac-y 
UBtcmb , to blossom. uBfcrn-y -enib iiBtub. 

$ 2.16. The third person plural of the pre- 
sent tense , and the feminine and neuter 
genders of the past are formed in the same 
manner as in the verbs ending in lb. 



-euib 


6jl FO JTb. 


-enib 


6pe.ii», 


-enib 


rpe6i>. 


-euib 


rHe./Vb. 


•euib 


rpbi3ii. 


-euib 


KJiajiii. 


-euib 


Mejib. 


•euib 


npajn>. 


-euib 


n\Ae.vb. 


-euib 


nact. 


-euib 


poci>. 


-euib 


mpaeb. 



C »■« ) 





, 












La 






£ 

















5E 






a 

= 2 

5 -a 


es • 


a to 


es 

B S 

S B 


• 

>B • 

ea S 


pa 

O ^ 
B B 
ea ec 


•a 

5 




4 


— ro 


cs >b 


A x 


3- sr 


«t "=1 




(r 


£ ° 


es es 


- r= 


ea ea 


e: ea 


B B 





M 


O M 


•^ ^ 


*t «t 


S B 


B B 


U 


S 


O 












•a 




at 


C5 


P. 












= 






E 
i 

M 


U 


W 

ft 




• 


to 

E 


4 

§ 


-a 
E 


es 
S 
5 " 


E 

es 


E 

s 


< 




v. 


CS 


es 

a 


3 


CS 


es 


O 

M 


SB 


O 


<u 


f 




CO 

< 




s . 

P-» B 


B 


4 

5 >> 

3 

i>> =S 

n 3 









fet n 


< 2 


^ as 


r£ r 


^t < 


'st u. 


* 




*~> 


S"~> eS 


'>» 3 


^ M 


>-> ea 


>^ - 


H 


"Si 




tO B3 


<o «3 


^ 


<£> B 


O B 


y 


^ 


5 


















E 
u 

< 

ps 




I** 


3 * 


to 

3 * 


to 

3 * 


to 

z "* 
3 ea 


a ^ 


S 
pa 

2 * 

B «s 
ea a 


u 

B rS 


PS 


\j 


2 « 


« "! 


<a ■? 


ST 3 s 


< «i 


•■€ u 








— to 


CC SB 


■iP ■& 


ea ea 


ea cs 


E E 


O il 


U 


s 




O sa 


n ^ 


«t R 


B B 


B B 


u u 


"> ^ 


^* 














-2 




u. 
















CI 




p. 




"N< 








2 




2 






£ 








cs 


# 


pa 


«q 


w 

H 








2 


2 

eS 

pa 


B 

S 


2 

es 


O 

B 
ea 

5 








O 


cd 


■fa 


ea 


ea 





as 

PS 






O 


•^ 


*t 


E 


B 


y 


"S 

































c^ 


B 


ft 











E 






B 
-^3 


O 


E 
u 

5 
ft 


C 




'5JD 



0. 


"ea 


B 

C3 
(A 

O 


T3 


^ 


O 





O 


O 


O 




O 


ea 

PS 

w 


»* 




to 


4 


« -a 


4 


E B 

s es 


OS 


i> 


^ 


- -= 

E E 


§ -a 


1 * 


E P 

ea fa 


1 § 


1 ? 




* 


e3 05 


« E 


cs B 


B =£ 


-t 


OQ — 


j£> 


**M 


O. ro 


CB C3 


jfl *4 




cc es 


° a 


- Cw 


vr 




O O 


■t "3 


"* t 


=r ^ 


E B 


B ^ 


» ^ 






■ uS 


. s*j 


. «— I 


ea - • 
B *5 


. ^_; 


es . 


O mJ 






~w ~" 


-0 - 


- ~ — 


'O - 


3 _ 


*> - 






- i> 


o> 


- t) 


0) 


- V 


O a 


V 






-, S-- 


M £- 


— 0* 


-,' Cm 






^-1 MM 



( 2 '7 ) 





. 




« 
















A 


s 






c 






-B 


, 






g 

■3 .a 




*, s 




§. 


re 


s 


p 


re 


P 




-c ^ 


« «? 


3 3 




^ 


t* 





< 


< 


3 




-s 


C 




P 


-«5 





b 


3 


P 


•j 3 


ii c 


w ^ 


u 
z; 

< 







O 


= 


a 


P 


>~> 




j 

-j 


E 


C3 


A 

B 

re 




E 


A 

E 
re 


E 
re 




p 
E 
re 


P 

E 

p 

5 




re 


3 >» 

- £ 


E 



05 

pa 


9J 


3 

1 


■P 
>•* 


CO 


u 
P 


p 


p 
>-> 


>-. 


^ ^ 


^J -s 


"S 3 








< 


7* 


co 


■^ 


<t 


2 


>^ 3: 


^, 


s^> 


a 


* 




*>-» 




O 


^ 


>~j 


B2 


co 


E 


^s 


H 


■« 







0' 


= 


CO 


CO 


^> 
























P 




Z 


Q 








P 








DC 


3 

1 1 


P 

P "S 


to 





i 


P 

■3 


A 


re 


P 

■5 


p 


P 

"3 

JJ3 


3 J 


*» 


"» -^. 


Ed 


K" 


re 


re 


~ 


re 


P 


«?< 


< ■ -=; 


Of. "*» 


re 3 




13 


r *t 


u 


£ 


xo 


< 


R 


2 


« 43 


"? O 


E 


Q 




•P 


■P 





s 


3 


a 


u 


K e 


W s-, 


< 






CO 


CO 


B 


p 


P 


>* 










1 




















a 


















A 




2 


-> 
S 




3 

i 


2 

re 


>^ 




2 

re 


>-, 


re 


re 


*3 






&; 


u 


u 




•** 


?E 




«; 


B 






P 


p 




E 


s 




y 


g 


U 








O 







P 


p 




c 






















£ 




, 


X 





















Pa 


en 


















3 


0> 






a 
B 










'« 


U* 


in 


P 


*o 




!- 






en 




O 


O 


O 


cc 


a. 




O 






O 






►<r 




to 
> 


i>o 






jT 








p 




^ 




e 


^ 


- 


E 


•v 


« 


A 


p s 


-v a 


lj» 


^ 


4 


-a 

E 

re 

■P 
CO 


re 


p 


P 


E 

p 

p 


E a 
en p 


a £ 


5 E 

3 >~> 
re s 

E w 


O 


« 


3 
re 
■ff 


S 

P 

CO 


G 


■E 

re 
- 

CQ 


E 
3 

BQ 


~= ^ 


- Hh 








T3 





'C*J 


"O 


ii 


if 


2 y 


S £ 


-S ai 




1 


— 





& 


— 


/-v 


2_ 



10 



( »i8 J 



£ 




























.^ 


























. 


>«* 




























3 




« 


. 


s 


. 


. 


= 


53 

3 




j; 


*s 


. 


X 


£ 




3 


a 


< 


s 


s 


w 


- 




cq 


s 


o 


g. 




< 


< 


a; 


m 


re 


u 


CJ 


40 


S 


s 


u 


4 







V 


03 


O 


a> 


pa 


40 


40 


a 


O 


o 


o 




03 


pa 


•~> 


CQ 


« 


u 


PQ 


pa 


3 


i_ 


u 


c 






-a 






4 






J) 


.0 




J3 








<b 


£ 


s 




B 


s 




E 


E 




E 


A 






^ 


s 


S 






a 




a 


3 




oc 


E 








t 


o 




CO 


C3 




3 


CJ 




- 


es 






3 





Cv> 




O 


<U 




■S3 


40 




O 


S 


2 




"Hi 


P3 


aq 




GO 


a 




pa 


pa 


>-> 

3 


u 


u 


^ 


a 


>~» 


>-, 




>-» 


>-> 




>^ 


>^> 


>-. 


>-» 


o 


^ 


^ 


"3 


S 


0J 


*t 


< 


a 


< 


< 


40 


"3 


< 


— 

o 


>% 


>~> 


— 


>-» 


>-> 


aa 


>-> 


^-» 


pa 


>~> 


^ 


>»» 




KO 


o 


o 




•o 


o 


O 


-- 3 





iO 


(0 


= 




























<0 


-»«. 


,0 






A 






tQ 


£ 




a 






o 


"i 




A 


■5 




fO 


"? 


■g 


s 


"? 


cO 


c: 


•*a 





s 


A 


■? 




A 


ro 


C3 


s 


o 


cc 


■^ 


o 




^ 


«* 


■? 


0> 


fO 


CO 


CD 


J^j 


o 


-«5 


3S 


C5 


^s 


o 


a> 


a 


O 


Qj 


cs 


4=1 


40 


sa 


O 


IS 






a 


ca 


U 


pa 


ca 


o 


ca 


ca 


O 


u 


u 


R 


























































>». 




























£ 


£r» 


>-» 




>-» 


5^, 




2 

C3 


3 




s 

C5 


2 






^ 


< 




S 


CO 




j2 




s 


2 






5 





o 




O 


V 




*Q 


40 




o 


O 






PC 


K 




CQ 


pa 




pa 


« 




u 


u 




9) 






0) 






















^ 






O 






o 






o 






o 




• ^ 






•j* 












*r 






*^ 




•k» 




























•-«> 




















^ 








« 




,s 




« 


^ 




^ 


^ 


.^ 


^5 






^ 


^ 




A 


E 




.0 

E 


E 


E 


•4 

E 


•0 

E 


E 
o 

40 

pa 
G9 


3C 


E 


| 


"^ 




«3 


o 


V 


fO 


0) 


3 
pa 


o 


s 


C3 


u. 






O 


0) 
PQ 


- 


O 

GQ 


GO 


BQ 

s 


40 

pa 


p 


U 


p 






-6 


(+3 


0) 


*H 


a; 


u 


"O 






-c 


SIm 


V 






mm 


G 


C* 


NH 


q 


^ 


NN 


G 


— 


p-1 


G 


2 



( * l 9 ) 



S 





. 


>51 


. 


E 

a? 


■ 


ja 


cS 


S 


.3 


CO 






CO 


43 


i— 


s 


s 


■p 


■s 


0* 


V 


a 


"5 


o 


"5 


"=5 


c 



a, o. « y 

43 43 § O 

2 2 O 3 



S V 

y y 

y 3 

3 « 



-3 A 

E E 

re 43 

E 5 

i, « 



A A A 

E E E 5 

cc s s a 

a- cu y y 

43 -pa o v 

>> g 2 p s a 



1 1 

CO CO 

re 43 

>-» ?-> co ?", >-> ^ ?>-> >% —h >■» >> « 

*^<*a rf^-5 ** n 43 ^ < y 

>~» >-> "S >^^jO >-,>-> 2 ?-» >~» 3 

o o y o o coo y o o o 



* 5? 

2 * « 

S (3 CO E 

co co 43 ~ 

« 43 "1 - 0> 

*S "=5 O ""J 



£ «Q «S «P 

■S "S S «5 ,a 

BC 3 Cu 3 A y 

C 0* 43 y o <t» 

43 -A 2 O y 3 

s s y s 3 y 



ft co 
re 43 
-5 1 



2 

B ^ 

E 3* 

o y 

•s -s 



2 Q 

BB X 

C- a, 

■pa 4Q 



a 5* 

o y 

3 3 



s 

"y 
o 



C3 



re 
y 



si 



«, 






■> 


* 


= 


.3 


*. 


A 


A 


A 
g 
43 
E 


43 


E 

3 

CO 


>3 

E 

CO 


E 

CO 

43 


B 

re 
E 


E 

y 


re 


43 


•* 


y 


y 


o 


"4 


■5 


y 


^ 


«s 


3 



a. a- 

43 43 

2 s 



J5 Q fe 



'juc^y^ifyd^y 



( 2 20 ) 











































































■ 


. 


M 


* 




• 






j; 


5 




.-' 


























3) 


CG 


.a 


« 


s 


re 


■>S 




"3 


g 


s 




GQ 


«5 


m 


ro 


•^ 


c; 


2 


rs 


7~ 


3 




rz 


J3 


- 


"? 


*> 





'.f 


-< 


[J 


Jjj 


— 


«5 


"5 





O 


o 


P3 


~ 


C3 





* 


— 


— 


- 


1-1 


R 


= 


= 


u 


v 


H 


C 


"- 


*~ 


w 

























^ 


-3 








4 
SB 

cz 

c 




EQ 
2 


E 

C3 

3 

= 


E 

"5 
O 

b 


5r» 


- 

C3 


4 


S 


re 

(J 
55 


E 




fc 


~ 


^ 


>-, 


= 


^ 


>~> 


■? 


>> 


>*i 


re 


>^> 


?-* 




^ 


< 


^ 


■3 


-3 





■5* 


** 


— I 


•3 


n 


c 


a. 




^-. 





>~» 


.*-> 


~ 


^"~j 




O 


•*-» 


<^i 


•- 




o 


<c 


- 


o 


^? 


w 


o 


o 


e 


10 


o 


u 


■•o 




























e 




rQ 




r= 


J3 










"5 





.a 


~ 


«j 


"> 


2 




3 


(0 


rO 


■a 

CO 


"3 


(0 


•5 


■3 

C3 

y 

E 


2 


li- 




9 

Oh 


£2 


3 


ro 
«3 
O 


"3 
O 


■3 

O 


C8 


5 
n 


C3 
O 


a 
B 


ra 




e 


c 


S 


C 


— 


o 




o 


b 


u 


■»n 






























•»^. 
b 


2 


>-, 




o 

<5 


>> 




O 






o 








a 














C3 


s>~, 












C 








■«3 


■S 




tc 






CJ 


~ 






4 




2 




o 
B 


o 

b 












g 





si 






_3 

S- 

o 



i o 



B 2 



~ 3 3 

s o 



E E ~ - 
« "3 ra E 

■? o a ^ 



•3 

3 
C 






*T3 

O 



^5 ,q c 

E C E 
es 2 5 



r^ 



i E I 



ic^iclicl'iq 



( 221 ) 

$ 217. The definite branch corresponds to 
the prefix in English of the different tenses 
of the auxiliary verb to be to the gerund of the 
principal \eih, ex. oht> Be/iemb Ji6uia4b bt> ko- 
hioiiihk) , he is leading the horse to the stable. 

§218. The veils xoAHiiib, to go, i.iAiimb, to 
ride and Kymauib, to eat, have also the definite 
bianch: M4inn , to he going; fcxamb , to be 
riding , and temj, , to he eating; which being 
too irregular to be inserted in the preceding 
table , ihe lull conjugation of the definite and 
perfect bra 11c hi s is here subjoined. 

Conjugation of ihe \>erb 114m 11 , to be going, 

DEFINITE BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood, haiiih , to be going. 
Indicative mooi>. 
P r e s e n t. 

S i n g. 
n ii^y , I am going, 
mbi H^emb , thou art going. 
oht>, oHa, oho HAenrb, he, she, it is going. 

P I u. 
Mbi viflfiwh , we are going. 

bw n^eme , you are going. 
ohii , ohb H^ymb , they are going. 
Past. 
S i n g. 
a inejib, nijia, uijio, I was going. 
him me^b/uiJia, umo, thou wast going. 



( 222 ) 

ohtj Hjejn , he was going. 

ohq rnjia , she was going. 

oho mao, it was going. 

P I iu 

mm nton , we were going. 

Bbi ujjih , you were going. 

ohm , oh* ih.ih, they were going. 

Future. 

Sing. 
r 6y/iy iMmii , I shall be going. 

mw GyAeujb ii4,mH , thou wilt be going. 

oiib, ona, oho Cy^enib ii4,mH ? he, she, itwill be going. 

P t u. 
mm 6yAeMt> 11401 h , we shall be going. 

Bbi 6yAeme 114m h , you will be going. 

ohii, out 6y4.ynrb H^mij, they will be going. 

Imperative mood. 

Sing. 
hah , go (thou). 

iiycnib onb, oho, oho UAemii, let him, her, it go. 
P I u. 

jj/Uinie , go (ye). 

nycmb ohh , oh* HAyni 11 > let them go. 

Participle. 
Pres. HAyuiiii, an, ee, who or which is going. 
Past. uieAuiiH, aa, ee, who or which was going. 

G e r u n d. 
Pres. 11,4a or H/rymi , going. 
Past. iueAuiii , having gone, 



( "W ) 
PERFECT BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood, nonmn, to go. 

P a s U 
Sing, 
n nouie.n> , nouiAa , noui^o , I went. 

mw nouiejiij , nouuia , nouijio , thou wentest. 

oht> nouie^ij , he went. 

ona no ma a , she went. 

oho noinjio , it went. 

P I u. 

mli nomali , we went. 

Bbi nouijia , you went. 
ohm , ohb iioiujiH , ihey went. 
Future. 
Sing, 
a nofuy , I shall go. 
mbi noiiAeuib, thou wilt go. 
ohtj , oHa , ono noHAenrb , he , she , it will go. 

P I u. 

Mbi noHAeMi> , we shall go. 

bw noHAeme , you will go. 
ohh , OHt noHAymij , they will go. 
Imperative mood. 
Sing. 
iioitah , go ("thou), 
nycmb oht> ? oh8,oho now\4enn>,lethim ; her ? it go. 

P I u. 
noHAeM'b , let us go. 
noHA^nre , go fye), 
nycmi> ohh, ohb nowAynrb, let them go. 



C *m ) 

Pa rticiple. 
Past. nomeAuiiit , an , ee , gone. 

Gerund. 
Past, nome^mii , having gone. 
Conjugation of the verb txamb , to be riding. 

DEFINITE BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood, -Bxainb , to be riding. 

Indicative mood. 
Present. 
S i n g. 
sl *feAy , I am riding, 
niw *4eiiib , thou art riding. 
ohtj , oHa, o«o i^emij , he, she, it is riding- 

P I u. 
mm t4eM-b , we are riding. 
bw t r '\eme , you are riding. 
ohm , oHfc •fc4yrm> , they are riding. 
Past. 
Sing. 
a -Bxaxb , a, o, I was riding, 
mbi -fexajrb , a, o, thou wast riding. 
oht> txajiij , he was riding, 
ona lsxajia , she was riding. 
oho txajio , it was riding. 

P I //. 
mm lixajtir , we were riding. 
Bbi txa.ui , you were riding. 
oh ii , ohIj Bxa^K , they were riding. 



C 225 ) 

Future. 

n Gy^y fcxarnt , I shall be riding. 

mw 6y4,emL txamt, thou wilt be riding* 

ohT)J /'he | 

oHa >6y4em:b ixamt , Jshe vwill be riding. 

oho) (it ) 

P I u. 

mm 6y4,eM-b *xanii> , we shall be riding. 

Bbi 6y4eme $xami> , you will be riding. 

ohm, ohb 6yAynrb ixami> , they will be riding. 

Imperative mood. 

Sing. 
romj^ rliim") 

uycrabJoHa >i^era'b , let ^her>ride. 

(oho) (it ) 

nycmb ohh , out iAynrb , let them ride. 
Participle. 
Pres. ^Ayiqin, an, ee, who or which is riding. 
Past. ■ExaBiuiii, aji, ee, who or which was riding. 

Gerund, 
Pres. ■fc/ryiH , riding. 

Past. ixaBiuH , having been riding. 

PERFECT BRANCH. 
Infinitive mood , noExami> , to ride. 

Indicative mood. 
Past. 
Sing, 
n notxaji-b , a , o , I rode. 
mi»i noiixajTb , a , o, thou rodest* 



( 226 ) 

ohtj notxajVb , he rode, 
ona notxajia , she rode. 
oho nolixaao , it rode. 

P I u. 
mm notxa^n , we rode. 
bw notxajiw , you rode. 
ohii , out noixajiH , they rode. 
Future. 
Sing. 

nibi notAeiui, , thou wilt ride. 

OHT3, oHa, oho no-Menn>> he, she, it will ride, 

P I u. 
mw no^AeMb , we shall ride. 
bw no-Wrne , you will ride. 
ohh , oh* notAynrb, they will ride. 
Imperative mood. 
S i n g. 
not3JKaM , ride (thou). 



ronTA (him 

nycrab^oHaV no*Aemb , let < her 
(oho) (it 



er /ride. 



r 



P I u. 

not3Hvailme , ride (yej. 
nycmb ohh, ohb noiiAyinb, let them ride. 
Participle. 
Past. noixaBuiiii , aa , ee , who or which rode. 

Gerund. 
Past. no-fexaBuiH , having ridden. 



( 22 7 ) 

Conjugation of the verb "fecmb, to be eating, 

DEFINITE BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood, tcmb , to be eating. 

Indicative mood. 

Present, 
Sing. 
n fciMb , I am eating. 

mw kwb , thou art eating. 

ohi> , oHa, oho tcmt , he, she, it is eating. 

P I u. 
mw t,4HMT> , we are eating. 

bw t^nine , you are eating. 

ohh, oirfc, *4ann> , they are eating. 

Past. 

Sing, 
n laXb , fcjia , %aq , I was eating. 

mw *.,vb , %mi , -Lio , thou wast eating. 
ohtj tjii) , he was eating. 
OHa •k/ia , she was eating. 
oho "kyio , it was eating. 

P I u. 
mw "bJiH , we were eating. 
bw tjin , you were eating. 
ohh , oHfc -fe-AH , they were eating. 
Future. 
Sing. 
a 6yzy tcmb, I shall be eating, 
mw 6y4.einb tcmb , thou wilt be eating. 
oht>, OHa, oho 6y^enn> tcmb, he, she, it will 

be eating. 



( 228 ) 

P I u. 

mm 6y4,eM"b tcmb , we shall be eating. 
bw 6vAeme tcniL , you will he eating. 
ohm, ohe, Gjwynrb fccmb , they will be eating. 

Imperative mood. 

S i n g. 
tuiB , eat (thou). 
nycmi> oh*, oHa, oho fccnrb, let him, her, it eat. 

P I u. 
Buibme , eat (ye). 

nycmb ohh, out b^anrb , let them eat. 
Participl e. 
Pres. t^hu^m, an, ee, who or which is eating. 
Past. tBinin, an, ee, who or which was eating. 

Gerund, 
Pres. *A«f > eating. 
Past. tmiiu , having eaten. 

PERFECT BRANCH. 

Infinitive mood , Cbtcmb , to eat up. 
Indicative mood. 
Past. 
S i n g. 
n cvfcjrb , cbtjia , c^bvio , I ate up. 
mw chloA-h, cijBJia, ebtvio, thou atest &e. 
oht> cvJijrb , he ate. 
oHa cbtjia , she ate. 
oho cbt^o , it ate. 



( a2 9 ) 

P I u. 

Mbi cbbjiu , we ate. 

bm CTatjiu , you ate. 

ohh , ohb cbbjih , they ate, 

Future, 
Sing, 
si cbbmb , I shall eat &c. 
rati tt>twh , thou wilt eat. 
ohb , OHa , oho CBBcnrb , he, she, it will eat. 

P / u. 
mm cbb^hmb , we shall eat. 
bm chi^nine , you will eat. 
ohh, ohb cBBAaniB , they will eat. 

Imperative mood. 
S i n g. 
cbbihb , eat (thou) &c 
nycmhOHb,oHa,OHoc:btcnrb,lethim, her, it eat. 

P I u. 
cBBuibine , eat (ye). 

nyemb ohh , ohb cBBAanrb , let them eat. 
Participle. 
Past. citBmiH , aa , ee , who or which ate &c 

Gerund. 
Pres. cbbbhih , having eaten &c* 



( 2 3o ) 

THEME XXVII. 

On irregular verbs. 

In countries where there is no wood they 
burn coal , turf and even straw. Oak - wood is 
employed (goes) in the building of ships. The 
grape vine cannot grow in cold climates. Many 
ftomadian tribes inhabit {live inj Siberia. The 
hawk soars above the clouds. People make (plait) 
baskets of willow branches. Small offences lead 



where there is no wood, 
6e3JitcHbin. 

country , cmpaHa. 

to burn , JKCib. 

coal, KaMeHHoe yrojibe. 

turf, myp(J)b. 

even , A^me. 

straw, cojiowa. 

oak- wood, 4y6oBbiH^ , fecT>. 

to go , iuinii. 

in , Ha, gov. the ace. 

the building, cmpoeHie. 

a ship, Kopafub, V. § 4o. 

grape , BiiHorpa^iibiii. 

vine , ^o3a. 

to be able , Mozb. 

to grow , pacmn. 



Cold , XOJJ64HWH. 

climate , Kjiuviaimj. 
in , btj. 

Siberia , Cu6npb. 
to live , mtmb. 
the hawk, nempefrb. 
to soar , enmbcii. 
above , Ha/rb. 
a cloud , 660iaKO. 
a basket , Kop3HHa. 
to plait , nJiecmb. 
of, n3b, gov. the gen. 

Willow , HBOBblU. 

branch , BtmBb, 
small , MsuibiJi. 
offence, npocrnynoKb. 
to lead , eecmn. 



( »3i ) 



to great crimes. Socrates fell a victim to the 
calumny and malice of his feilow-citizens 
"Vasco de Gama discovered the passage by 
sea to the East - Indies (Eastern Indiaj Mon- 
golfier invented air balloons. Linaeus acquir- 
ed great fame by reducing (having reduced) 
natural history to a system. Peter the Great 
established the first Russian fleet. Where thou 



great, 6ojn>miu. 
crime , npecmyrue- 
nie. 
Socrates, CoKpanrb. 
to fall , nacmb. 
a victim , jKepmBa. 
to, to be rendered by 
the gen. case, 
calumny , oeBema, 
malice , 3Ji66a. 
fellow-citizen , corpa- 

5KAaHIIHT>. 

Yasco de Gama, BacKo 
Ae TaiNia. 
to discover, Hafimii. 
by sea, MopcKoii. 
the passage , nymb. 
to , Bb , gov. the ace. 
Eastern , BocmoiHbiii. 
India , 11 ii^i a. 



Mongolfier, Monro Jib- 
(})iepT>. 
to invent, H3o6ptcrnn» 
air , BoaAyinHbiH. 
a balloon , map*. 
Linaeus , Anneii. 
to acquire, npioGptcmn, 
fame , cjiaoa. 
by having, mfewb qmo. 
to reduce , npmecmii. 
natural , ecrnecmBeH- 
Hbiri. 
history , ncmopia. 
a system , ciicmeiHa. 
Peter the Greats Ilempio 
BejiHidii. 
to establish , aaeecmu. 
Russian , PocciiicidH, 
fleet, (jijionrb. 
where, r^t. 



( a3a ; 

hast not sown ("there) thou wilt not reap. Come 
and take them, said Leonidas to the king of Per- 
sia who demanded , that the Spartans should 
deliver up their arms. 



to sow, ctamb. 
to reap , nomarnb. 
to come , npinmn. 
to take , 63Rmb. 
to say , oniBtqamt. 
Leonidas , JieomiKb. 



King , LJapb. 
Persian, IlepcH^CKin. 
to demand, mpe6oBamb. 
a Spartan, CnapmaHeirb. 
to deliver up , onT^ainb. 



thei 



r arms, opyaue. 



SECT. 



Remarks on the use or the tenses and moods. 
i. Tenses. 

§ 219. In general the present tense Russ 
answers to the present tense English. 

§ 220. The present tense is sometimes used 
instead of the past in Russ , as well as in 
English , especially in narration , ex. 

HaKoneiyb nacmyna- At length the dismal 

erm cmpaninaa Ho*ib ; night comes on ; black 
ne6o noKpbiedemcn l iep- clouds cover the sky , 
HbiMu oOjiaKiiMii u mil- and a death - like si- 



( a33 ) 

inn na noAoGHaa CMep- lenre reigns through 

mil ofoeMAem'b b cio ii[) ii- all nature. 

po 4 y. 

§ 11 r. In some instances the present tense 

is used instead of the future in both langua- 
ges; as, 

Ona «?pe3i> Mtcau> 0/77- She sets out on her 

TipaeJiAerncfi nymeine- travels in a month. 
cmBOBamh. 

H 3afiiiipe ofilAdfo 46- I dine at home to- 

ma. morrow. 

§ 111. The past tense English preceded by 
the conjunction if or whether is rendered in 
Russ by the present tense; as, 

Otib cnpocH.n> MenH, He asked me, if I 

niiwy Ai\ r niicb<vi6. was writing a letter. 

Ofib xornt^Tj 3Harnb , He wished to know. 

zoeopio jih a no OpaH- if I spoke French. 
iryncicH. 

H coMHtBajica , /TEH- I doubted whether 

cmBinne.ibHO jih ohi zn- he actually read useful 
mdewb nojie3Hbia khhth. books. 

§ 223. The past indefinite is rendered by 
the imperfect tense in English, as, 

R Biepa nncdjit nkcb- I wrote some letters 

Ma. yesterday. 

ilHHKor^a He znmdj/b I never read such an 

maKOH 3a6aBHoia khhtii. amusing book, 



( 234 ) 
Rem. If the action be correlative , or con- 
tinuing , when another commences , this 
tense may he rendered in English by the 
auxiliary verb to be , joined to the gerund 
of the principal verb; as, 

H niicdAb, horAa oht» 1 was writing , when. 



BOUie^Ti. 

R 4yMa.11 o Baci> B^e- 
pa , Kor4a a noAyivuna 
Baujy 3anhcKy. 



he entered. 

1 was thinking of you 
yesterday , when I re- 
ceived your note. 



2^4- The past perfect corresponds to both 
the perfect and pluperfect English. When the 
action is of recent occurrence , it may be ren- 
dered by the former, and when of more remote 
occurrence and correlative, by the latter; as, 

H nanncajn> iijjcj>m6. I have written the 

letter. 

You told me that 
he had read the book 
through , and he was 



Bw MH-fe CKa3ajiH, nnro 
oht» yme npoznmcuii> 
KHwry, a ohtj eine mm- 
maji-b ee , nor^a a Bo- 
niest. 



reading it, when I went 
in. 



§ 225. The past tense of the iterative , in ad- 
dition to its signification of repetition , marks the 
remoteness of the action, and may be rendered 
in English by used to with the infinitive of the 
principal verb; as, 



( a35 ) 

Co^ohtj zoedpneaAi : Solon used to say i 

nosHaH cawaro ceGa ! know thyself! 

R qacmo kt> Hewy xa- I used often to visit 

muwAXb. him. 

§ i'i6. The past tense of the semelfaetive 
cannot he expressed by any particular tense in 
English without the aid of an adverb. 

BojiHa nJiecHJAa Ha The wave broke fsud- 
najiy6y. denlyj on the deck. 

Pham coMKiryjincb h The ranks closed fat 

BoiiCKO ABHHy.iocii. once) and the army mo- 

ved (suddenly). 

§ 227. The future tenses of the indefinite, 
perfect and semelfaetive branches are rendered 
in English by the first future. 

Btj aepeBHfc a 6y/ty In the country I shall 

qacmo t34Hrnb Bepxowb. often ride on horseback. 

3aBmpe a nolvty 3a To morrow 1 shall 

ropoA*. ride out of town. 

Oht> HHiero He mpo- He will not touch any 

Henrb. thing. 

§ 12S. The Russian gerund present is rendered 
by the participle active English with the addi- 
tion of in ; as. 

A6&KZL y nepenpa6AAficb In crossing the river. 
qpe3ij ptKy, onpoKHiiy- the boat was upset. 
jiaci>. 



( *36 ) 

Oilman Foiwepafl boo In reading Homer I 

XHiqaiocb Kpacoaioioei 6 am transported at the 
crnnxoBb. beauty of his poetry. 

§ 229. The gerund past is rendered in En- 
glish b\ the gerund present of the auxiliary 
verb to have, connected with the participle past 
of the principal verb; as, 

Cnkewitcb c"b aKopa , Having weighed an- 

mli nycrnnjiiicb bt> \iope. ehor weputout (o sea. 

$ 23o. The auxiliary verb 6biAo added to 
the past of the definite branch corresponds 
to the English pluperfect* as. 

R cAtJiaAt OhiAo ouih6- I had made a mis- 

kv , Ac\ ycntjij ee no- take , but corrected it 
npaBiimb. in time. 

§s>.3 1. The same verb with the past tense of 
the verb xomimb and the infinitive of the 
principal verb corresponds to the English was 

going ; as , 

R xomLib 6biAo 6hit>- I was going to ride, 

xamb , ho 6bijn> VA*'p- but was prevented by 
iKaH-b aypHOio noro^oio. the bad weather. 

§ 2 3 2. The auxiliary verb 6biea.io added to 
the past tense of a verb, corresponds to the 
English used to followed by the infinitive* as , 

il GbiBtuo Gfcraxb no I used to run about 
jiyra.Mij. the meadows. 



( ®7 ) 

R GbiBajio xaiKiiBa^b I used to walk thirty 

no inpii4;\ain,i eepcnrb veists a day. 

BT> AGHb. 

Rem. Prefixed to the present tense it ex- 
presses the same idea in a more lively 
manner. 

Bb luk6.i1; Mbi 6t»irca- At school we used to 

jco yiflMCH, a oni> n- study, while he was 
rpaernb. playing. 

2. Moods. 

$ 233. The infinitive is used in the Russian 
language without any preposition or sign; as, 

R JKCiaio 3Hamb. I wish to know. 

y«iiicb aoeopnmb npa- Learn to speak cor- 

BMJibHo. rectJy. 

§ 2.3 1. When the infinitive Russ is preceded 
hy the conjunction qinoGbi or 4,a6 u it expresses 
the end of the actiou ; as , 

/Hafibi xopouio anamb It is necessary to read 

H3biKi> , h«14o6hl> MHoro and write much to know 
unrnanib h nncamb. a language well, 

§ 2.35. The infinitive is frequently employed 
instead of the imperative • as, 

llciioaHiiinb no npn- Let this be executed 

KaiaHJK). according to the order. 

Buiaib no ce>iy. So be it. 



( 238 ) 

§ 236. The infinitive is sometimes followed 
by the interrogative particle ah , in which case 
it expresses doubl • as , 

Bn,iamh-jn Mtrfc euie Shall I see my native 

pa3i> moio po^MHy? place once more ■? 

When preceded by ne it marks the cer- 
tainty of the non-occurrence of an action; 
as , 

He Biuarnb me6* 60- Thou wilt never see 

xbe rnBoen pOAHHbi. thy native place more. 

§ 23^. In addition to the manner of for- 
ming the imperative shewn in the conjugation 
it may be expressed by the prefix of the 
particle 4a; in which form it corresponds to 
the optative English. 

/3,a coxpaHnriiT> Bac/b May God preserve 

Bon>, y ou « 

4a iicnojiHiimca Ba- May your desire be 

me JKe^ame. gratified. 

4a 6y4enn» bo^h Let thy will be done. 

IDBOH. 

§ 238. There is neither conditional nor 
subjunctive mood in the Russian language ; 
the former is expressed by the addition of 
the particle 6w or ecAU 6li to the past indi- 



23 9 ) 



Eesi) 4pyH{6w ii jih)6- Wilhout love and 

bh cefcrcib 6oiAh 6bi ne- friendship the world 
qajibHoK) irycuibiHeio. would be a dismal wil- 

derness. 

Ecjui6m a 6bi.n> 60 - If I were rich &c. 
ram*. 

§ i3c). The subjunctive is expressed in the Rus- 
sian language by the panicles «imo6hi, 4a6w , 
or xorna 6bi , added to the past tense of the 
indicative ; as , 

Oht> Enpe6yemT),qn7o- He requires that I 

6w a ct> hhmI) nolS- should go with him. 
xa^i>. 

4*fneH HaKa3biBa- Children are punish- 

icnrb , Aa6w ohh hc- ed , that they may re- 

npaBH^HCb. form. 



i/ x o ) 



T 



j 

w 

E 
H 

« 
O 

fe i 



■ ^ 



^ \ X ■ ? 



a 
.0 



& v Z 
S H = 

< < <£ 



= 5 ' ,e 2 t 6 w e 
Z = £ C = 
£ S ed 0; 



4, 



f £ 
2 ! f 



is 



S = 



I 1 '"' Id 



I •//?// 1 -.iAjiv-yipii [ 






\«3 



( Ml ) 

PROMISCUOUS EXERCISE, 
On the conjugation of verbs, 
Howards tomb. 
If I tell you, that at the very entrance of 
the town of Sympheropol , on the high road 
from Nicolaeff, there stands a monument to 
Howard, you will think that / contradict my- 
self in an unpardonable manner — but you 
will be mistaken, the monument is actually there, 



if, 



ea*ir. 



at > y> gov. the gen. 
the very, caMbin. 
entrance , B"bi3,4Tj. 
of the town, bt> ropo^i,. 
of Sympheropol , Ciim- 
«J)ep6iKMb. 
on , no , gov. the dat. 
high , Go.iluioh. 
road , 4,opora. 
from , onni. 
Nicolaeff, HnKOJiaeB-b, 
there , not expressed, 
to stand , cmojimb, 
a monument, muviHin- 

HMKfc. 



to, expressed, by the 
gen. 
Howard , r6yap4i>.* 
to think , noAjManib. 
to contradict, npomu- 
Gopiznmb. 
in, expressed by the ins. 
case, 
unpardonable , Henpo- 
cmHinejibiJbJH. 
manner , oGpasij. 
but , H. 

to be mistaken, own- 
Gam ben. 
actually , H04J1HHHO. 
there , mynrb. 
to be , Haxo^iimbCH. 
1 1 



( *4<* ) 

higb granite obelisk, the pedestal of which 
(onus a sarcophagus with the following \H*ctx r 
lion: ..Howard departed this life at the age ol s.xty 
live years, .790.. It is sarrouidedhv a circular 
stone wall with gales of iron railing oppose 
the inscription. This is all very well ; thanks 
,0 him who first conceived the idea ol honour- 
ins the memory of a man worthy of universal 



high , Bbi core iii. 
granite, rpaHkmHbiH. 
obelisk, o6cjihckt>. 
the pedestal , nbCAe- 
cmajib, 
to form , cocmaeAArnb. 
a sarcophagus , cap- 
KO(}>arb- 
v.ith, cb, gov. the gen. 
to follow , cMAoaamb. 
inscription , muiincb. 
to depart this life, ckuii- 
zcimbcn. 
at the age of 65 , na 
(jjoaii. ro^y oinb poat- 
^eiiia CBoero. 
to surround , oOao- 
cuinb. 



circular , Kpyrjibiii. 
stone, na mc ii£i bill. 
wall, orpaAa 
railing, p-Biuermianibiii. 
wide, mnpoKin. 
gates , Bopoma. 
opposite , flacynpo- 
miiBTi. 
all this , Bee 3mo. 

is very well, inam>. 

thanks , H xua.ia. 

to conceive an idea , 

3UXOTTltmb, 

to honour, noznuimb. 
the memory , na- 

MHillb. 

worthy, abcmoiiiibitt. 

universal, nceoOuyii. 



( M3 ) 

esteem; but it is a monument, a cenotaph, and not 
die tomb of Howard. The ashes of this bene- 
factor of the wretched lie about three versts from 
the town, where I saw a miserable mouldering 
brick pyramid, instead of the sun-dial, which/ 
hoped to have found over his grave according to 
his last request. This circumstance may be per- 
haps unknown to you. In the year 1790, when a 



esteem , yaajKeHie* 
but, HO. 
it is , arno. 

a cenotaph, KeHonia^ij. 
and not, a He. 
the tomb , rpoGHHua. 
the ashes, npaxi> (sin^.) 
benefactor, 6^aromRO- 
pkmeAb. 
the wretched , cmpa*- 
Ayuiie. 
to lie , noznednib. 
about, bt> , gov. the 
prep, 
three , V. § i3o. 
a verst , Bepcrna. 
from, oniTj, 
where , u mavn, mo. 
to see , 6K4$mb. 



miserable , 6*4HbiH. 
brick, KnpnaijuwH. 
py ra m i d , n 11 p a m 114a, 
instead , Biutcmo. 
the sun-dial , cojiiies* 
Hue <iaci»i. 
to hope , iKejiamb. 
to find , Haitrmi, 
over, Haa*, gov. the ins. 
according, cor^iacno. 
last , noe^"fe f iHiir. 
request, bojui. 
circumstance , oGcino- 
ame,ibcrnBo. 
maybe perhaps, Mo>Keim> 

fiblHIh. 

unknown , HeiiaBfcem- 

HO. 

when , Kor^a. 



( 944 ) 

contagious putrid fever raged in the Crimea, 
Howard happened to he at Cherson on his 
way to Constantinople. You may easily imagine , 
that it was difficult for a man, who considered 
it as a sacred duty daily to visit prisons, ho- 
spitals and dungeons, to escape the contagion: 
he actually Jell a sacrifice to it. Feeling that 



to rage , cenptncmeo- 

e-amb, 

in the Crimea, btj Kpu- 

My. 

contagious , npiijiiin<iu- 

Bblll. 

putrid, rniMoi?. 
lever , rop/i'iica, 
to happen , ciyzumicR, 
to be, not expressed, 
at , BT> , gov. the prep. 
Cherson, Xepcoiib. 
on, Ha, gov. the prep, 
way , nymb. 
Constantinople, IJapb- 
rpa/vb. 
easily , jierKO. 
to imagine , npcjcma- 
6n m b ceGt. 
you may, Momeutb. 



to consider, cmdenmb 
ceCb. 
as , m> , gov. the ace. 
sacred, Hewn eye mmh. 
duly, o6a3aHHOcrnb. 
daily, C/Ke^neDiio. 
to visit, nocbiydrnb. 
a prison, mropbiua. 
an hospital, GojibHHi^a. 
a dungeon , ocrnporb. 
to escape , luGtmamb. 
the contagion, 3apa3a. 
actually, ^bucniBiirnejib- 
II o. 
to fall , jiianjbcsi , gov. 
the ins. 
a victim , acepinoa. 
it, V. § i5o. 
to feel, zjGcmGoeamb. 



( 245 > 

his end was approaching , he called his two 
friends, with whom he could converse in his native 
language , and having bid them farewell said: 
I wish for no monument , and beg you only 
to place a simple sun-dial over my grave. But 
this request was forgotten, there is no sun-dial 
over his grave; and it is a pity, a great pity ! His 
friends erected a little brick pyramid, but now 
even that simple monument is mouldering away, 



end , KOHeirb. 

was approaching, 6jih- 

30Kb. 

to call, npu36anjb Kb ce6t. 
a friend , npiiimejiL. 
to be able, Mozb. V. 

§ 2 I 5. 

to speak , zoeopumb. 
native , npHpo^HbiH. 
language , H3biK-b. 
to bid farewell , npo- 
cmkinbca. 
them . ct> hctmh. 
to say , cKa3amb. 
monument.naMamHHK'b. 
no , HHKaKoro. 
to wish , xojnimb. 
to beer f npocurnb. 



to place , nocmaenmb. 
grave , Moriua. 
simple , npocmwii. 
sun-dial , cojineqHbie 
l iacbi. 
request , noBejrfeHie. 
to forget , 3a6bimb. 
there is no , nfcnn*. 
it is a pity, amoro /Kajib. 
a great pity, oqeHb JKa^ib. 
to erect , 60346uednrb. 
a little , MajieHbKiH. 
now , menepb. 
even , u. 
that , 3monrb. 
simple , npocmoH. 
to moulder away, pa3- 
cbinambcn. 



( M6 ) 

and e'er long the place will be unknown where 
lie the remains of this [rmnd of suffering hu- 
manity. 

Mouravieff. 



e'er long, BCKopt. to lie, Jicxidmb. 

will be unknown , He the remains, ocmarnKir. 

y3Hciform. of suffering humanity, 
the place , arfccmo. cmpaAajibneirb. 



CHAP. VL 

Participles. 



§ 240. The participle is a part of speech 
derived from the Verb , and combines the 
meaning of the relative pronoun Kino, who; 
Komophiii , which, or qmo , that, with the 
signification of the verb, from which it is de- 
rived, ex. qejtoDliKTj, AtoGsiiqin npaB^y , the man, 
who loves truth. 

§ 24 1 • Participles have the same declension as 
adjectives and vary according to the number, 
gender and case of the substantive , to which 
they are prefixed, ex. Jiyvh eocrojAujaco cojiiiiui, 
the rays of the rising sun , &c. 



C.fi7 ) 
Declension of Participles* 

3H3LK>m,iii , knowing, or who knows, 



Mas. 
Nom. 3HaK)iiiiii, 



Sing. 

Fern. 

3HaK)L4aa , 



3HaK>meH , 
3HaK>injio , 



Gen. 3iiaK>maro , 3HaK>m,eiij 

Dat. 3uaK)m,e!Yiy , 

^3HaK)inaro , 
Acc.{ , 

/3HaK>nilH , 

Ins. 3HaiouiwMT>, 3iiaK>uieio , 

Prep, o SHafoineMi,, o 3HaH)in,eii, o 3HaKjm,eMi>. 

P I it. 



■ Neut. 

3HaEouiee. 

3Harc>m,aro. 

3HaK)ii^eMy. 

3Haiom,ee. 

3HaFOLLXHMT>. 



Nom. 3Hatouye , auaiqiijiH , 

Gen. sHaiouiMX-b , 3HaioiixHXT> , 

Dat. SHafoiuHMTj , 3HaFom,Mivn» , 

raK)m,nx-b, 3HaK>m,wxT>, 

maiou^ie , 3HaK>m,ifl, 

Ins. 3Haioin;HMH , 3Haiom;nMCT, 



V3H3 

Ace. < 

{sua 



3HdtOUti,7. 

3HaK)LmiXT*. 

3HaK)IIlIlMT>. 

3iiaioiiiia. 

3UafOIIIIIMH. 



Prep, o SHarouinxij o 3HaioiiiHX'b o SHaioiiiHXTj, 



C *48 ) 

THEME XXV11I. 

Onthe de clension of Parti ciples. 

The earth , inhabited by us is a planet , he- 
longing to the solar system. The ruins of an- 
cient Rome are monuments of its former great- 
ness. A man, r who is) unmindful of his future des- 
tination, is like a traveller, who has no other end 
but the pleasures of the present moment. Russia 
is divided from America by Bearing' s straits , 



the earth , sewjifl. 
by us , HaMW. 
to inhabit , oSnrnawb. 
a planet, njtaHerna. 
to belong , npnnaAAe- 
acariib. 
solar , c6jiHe<mfciii, 
system , ciicrneMa. 
the ruins, pasBajinHbi. 
ancient, ApeBHiii. 
Rome , Phmtj. 
a monument , naMflm- 

Hlllxb. 

f o rm e r , Cbieuiiii. 
its , ero. 

greatness , Bejwqie. 
to be unmindful , 3a- 
6biBami>. 



destination, onpe c rfc/te- 
iiie. 
is like , no^66ein. 
a traveller, nyrneme- 
crnBeHHitK'b, 
not to have , ne tiMtmb. 
any other, Apyroii. 
end , i\tiAh. 
but, KpoMB. fc 
of the present moment, 

MIIHymHblH. 

pleasure,V40BOjLcmBie. 
Russia , Pocciff. 
to divide , omxhjikmb, 
from , onit. 
America , AMepiiKa. 
Reining , BepHHrb. 
strait, npo^HBTj. 






( 249 ) 

which are about ^3 versts wide. Of the rivers, 
which fall into the Caspian sea, the Volga is 
the most considerable. Among the poets, who 
have distinguished themselves in modern times 
in England, the most celebrated are Scott and 
Byron. Epaminondas , mortally wounded in the 
battle of Mantinea, said to his friends, who lamen- 
ted that he should die without leaving any chil- 
dren; I leave two daughters, the victories of Leuctra 



which are, rendered by 
the participle of imimb, 
to have. 
a verst, Bepcrna. 
a river, pfcKa. 
to fall , enaA&mb. 
Caspian , KacriiiicKin. 
the Volga , Bojira. 
considerable , sHa^H- 
mejibHWH. 
among , H3i> qucjia. 
a poet, cmnxomBopeivb. 
to distinguish , npoc*a- 
enmb, 
modern , Hobtiiujifi. 
time, Bpe\ia. 
England . AHrjiin. 
Scott, Ciioiftnrh. 
By ion , BeiipoiiTj. 



Epaminondas , EnaMii- 
h6h4,t>. 
mortally , dviepmejibHO. 
to wound , pdnnmb. 
the battle , cpa/Keirie. 
Mantinea , MaHmMHea. 
to say , CKa3amb. 
a friend , dpyrb. 
to lament, co6oAi3no- 
eamb. 
that he should die, o 
moMi «no yMiipaff. 
williout leaving, He oc- 
maBjiAeniij. 
a child , Ai»m>T. 
to leave , ocuiaiMflinb. 
daughter , ao^b. 
the victory , no6l>Aa. 
Leuctra , ^eBKinpa. 



( 25o ) 

and Mantinea. Ignorance united with modesty- 
is more bearable than knowledge accompanied 
by haughtiness. A perturbed mind , like o.trou 
led sea , reflects ail the objects, which surround 
it 9 distorted and broken, communicating to them 
that disordered motion, by which it is itself 
agitated. It is necessary for man , who is hourly 
tempest-tost on the sea of life , to have faith 






ignorance,HeBi>KecmBO. 
to unite , coe^nnhmb. 
with , ct>. 

modesty , CKpoMHocmh. 
bearable , chochmm. 
knowledge , SHaHie. 
to accompany , conpo- 
eoM^dmb. 
haughtiness , cnec*. 
lo perturb , ecmpeeo- 
mimi. 
mind , Ayxii. 
like. iioaoGho. 
%q trouble, 636ojHoedmb. 
the sea , niope. 
to reflect, ornpaHcamb. 
all, Bee. 

to surround, onpyxcdm b. 
an object, npc^Mcrrn,. 



to distort , o6e3o6pa~ 
Miieamb. 

to break , npe.JioMJ.hmb. 

to communicate , co- 
o6n}am*. 

that, raoiKe. 

disordered motion, boji- 
ueuie. 

to agitate , ofypeedmb. 

for, ex pressed by the dat. 

hourly , oice'iaciio. 

sea , Mope. 

life , ;KH3ifb. 

lo tempest-toss , ofype- 
edmb. 

it is necessary , neo6- 
xo^hmo. 

to have, mifinib. 

faith , Btpa. 



( *&* ; 

in Providence for his pilot. The first step 
beyond the cottage presented me with the most 
enchanting view. The rays of the rising sun, 
intercepted by a range of rocky hills , shot 
their enlivening light through the rugged 
openings ; the valley partly illumined, and 
partly hid in shade , exhibited the most varied 
display of colours. The Tartar village with 
its huts , sending forth their white clouds of 



in , B-b. 

Providence , IIpoBiiA*- 
Hie. 
step , niarb. 
beyond , 3a. 
the threshold , noporb. 
cottage , XHtfuma. 
to present, ^ocmaBHmb. 
enchanting, bocxhiiih- 

mCAbHblH. 

view , B3rjiH,rb. 
a ray , jiyqb. 
to rise , eocxo^iimb. 
to intercept , ncpexed- 
mbieamb. 
a range , cnrfcua. 
rocky , KaMemibiii. 
a hill , ropa. 
to shoot ? Cpocamb, 



through , CKB03b. 

rugged opening, yrojib. 

to enliven, omneJiArnb. 

light , cBimb. 

the valley , ^ojiiiHa. 

partly , qacmiio. 

to illumine, ocetiydmb. 

to hide , cKpbiedmb. 

shade , miHL. 

to exhibit , jiBjtAmb. 

varied, pa3Hoo6pa3Hbiii. 

display , nrpa. 

colour , D,Bfcnrb. 

Tartar , TamapcKiw. 

a village , ^epeBHa. 

hut , AOMHKb. 

to s e n d fo r th , nycKamb . 
white , 6b\Abiii. 
column ; 66-iaKO. 



( 2 ^ 2 ) 

curling smoke through the dark foliage of the 
trees, was seated like the ruling genius of the 
mountain scene, which served as its crown; amidst 
the groves which girded it as with a luxuriant 
garland; and on the shore of the great deep, 
which brought to its feet the tribute of its waves. 



to curl , Gumbcn. 


a crown , Btneip. 


smoke , Abiiub. 


amidst, Mew^y. 


dark, rycmbiir. 


a grove , pom,a. 


foliage , cbHh. 


to gird, npenoAcbieawb. 


a tree , ^epeBO. 


as , bt> 66pa3$. 


was seated, uejtimajioeh. 


luxuriant, pocKOiuHbiu. 


like , KaKii. 


a garland, rnpjiiiH^a. 


the ruling genius , u,a- 


shore , 6eperb. 


pwu,a. 


the great deep, Mope. 


of the mountain scene, 


to bring, npunocuwb. 


Riew/ry ropii, 


loot , Hora. 


to serve , cAjacumb, 


tribute, 4aHb. 


as its, en. 


a wave , Bosnia, 



CHAP. VIL 

Adverbs. 

§ i\i. The adverb is commonly prefixed lo 
the verb to express some qualifying circum- 
stance of the action ; as , 

roBopiimb enkmno , to speak distinctly. 

nocmynamb 6Aazopa3jMHo i to act prudently. 

$ 9.43. The only variations, which adverbs are 
subject to, are the degrees of signification * 
which are formed by changing the termination o 
into te for the comparative, and by prefixing 
npe , oqeHb , or necbwa to the positive for the 
superlative degree ; as, 

6bicmpo, rapidly. Gbicmp-fee, more rapidly. 
MHoro, much , npeMHoro, very much, 

pano, early, oqeHh paHO, very early. 

ycirfeniHO , success- Beci>ivia yc- very success- 
sully. niuiHo. fully- 

1. Adverbs of place , in answer to the question 

iWb ? where ? 

3Atcb , here. r^t HtiGyAb , any- where, 

maMTj , there. Besj,* ? , 

>ever\ where. 
mynn> , here. noncKuy^ 

* There are however diminutive adverbs, which are formed 
in the same manner as diminutive adjectives ; JKUWioBauio, 
rather little ; paaeabKo , pretty early etc, 



HHAt , somewhere. 
KpyroMT) , around. 
BOKpyrB, about. 
BHympk , inside. 
CHapyjKH , outside. 
ni) nepe^H , before. 
na3aAH , behind. 
Ha Bepxy, above. 



bb npaBo, on ilie riglit. 



2 54 ) 

below, 
;he 
bb jibbo , on the left, 
nocpe^w, in the middle. 
6jim3ko, near. 
^.ajieKO , far. 
B4,ajiH , at a distance. 
b6jim3h , near, at hand. 






2. Adverbs of movement , in answer to the ques- 
tions Ky^a ? whither omKy^a ? whence. See. 



cio^a ? hither, 
my 4 a 9 thither. 
Ky^a Hn6y/ib , some- 
where. 
npaMO, straight forward. 
bkocl , on one side. 
B40JL , along. 
noneperB , across. 
r>BepxB ? up. 
bhh3Tj , down. 
Biiympb , into. 
iiasaAB, behind. 
Bnepe^B , before. 
BAa.Ab , distantly. 
boiib , aw ay. 



omcfOAa , hence. 
ommy4a, thence. 
ii3BHympij ; from out. 
H3BHB , from without. 
cb Bepxy , from above. 
cb Hii3y, from below. 
CTjnepe/i,ii, from before. 
cb 3aA«i, from behind. 
H34a.ii 11 , from far. 
h36jih3h , from near. 
cb jiBBa , from the left. 
CBnpaBa, from the right, 
omoncio^y ? from all 
sides. 
upo'Jb ; away. 






' 



C =55 ) 

3. Adverbs of time > in answer to the question 
Kor^a ? when ? 



mor^a , then, 
menepb , now. 
HbiHt, at present 



116340 , late. 

Aojiro , long. 

yace , already. 

omHbiHt, henceforth. 
momqacT), immediately. Bnpe^b , henceforward. 
imorAa , sometimes. cero^H/i , to day. 



cenqaci) , this minute 



Bcer^a , always. 
iniKor^a, never. 
pB^KO , seldom, 
qacmo , often. 
^aBHo , long ago. 
He ^aBHo , lately. 
bb<iho , eternally. 
ii3AaBHa , long since. 
npeaiAe , before. 
nocxB after. 
nomoMi> , then, 
pa ho , early. 



3aBmpa , tomorrow. 
Bqepa , yesterday. 
mpembHro ahh , the day 
before yesterday. 
noo/VE 3aBmpa , the day 
after tomorrow. 
OKero^Ho , annually. 
ejKe^HeBHo, daily. 
nocnreneHHo, gradually. 
iicnoAOBOJib , by and by. 
HOKa , until. 
nocpe^H, in the midst. 



4- Adverbs marking the order of time, 

bo nepBbixb, in the first cnepBa , at first, 

place. npe*/KAe , before. 

bo Bmopbixb , in the se- nomoMt , afterward, 

cond place. 3a chimb , afler this. 

CHa i ia^a , from the be- Ma„*o no wsuy, little by 
ginning;. little, 



( 256 ) 



acute , farther. ch 

hukohchi. , at last. bh 

Hanocj«1)40KT), at length, on 



oBa,^ 

obj» ,> again. 

ainbj 



5. Adverbs of repetition , in answer to the que- 
tioil CKOJlbKO pa3T> ? 



iHaHCAbi , } MHorOKpamno , ficqu- 

,Hiio>K4bi , >once. eritly. 

HOKpamHoj qacrno , often. 



cmojibKO pa3-b, so many irfecKOJibKO pa3-b , seve- 
times. ral times 

OAHaHtAbi , ) MHoroKpamno , frequ- 
e^H 

OAHOKpam 

^Baac^bi , twice, cmo past ? a hundred 

times. 



6. Adverbs of quantity , in answer to the question 
CKOJibKo ? how much? 

cmojibKO, so much. ^obojiijHo , enough. 

Miioro , much, 4oeinauio i iHo ? suihcient- 

Bisuo , little. ly. 

HtcKOjibuo , some. cjihjjjkomtj , too much. 

7. Adverbs of affirmation. 
4a , yes. KoneqHo , certainly, 

maicb , so. B'Bpfio, faithfully. 

mo'iiio , exactly. AliMcmBijiiitubiio , actu- 

Bnpsi.Mb , surely. ally, 

ji6,vihhiio , indeed. 6e3i> COMirBfiifl, without 

doubt. 



( ^1 ) 

npaBo , truly. Ha BtpHoe , for cer- 

bt> caivioivnj AbJtfc, in fact. tain. 

8. Adverbs of negation. 

He , not. omHiOAb.l lf 

>not at all. 
Htm-b , no , HHKaK-b, J 

HHiviajio, 1 not in the Hwqero ; nothing. 

HHqynu>,$ least 

9. Adverbs of doubt. 



e^Ba AH , scarcely. MOJKenTbGbimb, perhaps. 
aBocb, perchance. Moacenrb cmamhca, maybe. 



oqeHb , J 

, )very. 
BecbMa,^ J 



o. Adverbs of augmentation and excess, 

ropa3£0 , much. cjihihkomI) , too much. 

qpe3BbiqailHo , uncom- 
monly. 

KpailHC , 1 . cobcbwt> , entirely. 

/excessivlv. 
H3JikuiHe ? J BOBce , altogether. 

1 1 . Adverbs of comparison. 

mam* KaKb, so. paBHo , equally, 

maKii me kliktj , as. hoaoGho , like. 

KaKb 6bi,f ._ HHaqe , otherwise. 

}as if. , . 

oy^iHo , I raomio , exactly, 

12. Adverbs of explanation. 

rao ecnib, that is. hmchho ? namely. 



( 2D8 ; 



1 3. Adverbs of quality in answer to ike question 
KaKij? how? 

maK-b, so. oGuKHOBeHHO , com- 

maKHMi) ofipasou-b , in ir.only. 

such a manner. o\6n7H0 , willingly. 



^oGpoBOjibHo > volun- 
tarily. 
HaciijibHo , forceably. 
Hapomio , purposly. 
aBHo , evidently. 



xopoiuo , well, 

xj'40 , badly. 

i!.^pii4Ho , tolerably. 

4ypHo , indifferently. 

maKb ii CHK-b , so-so. 

nopa/ioMHo, prelty well, 

nocpe^cmBeHHo , mid- V466H0 , conveniently. 

lingly. 4apoMT>, gratis. 
B4pyn» , all at once. maiijio , secretly. 
BHe3anno , suddenly. miqeuiHo , fruitlessly 



jierKO , easily, 



onpoMeinmiBo, las 



hly. 



&c. 



1 4. Adverbs of interrogation. 



r4t , where. 

Ky4a , whither. 

oniKV4a , whence. 

Aoivy4a , how far. 

Kor4a , when. 

40K04t, till when. 

cko^l 404ro, how long, noimo , why. 

KaKT» <iacnio ; how often. 3a4t\n» , for what. 



ckojilko , how r many. 

CK04bK0 pa3Tj , llOW 

many times. 
Karn> , how, 
KaKHMij oGpaaoMb in 
what way. 



( 2 % ) 

THEME XXIX. 

On adverbs. 

The people are happy there, where industry 
is combined with good morals. We see every- 
where traces of the wisdom of the Creator. 
Magellan performed the first voyage round the 
■world. There is no where such a dense po- 
pulation as in China. In Egypt, where formerly 
the sciences flourished, ignorance now reigns. 
Anger often causes us to act rashly. As we ap- 



are happy , 6„iaro4eH- 

cmByeinb. 

industry, mpy4,0JiK)6ie. 

to combine , coe4H- 

HHillb, 

morals , Hpanw. 
to see , BfrA'brnb. 
a trace , C4t>4T>. 
wisdom , npeMy4pocnn». 
of the Creator, fioHeieii. 
Magellan , Marejuairb. 
to perform, coBepuiijmb. 
voyage , nyrneuiecrnBi'e. 
round , KpyroMb , gov. 
the gen. 
the world, CBtmb. 



HBfTIb. 



there is, 

such , maKOH. 

a dense population , 

MHOCOJlK)4CinBO. 

China, Kiimiii. 
Egypt , EriirTemb. 
a science , Hayna. 
to flourish , npouB-fe- 

mamb. 
to reign, ijapcniBo- 

Bamb. 



mger , nrBB-b. 



ai ^ 

to cause , 3acrrraB4iimb. 

to act, 4tiicmBOBamb. 

as we approach, npri- 

6viiiiKa/icb. 



( 260 ) 

proach the land we discover first the summits 
of the mountains, then the tops of towers, and 
at last the shore itself. A grateful man remem- 
bers eternally a benefit once conferred upon 
him. To speak much and reflect little is a sign 
of frivolity. We do not know for certain how 
far the Phenicians extended their navigation. 
There is no rule without exception. In some 
arts we can scarcely be compared with the an- 
cients. A gentle spirit, like a smooth lake , 



land , Geperi. 
to discover, npiiMlsqamb. 
(to observe.) 
summit, BcpiniiHa. 
a mountain, ropa. 
tops , Bepxk. 
a tower, 6aniHJi. 
the shore , 6eperb. 
a grateful man , 6^a- 
roAapHiiiH. 

to remember , noM- 
Hiimb. 
to confer, OKasanib. 
a benefit , ycayra. 
a sign , npH3HaKi>. 
frivolity, jerKOMLiC/iic. 
to know , suamb. 



a Phenician, Ohhii- 

KiflHHH-b. 

to extend , npocmw* 
pamb. 
navigation , ruaBaiiie. 
a rule , npaBioo. 
exception , H3KJiiO<*e- 
ii ie. 
art, HCKycmno, 
we can , mm MOH?eMT», 
to compare, paBiiiunbc/i. 
with, ct>. 

the ancients, apeBiiie. 
gentle , cnoKOUHLiH. 
spirit , Ayu\'d. 
smooth , 3e|>Ka^LHbin. 
lake , Q3epo. 



( «6« ) 

reflects every object ia its just proportions. 
The Lacedaemonians, accustomed then* child- 
ren from their very infancy to speak briefly 
and distinctly. It is easier to govern the 
passions than to conquer them. People for- 
give malice sooner than con tempt. Many peo- 
ple write better than they speak , and others 
speak better than they write. Sooner, said 
Psrrhus, will the sun swerve from its course, 



to reflect, ompawaniB. 

obj e ct , np e^Me int. 

in bb. 

just, HaAJieiKaiiiiii. 

proportion , B114B. 

a Lacedaemonian , Aa- 

KeAeMOUAHJIITb. 

from , cb, 
very, caMbin. 
infancy, Mjia4eHqecmRo. 
to accustom, npiyqanib. 
a child, ah ma V. $ 5 i* 
to speak , roBopiimb. 
briefly, KpamKO. 
distinctly , iicno. 
to govern, ynpaB^amb. 
passion , cmpaciub. 



to conquer , noGtac- 
^aiub. 
people , ji 10411. 
soon , CKopo. 
to forgive , upoinamb. 
malice , 3Ji66a. 
than , Reacejiu. 
contempt , npespimie* 
many , MHorie. 
to write , micamb. 
to speak, roBopiimb. 
to say, CKa3arnb. 
Pyrrhus , OnppB. 
will swerve , cospa- 
mkmca. 
from , cb. 
course, nyrnb, V, § 4°- 



( iCvi ) 

than Fabric:us from the path of virtue. Leav- 
ing our own «ountry (Russia) at the commence- 
ment of autumn , in a few da\s we passed 
to the south ol England , where delightful 
weather still lingered; and when even there the- 
raius and fogs commenced , and the vegeta- 
tive fored of iNaiure began to decay , in the 
stormy month of December we passed over 



its , CBOH. 

Fabricius , <X)a6piiiiiii. 
path, cme3fl. 
to leave, ocmaiuimb. 
our own country, ome- 
lecuiBo. 
Russia , Poccifl. 
at,npn,gov. the prep, 
commencement , na- 
cinyiueuie. 
autumn , oeeub. 
in , u"b. 

a few , ntcKO^bKO. 
day , Adib. 
to pass , nepeiimH. 
to , lib , gov. the aec. 

SOUth , lOVMlblU. 

England , Ann/ii/i. 



delightful, npeKpaciiLiH. 

weather , noroAa. 

to linger, npo^cu gamb- 



even , u. 

to commence 



fiawu- 



uaiiibc::. 
rain , .^ow.vtb. 
fog , uipiaiib. 
vegetative, pacmnmejiL- 

HbJM. 

force , ck*a. 
to decay , Mrpmnimb. 
stormy , GypHbiii. 
month ol December, 
4ehaf)pb. 
to pass o\er, nepetio- 
vknibcn. 






( *63 ) 

to the still warmer climate of the south of 
Europe. There the mos-t delightful summer 
again met us. All creation was full of life , every 
thing blossomed , every thing was clothed in 
green , and thousands of insects murmured in 
the air. 






to , bt» , gov. the ace. 
*till warmer , map Kin, 
climate , KJiiiManrb. 
Europe ., EBpona. 
delightful, npeKpacHbiar. 
summer , jrfcmo. 
to meet, Bcrnptmnrni.. 
creation, JUBOpeaie. 



full , ncno.iHeHO. 

life , JKH3Hb. 

to blossom, iiBBcmk. 
was clothed , oaIjuio. 
green , 3e.ieHb, 
an insect , nacBKOuoe. 
to murmur, uiyMtnib. 
the air , Boa/tYxt. 



CHAP. VIII. 

Prepositions. 



§ 244* Prepositions serve to point out the 
relation, in which objects stand to each other, as, 

KHkra Jiem.hmi> na cmojit, the book lies on 

the table. 

Kpacoma 6e3K npi/imnocmn , beauty without 

grace See. 

The following is a list of the prepositions 
alphabetically arranged. * 

6e3"b , without. H3i> , from. 
6jiii3b or 6jiii3ko, near. Kpous, besides. 

BAO^b, along. ktj or ko , to. 

BMtcmo , instead. >ie>K4y, between. 

BHynrpH , inside. mhmo , near by. 

BHh , outside. Ha , on. 

B03„i1j , near. Ha^ru , above. 

BOKpyn>, around. HanpormiBT> , opposite. 

Bb or bo, in. okojio , about. 

AJin , for. oKpecmij , around. 

40, until, before. onpu<n> , besides. 



3a , after. onn> , fro 



111. 



* For the different cases, which they govern see Syntax, 
Chap. II. Seel. VI. 



( i65 ) 



no, according, until. 
noBepxi>, above, 
no^it , close. 
noAT> , under. 
no3aAH , behind, 
noneperb , across, 
nocjrfc , after. 
npe^i> , before. 
npe>K/i,e , before, 
npo , about. 



npomiiBij , against, 
pa^n , for the sake . 
CBepxi> , in addition. 
ckbo3l , through, 
cnycraa , after. 
cpeAH , amidst. 
cynporaiiB-b , opposite. 
ci> , or co , from, with , 
about. 
qpe3i> , through, by. 



THE M E XXX. 

On Prepositions. 

There is no fruit without labour. Near Schaf- 
hausen is the celebrated fall of the Rhine. 
Savages use sharp stones, or hsh bones, instead 



labour , mpy^. a fall , BOAonaAfc. 

there is no , nfinrb. savages , AHKie, 

fruit , n\io/Vb. iron , jkcxeso. 

Schafhausen ; Ilia ty ray- to use , ynompe6jiAmii. 

3eHb. sharp , ocmpbiit, 

is, HaxoAiimca. a stone, KaweHb. 

celebrated , cjiaBHbin. a fish , pw6a. 

of the Ilhine^eniiCKiH. bone, Kocrnb. 

12 



( 266 ) 

of iron. Learning serves as an ornament to 
man in prosperity , and a jefuge in adversity. 
The planets revolve round ihe sun* The Ural 
mountains divide Siberia from European Rus- 
sia. Pleasures are the rocks , on which many 
young people are wrecked. They press after 
them with all sails set; but without compass 
to guide their course , and without helm 



iron , >Keji1i30. 
learning, yqeme. 
to serve , CAydihmb. 
prosperity , ciacmie. 
as, expressed by the ins. 
an ornament, yKpauie- 
nie. 
adversity, HecMacmie. 
a refuge, npnCiimMii^e^ 
a planet, njaHema. 
to revolve, o6pam,arnbca 
the sun, cojHu,e. 
Ural, ypajbCKiii. 
a mountain , ropa. 
to divide, onubAhmb. 
European , E^poneii- 

Russia , Poccifl. 



Siberia, Cn6h\)b. 
pleasure , ynrfcxn. 
a rock , cKajLa. 
on , o. 

to be wrecked , pa3- 
6nBami.c/i. 
many, doAbman qacmb. 
young, MOJioAWii. 
people, jitOAti. 
to press, nycKambca. 
after, 3a. 

with all sails set, Ha 
bc13xtj napycaxb. 
compass , Koiviiiaob. 
to , aah. 

guide , Hanpaiuenie. 
course , iuauaHie. 
helm, KopwHao. 



c 267 j 

to steer the vessel , and so instead of enjoy- 
ment, they meet with shame and disappoint- 
ment. What melancholy ideas of the tran- 
sitory grandeur of nations are excited in Italy, 
at the foot of ancient columns ; on the top 
of triumphal arches; in the interior of ruined 
tombs, and on the mossy banks of fountains. 
Apollo is sometimes represented witk a lyre, 



to steer the vessel , mo- 
ryiuaro ynpaBjianib 
KOpaGjievit. 
and so , u nomoiuy. 
enjoyment , yaoBOjib- 
cmcie. 
to meet , Bcmpbqainb. 
shame , cmbi/rb. 
disappointment, orop- 
qeme. 
what , CKO.Ab. 
melancholy, neqa^bHbiH. 
idea, Mbiejib. 
transitory, Heiiocmoan- 

HB1H. 

grandeur, Bejik'rie. 

nation , Hapo^b. 

are excited, po^aiom- 



Italy , Hmajiin. 
the foot, noAoniBa. 
ancient , ApeBHiii. 
a column , KOJiofma. 
the top , Bbicorna. 
triumphal, mopjKecm- 
BeHHbiii. 
arch , Bopoma. 
of ruined, pa3BajiHB- 

UlUXCil. 

a tomb, rpoGHkija. 
mossy, MinkcinbiH. 
bank , 6eperb. 
a fountain, iicmo^HUKit. 
Apollo, AnojjoHb. 
sometimes, HHor^a. 
to be represented, 11306- 
pa>KainbCii. 
a lyre , Ahpa. 



( 268 ) 

and sometimes with a drawn bow. Innocence 
smiles like a vernal morning, upon her ele- 
vated brow sit peace of mind and tranquility; 
unfading roses and lilies bloom upon lier 
cheeks. The playful zephyrs sporting around 
her, wanton with her white and airy robe and 
floating locks. Crowned with the flowers of 
the Graces she glides along the smiling earth, 



drawn , nam/iHymbiH. playful , pt3BbiiL 

bow, jivktj. zephyr, secjmpb. 

innocence, HeBHHHocrnL. to sport, Biirni.c/i, irr. 

to smile, yvibiGambca. to wanton, nrpamb,gov. 

like, 110,466110, gov. the the ins. 

dat. airy, .AerKiiL 

elevated, blicokjii. white, Ckibiit. 

brow, qcio. robe, o^eiK^a. 

to sit, ii3o6pa;KarnhC/i. floating, pacnyuieiiHbiii. 

peace of mind , ay- lock , Bo.iocb. 

jueBHbin Miip-b. crowned, yBbmiainibiii. 

tranquility , cnoKOii- flower , LiBtiiiib. 

rmBie. the Graces , Tpaiiiw. 

unfading, Heyn/uaeMbiri. to glide , mecniBOBamb. 

a rose , po3a. along , no. 

a lily, JiHJiiiL smiling, O.iaroc^OBen- 
to bloom, iiotcrnk. ubiii. 

the check, .laiiinna. the earth, 3eMJifl. 



( »«& ) 

storms and clouds flee at her approach , and 
celestial happiness spreads itself before her in 
sunny rays. When mortals obeyed the voice 
of beneficent Nature, and lived in love , tran- 
quility and peace , innocence resided upon 
earth; but when man, in a fatal hour of er- 
ror, spurned the laws of nature, then inno- 
cence returned («/>) to heaven , her native 
place. Since that time she rarely visits the 



a storm , 6ypa. 

Clouds , MpaKH. 

at her approach , oim» 
Hee. 
to flee , y^ajiambcfl. 
celestial , ne6ecHi>iu. 
happiness, 6jiarocmi>. 
to spread one's self, h3« 
jiHBambca. 
ray , Ay*n>. 
sunny , cojihcmhwh. 
a mortal , CMeprnHhiH. 
to obey , noBHHOBamL- 

Cfl. 

the voice , iuacb. 
beneficent , GjiaroAt- 
mejibHbim. 
to live , TKnmb. 



love , juo66ub V. § 36. 

tranquility , mimiHHa. 

peace , Miipb. 

to reside , oGiimainb. 

fatal , rH6ejii>HWH. 

hour , lacb. 

error, 3a6^yjK,4eiiie. 

to spurn, iipe3iipamb. 

to return, B03Bpainiinii)- 

Ctf. 

up , Ha. 

heaven, He6o, V. § 4^. 
to , 6^. 

her native place, CEoe 
omeqecmBO. 
since , c&. 
rarely , p^Ko'. 
to visit ; nocliiuirflB. 



( 2 7° ) 

earth and is seldom seen by mortal eye. (visible 
to the eye of mortalj. 



to be visible , 6biEamb the eye , oko , V. § 45. 
BH^iiMy. a moital, CMepmHbiii, 

tO , KT>. V. § 23. 



CHAP. IX. 

Conjunctions. 

§ 245. The conjunction is apart of speech, 
which serves to connect words and parts of 
sentences. 

§ 246. Conjunctions are divided, according 
to their signification, into : 

1) Connective. 

ir , and. mam* , so. 

4a , and , but. ne mojibKO , not only. 

maioKe , also. no 11 , but. 

KaK-b , as. ^avKc , even. 

2) Distributive. 

hjih , or. mi, not, nor. 

jihGo, either. He>Ke^n, than. 



( a; i ; 

3} Conditional, 

e/Ke^n , if. 6y4,e , in case, 

mo , then. koaih , if. 

Kor^a , when. mor^a , then. 

4) Concessive. 

nycnrb, or nycKan , let. ckojib hh , however 

soma , J ■ much. 

, )al though. , : 

xoma ofai,^ KaKij hh, however. 

npaB^a , true. imo hh , whatever. 

5) Adversative. 

a, but. HanpomHBTj^n the con- 

ho, but. trary. 

OAHaKo , still. mojibKo ormoKMO,only. 

;Ke , than. He B3Hpaa Ha mo , not- 

BnpoqeMfc, otherwise. withstanding. 

6) Causative. 

h6o , for. nomoMy imo, ? 

noejiiiKy , because. AJia mor6mno;i 

7) Conclusive. 

no ceiviy, hence. cjiB^oBamejiBHO , con- 

H maKi> 9 and so. sequently. 

nomoMy, therefore. 



( ^a ) 
8 J Comparative. 

kakij , as. mtMii , the. 

mani. , so. maKij-inio , so that. 

tLmtj , the more. 

9) Relative. 

Hmo, ^a6w, qmoGbi , that. 



THEME XXXI. 
On conjunctions. 

Forget not your own weakness , that you 
may the more readily excuse the errors of 
others. Neither precepts , nor severity act so 
powerfully 011 morals, as a good example. Na- 



to forget, 3a6wBanTh. another, ^pyrou. 

your own, coGcinueHFibiii severity , crnporocrnb. 

cbou. a precept , HacmaiMe- 
wcakness, c^aGocmb. Hie. 

readily, y^oGribiu. to act, AtiicmiiOBamb. 

to be ahle, MO'ib (V. irr. powerfully, ciuibiio. 

verbs), morals , HpaBbi. 

to excuse, mniiiiiniib. good, xopomiif. 

an error, norpLuinocinb exaiLplc , npimiipi. 



( =73 ) 
ture produces talents , and education dis- 
plays them. Death spares neither rich , nor 
poor. Fear not death , but shame. Although 
the commencement oflearning is difficult, the 
end is delightful. Pythagoras obliged his 
scholars to remain silent five years, that they 
might learn to reflect. Avoid indolence : for 
it is the source of many vices. True civiliza- 
tion not only opens a way to fortune , but 



to produce , npon3Bo- 
4,Hinb. 
talent , ^apoBaHie. 
education , Bocnnma- 
Hie. 
to display, oGHapyjKH- 
Barah. 
death , CMeprnb. 
to spare , iuaAHiiib. 
a rich man, 6orambiu. 
a poor man , 6*AHbiH. 
to fear, Goarnbca. 
shame , cmbi/rb. 
the commencement, Ha- 
qajio. 
learning, yieirie. 
difficult, mpy^Hbiii. 
the end , KOHeirt. 



delightful, npinmHbin. 
Pythagoras , Xlnoarop-b. 
to oblige, 3acina- 
BJinmb. 
a scholar , yqeHHirb. 
five years , numb jitmii. 
to remain silent, moji- 
qanib. 
to learn , Hayqinnbca. 
to reflect , paacyiK^amb. 
to avoid , yGbramb. 
indolence, npa3/i,Hocrnb. 
the source , ncmoq- 

HHKTj. 

true , HcmnHHwii. 
civilization , o6pa30Ba- 
Hie. 
to open , omKpbiBanib. 



( 2 7 4 I. 

confirms our internal happiness. Mental beauty 
is preferable to external beauty. Human hap- 
piness is so uncertain, that it may be destroyed 
in a moment. The heavier a body is , the more 
rapidly it falls to the earth. The Americans 
said to their oppressors: You, who behave 
so tyrannicaly and cruelly towards us , you 
must be either Gods, or such people as our- 
selves i if you are Gods , you should be 



a way , nymb. 
to confirm , ymuep/K- 
Aarnb. 
internal, BHympeHHin. 
happiness, 6jiarococmo- 

kuie. 
mental , AymeBHbiix. 
beauty, Kpacorna. 
preferable , ~iymiie. 
external, nrbjiecHbifr. 
uncertain, HeiiocmoaH- 

Hbiii. 
to be destroyed , ii3Mt- 
Hnmbcfl. 
a moment, nirHooeuie. 
a body , njiuo. 
heavy , m>i2Ke^uii. 



rapidly, CKopo. 
to fall , na^amb. 
an American , A:\iepii- 
Kaiieirb. 
to say, roBopiunb. 
an oppressor, ynitcHk- 
mejib. 
so , cmojib. 

tyrannically , ca>io- 
Bjacmuo. 
cruelly , cvpouo. 
to behave, nocrnynamb. 
towards, ci» , gov. the 
ins. 
must, AOAtRiibi. 
such people as oursel- 
ves, iuaide iKC.*io,i,ir. 



{ »7 5 ) 

merciful to men, and if jou. are such creatures 
as ourselves , you should remember humanity. 



merciful, MEUocepAbiu. humanity , qejiOBtqe- 
to remember, noMHkniL. cmBO. 



CHAP. X. 

Interjections. 

§ 247. Interjections are, mere sounds expres- 
sive of the different emotions of the soul , and 
denote, 

Joy. 
a! ra ! Ah! ypa ! hurra! 

G r i e f. 
yBbi ! Alas ! axi>! Ah! 

S u r p r is e. 
lie yiKejUb ! Indeed ! 

Aversion. 

mb(J)y! Fye! 

Desire of silence, 

mc*! Hush ! Silence! 

Pain. 
aii! Oh. 



( 2*6 ) 

Incitement of attention. 



iy! hear! Hark! Listen! 



Ca 11 in g. 



3ii! Holla! 

Encouragement 
Hy! HyJKe ! now then ! 



THEME XXXII. 



On Interjections. 



Oh, endearing ties of country, kindred and 
friendship! Ah , how happy is he , who en- 
joys peace of mind ! Alas ! how uncertain is 
human happiness. Alas ! all hope is vanished. 
Woe to thee thou impious man! Ah, how 



endearing , Miuuii, 
ties , y3hi. 

country , ome'iecmBO. 
kindred , po^crnBO. 
friendship , 4,py/K6a. 
happy , ciacimiiiB-b. 
to enjoy, nac.*ajK;i,amj>- 

Cff. 

peace , cnoKoucmBie. 



mind , 4yxT>. 
uncertain, Henocmo/in- 

Hbllf. 

happiness , ciacrnie. 
human , «ie.ioBtncciciif. 
to vanish, H3'ie3amb. 
hope , na^e>KAa. 
impious man , iie- 
'icuiniiiiLJir. 






( 2 77 ; 

glad T am that I have met you. The troops met 
their beloved leader with loud cries of Hurra ! 



glad , paAt>. beloved , juoGhmmii. 

to meet , VBhAtuibCH. leader, bo;kai>. 

the troops , bowcko. loud , rpoAiKiii. 

to meet, Bcmptmiimb. cry, KpiiKb. 



CHAP. XL 

Derivation and Composition. 

SECT L 
Derivation. 

i. Substantives derived from substantives, 

§ 248. Substantives are derived from other 
substantives by the addition of the following 
terminations , which denote the occupation oi a 
person with the object, expressed by the pri- 
mitive : 



-Kttff*. 


-am. 


-06HJIKV. 


-aph. 


-ZHK-b. 


-azb* 


-IIjllKh. 


-JIK1>. 



( >*8 ) 






in HHKK. 

Mt^b , copper. M^AHnKh, a copper-smith. 

neqi> , a stove. newuM , a stove-builder, 

oxoma , a hunt. oxorn«/ifl-z» , a hunter. 

cocfciTiTj , counsel. coB*m«MA:z>, a counsellor. 

Examples , in which the final consonant is 
changed. 

canorb , a boot. cano^HHKb, a boot maker, 
rptxt , sin. rpi^/HiiK-b , a sinner. 

6auiMaKb, a shoe. 6aiz/MauiHnirb, a shoe maker. 

in 06HHKT>. 

ca^ij, a garden. ca/ioennKi , a gardener. 
no.iKb, a regiment. uoaiw6hjikv, a colonel. 
caHb, a dignity. cznoeuiiKi , a dignitary. 

in yuKb. 



nepen^emT>,binding.nepei™einz7*ff2>,abook binder 

nepeB04,ij ; a transla- nepeBO^^MA'*, a translator, 
tion. 

in ii^UKb. 

KaMeHb, a stone. Kai\ieiiiz/7//r7> , a stone-mason. 
Morhaa , a grave. MoriiJibz///f/t'&, a grave-digger. 
mpaicmnpT), an inn. mpaKmHpzz///ft , z*,an inn-keeper. 
6apaGani> , a drum. 6apa6aiii///(Kfc, a drummer. 

in emit. 
pbiGa , a fish. pbi6atf& , a fisherman. 

My^o , a wonder. l iy,\d/cb 7 an original. 






( 2 79 ) 

in apb. 
cmoxb , a table. cmoAdpt , a cabinet-maker. 
3noni> , ringing. 3Boaapb , a ringer. 

in avb. 
mpyGa , a trumpet. mpyQazb , a trumpeter. 
CKpaiiKa, a violin, cmpvinazb , a fiddler. 

in HKb. 
Mope , the sea. MopM6 , a seaman. 
3eMJia, a country. 3eMA/iia> , a countryman. 

§ 249. When the derivatives terminating in 
HitKb are not personal , or do not mark the 
occupation of a person with the object expressed 
by the primitive, they denote , that the derivative 
is a 'receptacle of the substance , expressed by 
the primitive • as , 

Man , tea. n&jkHHKt , a tea-pot. 

mojioko, milk. uoAbmHHK-b , a milk-pot. 

KoqSeii , coffee. ko :\> eikn it kt> , a coffee-pot. 

25o. The termination Hmja added to a pri- 
mitive has a similar signification • as, 
nec6KT>, sand. neccmmma , a sand-box- 

•iepHkjia , ink. qepHKUbww^a, an ink-stand, 

rocim* , a guest. Yocmhiiwtifa , an inn. 

§ 25 1. This termination denotes also the 
occupation of a female with the substance ex- 
pressed by the primitive, or the feminine of 
titles and professions ending in hurt* and meJtb* 



( 280 ) 

ikmk6bhhki>, acolo- noAROBHitya, a colonel's wife. 

nel. 
niicarnejib, a writer. nncamejibHMZ/rt,a female writer. 
mo.ioko , milk. MOJiowHnya , a milk-maid. 

§ 2^2. The derivatives formed by the addi- 
tion of curat) denote a substance or quality 
connected with the signification of the pri- 
mitive ; ex. 

coctAb, a neighbour. cochAcmeo, neighbourhood. 
pa6i> , a slave, pa6cw<?o , slavery. 

jiiiKapb , a doctor. AkKapcmoo , medicine. 

§ 253. The derivatives ending in ie require 
the prefix of a preposition to the substantive, ex. 
CMepmb , death. 6e3c>ieprn?<?, immortality. 
c^aBa , glorv. muiecjiaBjV?, vain-glory, vanity. 

rpoGii , a coffin. HaArp*)6j'e , a tomb-stone. 

2. Substantives derived from adjectives. 

§ 254. Substantives are derived from ad- 
jectives , by changing the adjectival termina- 
tions bid and in into ocmb , ecmb , cmeo , hhci, 
oma, ie and ez/a , ex. 
ropAwii , proud. roipAocmb , pride, 

maHtejibin, heavy. mkmecmb , heaviness. 
Gorarnbin, rich. 6oranie777<?0 , riches, 

miixiii , tranquil. mwuutnd . tranquility, 
mojtcrnbiii , thick. mojicmomd , thickness. 
34opoBbiu , healthy. 3aoo6bj'<? , health. 
rjiynwH , stupid. raynczja , a fool. 



( »£{ ) 

3. Substantives derived from verbs. 

§ 2,55. Substantives are derived from verbs 
by changing the final mb of the infinitive * 
into 6a , nie , mejib , ei^t , jm , oki> , miKb } 
u^iiRit , ziiKi , and azb. 



cjrytfCTHnb , to serve. 
CMomptmL, to look, 
nncainh, to write. 

Kyiranifc, to buy. 

Jiramb , to lie. 
iirpami., to gamble. 

yqknih , to teach. 

pt3arnb , to carve. 

no4pa/i,Hnib ; to contract. 

mKarnb , to weave. 



cjiyjKfoz, service. 
CMompiw/e, inspection. 
nnca/77^^6 , a writer , 
an author. 
Kyn<?i/&, a buyer, a mer- 
chant. 

jiryirb , a liar. 
urpo/cb , a gambler. 

yqewwffz. , a scholar. 
pt>zz/&tfz> , a carver. 
noAphflinK* , a con- 
tractor. 
mnazb j a weaver. 



4. Adjectives derived from Substantives. 

§ 256. Adjectives are derived from Substan- 
tives by the addition of the terminations : 

Hbill , CHblH, llcmbin, Q6bM, lI6bW , blH , CKIH , and 

RHbih , ex. 






By tlie above examples it will be seen, that the 
vowtl , which precedes me is frequently changed in 
forming the derivative. 



utAh , copper, 
cojib , salt. 
jitcb , a wood. 
£) r 6ii , an oak. 
no.ie , a field. 
eneci>, pride. 
30J10IHO , gold. 
qe^iOLfeKL , a man, 
Bo^a , water. 



( *»* J 

u%\Hbin , copper, adj. 
cojienbiH , salt, adj. 
jitcucmbiH , woody. 
AyCddbiii , oaken, oak. 
iiojieebiH , field , adj. 
cue c us bin , proud. 
30J\ou\bin , golden, gold. 
nejiohknecKin , human. 
boaAhuii, aqueous. 






§ i5y. Several adjectives are derived from 
the pluial of substantives by the addition of 
iibiii ; as , 

«JVAeca , miracles. qyAecHU/i, miraculous. 

Hebeca, the heavens. BebecHbw , heavenly. 

5. Adjectives derived from verbs. 

§ 258. Adjectives are derived from verbs by 
changing the termination mb of the infinitive 
into Hbin, AbtH , Kin , ziii , iRiii and nebiil , ex. 



JIUl [JCUrtUID , 

3aKopeiitnn> , 



norpe6amb , to bury, 
to radi- 
cate, 
to break, 
to labour. 



norpe6ajibw&m , burial 
3aKopeH-Lf,&m,deep- 



roo- 
ted. 



jioiamb , 
pa6omamb 
npoxo4Hmb , to pass, 
iirpamb, to play. 



aomki'h , brittle. 
paGozm, laborious. 
Tipoxo/Kiii , transitory. 
nrp lie bin , playful. 



( 283 ) 

§ i5g. Many adjectives , and derivatives with 
the adjectival termination , have the signi- 
fication of substantives. 



^hkih , a savage. 
KopivmiM , a pilot. 



npoxovKin , a passenger. 

cjiyjKHBoa , one who 

serves. 



6. Verbs derived from substantives. 

§ 260. Verbs are derived from substantives 
by adding the infinitive terminations , amt , 
71/776, nrnb and 7776 ? preceded by t to the pri- 
mitive , ex. 



3amkma, defence. 



co^l , salt. 



Mtpa , a measure. 
iuyMT> , a noise. 



22iU\um,dmb , to defend. 
coMimb , to salt. 
utpnmb y to measure. 
niyMj/77&,to make a noise. 



7. Verbs derived from adjectives. 

§ 26 r. Verbs are derived from adjectives by 
changing the adjectival terminations mh and 
in into the infinitive termination 7776 prece- 
ded by a vowel , ex. 



30JiomwH, golden, 
cyxoii , dry. 
icpacHWH , red. 
BejtHKiii , great. 
acHbin , clear. 



3 ojiom 7^/776 , to gild, 
cym limb , to dry. 
KpacHg/776, to blush. 
Bejinqrt/776 , to magnify. 
o6:bHCH.rt/776 , to explain. 



( m ) 

8. Adverbs DERIVED FROM ADJECTIVES. 



§ 262. Adverbs are derived from adjectives 
by changing the adjectival terminations bin and 
m into 0, ex. 



GjiaroqecmHBbiH , pious, 
npocmbifi , common. 
npuj'BKtHbiii, diligent. 
ropbKin , bitter. 
rvuMKiii, smooth, 
cmporiii, severe. 



6jiaro l iecinHBo, piously 
npocrao, commonly. 
npiiJi1i>KHo , diligently. 
ropbKo , bitterly. 
rjia^Ko , smoothly, 
cmporo, severely. 



SECT. 



II. 



Composition. 
$ 263. Compound substantives may be formed: 

i st - By the combination of a primitive with a 
verbal substantive ; as, 

ze\\Aeoiiitcdnie , geography. 

k o pa 6 a e Ay; yui enie , a shipwreck. 

Mopen^tftf««*<? , navigation. 

2*7- By the combination of a substantive with 
an adjective. 

4o6)?OAyui\e , kindness. 
3^oiipai)io , wickedness. 
nfcmocAOBic , nonsense. 




( =>85 ) 

3 l J- By the combination of a verb with a 

substantive ; as , 

Hecmo.n'061'e , ambition, 
pw 6 oA06cm 60 , fishing. 
ca r \o604cm6o , gardening. 

4 ! y- By the combination of a numeral with 
a substantive ; as , 

e4iiHOA\ui'ie , unanimity. 
46oem6<iie , a colon. 
/77jweyr6.ibHiiK:b , a triangle. 

5!y- By the combination of a preposition with 

a substantive ; as , 

Ma^nncjb, an inscription. 
npe 4 ut cm mi Ki> , predecessor. 
/z£>e?4onpe r vB:ieHie , predestination. 

$ 264. Compound adjectives may be formed: 

I st - By prefixing a substantive to an adjec- 
tive ; as , 

npaeoBt^ubui , orthodox. 
20c/77eiipinMHbiii , hospitable. 
ejjoMorAiiciibiii , thundering. 

a 1 !* By the combination of two adjectives; as, 
CBtmjio-ro^\6biii , light-blue, 
m e m h u - j y p u 11 , tl a rk - b ro w n . 
ocmpo-KoueqHwu , sharp-pointed. 



( z86 ) 

3 1 !- By the combination of a numeral with. 
an adjective; as, 

ejitHooGpaTiHbiii , uniform, 
qemnepoi-ioriii , quadruped. 
nnrnnyrojibHbiii , pentangular. 

§ 260. Compound verbs may be formed : 
1 st. By t h e combination of a substantive with 
a verb ; as , 

fcimonwopiimb , to do good. 
rcj/rceujecmBOBaini) , to travel. 
./C/u/eiiiBopi*inb , to personify. 

ih- By the combination of an adjective with 
a verb ; as , 

3^6>c^oBiimb , to calumniate. 

3 lv * Bv the combination of two verbs; as, 

jiK)ooiibiiiicniBOBamb, to be curious. 
4*y- By the combination of an adverb with 
a verb ; as , 

MiiMoxoAumb , to pass by. 

5h- By the combination of a pronoun with 
a verb ; as , 

ca^obaacrnBOBamb , to use an absolute 

authority. 
6ty- By the combination of a preposition with 
a verb ; as , 

H3Koueuknib , to eradicate ckc. 



PART III. 

SYNTAX. 

§ 266. Syntax is that part of grammar, which 
shews the agreement or concordance of the 
different parts of speech, their government, or 
influence upon each other, and their right dis- 
position in a sentence. 



CHAP I. 
Concordance* 

SECT. I. 

Concordance of nouns in general. 

§ i6y. When two substantives occur together 
and relate to the same object , they are both 
put in the same case , ex. piud bleed , the 
river Neva; M-fccntrb IfOJib , the month of July; 
Ha eo/A 3nmb, on Mount Etna &c. 

§ 268. When one substantive relates to two 
or more objects it is put in the plural num- 
ber , ex. Aaocmojibi Ilempfc a lluce.ib , the 
apostles Peter and Paul. 

§ -269. Adjectives must agree with the sub- 
stantives, to which they refer 111 gender , number 
and case, ex. Ca&vhuu napo^b, a famous people, 



( >8S ) 
AoGpue npani>i , good manners ; cKpoMHan jkch- 
miiiia , a moclesl woman, otiwupHoe 6;^epo, an 
extensive lake; oOnma/ne^b xojioakcuo KJiuMarna, 
an inhabitant of a cold climate , &e. 

§ 270. When a possessive adjective precedes 
two or more substantives, it agrees with the 
first in number, gender and case, ex. omeze- 
cha/i AtoGoeb 11 nonewenie, paternal love and care. 

§ iyi. When an adjective follows two sub- 
stantives and relates to both, it is put in the 
plural, ex. To.Mcpfc u Bnprji.iiu , cAaenbie cbo- 
iimii cniiixoinBopeHiaMii , Homer and Virgi 
famous for their poems. Wben the substan- 
tives are of different genders the preference is 
given to the masculine , ex. napoAbi n zocy- 
Adpcmea 3naMcnumbie 6b ncmopin , the nations 
and kingdoms, celebrated in history. 

§ 272. When a common and proper noun 
occur together, the adjective must agree with 
the common , ex. ptna /^H$npi> no iipwiniib mho- 
HvecinBa noporoBb necnocoOna Kb cyAOXOAcmBy. 
The river Dneiper is unlit for the purposes 
of navigation on account of its numerous falls. 

Rem. i he above rules relate equally to the 
cardinal numbers, oAiiiib, one; ,uib, two, and 66a 
]>oth ; to the ordinal numbers, and to the re- 
lative, possessive | demonstrative and indefinite 
pronouns. 



( *8 9 ) 
Examples of the concordance 

OF ADJECTIVES, NUMERALS, PRONOUNS , AND PARTI- 
CIPLES WITH THEIR SUBSTANTIVES. 

A pronoun and adjective, 

Mas. Sing. 
N. moh BtpHbiii Apyrb f my true friend. 

G. Moero BBpnaro ^pyra , of — — 

D. Moeiuy EBpHOMy Apyry , to — — 

A. Moero BtpHaro .Apyra , 

I. mohmI) BBpHbiMB /i,pyroMi> , by or with- 
P. o Moeaiij BtpHOMi. Apyri , of — 

P I u. 

N. moh B-fepHbie 4py3faa , ray true friends. 

G. MOHXli B-fepHLlXTj Apy3eH , of 

D. MOHMTi BBpHblMB 4py3LaMT> , tO — — 

A. mohxb B-fepHbixi> , 4py3ea , — — • 

I. MOHMH BBpHblMH Apy3bflMH , by Of Wlth- 
P. O MOHXIj BBpHblXB 4py3baxi» , of 

A pronoun and participle. 
F e m. Sing. 
N. cia meKyinaa pBKa , this flowing river. 

G. ceii meKymeii pBKH , of 

D, cen raeKyuiea p-BK* , to — — 

A ciio meKym,yK) P^ K y> — — ~ 

I. ceio meKyLueio pBKOto , by or with. 

P. o cen meKym,eH pBKB , ol — 

i3 



{ *9° ) 

P I u. 
N. cik meKymia p-feini , these flowing rivers. 

G. CIIXTj mCKVlUHXTj p£Ki» , of — 

1). Oil Mb lneKyinmiT) pb-RRMb, to — — — 
A. ciii mehyuiifl ptiui , — — — — — — 

I. chmh me hymn mm p'bKaMii , by or with — 
P. o cnxi> meKvuiuxi> ptKaXL , of — — — 

A PRONOUN AND NUMERAL. 

Neat. Si n g. 
™. Baiue nepBoe nucb\i6 , your first letter. 
G. Bauiero nepBaro niicbMa, of — — — 
D. BauieMy nepBOMy niicbMy , to — — — 
A. Baiue nepcoe nucbMo , — — — — 
I. BauiiiMTj nepbbiMb nucbMOMij , by or with - 
P. o BaiueMi* nepcoMb nucbMB , of — — 

P I u. 
N. Baum nepBbiJi nkcbMa , your first letters. 

G. BauiHxi* nepBbixij nkceMfc , of 

D. Bauimib nepBbiMb nkcbMaMt , to 

A. Bauiii nepBbia nncbiua — — — — — — 

I. BamiiMii ne|)BbiM» niicLMa.MH , by or with 
P. o Bauiiix'b nepnbixi> liiicbiuaxib , of — — 



SECT. U. 

Concordance of verbs. 
§ 273. The verb agrees with its nomina- 
tive in person and number, ex. /i ej.iAio , I 
walk ; om nniucnib he writes ; mu pncyejui , 
we draw; 6bi mcAaeinc, you wish. 



( 2 9* ) 

$ 2j4- I n tDe P ast tense the verb must agree 
with its nominative in gender also, ex. rpoMt rpA- 
nyjib , MOjmia Gjiecnjjia , m Mope 3awyMtAo , the 
thunder rattled , the lightning flashed, and the 
sea began to roar. 

$ 2^5. Passive verbs agree with their nomi- 
native in gender and number through all the 
tenses , ex. Vnwb 6bun> 63Jirm it pmzpdGjiewb 
FajuiaMH , Rome was taken and pillaged by 
the Gauls. Urn a air 'lacmo noctu^deMa nymeuie- 
cniBeHHHKaMH , Italy is frequently visited by 
travellers. 

§ 2j6. When two or more nouns or pro- 
nouns are connected together in a sentence 
as joint agents or subjects, the verb must 
be in the plural , ex. Hcueomicb n eaAaie npo- 
i46timdform> btj Hmajiin , painting and sculpture 
flourish in Italy. 



* * 



CHAP. II. 

Government. 

SECT. I. 

Government of substantives. 

§ 277. When two substantives occur together, 
the one , which answers to the question whose ? 
of which ? of what ? is put in the genitive case , 
ex. cBfcni"b ucmnHbi , the light of truth; uap- 
cmBOBaHie Aezycma, the reign of Augustus. * 

§ 278. In such instances as the latter, where 
the relation of the two substantives denotes 
possession , a possessive adjective is frequently 
used instead of the genitive case , ex. Anry- 
cmoBO u,apcmBOBaHie, Augustus' reign ; Mondp- 
man Mbocmb , the Monarch's bounty. 

§ 279. Substantives , which denote qnantitv, 
measure or weight govern the genitive case , ex. 
MHomecmeo napoAa , a multitude of people ; 
vmciKanb eo4bt> , a glass of water - } nj^ mjku , a 
pood of flour &c. 



* The dative case is somelimes used instead of the ge- 
nitive, ex. xo3«niih A OM 7i ihe master of the house; 10- 
cno,\'iH-b RM&Hlto, the proprietor, or lord of the estate; po- 
ennch KHiir.iMb , a dialogue of books. 



( -93 ) 

§ 280. When a quality is ascribed to an ob- 
ject , the noun , which expresses that quality , 
is put in the genitive case , ex. weHmjma 
Kpornnazo npdea , a woman of mild manners; 
MyuuiHa eucoRazo poem a , a tall man. 

§ 280. The word oxohihmktj (fern. ox6mHwu,a) 
an an ateur , governs the gen. case with the 
preposition ,40 , as: ona oxomnnna 40 zmeni/i, 
she is a lover of reading; oht> oxonrnnKT* 40 
jioma^eii , he is an amateur of horses. 

SECT. II. 

Government of adjectives. 

§281. The adjectives Aocmonm , worthy; 
zyxcd* , strange (free from); nojiom full, govern, 
the gen. case ; as, zeAoeim 4ocmoHHbm nozme- 
Hi/i, a man worthy of respect; cocjai noAHbiii 
eodhi , a vessel full of water ; zjjk^ npnempd- 
cmin , free from prejudice. 

§ 282. The adjectives eipem , faithful; 3«a- 
komt> , known; MHJit , agreeable; AwGc3em , 
lovely ; no^e3em, useful ; npujiuzewb , proper ; 
pcteeni , equal ; no4o6em> , like ; noKopem , 
humble; copa3Mtpem , proportioned; j-zo^em , 
pleasant , govern the dative case , as : Bipewb 
rocyAapw , faithful to the sovereign; MiiAt ecA- 
KOMy , agreeable to every one &c 



( %4 ) 

$ 283. The adjectives , dAtem, greedy ; cno- 
coGem or 264cm, fit; upHAtxervb , diligent ; 
npncmpdcmem , prejudiced ; aomoei , ready ; 
cKAonem , inclined; cmpdcmeui , passionate; 
cocmpaAumeACH-b , compassionate , govern the 
dative with the preposition Kb , ex. npncmpd- 
cmem kz mpi , passionately fond of gaming ; 
cocmpa4drneACHT> Kb HeczdcmHbi.m , compassio- 
nate to the unfortunate &c. 

S 284. The adjectives: GepemAueb , careful; 
noxomi , like; 4ep3oKb , bold; jieddin, , active 
(light), govern the accusative with the pre- 
position Ha, ex. oht> 6cpe;KAU6b na iiMimbe f 
he is careful of his clothes; om 4ep3oia> na 
ji3hiKt , lie is bold in his speech; &c. 

$ 280. The adjectives 6At4CHT> , pale ; 6t4eHi> > 
poor ; Gocdrmj , rich ; Ooachi , sick ; ecAiiKb , 
great; gmcokv , high; 4iih"b , wild; AoeoAem , 
content; 3HCiMcnurni, cAcieem , celebrated ; 3H.d- 
meHii , distinguished ; hpdmoKb , gentle ; MciAb, 
little; HU3UKV , low; cmapi , old; uicmb , clean; 
cKj4enT> , miserable ; caci6i> , weak ; KpinoKi , 
strong; czdcmAiieb , fortunate; npoeopem , active, 
govern the instumental case , ex. ohi faijrM 
AimcMTt, his face is pale ; ohci SoAbnd eo ideow , 
her head aches; 3Hdmeui nopo4oio , of a dis- 
tinguished race 6kc. 



( 2 9 5 ) 

$ 286. Tlie adjectives : ucxycem , skilful ; 
ncnpdeem, exact ; jM.ipem , moderate; meep^-bj 
firm; nocmoAnem , steady , govern the instru- 
mental case with the preposition 67>, e\. Ow?, 
Hcnpaeeuij 6T> AOJiTKHocnm , he is exact in his 
duty; oud jMlpeHHa 6i> nuufi , she is moderate 
in her food &c. 

§ 287. Adjectives of the comparative degree 
(when not connected with the substantive by 
the particle nemejin , than J govern the gen. 
case, ex. zecmb Aopome mu3hvi , honour is 
dearer than life. The latter manner is generally 
employed, when the comparison is vague and 
indefinite. 



SECT. III. 

Government of numerals. 

$ 288 4 B a , two; 66a both; rnpn , three; 
and qeniwpe, four, when used in the nominative , 
require the gen. sing. ex. ^Ba py6ja, two roubles; 
rnpn 4HH , three days; qembipe KopaG^ia, four 
ships &c. When there is an adjective rela- 
ting to the same substantive , it is frequently 
put in the genitive plural instead of the no- 
minative case , ex. ABa ^oivia KaivieHHbixT> , two 
stone houses; rnpn rojiyGa npeKpacHMxi> ; three 



( *6 ) 
beautiful pigeons. In the oblique cases these 
numbers agree with the substantives, to which 
they relate, ex. mpeMfc BOHHaiwb , to three war- 
riors &c. 

§ 289. Cardinal numbers from five upwards 
govern the genitive plural , ex. nnmb ffijmoeb, 
five feet; wecmb paGomHitKoei , six labourers 
&c. The numerals jeoe r mpoe , zemoepo , go- 
vern the same case , when they relate to ani- 
mated objects. 

§ 290. When numbers are used to mark the 
age of a person , they are put in the genitive 
case , ex. onb menuj,cn mpUAiidmn, a y.ncpv ce- 
MUAecRmn Atrrn , he married at thirty, and 
died at seventy years of age. 



SECT. IV. 

Government of verbs. 

§ 29 r. Active verbs govern the accusative 
case , ex. poAHme.Aii jiioGjiWb ceouxb Atmeii , 
parents love their children ; monrb OAepjKU- 
Baenrb cJiaeniiiiuyK) noGtAj , Kmo ceGn, ca.uaco 
noGtxAciemb , he gains the most glorious vic- 
tory , who conquers himself. But if the action 
extends to only part of the verb, it then 
governs the genitive case, ex. cnycrnumb goam , 



( 2 97 1 
to let out part of the water ; y6denmb ndpyco6b t 
to take in some of the sails , &c. 

§ 292. An active verb , preceded by a ne- 
gation, governs the gen. case , ex, 6e3b npiiAt- 
mdnifi ne ojkhacim, yentxa ei Haynaxb, expect not 
to make progress in learning without diligence. 

§ 293. Reciprocal verbs govern the instru- 
mental case with the preposition a, ex. cpa- 
mdmbcR a neupiAmejieMb , to combat with the 
enemy; GopombcR co cmpacmbMU , to struggle 
with the passions ; SHambcn. cb zecmnbum JiwAb- 
mu, to be acquainted with honest people. 
Reflective verbs govern the same cases as 
the active verbs , from which they are deri- 
ved. 

§ 294. Compound verbs govern different ca- 
ses according to the preposition, with which 
they are formed. The prepositions bt>, 40, ct», 
onrb and npe^ij are frequently repeated before 
the noun , ex. aohttiu 40 upduHocmn, , to be 
driven to extremity; npe^crndmb npe.zvb cyAT> , 
to appear before the tribunal; cozjiawdmbc/i 
ct> ApyzoMby to agree with one's friend. Verbs, 
composed with the preposition npii, and which 
signify the approach of one object towards 
another, require the dative case with the pre 
position Kb , ex. npncmdrnb kt> 6epezy , to land ; 
npnzonidenwbcji Kb eoitni , to prepare for war; 



( a<)8 ) 

Those composed with the particle eu require 
the genitive case with the preposition n3i , 
BbjpBamb no6*4y ii3T> P) : ktj nenpiame^a, to wrest 
the victory out of the hands of the enemy. 
Those composed with the particle 603 or 
€3 require the accusative case and the pre- 
position na , ex. 63Jitcmb Ha ^epcBO, to climb 
up a tree , &c. 

§ 295. The auxiliary verb Gbimb, to be, go- 
verns the nominative case , when it expres- 
ses a permanent duration, and the instrumen- 
tal when a temporary, ex. cMepmb ecmb 66ii}in 
3cpe6iii qe.toEt'iecniBa , death is the common 
lot of humanity ; HIeKcnupi> GbiAt eeAUKm nosm-h, 
Shakspeare was a great poet; Jocnc})i> Omav 
HBKomopoe BpeMH paSoMi bi> Ernnrnt , Joseph 
was for some time a slave in Egypt. 

$ 296. The verbs: Hce^amt, to wish ; Aocrmi- 
ramb, to attain, ayuiamb ; to hear; aaluo- 
i.amb, to follow; ii36tramb , to avoid; emu- 
Awrnbcn , to be ashamed; AOVKiiAarnbcn , to await; 
ocmeperambca , to take care ; Gonmbca , to be 
afraid; oimiaeisainbCH, to despair; 'lyH.vu'unbc/i , to 
estrange, govern the genitive case , ex. aceJiamb 
ciacmia, to wish for happiness; ciiipamwinbCii 
CMepmii , to be afraid of death. &c. 

§ 297. When the passive form of the verb 
is used instead of the active, the nouii- 



C 2 99 ) 

native case is employed in place of the ac- 
cusative, and the instrumental instead of the 
nominative, ex. (active) Eozt> co3,4axb ecejien* 
Hjfo , God created the universe- (passive) Bce- 
jLennaR cos^aHa Bozomi. 

Rem. When the instrumental case occurs in 
the phrase, which is to he rendered hy the 
passive voice, the preposition orm with the 
genitive case is employed to avoid its re- 
petition , ex. Eorb 04,apiun> qejioBtKa pa3y- 
momt> , God has endowed man with reason; 
qejioBtm> o^apeHb orm Bora pasyMOMb, Man 
is endowed hy God with reason. From the 
above rules it will he seen , that passive 
verbs govern either the instrumental, or 
the genitive case with the preposition orm. 

§ 298. The verbs 3aBHCbmb , to depend; nc- 
irfcjiHmbCfl or BburEinmbca , to be cured ; 6e- 
peihca or xpaHnmhca , to preserve ; CBoGo/uimb- 
ca , to liberate; B03/j,epjKiiBanibCH , to refrain; 
y^ajiiimbca , to depart; o'lMinambca , to purify; 
pa3ptniHmbcn , to be delivered ; cnacambca , 
to be saved; yKJionambca, to recede, govern 
the genitive case with the preposition orrn> , 
ex. pa3ptuiHmi>cfl onrb 6peivieHH , to be delivered 
of a burden; cnacmiica omij CMepinn , to be 
saved from death ; y^ajiamhca onrb poAHHbi , 
to depart from our native place , &c. 



( 3oo ) 

§ 299. In general the same verbs, that are 
followed by the dative in English, govern that 
case in the Russian language , ex. iioBiiHonamb- 
cji 3aKOHa>n>; to be obedient to the laws; biih- 
ifamb raacy cobbcitiii , to listen to the voice of 
conscience; npiMtwarnb kt> y'leniio , to apply 
to learning &c. But in some instances the dative 
is employed after Russian verbs, when it can- 
not be used after the corresponding verbs in 
English, ex. y/i,oBj»ernBop>imb cbohmtj xejiaHiflftrb, 
to satisfy our desires ; y i ihmi)CJi ./laminiCKOMy 
;i3WKy, to learn the latin language ; neqajib Bpe- 
Atinrb 3AopoBi»io ; sorrow injures the health &c. 

§ 3oo. The verbs: npaBiinib, ynpaBjiamb , to 
direct or govern; npe3iipamb, to despise; npo- 
MbiQiJinnrb, to speculate; yBaHcamb, to esteem; 
pacno^aramb, to dispose; noBejIiBamb , to order 
(govern); npeABOAiimejbcniBOBamb , to conduct; 
B.iaAtmb , to rule ; oGjia^anib , to possess; wep- 
rnBOBamb , to sacrifice ; aopo/KHmb , to esteem , 
neMO'ib , to be ill; oBnjioBamb , to abound; 
c.ibimb , to pass; >Kijmi>, to live; M yiiimbca , 
to be tormented; BecejHrnbcn, to rejoice; 3Barni>- 
ca, na3biBambca, to call one's self; Ml,nhmi>cn , 
to change; Bo3Hockrni>cn , to exalt one's self; 
KJiflcmbcn , to swear; nojib30EarnL>ca , to profit, 
govern the instrumental case , ex. >KeprnBOBanib 
HMtHt'eMZ , to sacrifice one's estate; npe^oo- 



( 3o, ) 

^HmejibcraBOBamh eoiicKoM-b, to conduct an ar- 
my ; CAbimb zecmubiMh zeJioeinoMb , to pass 
for an honest man ; mnmb ceouMit. Tnpy4a.Mi1 , 
to live by one's own labour- ptKM H3o6iy y- 
tomb phiGow , the rivers abound with fish, &c. 

§ 3oi. The verbs CMomptmb, to look; npiiMS- 
•jaiui. , to observe and ronamLCS , to pursue, 
in most instances, govern the instrumental case 
with the preposition 3a , ex. CMomp-feinb 3a 
AtAOMb , to look after an affair ; npiiNfriainb 3a 
ero noee^enieM^ , to observe his conduct; 
roHHmbca 3a zecwbMU a 6oedmcnT60Mi> , to 
pursue honours and riches. 

§ 3o2. The verbs: /rBncniBOBamb , to act; 
yMHjiocniHBJiHmbca , to have compassion ; ro- 
cno4,craBOBamb , to domineer; Ha<iajibcrnBOBanrb, 
to rule , and some other verbs of like signi- 
fication, govern the instrumental case with 
the preposition Ha4,b , ex. KpacHopfcqie a*bh- 
cnTByenrb na4b cep414a.Mi1 cjiymanrejien, eloquence 
affects the minds of the hearers; cmpacmH 
nepiAKO rocno4cmByionib na4* pd3yMOMT> , not 
un frequently the passions domineer over rea- 
son ; c/Kajinmbc/i Ha.41 6t4HbiMT> , to have com- 
passion upon the poor, &c. 

§ 3o3. The verbs rpaHkmimb , to border ; 
cxo^cmBOBamb , to resemble; cowiacoBambca, to 



agree ; paBiiambcn , to be equal ; coo6pa30- 
BambCfl , to conform, govern the instrumen- 
tal case with the preposition ei> , ex. Poccia 
rpanH«unm> cu KnmdeMb , Russia borders upon 
China ; corjacouambca ci> uctjiiihojo , to agree 
with truth , Sec. 

$ 3ozf. The verbs: ynopcmBOBamb, to persist; 
ycntBamb , to make progress; BUHnmbca, to 
accuse; ncnoBliAbiBambca , to confess (sins); 
npiiBHaBamhca , to acknowledge; oinnGambca, 
to be mistaken ; ynpa>KHnmbca , to exercise 
one's self; o6\iaHbiBambca , to be mistaken ; 
nytfvi.ami.ca , to be in want; pacKaneambea , to 
repent ; coMHbBambcn , to doubt , followed by 
the preposition ci 9 govern tbe prepositional 
case , ex. ynopcmBOBamb ev mpeGoeanui , to 
persist in a demand; pacKaiiBambca 6b zptxaxi, 
to repent of one's sins; HysRA&mbcn. 6b 4enbeaxb , 
to be in want of money , &c. 

Ren?. The verb coMHBBambca is sometimes 
followed by the preposition o , ex. co- 
MHtBaiTibca o iicmnub, to doubt of the 
truth , &c. 

§ 3oa. The verbs : ocnoBbiBambca , to found 
and ymBepjs^ambCfl , to confirm, govern the pre- 
positional case with the preposition na } ex. ocho- 
Bbinainbca Ha uubimajci , to found upon experi- 
ments. Sec. 






( 3q3 ) 

§ 3o6\ The verbs: GABinb , to watch; mimo- 
cepAOBamb , to have compassion; x 04am an cm - 
Boeainb , to intercede; jKaxEmb and co/Kajiimb, 
to pity; n^iaKarnb , to weep; xjionomamb , to 
take pains , my/Kkmb and CKopGimb , to be 
afflicted; cmapambca , to endeavour; 3a66- 
nmrnbca , to take care , govern the preposi- 
tional case with the preposition o 7 ex. 64^ nib 
o G^arococmoaHin napo^a , to watch over the 
welfare of the people; 3a66mnmbca o Bocnn- 
inamn Abmeif, to take care of the education of 
children. 

§ 307. The verbs : BejrBmb , to command ; 
romoBiimbCii , to prepare one's self; Aamb , to 
give ; ^onycKamb , and AOSBOJiamb , to allow ; 
40^i>KeHcmBOBamb, to be obliged; ^yMarnb ? to 
think ; jKejiamb , to wish ; 3aMbiuiJiamb , to con- 
spire ; nponoB*40Bamb, to preach ; 3anpem,amb , 
to prohibit; 3apeKambca, to forswear; 3ambBamb, 
to invent; 3a<wiiarrjj>, and Haqimamb , to begin; 
3iiamb , to know; jiioGhmb , to like; wo^Hrai , 
to beg, Mbicjiumb, to imagine; Mo^b , to be 
able ; na^BamLCfi , to hope ; o6buuirnb , to pro- 
mise ; oiiacambca , to be afraid ; noBajKHBarnb- 
ea , and npiyqamb , to accustom one's self; 
noKyuianjbca , to try ; noHyjKAamb , and npn- 
Hy^Aamb , to oblige; npeAnpniiuMaiiib, to un- 
dertake; npHKa3WBamb, to order; npoAa/i>Kamb, 



( 3or4 ) 

to continue; npe.inncbiBamb , to ordain; npo- 
ciimb , lo ask; ciiipami.ca , to prepare one's 
self; yv/ferrib , to know how; ynoBamb, to trust; 
xonrfcirib , to desire , require to be followed 
by the infinitive of another verb, ex. pa3cy- 
AOK-b npe4nHCbiBaeim> H36npdmb no^e3Hoe, rea- 
son directs fusj to choose what is useful ; 
3aKOHi> BojKiii noBcaBBaenrb jiioGiiinb Apyrb 4py- 
ra , the law of God commands (us) to love 
one another. 



SECT. V. 

Government of advebbs. 

§ 3o8. The adverbs: AOcmoiiHO , worthily; 
JiHoro , much ; aobojbho, enough ; m;uo , little; 
utcKo^bKo , some; 6jii3b , near; Kacamejib- 
ho, relatively; B^ojib , along, BRilicmo , in- 
stead; BHympn , inside; BOKpyrb , around; no- 
3a^H , behind; noneperb , across; cBepxb , be- 
yond govern the genitive case , ex. B^oab 
Cepeza , along the coast; Biiympk zopOAa , in 
the interior of the city : cpe^n jeopri , in the 
midst of the court; cBepxb cHJVb^ beyond 
one's strength , &c. 

§ 3og. Adverbs of the comparative degree 
govern the genitive case, ex. .rhino npoxo^iniib 



( 3o5 ) 

ropas^o Becexfee 3hum, summer passes much 
more cheerfully than winter. 

§ 3io The adverb: eom , out, governs the 
genitive case with the preposition M3i>, from; 
* ex. bohtj H3T> 40mj, out of the house ; npozb , 
away, requires the same ease with the pre- 
position omi , (from) ex. npoqt onrb mchh , away 
from me , &c. 

§ 3 1 1. The adverbs : BonpeKH, in opposition; 
no,466Ho , like ; npHJiimHo , npncmoHHo , sui- 
tably; npomiiBHo, in an opposite manner; cboh- 
cmBeHHO, naturally; yro^Ho , agreeably, govern 
the dative case , ex. Borb o6Bm,ajib A&paaaiy 
yMHOJKsimb CBM» ero 110466H0 necKy MopcnoMy, 
God promised Abraham to multiply his seed 
like the sand upon the sea shore ; nrw 40J1- 
HteHb JKwmb npncmofino cocmokmio , you should 
live suitably to your condition. 

§ 3 1 2. In general adverbs derived from 
other parts of speech , govern the same cases 
as their primitives. 



* H3-B, signifies the passing of an object from the in- 
terior; om&, the mere removal of one object from another. 



( 3o6 ) 

SECT. VI. 

Government of Prepositions. 



§ 3i3. Prepositions require the substantives, 
to which they are prefixed, to he put in cer- 
tain cases. 

i. Prepositions, which govern the 

GENITIVE CASE. 



6C3TJ , without. 
6.ui3i>, or Gjiii3ko, near. 
B^ojib , along. 
Bivrfccmo , instead. 
BHympn , inside. 
But , outside. 
bo3j1j , near-by. 
BOKpyrb, around. 
fl,Aii , for. 
4,0 , until. 
ii3Kjiio«ia;i , except. 
H3T> , from. 
KpoMb, }>esides. 
Mii mo , close by. 
iiaiip6nnim> , opposite. 

2. Prepositions, which 
kt> or KO 



okojio , about. 
OKpecurb , around. 
onpHMh , besides. 
orm> , from. 
noA^ib , c lose. 
noaaAH , behind, 
noneperb , across. 
nocrfc , after, 
npevhvie , before. 
nporniiBi. , against. 
pa ah , for the sake, 
cnepx-b , in addition. 
cpe/iii , amidst. 
cynpomiiBii , opposite. 

y, at. 

GOVERN THE DATIVE CASE. 

, to. 



( 3o 7 ) 

3. Prepositions , which govern the accusative 

case : 
npo , about. CKB03b , through, 

qpesij , through. cnycmii , after. 

4. Prepositions which govern the instrumen- 

tal case : 
Ha^ , over. mem/\,y , among. 

Rem. Me>K4y governs the genitive also. 

§ 3f4- The following prepositions vary their 
signification according to the case of the sub- 
stantive, to which they are prefixed. 

3a , governs the accusative, when it signifies 
for, and the instrumental , when it signifies 
behind. 

TI04V , under, and npew , before, govern the 
accusative case, when they denote the motion 
of one object towards another , and the instru- 
mental case, when they express the stationary 
position of an object. 

Bh,oveo 7 in, and Ha, on, govern the accusative 
case , when they denote the motion of one 
object towards another, and the prepositio- 
nal , when they express the stationary posi- 
tion of an object. 

Ct> , or co, from, governs the genitive case. 
Q-b , or co , with ; governs the instrumental case. 



( 3o8 ) 

Cz , or co , about , governs the accusative case. 
Ilo , according, governs the dative. 

Ilo , until, governs the accusative. 
Ilo , after, governs the prepositional. 

§ 3i5. The prepositions bo, ko and co are 
used instead of bt>, ki> and ci> , when the word, 
to which they are prefixed , begins with two or 
more consonants , and the sound requires the 
intervention of the vowel, ex. co CKa^bi , from 
the rock; ko MHfc , to me; bt> cmapiiHy , anciently. 

Rem. When a noun is preceded by two pre- 
positions the first is the governing preposi- 
tion , ex. H3i noAi> cmo^a , from under the 
table , H3t 3a cmtHbi , from behind the wall &c. 






CHAP. III. 

Construction. 

§ 3i6. Construction treats of the arrange- 
ment of the different parts of speech in the 
formation of a sentence. In the Russian lan- 
guage words may be placed in the natural, the 
inversed , or the interrogative order, ex. a 
nkmy nacbMO , I am writing a letter; nuch- 
mo a HHiny , a letter I am writing ; niicajib ah a 
iihclmo ? have I written a letter ? &c. 

§ 317. In the natural order the first place 
is occupied by the nominative of the phrase, 
the second by the verb and the third by the regi- 
men of the verb. ex. c-Ha qnmaenn> Kirary , she 
is reading a book; in which phrase, KHkra, a 
book, is put in the accusative case , being the 
regimen of the transitive verb qnmanrb , to 
read; these three principal members of a sen- 
tence admit the insertion of explanatory parts 
of speech , as : adjectives , numerals , adverbs 
&c. in the arrangement of which the following 
rules are to be observed : 

§ 3 18. The adjective should precede its 
substantive , ex. ona mimacifi.j 3a6Yi6Hfio KHk- 
ry , she is reading an amusing book. 



( 3.o ) 

§ 3 19- The genitive case follows the nomi- 
native , ex. imcbMa PjccKazo nfmewecmoeHHHKa, 
the letters of a Russian traveller. 

$ 32o. Numerals generally precede the nouns, 
to which they relate, ex. Afia <iaca , two hours. 
When the numeral follows the noun , the 
number is not marked with precision, ex. «iaca 
4Ba , about two hours &c. 

§ 3 ii i . Pronouns should precede their sub- 
stantives, ex. cui crnpana, this country, and 
when the substantive is qualified by an ad- 
jective, they precede the adjective also, ex. cia 
npeiepacHafl crnpana , this delightful country. 

§ 322. The apposition is placed after the 
substantive, to which it belongs, ex. Btpa , 
ci/i Kpornicaa Av^epb ne6a , ymfcuiaenrb nacb bt> 
Hecwacinin , Faith , that gentle daughter of 
heaven, consoles us in misfortune. 

§ 323. The adverb generally follows the verb, 
ex. a qiiiiiajib B«iepa Kuiiry , I read a book 
yesterday. 

§ 32 \. When two verbs occur in a phrase, 
the infinitive mood is placed after the indi- 
cative, ex. oiib 3aciiinBii.ii> rparoiib mpenemdmb, 
he made the enemy (to) tremble. 



C 3,. ) 

Rem. Although the above may be the most 
natural disposition of the different parts 
of speech in a sentence, yet the Russian 
language ^on account of its declensions by 
cases Sec.) allows much greater liberty in 
construction, than can be taken in En- 
glish composition without injury to per- 
spicuity. The best Russian authors have 
paid much more attention to harmony 
than to the rules of construction , and in 
reading their works we continually meet 
with the following departures from the 
natural order. 

§ 3i5. The adjective placed after the sub- 
stantive , ex. HapoAi? PoccincKi'ii , the Russian 
people ; Myaoj cAdenbiii , a celebrated man &c. 

§ 326. The transposition of the pronoun , 
ex. omen* mom, , my father; apyr-b moh jiK>6e3- 
Hbin , my dear friend; MH^oeraiiBbin rocy^apj* 
mom, , my honoured sir Sec. 

§ 327. The apposition before the principal 
noun , ex. -f/iymit cjiaBHbin a yieiihiii, 4okij ; that 
celebrated and learned man, Locke. 

§ 328. The infinitive before the indicative , 
ex. jMucdmb BparoBb iKecinoKOcrnito, Gw.io ero 
npaaujioivrb; It was a rule with him to terrify 
the enemy by his cruelty. 



( 3i, ) 

§ 329. Beginning the sentence with the word, 
to which it is intended to attract attention , ex. 

cezoAHR a orm> Bacb noryqiirb micbwo. 
orm each no.AyqH.rb a cero4Ha micbwo. 
micbAio nojiyqHJib a ceroAHa orm> BacB. 

which transposition of words has the same 
effect in the Russian language , as the trans- 
position of emphasis in English , ex. 

I received a letter from you to day. 

I received a letter from you to day. 

I received a letter from you to day. 

§ 33o. A phrase becomes interrogative 1) 
by the transposition of the verb and the ad- 
dition of the interrogative particle jih , ex. Bbi 
6bMM btj MocKBt , you have been in Moscow — 
6birn ah Bbi btj Mockb-b? have you been in 
Moscow ? i\ by prefixing an interrogative pro- 
noun or adverb, Koe^a tibijiu bw bb Mocktte? 
when were you in Moscow ? KaKoil ropo.vb 
BaMB 66jibc upauiirnca IlapH/KB kxk .Aohaoiui ? 
which city do you prefer, Paris or London? 

§ 33 1 . The interrogation may also be expressed 
by the mere elevation of the voice at the con- 
clusion of the phrase, as: 11 Bbi Haieaa&me- 
mje ftdrojn>, Acp;iacmu ymtnab 4p\riixB? cna- 

3a. IT> Ji.ia4MMI|Jl» l\,ieUlKll.MJ> IipollOU'B/llIllKUM'b , 
IIpIIUiC,],IJJIlMii CKAOUiiOlb ei O Kli lipllliaillllO CBOGU 



{ 3,3 ) 

en Btpw; And you , punished by the Almighty, 
pretend to teach others ? said Vladimir to the 
Jewish Rabins, who had come to persuade him 
to adopt their faith. Cen xpawb cnjpowjica co- 
poKi> uiecnrb jibirib , h mw bi> mpn ^hh B03ABkr- 
Heuib ero ? Forty and six years was this tem- 
ple in building, and wilt thou rear it up in 
three days ? 

§ 332. When the interrogative particle j,u, 
is used , it generally follows immediately after 
the verb, or the apocopated adjective, ex. 3Haeuib 
mi mbi cboh ^ojirb? — do you know your duty? — 
ocmopojKeHb jiii ohi>? — is he cautious? — But 
it may also be placed after the other part* 
of speech, ex. smo Jin CbiHb Bami>? is this 
your son ? He npaB^y mi h Ba»ib cKaaajtb? did 
I not tell you the truth ? He yjKe Jin nrw 66„ib- 
me omua Hauiero? Art thou greater than our 
father ? &c 



i4 



PART. IV. 

ORTHOGRAPHY. 

$ 333. Orthography is that part of grammar , 
which treats of the correct combination of let- 
ters in the formation of words. 

§ 334- In the Russian language words are 
written, as they are pronounced, every letter 
bearing its full and proper sound, consequently 
the only difGculty , that can occur in the 
choice of letters , arises from those characters, 
which are similar, or nearly similar in sound, 
but different in form , as, e, t and s- i, n 
and bi : -l and b. 

$ 335. The letter -b occurs : 

i **• As the final of the prepositional singular of all 
substantives, except those, which terminate in 
the nominative singular in i/i, iesmdb (Tern); ex, 

cmyjrb , a chair , prep. Ha cmy^t. 

noKou , a room , bt> noKO*. 

CBa4bGa, a marriage, — no CBa4b6t. 

KyxHa , a kitchen, npii Kvxirfc. 

iimcjjmo , a letter, o iiuclmL. 

Mope , the sea, Ha iviopt. 

Monacnibipb, a monastery, Bb Monacmbipi. 



( 3.5 ) 

a 1 !* In the dative singular of substantives, end- 
ing in the nominative in a and r , as : 
poca , dew, dat. poet. 

kohtoiuhh, a stable, — Komoinn*. 

3ty- In the dative and prepositional cases of 
the personal pronouns a, I; mw , thou, and 
ce6a , self; as , mhb , ineGt , ceGfc &c. 

4*y- In the plural of the pronouns monn> , that 
one, and Becb, all , through all the cases, as : 
tub , mix* , nrbM-b , &c. 

5 J y- In the instrumental singular of the pro- 
nouns monrb , that; Kmo , who; *uno, what; 
Becb, all , as : rntivn> , kb^ib > ibmb and bcbmb. 

6*y- In the nominative plural fern, of the pro- 
noun ohtj , he , as : ohb , they. 

^y- In the nominative plural feminine of the 
numerals o^HHb, one, and £Ba, two, as: 
oahb, ABB. 

8 l y- In the feminine of 06a , both, through 
all the cases: o6b , o6biixb, o6bhmw , Sec. 

o^y* In the comparative and superlative de- 
grees of adjectives, as: 
iiCHbJH, clear, acute, and, acHBHiniii. 

ioty- In all verbs, which have the sound of 
the letter a before the final nib ; as , ntmb, 
to sing; KpacHtmb, to blush Sec. Except, Me- 
pemb , to die; nepenib, to push, and mepemb, 
to rub. 



( 3.6 ) 

Rem. When the I st - person indicative termi- 
nates in Leo, the letter* is retained through 
all the conjugation of the verb. 
§ 336. In general it may be remarked , that 
when a primitive word , or root is written 
with B, that vowel is retained in all the de- 
rivatives. The following is a list of the most 
useful words, in which this letter occurs, arranged 
according to the different parts of speech. 

Substantives. 
Anpt^b, April. a"Lio f an affair. 

6eci>4,a , conversation. ABmw , children. 



6t4,a , calamity. 
6bct> , a devil. 
Bt^bMa , a sorceress. 
bbho, marriage portion. 
BbKina , a squirrel. 
bbkb , an age. 
BtHeu/b , a wreath. 
Btpa , faith. 
bbctj , weight. 
BtmBb , a branch. 
Btmp-b , wind. 
mtB-b , anger. 
rHB3,46 , a nest. 
rptxB , sin. 
A*Ba , a virgin. 
aMt> , grand- fa ill cr. 



»e^B3a , a gland. 
vteji'too , iron. 
3amBii , a scheme. 
3BB3Aa , a star. 
3BBpi» , an animal. 
3mbm, a serpent. 
3BHHu,a , the eye-ball. 
jubhiij , a cage. 
ko^bho , the knee. 
jiBHB , idleness. 
jitcb , a forest. 
atcniHiiqa, a stair-case, 
jitmo , the summer. 
Me abba r> i a bear. 
Mt4b , copper. 
Mt^b ; chalk. 






( 3. 7 ) 



MbAb , a shallow. 
wfeHa , a change. 
Mtpa , a measure. 
Miemo , a place. 
Mtcnirb , a month. 
Mima , a target. 
m-ext> , fur. 
HeBtcma ? a hride. 
He^tjia , a week. 
Htra , indolence. 
Ht^pa , the bowels. 
06*413 , a dinner. 
o6tnn» , a vow. 
onpicHOKTs, unleaven- 
ed bread, 
optxt , a nut. 
il**htj , captivity. 
no6*Aa, a victory, 
noivfeimi , a district. 
JIOJTBHO , a log. 
jioirfcjiyfi , a kiss. 
ntHa , froth. 
n*HH , punishment. 
p*4bKa , a radish. 
ptKa , a river, 
ptna , a turnip. 
pfccHiiua , the eye-lid. 
ptqi. , an oration. 



CBHp*jii> , a shepherd's 



CBEim> r 

CBtqa , a candle, 
trace, 



, light. 



pipe. 



cm1>xt> , laughter. 
CHtri) , snow. 
coBtcmii , conscience. 



coctA'b , a neighbour, 
an arrow, 
a wall. 



a saddle. 



cmptvia , 
cnrfeHa , 

cfeMfl , seed. 
ctHB , a cover, 
cfcpa , sulphur. 
cbho , hay. 
CBmi> , a net. 
ctBep* , the North, 
membra , a cart. 
mtAo , the body. 
mtHb, a shadow, 
intcmo , dough. 
xjie6t> , bread. 
xjibbtj, a sheep-house. 
XMt^B 7 hops. 
i;BBnrb , a flower. 
itbjil , aim. 
lrfcHa ^ price. 



f 3.8 ) 



utnb , a chain, 
Htm* , a flail. 



qejoBtK'b , a man. 
xpfcifb , horse-radish, 



Adjectives. 



G^tAHbia } pale. 
Gl>AHbiii , poor. 
(Vluuii , white. 
riitAbin , bay. 
3p"L.\biH , mature. 



niirin, piebald. 
n train, foot (soldier). 
ptAKiii , rare. 
pii3Bbin , playful. 
CBup-fenbiii , ferocious. 



ii3BbcrnHLiir, celebrated. CBtaiii, fresh. 
.vbBbiH , left (side). c^tnbin , blind. 



aliHHBbin , idle. 
Mknxiii , shallow. 
ntJKHbiii , tender. 
utMbiu , dumb. 



6ptK) , I shave. 
6t ram b , to run. 
BcmpfriaiTjb, to meet. 
Bt^amb, to know. 
Btcurnb , to weigh. 
Btmamb , to tell, 
fit ami. , to blow. 
AtBamb, to dispose. 
A'b^amb , to do. 
Affirm, , to act. 
samtoami) , to contrive. 



cntjjbin, ripe, 
ctpbin, grey. 
mtcHbiii , crowded, 
lrfcjibiii , entire. 

Verbs. 

3araMBBami», to obscure. 
jiB3mb , to climb, 
jitninnb , to mould, 
jituhmb, to cure. 
MtocUmb , to knead. 
MtuiKiimb , to hesitate. 
oGptmainb , to find. 
OABBaiiib , to clothe. 
noctm,artib , to visit, 
lituanib, to complain. 
pt3amb t to cut. 



( 3i 9 ) 
ptmknib, to decide. CH^amt, to consume. 

CMbambca, to laugh. cntmnmb, to make haste 
caa6A*B&mb, to supply, cl^b , to flog. 

A d v e r b s. 
Be3At, every-where. r A * , where. 

Buiicnit , together. 3A tcfo , here. 

BMicmo, instead. H * rA t> , somewhere. 

bhb, outside. HtKor 4 a, once. 

§ 33 7 . Th? letter 9 occurs in words of foreign 
origin only, as: 3 K Baniop* } the Equator ; no- 
33i/j, poetry Sec. 

$ 338. The letters n and i are exactly si- 
milap in sound , the first is used before con- 
sonants, and the second before vowels • as 
AOMua , a valley. f AjLb ? JuIv# 

mubwn,a ; a mill. qmeH| . e ? reading . ' 

b^uihh , a cherry. H acW , violence. 

Rem. i. The only exception to the above 
rule is the word wipt, the world , in which 
the i occurs before a consonant to distin- 
guish it from Mtipi, , peace. 
Rem. 2. Many writers retain » i n all 
words composed of the preposition „ pK 
and a word commencing with a vowel , 
as : npno6iuamb , to communicate ; nput' 
xanib to arrive ; but it is more regular to 
change the * into i i and to write such 
words npioGmainb and npitxanrb. For the 
letter h V. $ 5. 



( 3,o ) 

§ 33c). The letter bi may always be distin- 
guished from h by its guttural sound ; it oc- 
curs in the genitive singular and nominative 
plural of the substantives ending in a, and 
in the nominative plural of those ending in ^ 
V § 5. 

§ 34o. The letter o is commonly pronoun- 
ced as a when it occurs in a syllable , upon 
which the accent does not fall , as : 

KOHen,ij , the end , pronounced kanetz. 

§ 34i. The consonants , having a definite 
sound , are not liable to be mistaken for each 
other, except the compound letters 14 and iy , 
which may be written by mistake mc and cz , 
and vice versa : 

ijepKOBb, a church, and not< mcepKOBb. 

in,e4pocmb , bounty , cqe^pocmb. 

6pamcKiH , a brother's, 6pan,Kiii. 

cmic.ieHie , calculation, njHcieHie. 

§ 342. The 3 of the particles 113, B03, and pa3 , 
is changed into, c when the word, with which 
they are connected , begins with a hard con- 
sonant , ex. 

H3 , ncmpeGHiTTb , to destroy. 

bo3 , BOCKpecenie, the resurrection. 

pa3 , pacac4amamb , to unseal. 



( 321 ) 

§ 343. The hard or soft sign {? or b) fol- 
lows the last letter of every word , that ends 
in a consonant, as: rjiaroxb , a verb ; ABopi>,a 
court; BtmBb , a branch; Kp-fenocmb, a fortress &c. 

§ 344* In the modifications , to which the va- 
riable parts of speech are subject , the hard 
sign 2. occurs : 

i st. I n words composed with the prepositions 
6e3b , <5Z» , H37> , ofo, OWL , tioai , npeAt> t pa3 , 
and ct , when the letter, which follows, the pre- 
position is one of the vowels e , n , t , ro or a. 

6e3MiMeHHbiH , anony- om&'fc34'b , departure. 

moilS, no^fcAqiii, an attorney. 

Bz.t3A"b , entry. npeAMMym,iH , preced- 
H3ijaB^eHie, indication. ing. 

o6z»aBjieHie, declaration. cz>l>3/rb , an assembly. 

aty- In the conjugation of verbs, at the end of 
the third person singular, and of the second 
and third persons plural of the present, as: 

oht> 1>3AHrn& , he rides, mm qnmaeMa , we read. 
oHa nimiemt, she writes, ohh nrpaiomz., they play. 

3 l 7- In the past tense of all three persons 
singular of the masculine gender, as, a CKa- 
3ajrb , I said ; mw omBfria.rb , thou answeredst; 
oht> MOJiqa^B , he kept silence. 
§ 345. The soft sign b occurs : 



( »** ) 

i §t - As the final of all regular verbs in the 
infinitive mood, as: xo4Hm& , to walk; ro- 
BopHma , to speak Sec. 

q}j- In 1 lie conjugation of verbs, as the final of 
the second person singular, present tense , 
ex. mbi jk>6iiuj6 , thou lovest • mi>i empa- 
Aaem&, thou sufferest &c. 

3 J y- In the second person singular of the im- 
perative , V § 182. 

4 l J- In the middle of many derivatives , as : 
MeabHiiua , a mill , Sec. 
§ 346. The signilieation of the following 

words is determined by the prefix of the hard 

or solt sign (2. or 6). 



6pami> , brother. 
Bfl3i» , an elm. 
Kaa4.i1 , a treasure. 
Kpocb , roof. 



6pamj> , to take. 

Bfl3i> , a bog. 

Kaa4b , a cargo. 

KpoBb , blood. 
Manii>, mate (at chess). Mamb , mother, 
uepcmij, a finger. nepemb , earth. 

TiAomt , a raft, 
jibia-b , heat, 
cmoab , a table. 



yroj-b , a corner, 
irfenij , a flail. 
iiiecmi , a pole, 
uiero.i-b, a gold finch. 



iu6mi> , the flesh. 
JibMb , dust, 
cmoab, so much, 
yroab , coal. 
irfcnb , a chain, 
meemb , six. 
ujerojb , a fop. 



§ 347. The signification of the following words 
is determined by the position of the accent : 



( 323 ) 

amjiacb , an atlas. 
Be4po , fine weather. 
Bo.iHa, a fleece. 
ry6a , the lip. 
meAtsa , irons. 
3aMoKT>, a- castle. 
3acwnamb , to heap. 
K03;ibi , a coach- box. 
Kpoio , I cover. 
MOKpoma , phlegm. 
Myna , torment. 



nap 



pairs. 



napnrnb, to steam, 
nojioirb , full, 
nopoxij , gun- powder, 
npasn^o , a rule. 



am^acij , satin. 
Be^po , a pail. 
bojihA , a wave. 
ry6a , a bay. 
3Ke.Afc3a , a gland. 
3aMOKi> , a lock. 
3acbinanib , to doze. 
K03Jibi , goats. 

KpOH) , I CUt- OUt. 

MOKpoma , humidity. 
Myea, flour, 
napw , vapours, 
napkmb , to soar. 
noAowb , captivity. 
nopoKi) , vice. 
npaBHjio , a rudder. 



nycinwHa, a hermitage. nycmbiHfl , a desert. 

cbmh , seed. ceMbfl , a family, 

maio , I thaw. maio , I hide. 

yro^ibHbiH , coal, (adj.) yrojibHbin, corner, (adj.) 

§ 348. The only signs peculiar to the Russian 
language are u and " ; the former is placed over 
n, when that vowel is used in the diphthongs 
an, en, id, on,jn 9 bin, tii, Bn,mvi, and An \ the 
latter over e } when that vowel is pronounced as 
eo, ex. AajieKO, distant, pronounced daleoko. &c. 



End of the first book. 



TO 


line 


*4 


16 


— 


10 


^9 


— 


18 


108 


— 


7 


n5 


— 


9 



Errata. 

Page to line 24. for numbes read numbers. 

— ricltes indolence. 

— except ons — exceptions. 
- — Coloseum — Coliseum. 

— sixty nine — eighty six. 
146 — 1 3 — indefinite — definite. 



Omissions. 

Page 7 line 20 omitted animal. 

32 — i5 whistling , cBMcmi>. 

zjo — 12 of the White sea, Bt>^a- 

ro Mopa. 

^i — 11 gratitude, 6iaroAapHocmb 

l35 — 8 HHKmo , nobody , and 

Hjvimo , nothing. 



KEY 

T O 

THE THEMES 

CONTAINED IN 

HEA RD'S 

RUSSIAN GRAMMAR , 

TO WHICH ARE ADDED 

A VOCABULARY, DIALOGUES 

AND 

READING-LESSON SJ Jg| 
is PROSE and VERSE. 



St. PETERSBURG. 

Printed for the author , and sold by Sletjnine , 
and by boosey and sons london. 

1827. 



nE^ATATL n03B0AEH0 

c-b m'feM'i), Hmo6w no HanenamaHiH , flo BbinycKa 
M3-b TurrorpacpiH , npe^cmaB.ieHO 6bi,io cejiih 3K- 
3eMir.*flpoB r b ceil KHnrn B-b U^eH3ypHbiw Komh- 
mem-b , ^h npenpoBO^K^eHi* Ky/\a c.i'Eflyein'b , Ha 
ocHOBamH y3aKOHeHiH. C. nemep6yprb , Iiohh 
3o a,hh, 1826 ro^a. 

U,eH3oph AjieKCciHflpb Kpaco6CKiii. 



Bi> TiinorPAcJjin /^biiaptamchta hapoahafo 

nPOCBtll^EHIfl. 



CONTENTS. 



KEY 

PAGE. 

Key to the themes on substantives ......... 1 

On adjectives 12 

On numerals 18 

On pronouns 22 

On verbs 28 

On participles . 4 1 

On adverbs 4^ 

On prepositions 45 

On conjunctions 47 

On interjections 4^ 

Vocabulary 49 

Titles and ranks 88 

Table of Russian weights, measures and coins .... 94 

D I ALOGUES. 

Dialogue I. On the arrival of a foreigner at Cronstadt. 96 

II. At an inn » 102 

III. Expressions of politeness io5 

. — IV. Remarkable objects at Petersburg ... 108 

V. Shopping in 

VI. With tradespeople. • . n3 

— VII. Euquiries previous to a journey. . • Il5 

. VIII. On the road to Moscow ....... 119 

. IX- Remarkable objects at Moscow .... 12.x 



READING LESSONS IN PROSE. 

An Oriental tale 123 

The Bedouin Arab 125 

Domestic scene . . i32 

Gibraltar i35 

St. Petersburg i.ji 

The first English in Russia i44 

BEADING LESSONS IN VERSE. 

The ass and the nightingale . . i5o 

Rich and poor i;l{ 

The church-yard l58 

A national song 16.2 

Good night 1G6 

The Hermit 172 

Gray's elegy 186 



THEME I. 



On the masculine termination 



£. 



Eorb ecmb Co3Aamejib Mipa. 

Ayuia. zeAoetKa 6e3CMepniHa. 

Pa3yMb 4am> zejioetKy ^jih oGys^aHia cmpa- 
cmei. 

CnacrnjiHB'b monrb ic-Hoiiia, Koraopbia Haiuejib 
BtpHaro Apyea. 

DijaHcmBO ocjiaGjiaerrnj pa3cy40Hi>. 

}Ke./rE3o Hamepmoe MarHinnoMb Bcer^a noica- 
stiBaenib Ha Cieepi. 

BorocjioBia ecmb Hayica , Komopaa pa3ey- 
5K4,ae[rii> o Eozt. 

IlocejiaHHHT> roBopkniTj o TiJiyzt h o nociet. 

CaHK.mnemep6yprb ecmb o,4HHb h3t> KpacH- 
BBHuiHxi) zopoAoeii bt> EBpoirfc ; bt> ceMb zopo^ii 

ecmb MHOrO BejlIIKO^BnHblXb 40M06h. 

Onbimij ecmb HacmaBHHKi> zjiyni^ee^, 
^[to6onbirncraBo Bjeqejnb pd3jMi» qe^OBtqecKiH 
kt> HOBbiML npe^MemaMb* 

i 



( * ) 

4p>'K6a ecmb B3aimnoe B^eqeHie AoGpornme^b- 
Hbi\i> cepaeupj ; .110411 34bie imtiofiib cooSu^hu- 
Koeii nopoKa , pacnymiibie coycdcmHUKoeb pas- 
epdina , cpe6po.ik)6^bi rnoBapnm,eii KopwcmH , 
cyernHbie cocrTia3ariie.ieii nimeciacin , — o^hhl 
rao.ibKo 4oGpoA*niejibHbie mviliiomij 4py3efi. 

BecnoK) 3eM^a yKpaiuaernca yetma.uii. 

IlpaBOBtAeHie ecrrib Hayna o 3aKOHa.Tb. 

Bt> eopo4(ixb o6ninaenn> pocKouib, a ei> cej,axi> 
npocmoma. 



THEME II. 

On the masculine termination 
it. 

Be^HKOAymie ecrnb cbohchibo HcmHHHaro 
eepoH. 

rioiiAeMTj Kb pyzbw KynambCH. 

CaAOBHMKb Jiocrnpoiuij jAeil , bt> Kom6poMi> 
ohtj co4ep/Knrni3 i^tabiu pon iweAi>. 

0eMHcm6K.il> H3rHaHi> GbLib acpeSieMt H37> 
omeqecmBa. 

Cynp)>KccKiu[ coK)3-b ycmaHOBaeHij GbMt ei 
paw. 

13 b A(J)piiKB Bo^anica a^oBknibie 3Mtn. 



C 3 ) 

He nponycKaii yAoGHbix-b cAJzae6T> Kb npio- 
CptrneHiio no3HaHiiL 

Cuepmb y»cacHa 3JioAtfiMT>. 
,4peBHie ErininiHHe oGo^ajiii 3Mteeb. 
fl,o,KAb Hamimaab uepxme cjioit 3euuif, 
TeMneacKaa aojiiiHa opooiaeMa MHortiMH py- 

ZbRMPl. 

C^iana A^ieKcaH^pa BeaiiKaro rpearfejia bo bcbxtj 
npakxb BcejieHiioH. 



THEME III. 
On the feminine termination 

a. 

Hfenrb po3bi 6e3T> iniinoBb. 

Kmo He vAHBaAeracH A*HcmBiaivn> Tlpnpo^bi? 

Topa Po3a eABa jim ycmynaenrb ei> ebimnni 
eopi MoH6jiaHT>. 

PaGorna yKpbiuiaenrb cujiy u 3AopoBie. 

^peBHie PitMjiaHe npe3iipajiH nizy n pocKonib. 

Bojira H3o6ii^yemi. pbiGow. 

Bee 6* IJpnpddti B03BBinaenri» npeMy^pocrai. 
TBopua. 

A^niacKia zopu cymb Bbicoqaiiniie Bb EbpoirB. 

EranmaHe Dip nan nepeceaeniK) Ayi±n>. 



( 4 ) 

4o ii3o6piimcHifl KOMuaca :uopexo/],u,bi uanpa- 
njihAii CBoe n^acaHie no 36bJ4aMb. 

Ha^e>KAa niimaeinii 4jmn HecqacinHbixi. 

ILlBeiiuapiji uaoGk^yeiiib eopoMH n 40AuaaMn. 

TpeKH npn O^uiMniucKHXh ucpaxi bi>h«uuh 
noGLvi,Hnieaeii ^acpoBbiMM BbHKaMii. 



THEME IV. 
On the feminine termination 



CmpaHiionpiHMcmBo, npoiicnreKaBinee y ape- 
Biuixb Hapo^oBb ii3b qiiciiiaro qejioBbKOJirobia 
HbiHt ocHOBbiBaemca Ha Bbiro^axTj wopzo6An. 

B6lIHbI AOJltfiHbl CJltllO IIOBIIHOBanibCJl 60At 

CBoero npeABo^Hniejia. 

OpaiiKjiiiHb ii3o6pii^Tj cpeAcmBo oniBpaiuanib 

MOAHlfO rpOMOBbl.Mb OlTIBOAOMb. 

Oaho MTHOBenie ymeicaearb 3a ^pyrHM-b, Kaia> 
cinpya 3a cmpycjo bt> Mope BtqHocn/n. 

Ak>&\\ , npiiBbiKiiiie kt> ropoACKofi pocKOiiiii 
m naxoAfliiib niiKaKoro yAOBO^bcniBiH bt> Aepcent. 

IlcuhoiJOAeu/b AOAdieii-b coxpaiiiunb jij.nnin- 
cuiBie A)xa cpe^ii cBnenia uyAeil n rpoua nj- 
metii. 



( 5 ) 

y^ipejKAeHie wkojik no jepeenAMb C0Ai>ii> 
cmBOBajio k* GjiarococmoHHiio HIorajiaH^iH. 

Ac[)piiKa 3aKjiK)qaerm> bi» ce6i MHoria npo- 
cmpaHHbiH nycmbiHH. 

113-b PoCClHCKHX-b cmnxoniBopueBi) KpbUOB-b, 

^MHmpieBTi h XeMHHi^epi> npocjiaBUJincb cbohmh 
Gcichrmh. 

Bt» pa3Hbix"b 3e.M,«/i.r& , pa3Hbie oGbiian. 



THEME V. 
On the feminine termination 



3AopoBie ecrab mio^* jMtpeHHOcmn. 
MjiaACHqecniBo ecmb cqacnuiHBfcHiiiee BpeMfl 

MU3HH. 

4o6poA*nre^b npe4noqrriHmejibHa GoramcmBy, 
^pyjKecniBo Jiecmn , a nojib3a y^oBOjibcmBi'io. 
HejoBtKij jitHHBbiH caMTj ce6t 6biBaenn> bi» 

TTlkzOCTTlb. 

HJe^pocnib 4,oji?KHa 6bimb yMBpaewa 6epewjiu- 
eocmiro. 

A3ia Gbuia KOAbi6ejiiio po^a qejioBt'iecKaro. 

Ecjih xoqemb 6bimb 4,o6po / a,'Bine.yibHbi]Yn> , pas- 
Mbiin^flH qacmo o cMeprnn. 



( 6 ) 
ITpnBOcyAie ecmb nepBaa h3t> AoGpoAtmejieii. 
OnacHO npe^aBambca Hey.MipeHHbiMb cmpa- 

Co3cpi;aHie Ilpnpo^bi Buyiiiaemb Bejiime- 
cmBeHHbin mmcah. 

Pa3yan> qacino noMpaqaemca cmpacnikMii. 

Ecmb Heo6biKHOBenHbje ywbi, npocjiaBMBiuieca 
bo Bctxb etmeAxh qejioBtqecKiixi) no3HaHiu. 



T H E M E VI. 



On the Substantives ending in b y which 

ARE MASCULINE. 

TijqemHoe ycioie cozunumejui yroaf^amb BKy- 
cy bcbxtj cbohxtj zumarneAeii. 

yqeHiiK-b AcaaieH-b noBUHOBarnbCfl CBoeMy^zw- 
mejiK). 

K)>KHan Poccia nponsBo^nnrb Bb Be^iiKOMb 
113061^111 nzMCHb , npoco , OBeCb h BCHKaro 
po,ia x^tGHbifl pacmiiHifl. 

PiopiiKTi CbMb ocH06arnejieMT> PoccificKaro 
rocvAapcmBa. 

Henpiamejib onycmouiH^b bc1> ropo^a n ce^a 
02HCM1 n MezeMi, 

AinMii'iaHUHb ^ance^op-b, npit>xaBb na tcopafai 
kt> Gepenhib Bluaro wopa, 3aBCMT» ncpBbia mop- 
roBbia cb;i3ii cb Poccieio. 



( 7 ) 

3aeoeedmeJin bt» 04hht> roxb wcnpoBepraiorai* 
mo, iino yqpejKAaemca BBKaMH. 

Bt> Aurjiin MHoro omjiH l iHbix'b nucamejieu. 

PoccincKie Rp.ecnrLHHe Hocamb BMtcmo 66y- 
bh Jidnrmt, iuiemeHbia M3i> 6epe30Boii Kopw. 

4nma oKa3WBaeim> cbohmt> poAumeJUiM-b 6jia- 
ro4apHocnib noKopHocmiio h noqmeHieM*b. 

EramnaHe 6mjm yzumeJiRMn TpeKOB* bt> Hay- 
Kaxb h ucKycinBaxb. 

y«jenociiib B"b cpe^Hi'e bbkh npoijBfcmajia bi> 
o^hhxtj rao^bKo MOHacmbipAxt. 



THEME VIL 

On the neuter termination 

o. 

H3b Poccin Bb!B63Hmca MHoro xcejit3a. 
BcmaBamb paHO no yrnpj 34opoBO. 
Tpv4"b h ynpawHeHie yKptnjiaionTb mtJio* 
McmnHHo BejiMKin/iejioBtKb coeAHHaemi CKpoM- 

HOCIIlb CT> dOCTTJOHHcmeoMV. 

MeKCHKaHCKie pyAHHKM M3o6k*yronrb 30AomoM'b 
h cepefrpoMi. 

nopa/ioKT) mpeGyenrb, qm66bi Bcanaa Beujb xpa- 

HHJiaCb Ha CBOeWb Mtcmt. 

Cpejcmea caMbifl npocmbia cymb qacmo ca- 
Mbia jiyMiuia. 



( 8 ) 
IlHor^a ora*b Ma^bixt HazaAi* pa>K4,aK)nic>i Be- 

CKpoMHocmb npHHa^oKHm-b ki. npHB^eKame^b- 
hbhluhmt> ceohcmeaM'b MteHCKaro nojia. 

CoKparnb npeBocxoAH^b BCbXb cbohxtj corpa- 
MC^aiiij KazecmeaMn yMa h cepAija. 

KpacHoptiie He cociDoiimb btj BbicoKonapHbixb 
cAoedxth: ho bt> ciuibHbixb zyecmeaxTt. 



THEME VIII. • 
On the neuter termination 



Cy^bGa l ie^oBl3Ka Gcubiueio qacmiio 3aBHCiirm» 
omb coGcmBeHHaro ero noecAeni/i. 

He^oBBKb He HM'Bioii^iii 6jiaro4.apHaro cep/ma 
iiecnocoGeHb Kb AoGpoAtmejibHOMy nocmynKy. 

Xcajinmb qejioBtKa Bb Atiife 3Haqnmb yjin- 
«iamb ero Bb mufecAdeiii. 

Cine3H Kb AoGpoABoiejiii ecmb nymb kt> 
cnoKoucmoiio. 

IlpiiBbPiKa noAaBji/ienT'b eooSpamenie. 

ymbiuenie irfcpbi CbiBaernb BbpnisininiMb Ha- 
jumib npnOtxiuifeMi bi> ncczdciuin. 

C.iamio yMepemb Ha no At Giirnubi, cpa>Ka>icb 
3a oiuc'iecuiBo. 



(9 ) 

Bi> czdcmin HaAJieJKHnrb xpaHHrab eo3^epjKa' 
uie f a btj neczdcmin mepnlnie, 

Cej?4qd lOHomen paBHO omcepcraw ^Jia ^6- 
6pbix"b yi ^jia xy4,hixi> enezarnAtniii, 

BocxoatAeHie coAHya na Mopt ecmi» o^ho 
H3T> BeAHiecniBeHHtiiiuHX'b 3ptJinu4^ btj npw- 

P04B. 

IIpe;4pa3cy4 i oK'b oaitiuiflem'b r.*a3a nycmwMH 
npiienAiniRMu. 

4o6poAtmejii>HbiH qejioBtKb HaxoAnnrb bi> c66- 
crriBeHHbixT>' cbohxt> zfecmeoeaHiRx^ yAoeJiemeo* 
penie 3a bcb npeBpamHocmH Mipa. 



THEME IX. 

On the neuter termination 

MR. 

HeMHorie jiioaw yaiiionrb iyfcHHmb BaHcnocmb 
epeMemi. 

Bojibiuaa qacmb acHmejieH, Hace.*Hiom,MXT> Poc- 
cifo , npHHa/j.jieHCHin'b ki> CjiaBaHCKOMy ruie- 
Menu. 

Ilocjit BejiHKHXb npenarricraBiH KpecmoHoc- 
d,m yorrkflH BOApy3kmb 3hdMR CBoe Ha cmB- 
Hax-b IepycajiHMa. 

He aojijkho yHbiBarab ^aace h no#b 6peMe- 
neMi Hecqacnrin. 



o 



epe. 



MCHCl 



Hp 



10 



aubi ! 



BciiKoe Ji3b epeMenv ro^a nMtenrb cboh npe- 
jccniu. 

Mcmopifl upeAaernt nomoMcmBy nMend bc- 
jihkhxtj wyHveu. 

Henpiarne^b BcmyiiHXb bt> ropoAi* ci> pacny- 
hjchhmmii 3Ha.MeH.aMii* 

Mw HMteMT} mslio ii3Bl5crnJii o TUieMenax'b Ha- 

CeaflK)14UXT> BHyilipeHHOCiflb AOpHKil. 



promiscuous exercise 
On the declensionof substantives, 



(pUH^flHAi/l. 

3Atcb qapcniBO 3«,«w. — Bi> nazctJit OKmnGpk 

BCe lIOKpbllUO CHtZOMh. E4BH COCB^Hfl)! CK8Jia 

BbiKibbiBacrmj 6e3nji04Hyio 6epwuHj\ hhcii na- 
£aerm> bi> bhab zycmazo oGAaha. Aepeeb/i, npii 
nepBCMij jmpenHeM-b Mopo3t , G^ucmniomb pd- 
4jc(>K), ompa/haa c6jine*iHbje ^r> e?i mbic» ( ibio 
Tipi/imnbixTj natnwGii. Ho cojinuie . Kaftcmcji , ct» 
ymaoowh B3>ipuenii> ua on\cniouicHin auMbt ; 
e,aBa iiuiirnca u ■whe norpynergo bi> Garpoitbiiz 
myMaHVi npfMBtjcniiuiKi< CFUbHoii cmyxn. Ml>- 
caiyb bt> mezenie Bceii kosjm ii3aiiDaemi» cepc- 



( « )■■ 

GpeHHbie Jiyzu cboh h o6pa3yeim> • npyzu Ha q&- 
cmoH Ati3ypn HeCecHon, no Komopofi H3p*4Ka 
npojiemaK>nn> l5jiecmam,ie Memeopu. Hn MajiBH- 
Hiee 4yHonenie eimpa He KOJie6jiernB Aepeet , 
06*^1 eHHbixij uHeejiw : ne^ajibHoe, ho npiamHoe 
apt^Hine ! Kaitaa Heo6biKHOBeHHaa mHUJHHa. P66- 
Kaa ^aab moponKO npoGHpaemca bt> zdmy, ompa- 
caa cb pozoet cbohxi> ojie^eHtjibJH z^w^Mjcina- 
4,0 memepeeen 6e3onatHo ApeiYuenrb bt> rjiy6oKOH 
mnumni Jtica , h bchkih uiari. cmpdnnnKa cvibiuiaHfc 

BT> CHBJKHOH nycmMHt. 

Ho h 3ABCb npwpo^a yjibi6aemca secejioio, ho 
KparnKOfO yAhtfocfsio. Kor^a cnted pacmaiuM oim> 
menjiaro jitmHaro eimpa w aponcb Ayzeu coah- 
z/«; Korvia #0,46* Cb wyMOMt ymeKjiH bt> MopA , 
o6pa30BaBi> bt> mezenin cbocivii> mbicaqn pyzbee^^ 
mbicaqn eoAon&AoGir, mor4.a npiipo^a Bbixo^iim^ 
H3i> marocmHaro u npo40ji>KJiniejibHaro ycbinAe- 
nin. B4pyrb oanMbiii tioaA o^BBawraca 3ejieHbiMi> 
6apxamoMx, Ayed AyuiHcmbiMH u^etmaMH. Bqepa 
Bee 6buo iviepmBo ; — cero ^wa Bee ijBBinenifc, 
Bee 6aaroyxaennj. 



C i» ) 

THEME X. 

On the declension of adjectives, 

Bt> cBtmt Htnrb Hnqero coeepmeuHazo. 

Kino Hineim> ce6t Apy3eii, monrb A6jiy%ewb 
upejKAe Bcero C4"BJiambca 40cm onHbuii ApymGbi. 

BjiaroAapHWH qejioBBin> noAoGeHi) tiaoaohochoU 
hohbb, m,eApo HarpajKAafomeii mpyAbi B03A*ubi- 
Barnejia. 

Htnrb ucmnnnazo 6^aroAeHcraBia Gem Ao^po- 
A*mejin. 

/{66poe HaMtpeHie He Mowem* onpaBAbiBamt 
He6Aazopa3jMHazo A*^a. 

CnpoMHoe 11 eecejioe o6xo>KAeHie npnB^eKaem* 
cepAHa ^K)Ae&. 

He^oBtKi> Qh jofybiMi cepAneMi> cmapaemcH 
Bee o6pau;arnb bt> Ao6po , 3Aoh jKe HaxoAunrb 

H BTj CaMOMT> AoGpt 3JIO. 

Bt> JKH3HH qeaoBtqecKOH HBrai> npoznazo cia- 
cmifl. 

Cm'icrnia ao^i^ho HCKamb He bt> wjmhomv 
BepincnB yAOBOjibcmBiii ; ho bt> MiipnoMi Kpyry 
4o6po4tmeAbuaeo ceMeiicniBa. 

Apeanie crniixomBopijbi roBopanrb o 30AomoM^ t 
cepeOpennoMb w HceM3HOMi> bLkb. 

4peBiiii Piimi> npoii3Bejii, Mfl6rnxfc eeAumx* 

MV-KCII. 



C '3 ) 
XpiicmiaHCKan B*pa npiyqaenrb Hacb Gwnib 

SjLClZOAtmeJlbHblMn U zeA06bhOAH)6u6blMH, 

Olefin BO^Hiiica raoiLKo Bb xajiOAHbixt , a 
BepG^ro^w btj meruibiarb cmpaaaxb. 

y Kiimani^eBTj Kpacoma cocraoHETb bt> wnpo- 
KOMt jimi^e , bt> yseubKHXt rjiasaxT) , B-b CTlJlio* 

ll^eHHOM-b HOCB, B-b MaACUbKHXh HOiKKaX'b H BT> 
AOpOfiHOMT) mijiE. 



THEME XI. 

On the Comparative degree. 

Po3a npexpacHte jinjten. 

Opejiij cujibHte Herein Hcmpe6i>. 

^bmtj nkiqa GbiBaernt npoiqe 7 ml3fln> OHa 340- 



BecHa npiAmute 3hmw. 

36jiomo ApaeoiitHHte Apyrkxt Mema^jioBij ; 
ho JKejr63o nojie3Hte 3o^oma. 

Ilpon3Be4,eHia npnpoAbi ropas^o eejiuzecmeeH- 
nte HejKejin bcb npon3Be/ieHifl MCKycmB-b. 

ropHcrnafl cmpaHa ropa3Ao npneAehdmeAbHte 
fl^R rjia3T>, HejKe^n njiocKaa paBHima. 

Illepcmb CaKcoHCKWx-b oBei;* wonte ncm.ejm 
uiepcmb AHrjiiHCKMx-b. 

Abu^oHh MHozoATOAtite flapkiKa. 



( >4 ) 

Asia npocmpdnnie EBponw , ho Eeponeiiijbi 
o6pa306aHntc AsianTijeB'b. 

d)paHuy3CKiii a3b)K-b Aeeze PyccKaro, ho Pyc- 
CKiii 6ora«ie CDpaHny3CKaro. 

BeHepa GAume ki> cojhhj He»ce^ii 3eM^^, a 
MepKypin O.iuxe Herein BeHepa. 



THEME XII. 
On the superlative degree, 






Poccia ecmb npocmpdnHthwee rocy^apcniBO 

Bl> CBtilllB. 

BeHepa ecmb cetrnAtiiuiaR H3i> njiaHemb, 

Ca>io.iK)6ie ecmb ondcntilwin Jibcmei^-b. 

EcmecmBeHHaa ncmopia ecmbo^Ha wz-h npiAm ~ 

Hiuwnxh Hayicb. 

MepKypin ecmb cawaa Menbiud/i h GAnacdii- 

iuaR Kb co.umy njiaHema. 

BepiHHUu euicozdiiiunxv ropb CKpbiBaFomca Bii 

o6jaKaxi>. 

Aouiaib ecmb npacuetuwee , oBU,a JKe caMoe 

UOAC3Hoe H3b BCBXTd AOMaiUHIJXb /KUBOmHblXTj. 

Cmp >ycb ecmb eeAuzduiuan M3b inning. 

C^uHb ecmb caMoe cMbiuiAcnnoe ii3b bcbxt> 
qemBcpoHoriivb. 

BbicozdtiujHMZ cmeneHeMTi HoynmiiBcrnBa no- 
qmnaeinca npepbiBainb «iy/Kyio pm*. 



C * ) 

Xopomia npnM^pi> ecrab cnAbHtHwee noGy- 
HC^eHie kt> ^obpOAtniejiH. 

KfimaH ecrah caMan mhozoatqahcui cmpaHa bi> 
CBBinE. 



THEME XIII. 
On possessive Adjectives. 

Mojioko hojjo6be f oeeibe i\ K03be AOcrnaBJinerni. 
Becbftia 3AopoByK) nkinj. 

Ko3bK) niepcmb ynompeGjiAionrb Ha pa3Hbia 
mKaiJH. 

*^anjiaHAi;bi nnmatomcs o~ienbiiM-b mojiok6mi> 
ii AB^ahomb ce6t majiainii 11 OA^m/iy M3i> oAeubeii 
Komn. 

Mat eepGAJoaceii inepcmn ^Ejiaiomca ui^anbi, 
njiamKH ii /ipyria H3/vk/iba. 

BoAoebK) h nieAnzbH) KOJKy BbJAtjibiBaioim> ^Jia 
paamtro ynompeGjieHia. 

jKiimeAn ctBepa OAboaiomca Ha 3iiiviy coGoAbn- 

Mil , AUCbUMtl , MeAelJKbltMn II GOAZbltMH MB- 

xaiviH. 

Bo6po6bie m zopHocmdeebie mIsxh 4,6poro 1$- 
Hflinca. 

Bo6po6biii h 3attzin nyxt c^yvKiinrb ,via #B./iaHifl 
uiJianb. 



( I* ) 
THEME XIV. 

On apocopated adjectives. 

Bon> MitJiocepAi' 

/JoGpoA'knie.yib cupoMnd. 

Byai. noKopewb Bb Atincnifc'B, u nibi 6y,4eiub 

no'crnem Bb cmapocmn. 
Tj)j4eHb nymb ko cjiaBB. 
CooGuqecmBO pa3BpainHbix-b juo,a,eii 3apa3u- 

mCAbHO. 

Hhottu'i caMbic Bpark GbiBaiomb naivib noAe3Hbi 7 
omK|)biBaa Ha Mb namn ueAOcmainKii. 

lily m huh pa^ocmn CBBina oCManznebi, 

^IbHocmb nocmhiAHCL n epe^nd. 

HejioBBKb cMepmem. 

duenna xnmpd , jieBb eeAHKojyweM, a miirpb 
KpoeoxaAewb, 

./IioGoBb cAtnd. 

BpeMfl ApaeoLitHHo t a mn3Hb upamKd. 



Promiscuous exercise 

Ojn the declension of adjectives. 

Tux'il ii npoxAajHbin Beqepb 3acmynajb y«e 
M&cmo naAnmaeo 41m , KOivia yc^a^b, M0A040H 
DbBcijb ; upnGjiii/KHJicii Kb Gcperaaib Mockbw 



( '7 ) 
ptKH , Ha KomopBixB npoBejiij j^etmymie (*) ahh 
cBoeM MHocmH. Fjid^Ka/i noBepxHocnib BOAT), e^Ba 
jio63aeftiaa jierKMMB BBinepKOMB noKpwma GbiJia 
po306biM^ cianieiviB 3ana/i,a; bb 3epijajiB mxb 
ompajKajiHCb cb oahom cmopoHBi ApeMyziii jiBcb 
h mepeMB zpo3Hazo PorAaa ? oKpyjKeHHbiii eu- 

COKUMb AjfioebWb IflBIHOMB (oHT» 6 BUB nOCOipO- 

eHB Ha KpymQii ropt , maiviB , tab hbihb bhammb 
3j6zdmbiR craBHbi Kpeivuia , eeAHKOJiinnbie qep- 
morn Apeemixi* PyccKHXB E[apenj — cb Apyroa 
3ejienbie Gepera , noKpbimbie KvcmapHMKOMB h 
ocbinaHHbie hu3Khmh xiuLMHaiviH 3ejvueA'EJibu,eBB. 
IIoBCK)Ay i^apcmBOBajo cnoKowcniBie : B03AyxB 
6biMi pacmBopeHb GjiaroyxanieiviB uetmymeii jih- 
iibi; HHorAa bo rviyGnHB jitca pa3AaBajica rojiocB 
cojiobbh , iijih neqa^bHoe nBHie HBojirw ; HHorAa 
nenocmoAHHbin BBmepoKB nompacajiB BepiHHHBi 
AepeBB,* MHor^a poCKiii KpojiMKB, wcnyraHHbiii 
HiopoxoMb Gpocajca bb KycrnapHUKB m myiviBjiB 
ji3cdxmnMH BBmKaiviH. — ycjaAB niejiB no mpo- 
hhhkb, H3BHBaBnieMca Me>K4y AepeBbaMH ; Ayiua 
ero, HanojiHeHHaa BocnoMHHaHiaMM , norpyaceHa 
Gbi^ia bb 3aAyMqHBOcinB. Tab nibi , aioa paAoemb? 
BOCKJiiiKHy^B ycjiaAB : npuxoaty Ha moaje MBcmo, 
Ha KomopoMB a HBKorAa BocxMiu,ajica 6bimie;vn> 
cbohmb: mbnucniaR poin,a, ceinuian pbKa,3eAenbie 
Gepera He H3MBHH^incb! IlonpejKHeMy GjaroEotinaa 
jiiina pasjiHBaernB cbom cAciAOcrnHbin aanaxB, no 

(*j Participles haye the same declension as adjectives. 



npovKiieMy ynhiJ-oe irfeme co^oBbfl 11 MBOjirn pa3- 
flaenrcfl bt> cav6hh$ ^pcMyzmo jilsca ; a momi 
Kmo utKor4a yc^aaua.^cH 6jiaroBOHieMT> iietmymeii 
jiinibi, ii ni>nieMi> ccuoBba, morat ynte jie noxomi* 
Ha cawaro ceGii ! 



THE M E XV. 

On the cardinal numbers. 

B.eoGmiii noinoirb bo BpeMa Hoa npo4Chi>Ka.,ica 
mpucma ceMAecnmb ceMb 411 eii. 

M.ipaiobrmiHe cmpaHcrriBOBa^ii copom atmb 
bt> nycrabiHB. 

Co.iiieqiibiii ro4i> cocmoHnrb H3i> mpext corm 
wccmuAcckmn nnind 4Heu njimu HacoBb 11 copo/cd 
TiJirnu MiiHyrm>. 

PiiMi> n<jcrnpoeHb 3a ccmi> comb nnmbAecAmi 
mpn ro4a 40 Po5R4ecmB 1 a XpncrnoBa. 

rimoJOMCH <f>iua.i(\ib<]>7> , ynompeGiu-b ceMb' 
Arm mb AfyTb moiKonmiKOBL 4jih nepeco4a Bein- 
xnro 3ant>ina na Ppe'iccKiS »3blKT>. 

Koiicmanrniniono^b Gbun, B3aim> TypKaMii mhi- 
cma cmn AnaAnamb mpn Wua noc.vh iiepciiccenin 
my4a cmo.iHijbi KonciuanmknoMT> Be^iihiiMii n 



(, '9 ) 
A6t wbicnzn 4eicmn uiecmb jLBnrb iiocjie nocmpoe- 
Hi'a ropo4a Pima. 

AjieKcaHApiHCKaa 6n6jnoineKa cocmoajia m3t> 
mpejcb comb muc/izb KHnn>. 

MowceH ocmaBiiJiT) Ernnem-b ct> wecmbio cma- 
mh muc/izb H3paHJibmaH r b cirycmH zem^ipecma, 
mpuAifamb .ABim> nocjifc nepeazo hxt> nocejiema 
bt> ceii cmpaHB. 

Kpyrb pa34tjiaenica Ha mpncma mecmbAccnrm 
rpa4ycoBT>. 

Cbboh* cojiHeqHLix-b jiyqeii aociHHraenrb 40 
Hact noimk bt> eoceMb MiiHynrb. 

AjieKcanipi> BejiiiKin Bcmyniuifc Ha npecmc-jTb 
AeaAHaniu , a yMepi> mpnAHamu jilimfc omij po- 

Opii nocmpoeHiH PfrivicKaro Aw^Hmeampa , 
H3BBcrnHaro no4i» HMeHeMij Ko.*H3ea, pa6oma- 
m\ bt> npcuo^JKenie nnrnu jitnn> mpuAuamo rnu- 
c/izb BoeHHon./iBHHbixB EBpeeB-b. DoptiiHK-b cero 
34.aHia hmbitj jet mhicnzn n/imhACc/imb eJ)ymoBT> 
bt> oKpywtiocinH n 6bui> noAACpiKHBaeM-b ze- 
mbipbMA pHAaMw crnoji6oBb Bii Aaicmn 4ect4i(amb 
46a c}>ynia BbiiniiHbi KajK^biH. Bb h6MTj noMl>iH,a- 
jiocb 40 cma whicnzb 3piimejie5 u He pB4K0 
xopw btj mpn mhicnzn hbbijobtj h cmojibKO me 
maHi^oBiitHi^-b yBecejiaviH btj ceMT> orpoMHOMi* 
34am w PijMrKyK) nyGjiiiKy. 

Bbicoma MotifijTaHa cocmaB^aenT'b zrwhipnaA' 
t^amb mbicRZb numb comb nnmb4ecAmb wccmb , 



( 20 ) 

a Bbicoma l ImiGopacco AeenmHaAnamb mbtcnzb 
utecmb comb 46a (Ilapk}KCKHXT>^ cjjyma. 



THEME XVI. 

On the ordinal numbers. 

Ha naMflrnnriKt nempa Be.iHKaro ii3oGpavKCHa 
CJluyioiqan uaAnucb : fleiripy nepeoMy Enaine- 
pima emopdn. 

Hmciki Ilempa nepeazo , <PpHAp"*a emopdeo 
h TeHpnxa zcmeepmazo 6e3CMepniHbi bt» n- 
cmopiw.^ 

Pii.mtj mmbjit> ce>ib LJapeii: nepeon 6bUi> P6- 
My^i* , emophin Hy\ia IloAinkjiiii, m pern in Tv-ajit* 
rocmH^iiii, zerneepnibin Ahki> Mapijiii, nAmbiii 
TapKBHiiiii IlpiiCKT> , mecmoji CepBiu TjAJtilk , 
ceAbMoii 11 noc^tAHiii TapKBHHiu r6p4WH. 

Ilcpubiri Mtouvb bt> ro,iy TeHBapb , emopoii 
OeBpajib, mpemin Mapmi>, zemeepmbin Anplub, 
nkmbul Mail, wecmoii IiOHb, ceAbMoil lio^b , 
eocbMoii ABrycrm> , AeeAmbin CeHinaGpb, ACcAmbiii 
OKrnJiGpb, oAUHHciAHunibin Ho/iGpb, 4<?£«a,4//a- 
mbin 4 eK ^Gpb. 

KoMnacb Gbi^-b naoGplinicui bt> mbicnza rnpu- 
ana mpcmbcMb ro,iv. 



PocciiiCKoe moproeoe 66jn,ecmBO ocHOBaHo 
BB AhTAIU bb mbicsiza TlJlTTTbCOTm nnTTJbA.ecnnj'b 
nAmoMt toaj. 

Ilemp-b Be.iHKin no6B4HjiB Kap^a AOtnaAHarnazo 
npii IlojiniaBB bb muc/iza ceMb comb AeeAmoM'b 
toaj. 

AuepuKa ouiKpbima bb nRmndAUamoMb bb- 



Promiscuous exercise 

On Numerals. 

Poccih npocmnpaemca oihb BocmoKa kb 3ana4y 
Ha cttto uiecmbAeckmb Aee/imb cb noAoeunow rpsUy- 
cobb, m. e. onib mpiiAyamb AeeAmaeo 40 46fXb 
comb eocbMazo cb nojioeiiuojo rpa^ycoBB 40JI- 
roinw; h BKjiioqaa ca\iBie oniAa^eHHfaie ocmpoBa 
BocrnoqHaro OteeaHa, (koii 40X04aniB 40 A^yocz 
comb A^aAWimb nAmaeo rpa &y ca,) Ha cmoeoce'Mb- 
Aecnmb uiecmb rpa4ycoBB„ 

Ca>ioe 6ojibui6e npomavKeHie onrb cBBepa kb 
K>ry cocmaBJiaemB mpnAUamb eoceMb rpa^ycoBB 
mo ecmB , orrib copoKoeazo ao ceMAecRmb eocb- 
mdzo rpa4)ca uiiipooibi : 0*40BaniejibHo BC/iH- 
Hanujafl nacmb Poccin Haxo^iiinca bb ywipeH- 
homb, a ca>iaa ivia^iaa bb xcuojihomb noacB. 
Bea ifte noBepxHocmb rocY4apcmBa BBiK^ii04aa 



( « ) 

ocmpoBa Bocmo^naro OixeaHa , npocmnpaeinca 
Ha mpnana copom> muc/izb reorpa^kiecKiixij 
KBaApanmuTb Hb\ien,KHXb MiMb, hjih wecmb- 
Hc'iAiiarnb MHA.iioHoeit wecrnbcomit iuecmb4ec/in/'b 
rnbicMb KBa^pauiHbix-b Bepcmb. 



THEME -XVII. 
On Personal Pronouns. 

CKa/KH M'lt , CTj K^MTj TTlbl o6x6,J,HHIbCtf , II Jl 

meOt cuaasy , Kino 777&J niaKOBb. 

IIomhii jwt j «/i , Kor/j,a /77W CyAeinb cqacrnaiiBi.. 

Kuio ue co MHoro, niouib npoiniiBT> JnenA. 

Apiicmoineab , no^auaa 3a 6 My qeaocEKy mh- 
jiocinbiHfo , CKaaajtb : He e.uy 4a k> , a qeaofiiiie- 
cniBy. 

BfipHbin Apyn> omicpbiBaein-b hcimi* HauiH He- 
AOCiia jikii. 

EeinecrnBeHHaa iicmopia Aaeim> hcimt, nona- 
mie o nacb ca>ikxi» 11 o npCAMemaxij nacb onpy- 

/Ka£Om,HXTj. 

Paaey^oK-b yKa3biBaerm> nam nymb kt» 6aaro- 
noayqno ; a crnpacinn oinBjieKaionn> «acz» oini 
onaro. 

Ha 04H011 ErfineincKoa cmarnyt 6bua ca*Ay- 
ionjaa Ha.j.iiiicb: n ecwib momb ; Kino 6bMb, u 



ecmb, h 6y,ieim> BT3 Btin> ; Hit Km 6 ein,e He chh- 
majib cb Men A 3aB"Ei'bi. 

rfdsBaui.ca 3Haiumb HaKa3biBamb ce6k 3a iy- 
aiyK) BHHy. 

Beperjicb Aypana, ec^ii ead rapoHeaib; y\iHaro, 
ec.ui npnqHHHUib e.iiy o6kj.y , h 3Jiaro , ecui 
CBeaeuib ctj wjuea 3HaKOMcmBo 

MHorie 410411 nojoGHbi xo4fl t ieii MOHemt: hc 
pt^KO npiiH\}K4eHbi 6fajBaeMi> npimiiManib uxi> no 
Kypcy, a He no kcrniiHHOMy uxt> 40Cfn6uHcniBy. 



THEME XVIII. 

On relative Pronouns. 

Ocmeperanca raoro, kttjo me6k 6e3npeemaHHo 
XBajiiinrb. 

My>KecnTBeHT> momb, noezo Himmo BcmpeBO- 
Mtunib He bt> cocmoaHiii. 

*Ik)4ii pli^KO jii66Him> moro, kozo 6oamea. 
He noHHinan 3a cinbi4.T> yiHrnbea btj 3p1UbiXT> 
jitmavb mo.uy, ze.ny He Hayqiuica Bb MJiaAOcmn. 

He omK.iaAbiBaii 40 3aBmpa , zmo Moaceuib 
c/VB-iamb cero^HH. 

dJiijiknnb, IJapb MaKe40HCKiii nnrtjib y ce6a 
HapoqHaro , Komopbm HunoMiiHiUb eAiy, zmo onb 

CMepiHHblM. 



C *4 ) 

}Kii3Hb no,\66na chv, o rm> Komopazo npocbi- 
nacMca Bb qacb CMepmii. 

UcrnHHHo c4acmjiiBb monrb, ktiiq He aaernb 
boau cbohmij cinpacmA.wb. 

IIo4yMaM Hanepe^b o moivib , zmo xoveuib 
CKa^ainb. 

Mbi Bcer^a jiioGiiMb uil>xb, Komopbie HaMi> y4if- 
B.iiiK)nicH , a He Bcer^a mBXb, KornopbiMh ca>iu 
y4iic.A/ie.Mc;i. 

Kmo onpaB^biBaemcJi , ne fiy^yiii oGBiiHiieMb, 
momb mo.ibKO BoaGyvKAaemb no403pt)Hie. 

Tpy^Ho jiioGiiinb moro, noed He noMiimaeM'b. 

HciniiHHoe npocBbineHie ecrnb mo , Kornopoe 
y«iiirnb Hacb 6binib nojie3HbiMii moMy oGu^ecniBy, 

Bl> KOmopoMTj A1JU HiHBeMb. 



THEME XIX. 

On possessive pronouns. 

Mm 404HCHW nomimamb 4oGpo4* r nejib Aymfawrb 
ceouMb 4pyro.Mb, iiGo oua ecuib iicmomniKb H(i- 
wezo cqacinia, ndmcii qecinii h nduiezo cnoKoii- 
cniBia. 

R nomimaio ceouxb pcuHwiejien: k6o oGibaHb 

lI.Mb MOCK) /KM3HHO H MOUMb BUCniI IfiaHieM b. 

Beperncb rni>Ba : oHb oGe3oGpa,KiiBaeinb meoc 
4iiu,e , ii em,c Gtute inooio 4)uiy. 



C « ) 

He roBopk o npe^Memt, Komopbiii npeBbime 
meouxi noHamiii. 

ToMepij h Biipriuiiii caaBHw no ceouMt iiibo* 
peHiaivrb* 

Ey4,b BtpeHii ceoeMy rocyAapto. 

Opejtb bt> 6bicmpoMi» noAemt eeoefflb bo3ho- 
CHinca npeBWHie oGjiaKOB-b. 

Cmapaiica <>6pa30Bainb c6oii yivrb , o6Uarop6- 
^Hiufe CBoto Afiuj h yKptniiaib ceoe mt>AO- 



THEME XX. 

On demonstrative pronouns. 

HMnepamop'b Tnim> cmimajn> momi* ^eHb no- 
mepaHHbiMTj , Bb KomopbiH He c^t^iajib HHqero 
AoGparo, 

He noBmopaii bt> oahoS Geck^t /77oao , qmo 
mw cjibiiuajiTj bt> Apyroii. 

3^ionojy4Hbi mt jikwi , Komopwe Bcer^a He- 
AOBOJibHbi CBokMb coemoaHieivrb. 

Tpy/Vb yKpbn^aemi> nrfcvio, a npa3AHocmb pa3- 
CJiab^iaem-b dnoe, 

Cie HitKa3aHie copa3M-BpHo cejnj npecmynjieHito. 

Ceh xoami , cik poi^a , ^ nojie, cm cKpoM- 
Haa xkjKMHa HaiiOiYiMHatonrb jvihb moio po^my. 

2 



( 26 ) 

Bet ciu MpaMopH, ciu HaArpoGHbia na^niicH, 
ciu Be^H l iecmBeiiHbiH pa3BaAHHbi, cie 6e3MOjiBie, 
cie ye^HHCHie, ciu Belinda HMeHa CBii/Vfcmejib- 
cmByiorm> BpeaieHa nporneKiueii cJiaBbi. 

Hii'imo He MO/Kerrrb H3oGpa3Hmb 777020 Bocmop- 
ra . Komopbiii Bocxiimaemb AJmy , Kor^a bxo- 
Auuib Bb nepnoBb cb. nempa bt> nepBbiii pa3b; 
Kor^a cmoiiuib Ha ce.ui npocmpaHHoivrb noMocmt, 
Me>KAy citxh y/KaciibixTi no^nopb , npe£i> cumji 

6p6lI30BbIMII KOJIOHHaMH, npil BHAt BCBXTj CllXI 

KapmiiHb, Bclix-b cuxi cmamyif, Bcfexb cnxh MaB- 
30JieeBT>, bcdxtj chxt> 5KepmBenHHKOBb ; no#b CUMI 
KynojiOMij. 



THE M E XXI. 

On indefinite pronouns. 

Bet Hvajiyiorncfl na cuiGocmb naMjraiH , hmwio 
ne acajiyemca Ha cjiaGocrnb yivia. 

KamAbiii qe^oBtKb ^o^'/KeHb yMepemb. 

BcAkuI ^em. npiniociinrb cb coGoio zmo niiGj^b 
HOBaro. 

Ha ceMb CBtrnb utrnb nnzezc nocmoaiiiiaio. 
4Liaii AoGpo 11 HiiKoeo iieGoiiea. 



( *7 ) 

HitKCLKd/i MHHyma ne MOtftenrb Ha3Bambca Ha- 
nieio, KpoMt Hacraoau;eH. 

Hnzmo maia> He nopmnnrb HpaBOBi*, Kaia> xy- 
^6e co66m,ecniBo. 

^ejiOBtKij, kukozo Qbi cocmoflHia hii 6bijn>, 
HMteraij Bcer^a HlKomopbm poyvb miijecjiaBis. 



Promiscuous exercise 
On pronouns. 
Vmo maKoe OmeqecmBO ? CmpaHa , r^t mm 

pOAHJlHCi)' KOJlblGejlb, BTa KOTTIOpOU Mhl BOSJiejltaHbl* 

THB3AO, btj KomopoM-b corpBinbi h EocniirnaHbi; 
3eMJia, tab jieiKaini) Kocmn ornqeB'b H&umxT> , ir 
KyAa mm coMit jikmewh. Kand/i Ay ma A,ep- 
3Hemi> pacmoprHyrnb ciu KpinKia y3bi? Kanoe 
cep^i^e MOJKemb He l JyBcrnBOBarnb cezo cnaii^eH- 
Haro njiaivieHH? Comm/i nmiiLjbi h 3Btpn jifoGaimj 
Mtcmo po^AeHia ceoezo : qejioB'bK'b jiii, OAapennbiii 
pa^yMHoio Ayuieio, omAbjvviim> ceGA onrb crnpa- 
hw ceoeii , ornii eAHH03eivm F eB'b ceouxt ? KanoH 
H3Beprij He jifoGnnrb aiamepn ceoen! Ho ome'ie- 
cmBo aieHbiue jih hcimi, hlmi> Mamt? OrriBpam,e- 
nie onrb ceti npornHByecniecmBeHHOii mhoah 
maKT> bc.ihko, zmo Karcjfo 6bi hh ho^ojkhjiii mm 



( *8 ) 

btj qejioB'bK'b xyAyto HpaBcmBenHocnrb h 6e3- 
crnbi4crnRo; xoma 6w n npeACinaBii^iM ce6i t zmo 
MO/Kenib HaMmkca maicdii , Kornopbin Bb pa3- 
BpameHHoii AyuiB ceoeii 4&IicinBiinie./ibHo nw- 
inaenn> HeHaBiicrnb kt> omeqecmBy ceoejuy; oA"a- 
ko nee n moTTTb nocrnw^kjica 6bi BceHapoAHO h 
rpoMorjiacHo bt> ttjomi> npii3Hanibca. Bet bbkh , 
<?<?£ HapoAbi , 3eMJia ii He6eca B03oniajin 6bi npo- 
miiBTj need : o^iiHTj a/Vb cnrnAi> 6bi cmj pyKG- 
n^iecKanib. 



THEME XXIL 



On the auxiliary verb. 

,4eHb ecmb BpcMn mpyAa , a hcwl Bpewa iiokoji. 

IIpa34Hocinb ecmb nopoKT>. 

4o6poa1)inejb ecmb cawa ce6t Harpn^a. 

KoaeqT> mina ecmb naqtuo pacKaaHia. 

He^oBtKij 6e3i> inBep4bixT> n.paBiijn> ecmb arpa- 
junr\e cbohxt* cnipacineii. 

Ecmb bo bcAko.mt* napo4,t h ^oGpue h 3Jiwe 
juo.UI. 

PjffijiH ii KontaKH CJ777& mohciiim ; ynoaipe- 
Gjiaoibia bi> Poucin. 



( *9 ) 

XBacmoBcmBo u HaAMeHHocmb cymb A*imi 
HeBtHcecmBa. 

}KejiaHia Ha inn Sbiedwrm HeHacwrnHW. 

I\ia3a 6bwdmwb ucmojiKOBame^HMM cep4Ua. 

Awau mi Ha nmo He 6biedwrm maKb m,e4pM , 
KaKb Ha coB-fembi. 

Iliiearopb 6biAi> nepBMH H3b rpeqecKHXb My- 
4peu,OBij. 

Mac.mqHafl EbmBb GbiJia y apeBHMXb 3HaK0Mb 
Mnpa. 

PiiMjiaHe 6buiu BejinqaHHinwH no6t4,HmejflMii 
^peBHHXb BpeMeHb. 

Aj«.eKcaH4pb BejiHKin CKa3axb : ecjtii 6m ji He 
6ujib AjieKcaHapoMb , mo xom'kvb 6m Sbimb 
4i6reHOMb. 

Xjifc6onaiuecmBo fbMo y PiiMjiiiHb Bb BejiiiKOMb 

no'imeHin. 

HeiviHorie EBponeiiijM SbieaAn bo BHyrnpeH- 
Hocrnn A^pHKH. 

Borb ecwb , 6bun> h GyAerm Bb BbKb. 
ByAb B034epjKeHb h mM 6y4euib 34opoBb. 
He 6f4b 3aBHcmjinBb. 

Bbimb AOBOjibHbiMb 3Haqnmb 6bimb 6orarnbiMb. 
Ka>K4biH ne^oBtKb cnoc66eHb 6umb BparoMb , 
ho He BcaKiS ApyroMb. 

Bo BCAKOMb 3BaHin mohcho 6bimb 6jiarono.iy<i- 

HMMb. 



( 3o ) 
EjAyuiee CKpwmo onrb Hacb HenpomiqaeMOK) 

3aBl3COK). 

JjJAyZll 340pOBbI, MM CMfeeMCfl HaA"b 60JTB3HHMN. 

Moqapnib, Cbieuin eiqe MajiojifcniHbiM'b, bocxii- 
iqa.ii> y>Ke bctexi> cBoeio iirpoio. 

ToproB^a renye3u f om>,(>u6Luan HtKor^a nepBOio 
bi> CBtrrrB , HbiHli bi> BejiPiKOMTs ynaAiffe. 

EbiAo Bpesin, Kor^a bc;i Espona Sujid norpy- 
aceHa btj HeBliHvecmBO. 

4a Gj^emTt cep^qe niBoe nyjKAO bc/ikoh ne- 
npaB/j,bi. 



THEME XXIII. 



On the conjugation of active and 
neuter verbs. 

A\ci&\\ nMtromi BecbMa pa3JiimHBifl nouhmlfu o 
Kpaoomt. 

Be 3i> ApyacGbi mii3Ub He HMtemi HiiKaKow 
npejiecmn. 

Mbi jii'ofaiMi Mtcrno CBoero povKaeHia. 

.AyHa 3auMcmeycrm cboii CBfcmij onn> cojiHqa. 

Kohchtj elnzdemb 4,luo. 

x \Ucmu\vL B034yxi> MHoro cnocoGcTTieyem'b ki> 

H3Jlt4CHiK) Oini> GcM*3Heii. 






( 3. j 

Tbi xcdxcAeuib cjiaBbi , a ohtj uiyemh GoramcraBa. 
He MHorie aio^vi nieopkrm ^oopo no oahoh 
mojibKo jik>6bh ktj /i,o6py. 

Bm jLio&nrne qyacie Kpan , a a jiio6jito cBoe 
oraeqecmBo. 

Ecjih noKynaeuih jiHinHee , mo CKopo Sy^euib 
npo^aedmb HyatHoe. 

ycoBepmeHcniBOBaHie me^ecKonoBb MHoro 
cnocoGcmeoeaJio HOBbiMb acmpoHOMiiqecKHMb om- 

KpLimiflM'b. 

4peBHie ErijnmflHe He 3HaAn ynompe6./ieHm 
6yi\iarH , m nnc&Jin Ha jincmbaxb pacmliHifl, iiMe- 
HyeMaro naniipycoivrb. 

Jlzamb, 3ndznnn> 3a6biBamb Bora h Gokmbcn 

Mzpdrnby 3Hdzmm 6pocdmb CBoenwBHJe bt> Mope 
ct> mow HaAe/K^oio, qmoGbi CHOBa coSpdmb oHoe 
Ha 6epery, 

ynoedii Ha Bora. 

Xpanu bo BCflKOMb cjiy^at npaBHjia qecmHO- 
cniH. 

He cyAiime o Beinaxb no oattoh Hapy^Hocmn. 

HejioBtKb xpankmin MOJiqaHie Moacemb npn~ 
Mtzdmb vymin rjiynocmn, He noKd3biean cbohxtj. 

njiHHia, mejidn n36l4amb npnqiiHy H3Bep>KeHia 
ropw Be3yBia, nomepmeoeaJVb CBoeMy jiioGonbini- 

CniBy JKH3HiK>. 



( 3, ) 

LJnuepoHb bt> p-feqn cBoeii npornHBi KanriunHbi 
cKa3ci.w : cb naiMii 6bimb rneG'fe Combine He bo3- 
gtOHCHO j lie cnecy , He cmepruiio , He nonjury, 

JIpnuieAt , f3ptAh h noGbAiuii. 

Muoria coiuueiiiH ^peBHHXb tiozuGjiu. 

Hacmyniijia oceiib : jikcmba nomejimtMt. 

BjiaronpininHbiH Bbinpij Ha4jAi> napyca HauiH, 
ii KopaG^b Gbicmpo noAemlAt no BOJiHawb. 

yndewiii cb ^epeoa a6jioKb, omKphuii HeBmony 
3aKOHb mflromBiiifl. 

OxommiKb KpiiKHy^b : BcnpflHyan roHiie. 

EAecnyjia mojihih h apAnyAt rpoivib. 

Bi-iprkaiix nozepnuy-JLTi MHoria mmcau M3b To- 
siepa. 

Mnnyawee HeB03BpaniHMO. 
BcjtbixHyemaR bi> cmynKB cejiiimpa no^ajia 
noBOAb Kb ii3o6p1inieHiio nopoxa. 

Ha OaiiMniucKHX'b iirpaxb noairibi zumbiocum 
cboii cmiixoniBopeHiH h opamopw zoedpH6cuin 
ptin. 



( 33 ) 
THEME XXIV. 

On the conjugation of passive verbs. 

CaM<xiK)6ie lacrao Guedemi HaKa3bieaeMo npe- 
3ptHieMb. 

Chu,hjuh no^eepmena qacmbiMT) 3eMJiempace- 
HiaMb. 

CKasbiBaronrb , mno PoMyjib h PeM* 6hiMt 
eocKopMAenbi BOJiqiiijeH). 

He^oBtKij comeopem cb ^apoBaHiHMH , om- 
^Hiaioii^UMH ero omb Bclxb npoqnxb mBapeii. 

Ilpn bha* AxmuiecoBoii rpo6HHU,bi AjieKcaH^pb 
6bun> mponyrnt 40 c./ie3b. 

Bojibina/i qacmb iiaumxb 3HaHin nozepnuyma 

H3b niBOpeniH ^peBHHXb. 

Aui^eMtpie ecmb ^aHb, nAamuMan, nopoKOMb 
AoGpoA^me^ii. 

CoAtJiannoe Haiviw 4o6po ^ojijkho 3a6biBainb, a 
TioJiyzeHHoe BtqHo noMHunib. 

He^OBtKb , o3apenHbiii CBtmoMb Btpbi , ycaia- 
mpncaa Bes^t cj>E4bi BceMorymecmua 11 Gjarocmw 
Co3Aamejin , AiiBHmca hmt>; ho ymw noepymen~ 
Hue Bb HeBtatecmBo u 6e3B-Bpie , cpe^n 6e3- 
qiicjieHHbixb qyaecfc Mipa He BH^amb Hwqero, 



( 34 ) 

KpoMt c^yqaa : ohh no^oGHw nrfcM'b HecqacmHbiivrb, 
kohxtj oqn, jiHLueHHMfl 3ptHi/i, xoina o6pau^aK)rnca 
Kb co^neqHOMy cBtmy; ho KpoMfc ivipaiHOH meM- 
Honibi miqero He Bcmptqaionrb. 



THEME XXV. 



On reflective, reciprocal and common 

VERBS. 

CnocoGHocmii Hauiii pa36ii6dwmc/i ct» B03pa- 

CIHOMTj. 

ILuoiivb ofouedemcA okojio AyGocbix-b ^epeBb. 
Kypijiii mi36epecn btj nponacnib &ah cifacema 
CBoero omeqecmBa. 

AnrjinqaHe n Iloprnyrajibijbi npocidenjincb 
MiioroqHCJieHHbiMii nymeujecmBi>iMii oko^o cBtrna. 

Ktimaui^bi noziirndwrm ce6k MyApiiiui h;ui» Ha- 
po^OMT* Bb CBimb. 

rnnnoKparm> n Ta^eHb noziimdromc/i omijaMii 
ipaqeGHoii HayKH. 

rn6pa.imaph noznmdemcn oahoio H3T> cmib- 
HtiiiiiHX'b Kptnocrnei'i bt> EBpoirb. 

36.iomo ncnhimbieaenjcji orHe.ub, a Apyrb He- 
cqacmieMT>. 



C 35 ) 
BMHOBHbie HaKa3bi6awmcn no Mtpt npecmy- 

Bb KaMianiKfc BMtcrao jiouiaAen 3anpmdwmc/i 
coGaKH. 

4iaHa n3o6pa7R&Jiacb ct> ^yKOM"b h KCM l iaHOM:b 
Han6jiHenHbiMT> cmpbviaMH. 

Bee Bb IlpHpoA* n3MtnhemcR. 

Bo Bee meqeHie cefi KpaniKOH jkh3HH mm 
SopeMcn cb 6ojiB3hhmh , cb 6bAaMH 9 a Gojite 
Bcero co cmpacmAMH. 

Becb CBtrm> maAyemcR Ha KOjioBpamHocmb 
c^acmia. 

/I,o6poAtniejib He 6outticr 3jioc./i6Bia. 

Ecrab jiioah, Kornopwe cutiomcR Ha^b apyrHMii, 
a He raepnAmb , qm66bi Ha#b hhmh cMtAjincb. 



THEME XXVI. 

On compound verbs. 

CtBepHbie HapoAbi 6e3noKonJin PiiMCKyio Hm- 
nepiio qacmbiMH HaCiraMH. 

4>Ha& enaA&erm Bb HepHoe Mope. 
3piijiHine OneaHa 603bjiKAcierm yAHBjieHie. 
MoaiimBbi npaBe^Haro 003x04111111 Kb HeCecaMb. 



( 36 J 

Ilocxfc HeHacmi>a cHoua 603ciAjio cojihijc 
HeB03MO}KHO 6036pamumb noinepaHHaro Bpe- 
weHii. 

HeBa ebiweKaewb h3t> *Ia40>KCKaro o3epa. 
Tpoa ao^to ebi^epmnecua oca^y ; ho Hano- 
Hei^-b 6bua B3Bma. 

ITpiawb 6hinpocnj,T> y Axw.ijieca mko cbiHa 
CBoero TeKmopa. 

Byiuary em At Abie am mb ii3T> mpnnki^-h. 

Hiinmo eu;e He aoxoauat* 40 nojtioca. 

Hiijitj Ka>KAbiii roa^ 3amon,AAemb oKpecmHbia 
cmpaHbi. 

ToBOpiI OHTKpOBeHHO, ho He 3azoedpiieaiicJi. 

AllUlh mOJlbKO SClKamUAOCb COJlHH^e , KaKT> 

co^oBeii 3antAT>» 

ITpn^tJKHbiH 3acAymu6aemb oGo^peHie. 
Be3yBifi n36epederm njiawa. 

Il'iejlbl Pl36A€Kdwim MCATj H3b BCtXTi I^BtHIOBT). 

AjixiiMHcmbi H3bicKii6aAii cnoco6i> npeepamurnb 
HH3Kie MernajiJibi bt> 3ojiorno. 

Cnynbie naKonAAwmb GoramcnrBa, a Hac^ta- 

hhkh nxfc pacmozdroMb OHbia. 

/Ke^ama qecmojtoGrja He CKopo Hacbiiyd/omcJi, 

I^biraiiKii Hazoedpneawmb Ha pyny. 

Ila crHOjinaxT>repKyjiecoBbixij GbiJin naAnucanbi 
cioBa : ne 4aAbe cezo. 



C 3 7 ) 

Bt> Pluvrfc Huseepzdjw, npecrnyiiHHKOBb ci> 
TapneiicKon CKajibi. 

IJbHHcinBO oMpazderm pa3cyAOKib. 

KunnrnaHb KyKb rnpn paaa o6i£jvciAb Becb 
3CMHOH Illapb. 

OnaceHie embua omepaiydem* MHornx-b orm> 
xy^bixb nocrnyuKOBb. 

He3HaHieMij 3aKOHOBTj hhkiijo ormoedpneambcfi 
He 461/Kemj. 

UpecbiufeHHbiii 3eMHbiiifb Bejiiiqiewb , Kapjii> 
nAmbiH y4,ajiiijica bt> MoHacmbTpb. 

MHorie KoqeBbie HapoAbi nepeMtnuMt cboh 

66pa3T> JKH3HH H TlOCeJlUJlllCb Bb ^epCBHaXTj. 

Hw oahhtj cmHxoniBopei^Tj He npe63owejn> 
ToMepa. 

MpaqHbia myqii npe46tmdwrm aojkab. 

/3,6jirKHo npe^aoznmdmb nojie3noe npinniHOMy. 

BecHoto Ha c^bepb npnAerndemh MHOJKecmBO 
nrnim,* H3ii menjibixij cmpaH-b. 

^Iiii^eM-Bpbi npHKpbiedfomb cboh nopoKH Miik- 
hok) cBAinocmn. 

HayKH npoceiiyarorm pa3yMT>. 

IlrpoKii qacmo npouapueawmit Bee CBoe HMtHie. 



( 33 ) 
THEME XXVII. 

On irregdlar verbs. 

Bt> 6e3JitCHbixi> cmpaHax-b mzjnrb KaMCHHoe 
yro^ihe , inypct)i» a 4,a>Ke coJioMy. 

4)6obiiih Jitcb ii^emi Ha cmpoeHie KopaGjieir. 

Bnuorpa^Haa jio3a He Momemi* pacrnii Bb xo- 
jio,4HbixTj KJiHMamaxTj. 

Bb Cn6Hpw jKneymi MHoria KoqeBbia iLieMeHa. 

JIcrnpe6b eberncR Ha/Vb oGjiaicaiMij. 

Kop3HHLi nAemymi uz-b hbobuxb BBmBen. 

Majiwe npocmynKii ee^yrm ki> 6ojibniiiMT> npe- 
cinynjieHiflMb. 

CoKpamb naji* ;KepmBOK> KjeBembi u 3ji6Gbi 
CBoiixb corpa>K4aHb. 

BacKo ^e TaMa uaweAi MopcKoii nymb bt> 
BocmoMHyK) Mhaik). 

MoHrojib(})iepb moGptJit B03AyuiHbie mapbi. 

*^HHHeii njAoGpijiT) BejtHKyto cjiaBy iiibmtj, qmo 
npneejiii Ecrnecmr.eHiiyio Hcmopiio Bb cncmeiuy. 

IlETP'b BeJIHKiH 3Cl6eAT> nepBbiii PocciucKifi 
c})^ornb. 

Tab He noclRJi-b , maM^ h He nnmneuib, 

JlpiiiAU \\ 6o3mu , omBbwajib ^eoHH^b Lfapio 
IlepcHACKOMy, mpe6oBaBineMy ; im66bi CnaprnaH- 
ijm ohi^slah opyaue. 



( 3 9 ) 
Promiscuous Exercise 

on the conjugation of verbs. 

Ecjih a cKaxty me6i , qmo y caMaro BT>-B3Aa 

bb ropo/Vfa (^Ciiivi(})e[)6rio^bJ no Gojibiuoii Aopo- 

rfc onn> HnKOJiaeBa, cmoumb naMamHHK-b Toy- 

ap^a, mw noAjMaeuib , qmo a npommopizy ce6t 

HenpocrniimejiLHfaiMTj 66pa30Mi> — u mw own- 

6euibcn : iiaiMfjmHiiKb iio^jihhho mynn> naxo- 

Aitmcsi — BbicoKin rpaHnrnHbin o6e.AHCKB, Koero 

nbe^ecmajiij cocmaejikerm capKo<j)arb cb cjibay- 

loiijeio na4nncbio: Toyap^ij cnonzdAcn Ha uiecmb- 

AecamB namoMB roAy oniB po?KAeHia CBoero BB 

1790* ohb o6necem niyrjioK) KaMeHHOW orpa- jj* 

AOK) , cb ptmemianibiMH lunpoKHMH JKejiB3HbiiviH 

BopornaiviM , HacynpomiiBB HaAnncn. — Bee 

3mo main*,* h XBaaa moiviy , Kmo 3axomLib 

nozmumb naMarnb qejiobBKa, 40cm6flHaro BceoG- 

m,aro yBajKeHia: ho amo naMamHUKB, KeHoraa^ij, 

a He rpo6HHH,a ToyapAa. OpaxB cero 6jiaro- 

mBopkmejia cmpa5KAym,MXB nozuedemb bb mpexB 

BepcmaxB omB ropoja; h raaMt.rao a eugtAb 

pci3ecuiu6uiywcA 6t4H\io KHpnimHyio nnpai\iHAy 

BMtcmo cojiHeqHbixii qacoBB, Komopwe a meJi&Ab 

nanmu huat> Morkjioto ero , corjacno cb noc/ifc- 

AHtio ero Bo^ieio: amo oGcmoamejiLCiiiBO wo- 



( 4o ) 

acenrb 6bimh me6t HeH3BtcmH0. — Kor^a bi> 
1790 ro/iy cenpincmeueaAH bi> Kpbiaiy npiuikn- 
qiiBbiH rmiAhin ropiwKii , FoyapAb cajzuacr bt> 
Xepconfc , Ha nymii cooe.vib Bb JJ^ipbrpuAb* Aar- 
ko ceGt npe4crndenmb Momemb , 'uno qejiOBBKy, 
KorriopbiM cmaenAi cebt bt> HeMtitiyeAiyio 06A- 
3aHHocmb ejKe^HeDHo nociiqamb infopbMbJ, Gojib- 
wiii;bi , ocmporn , inpyAHo 6uao nzfrbmanib 3 a- 
pa3bi : oht> AtHcrnBumejibHo cAtAciACR ^epmBOK) 
ohoh. Hyecrneyn , into KOHeu,T> ero G^H30Kb, oHb 
npn36ciAb ktj ceCt acjxtj npiinnejieu cbohxtj, ct> 
koiimii iworb zoenpumb Ha npnpoAHOMii CBoeMb 

B3blKB M npOCmUGUIllCb Cb IlHMH , Cha3ClAb I Tl'd- 

MflmmiKa a He ooozj • a npowy Bact nocmdenmb 
HaAi> MoriijioK) aioeK) npocnuue cojiHe<JHbie qa- 
cw • ho noBejitHie cie 6biAo 3a6bimo : nirnb 
cojiHeHHbixij qacoBb na^b ero worjjjioK) ; 11 3ma- 
ro jKajib , oieHb jKajib ! /{py3bh ero 6o3a.6U2au 
MdAeHbKyK) KiipnkqHyio niipaiviHAy, menepb , 11 
arnornb npoemoii na:\nimHiiKb pa3cbindemcn h 
BCKopt> Hej3Hfl/o/7/z.Mtcma, r/vfc Aemdmb ocmam- 

kh Apyra cmpa^ajibijeBTj. 

Mfpaobeei, 



C 4i J 
THEME XXVIIL 

On the declension of Participles, 

3eM^A , HaMH ofaimdeMcin , ecnib iuiaHema, 
npitHUAAexauiaR kt> cojnie^Hoii CHcrrreMfc. 

Pa3BajujHbi .apeBHaro Paiwa cymL naMJimHHKn 
Gbiewazo ero Bejiimia. 

HejioB-BK-b , 3a6bi6ciK)iniu cBoe onpe^^ieHie 
4Jia 6j4ymazo CBtma HOAo6eH'b nymemecmBeH- 
HiiKy, He iiMlJomeMy ApyroH ntjiii KpoMt Mif- 
HyrnHaro y40BOjibcrnBia. 

Poccia orn4*Bjiaemca ornb AiviepiiKM BepnHro- 

BbJMb npOJlHBOMTj , HMtrOUfHM'b IIIHpHHbl OKOJIO 

ceMH4ecaniH mpexb Bepcmb. 

Ebb pBKT> , ena/idjomnxh bt> KacniiiCKoe Mope 
Bojira ecnib caiwaa 3naiHrnej!bHafl. 

Ebb HHCJia cniMxornBopneBb, npocAdeiiemnxcn 
Bb HOBtniuia Bpe\ieHa Bb AHrjiin , 3HamH*iiiijie 
cynib Bajinrepb CKommb h BeiipoHb. 

3naMHHOHAb, cMepmwbHo paHeHHbiii btj cpa- 
jKeHiw npii MaiimaHe-fi , CKa3ajn> 4py3bai\n> cbo- 

HMb , Co6oAt3H06a6UinM'b O IHOMb , imo OHb yMM- 

paa He ocmaBJiaemb ^Bnieii: a ocmaBjinto 4Byxb 
^oqepen AeBKinipbi m MaHmiiHeio. 

HeBtHtecniBo coeAnneHHoe co CKpoMHOcmiio, 
CHocHte 3HaHin , conpoGO/RAdeMbix-b cneciio. 



( 4s ) 

BcmpeeOfKcuHbin ayxii, iioa66ho e^eoAHennoMj 
Mopio , ornpa'/Kaenrb bcb OKpy>KaK>in,ie npe^Me- 
inn o6e3o6pci/KeHHbiMii 11 npeAOMAeHHbuin , coo6- 
m/ia hmtj morae BcuHeHie, Kom6pbii\n> ohb caivi^ 
ofypeedc.m. 

MejioBth-y, ejKe^acHo bi> Mops #kh3Hh oGypced- 

CMOMy , HeoGxOAHMO ^O^JKHO HMBIIIb KOpMaHMlj 

Bt>py bt> IlpoBH/VEHie. 

IlepBOH niarb 3a noporb xh/Khhbi aocmaBiuij 
wHtBocYiimHmejbHbiiuiiM B3rjiaA"b. Aynk gocxoaA- 
Ufaeo co.imja, nepexedzennbie cmtHow KaivieHHbixb 
ropi3,6pocajin CKB03byrjibi mxt? o/RH6JiA?oiijhi CBtnrb 
cboh ; AOJiHHa , Macmiio ortiiiijeHHa/i , a qacmia) 
cKphiman btj mtHH, aBjia^a caiviyK) pa3Hoo6pa3nya) 
nrpy i;BBin6BT>. TamapcKaa 4epeBHa ct> aomii Kauri , 
nycKdwii^nMii 6"Bjbia oGjiana euoufaeocJi AbiMa CKB03b 
rycmya) ctHb aepeB-b, Bejuinajiacb Kam> IJapinja 
Meauy rop-b , cJiyxcdmnxi en BBHQ,e:vi-b ; ivieacAy 
pomeii , ripe no Ac bieaio 11411x7* ee B-b 66pa3B poc- 
KouiHbixij nipjiaiiAij ; Ha Gepery wopa , npnno- 
cAiyaeo kt> HoraMi. ea AaHb cbohxtj BQAWb. 



( 43 ) 
THEME XXIX. 

On Adverbs. 

TctMt 6^aro4,eHcmByK)mT3 Hapo^w , 24* mpy- 
/i,6jiK)6ie coe^nHeHo ctj 4,66pwMH HpaBaMH. 

Mm bh^hmtj noecTOAf cjib^m npeMy^pocmn 
B6}i{ieH. 

MarejuiaH-b coBepuiH^Tj nepsoe nymeiuecraBie 
npyroM-b CBtma. 

HnzAi Htrm raaKoro MHorojiiOAcmBa, KaKT» 
bt> KnmaB. 

Bi> ErnnrnB , 24% npeacAe npoijBBniaJiH HayKH, 
nuut i^apcniByem'b HeBtaeerniio. 

rHBBTj zdcmo 3acrnaBjiflerai> HacB ^tHcmBOBarrib 
onpoMemquBo. 

IIpn6Uii)Kaacb kl 6epery , mm npHMt^aeiwb 
cnai&Jia BepniiiHM ropT>, nomoMt Bepxk 6auieHB ? 
a naKonei^t n caMMH 6eperi>. 

BjiaroAapHMH etzno noMHHmB e^uno/K^bi ok&- 
saHHyEO eiwy ycjiyry. 

Mhozo roBopninb m mciao ^yiwainb ecrab npii- 
3HaKB jierKOMbic^ia. 

Mm He 3HaeMi> 3a iioajmhho cKOJib AaJieKo 
cpHHHKiaHe npocmnpajiH ceoe njiaBatrie. 

Htrm npaBHJia 6e3ij HCKjuoqeHia. 

Bt> HBKomopbiXB HCKycmBaxij mm e^ed ah mo- 
^ceMi) paBHflmi.ca ci> ^.peBHWMW. 

CnoKOMiiaa ^yuia tioa6(>ho 3epK£UbHOMy o3epy 



( ¥ i 

ompawaerTrb BCflKin npeAMenrb bt> Ha^e)Ka- 
ujei\n> ero bh^e. 

ylaKeAeMotiawe ctj eawaro ivMa,a,eHqeeinBa npi- 
yqajn cBOiiXb ^t.ineu roBopkiiib Kpamno 11 kcno. 

Aeaze \iipaBjainb cmpacmiio, Heaiejiii noiny- 
liikinb OHyw. 

Amau cKopie npomaEomij 3^66y, He;Kejin npe- 
3p"BHie. 

Mnorie jioah nkuiymij uyzwe, mbmtj roBopamij, a 
Apyrie Ayiwe roBopaim> , q±>Mi> niiiiiyinij. 

CKOfiie , CKa?.a^ii> lluppnb , eoBparnkmb cojuifc 
ct> nyrnk OHaro : HevKejm ^aGpin^ia co cme3k 
AoGpOAtittejiir. 

OcmaBa omeqecmBo (Toccik)) npir Hacmy- 
njieHJH bceHH bt> HtcKOJibKo AHeii Jiepetu^k 
Mbi bt> iohxHyk) AHrjiio, z^t npeicpac-Haii no- 
ro^a eiye np040.iHca.Aacb • Kor^a me n mjnrb 
naqajuicb ao>kah h mvManbi , 11 rcoeja pacmk- 
mejibHaa ciuia npupo^bi 11 mciMt naqiihajia Meprn- 
Btinb , rno bt> 6ypj-io"\n> ^enaGp* nepeHee^ikcb 
Mbi bt> sapitin k^h Marat EBponw. To.mt> npe- 
KpacHtiiraee jtmo enoeb iiac* Bcmp-feiniuio. Bee 
inBopeHie Hcnojueuo Gbijio SKH3HW , Bee ijbbmo, 
Bee o4*rno 3ejienbK> , 11 mbicaqii HacEKOMbixT> 

Uiy.MklH BTj BQ34yxli. 



C 45 ) 
THEME XXX. 

On Prepositions. 

Be3i mpy4.a Ht>nn> njicua. 

Eau3v UIa(|)ray3eHa Haxo4nrnca cjiaBHbinPenH- 
CKia BOAona.vb. 

4,HKie eM&cmo meA'ksa. ynompe6jiflK)nii> ocrnpwe 
kslmuu m pwGj.K) KOcniB. 

yqeHi'e GMytfiinrb qe^oBBKy 6t cqacmin VKpa- 
uieHieMij , a ev Hecqacmiii npnGtiKuineMTj. 

ILiafteinbi o6pam,aK)inea okoao cojinna. 

ypa^iLCKia ropbi oniA^ai€im> Er,poneMCKyFO 
Poccito oruh Cn6ijpiu 

ynrfexn cyrnb CKajibi, o Komopbia pa36iiBaeni- 
ca 66.ii.juaa qacmb McuoAhixT> jiKueii. Ohh ny- 
CKawmca 3a OHbiMH hci bcb\t> napycaxi> ; ho 
6p.3t* Kownaca ajir HanpaBjema hxtj iuaBaHia 11 
Se3h Kopaikaa Moryiii/dro ynpaB.iarrjb KopaGjieMT?, 
h nomoviy 6Mtcmo y^oBCMLCiiiBia BcinpbqaK)in:b 
cmbiAb h oropqeHie. 

CKOJib neqa^bHiiia Mbicjin o HenocrnoaHiioMT* 
Bejifrqiw fiapojoB-b paauajomea et Hinnjiiu y 
iK>4omBbi ^peBHHXT. kojiohhtj, hci Bbiconrfe mop- 
jKecinBeHHbiX'b Bopomij , enjmpn pa3Ba4HBiiiHXC/l 
rpo6iiiiu/b, na MuiiicmbixTj 6eperaxi> hciii6«ihm- 

KOBIj. 

Ano.iJioHij HFiorAa w3o6pa-Kaemca cb Jikporo, 
a Hiior^a cz» naiuanyiiibix\ib ^yKo.vii*. 



o 



( 4<5 ) 

Hcvhnnocmb y^biGaeinea 110466110 ympy bc- 
ceiiiioMy , na libicoKOMb qejifc eh ii3o6pa>Kaemcn 
Ayuieuubiu wiipb 11 cnohoficmisie. HeyBHAaciubiii 
po3ti ii jiiuin i^DlimyiTiT> na eh jiaHHmaxB ; p-fc- 
3Bbie 3e(}jHpbi, BiAcb eorcpyeh en , iirpaFom-b ./terKoio 
ii GLiofo eh o,unmok> u pa3iiyin,eiiHbiMii bcuo 
caun. ybiiii'iamiaa u,bbiii a:\iii rpaqiii mecmByem 
ona no 3CMjii G^arocjioBeiiHoii; Gypn 11 MpaKH orm> 
nee y^ajiflioraca \ HeGecnaa 6.iarocrni> ii3JiHBaenr- 
ca npcATi new 6h jyqaxi> co^iHenHbixij. Kor^a 
oiepmiibie noBiiHOBiuiicb iviacy GjiaroABinejibHoii 

npiipO^bl II JKHJIII 6h ^K)Gbh , miJUIUHB H MHpB, 

mor^a HeBiiHHocnib na 3eMxb o6nma^a ; ho ko- 
r^a qe^oBBKij ei rkGe^bHbiH qacb 3aGjiyjKAeHi/i 
npeaptxb 3aKOHbi npiipo^bi, mor^a HeBHHHOcmb 
B03Bparniijiacb na HeGeca 6t CBoe omeqecmBo. 
Ch moro BpeivieHH oHa y>Ke pt^KO nocBin,aenni 
3e\ijio ; h ptA KO 6biBaeim> BH^iiMa dicy cMcpm- 
Haro. 

Karamzin. 



C 47 ) 
THEME XXXI. 

On Conjunctions. 

He 3a6biBaH coScniBeHHbix'b cbohxtj cjia(k>- 
cmeii, jdfoi nibi y/i,66nte Morb H3BHHHinb no- 
rptuiHocmH ^pyraro. 

Hh emporocnib , hh HacmaBjieHia He AfciicmBy- 
lornb cmojib cfrjibHO Ha HpaBbi k(ikt> xopouiiii 
npiiMtpb. 

npHpo^a npon3B04Mnrb ^apoBaHia , a Bocnn- 
m&Hie pacupbiBaenib oHwa. 

CMepmb He Hja^knib hh Goramaro, hh 6t^Haro. 

He CMeprnn , ho cnibi^a Goiica. 

Xoma Ha'iajio yqema mpy^Ho ; ho Konei^-b oHa- 
ro npiarneHb. 

nn0aropb sacmaBjiajn, yqemiKOBTj cbohxt* nam*. 
jibim* MOAvkmb , zmoGbi ohh HayqkiHCb pa3cy- 
ar^amb. 

y6tran npa3AHocmH, u6o oHa ecmb ncrnoiHHKb 
MHOTHXb nopoKOBb. 

McraiiHHoe o&pasoBaHie ne mojibno oniKpbi- 
Baerab nyirib Kb cqacmiio ; ho n yniBepyKAaenn, 
BHyrapeHHee Hairie GjiarococmoaHie. 

4yuieBHaa Kpacooia jiyqme, nexejiu mejrBCHaa, 

Oiacrme iejioBl><iecKoe cmojib HenocmoaHHo, 
zmo MOJKemb MSMtHiirnbca Bb o^ho MmoBenie. 



( 48 ) 

HbMii mt/io mHJKejifce , mtMt CKop'fie na^aem* 

Kb SeiMJlii. 

AMcpiiKaHi^u roBopw^H ymtcHnme^aM'b cbommt>: 
bw , rom cmo^h cauobjacmHo a crnojib cypoBO 
iiocuiyiiaeine cb na.Mii , bw ^oji/khw 6wmb uah 
Corn, hah manie me ^k>4M : caceAH bw 66ru, 
mo AOAtKHhi Gbiuib ktj jik>ahmt> wnjiocepAbi ; a 
ecAH ma hie me ak>au , mo aoajkhu uoHHumi 
f ie^oBt l ieeiiiBo. 



THEME XXXII. 

0i\ Interjections. 

MHJibia y3bi oinewecmBa , po4,cmBa h 4,pyn{Gbi! 

Axi t CKOjtb ciaciiMHBTj momb, kiiio iiacia- 
ac^aeraca onoKoncmBieM^ ayxa ! 

yehi , CKO^b Henociiio/iuHo cqacmie qe^obii- 
qecKoe. 

yebi , n3<ie3Jia Ha4eauaJ 

rope me6t> , iie'iecniMBoiuy ! 

Axl! KaKb a pa^i , mno ^BvixkAcn ct» BaMH ! 

Boncxo BCinpimujo cBoero juoGiiMaro Bom/\h 

rpOMKHMt bpHKUiMb, J/Kl / 



VOCABULARY. * 



PIRITUAL OBJECTS* 



Substantives. 



Borb , God. 
Borb Omeirb • God the 
Father. 
EorbCb]frb,Godthe Son. 
Incyob Xpncinoci> , Je- 
sus Christ. 
4yxT>CBflinbiii, The Holy 
Ghost. 
IIpoBiiAtHiejProvideace, 
AHrejn? 7 an Angel. 
CBHnrwe , the Saints, 
pan , paradise. 
cmpauiHbiri cy4* , the 
day of judgment. 
CBfinjeHHoe nueaHie , 
the Holy scriptures. 
EnGjii/i , the Bible. 
Bemxiii 3aBtin^ ? the old 
testament. 
Hobwh 3aBtrnb, the new 
testament. 



Bfcpa , the faith. 
XpncmiaHHHi> ? a Chris- 
tian. 
a3bi'iHHKT> , a heathen. 
h40jit> , an idol. 
iiAQAonoKAQumiR'b , an 
idolater. 
BOJLbHo^yAieirb 7 a free- 
' thinker. 
epemHKTj , a heretick. ' 
jini^eivi'BpTj , a hypocrite, 
xanaca , a bigot. 
cy4b6a , fate. 
Btqaocnib , eternity. 
manHcrnBo , a mystery. 
3anoB:b7i,b , a command- 
ment. 
MOjinniBa , a prayer. 
6orocjiy}Kenie, divine 
service. 
np6noB*Ab , a sermon. 



* The above arrangement has heen adopted in preference 
to an alphabetical list, that the scholar might have an op- 
portunity of increasing the number of grammatical exercises 
by connecting the different parts of speech and forming 
sentences. 



C 5o ) 

Adjectives, 



EcKKecinBeinibifi , God- 
like. 
Eo/KccKifi, Divine. 
MMJioeepAbiH, merciful. 
AurejibCKiii, Angelic. 
paHCsis , heavenly. 
a,4CKiii , infernal. 
BiwHbifi , eternal. 
CeaicoHe^Hbiii, everlast- 

XpiicrniancKifi , Chri- 
stian. 



npaBOB , 6pHbiii,orthodox. 
npaBCAHbiii, just. 
Ha6o'/KHblH , pious. 
H36paHHbiH, elect. 
makHcrnBeinibiii , mys- 
tic. 
6e3CMepmnbi5 , immor- 
tal. 
cyeBtpHbiir , supersti- 
tious. 
a3bi<iec id ii , pagan, hea- 
then. 



Verbs* 



o6o>Kamb , to adore. 
noKJioiiambea , to wor- 
ship. 
npii3bJBamb, to implore. 
MOJikmbca , to pray. 
Kpecmknibc;i , to make 
the sign of the cross. 
CJiyauimb , to serve. 
npeKJiouainb Ko.vbiia, to 
kneel. 
oGpam,arnbcn, to be con- 
verted. 



B'LpoBamb, to believe, 
n p o n o b is 4 bi b a m i>, to 

preach, 
cnacanibca, to be saved. 
ncnoBliAbiBarnbC/i , to 

confess. 
npimanrambCfl, to com- 
mune. 
rptiuiHinb , to sin. 
npoKJimamb , to curse. 
ompeKainbca , to ab- 
jure. 



Natural objects. 
Substantives. 



Fpnpo4n , Nature. 
ua'ia.io , be«nuuin«i. 
ko no i)i) , end. 



cboiicuibo, a quality. 
BCMiiwuiia , magnitude 
/Vtuiia , length. 



( *« ) 



poJKAeHie , birth. 
5KII3Hb ; life. 
CMepnib , death. 
/VBHHceHie, motion. 
Bpewii , time. 
arBcnio , place, 
mt./io , a body, 
irfejioe , the whole, 
qacmh , a part. 
cyinecniBO , a being. 
HapyJKHMH BH^-b , exte- 
rior figure. 



iniipiraa / Breadth.' 
BLiuiHHa , Bbicorna , 
height. 
mojim;HHa, thickness. 
rjiy6nHa, depth. 
npocmpaHcmBO , extent, 
inaaiecnib , weight. 
KOjiimecmBo , quantity, 
qncjio , number. 
BeinecniBo , substance, 
Mtpa ; measure. 



A dj e c I i v e s. 



npiipo^Hbin, natural. 
HaqajibHbiH , original. 
KOHe'iHbin , final. 
hcuboh , living. 
MepmBbiii , dead. 
6ojibaiOH, Be^HiuH, great. 
4,jiiiHHbiii, ^ojiriu, long. 
iiuipoKhi , wide. 
BbicoKin, high, 
mojicnibin , thick. 
rjiy66Kia, deep. 
nrBJiecHbin , corporeal. 
npocmpaHHbin, exten- 
sive, 
mea- 
surable. 
maHcejibin, heavy. 
6e3 l iiiCjieHHbiu , innu- 
merable. 



rycmoH , dense. 
Kpyrjibiii , round. 
cmapbiM , old. 
npecmapiubiii , aged. 
irLibiii , entire. 
CKoputi , quick. 
6bicmpbiw , rapid. 
BpeMeHHOH , temporal. 
noABHJKHbiH , moveable. 
HenoABH/KHbiH, immove- 
able. 
cyu^ecmBeiiHbiii , sub- 
stantial, 
sive. aiajibiH , little. 
Heii3MBpHMbiH, immea- KopomKin , short, 
surable. y3Kin , narrow. 
HH3Kiu , low. 
moHKiu , thin, 
meraoie. mbjikhi , shallow. 
mBep^bin, hard. mtcflUH, confined. 

rpy6biM ; rough, rude. 6e3MBpHbin , immense* 

* * 



( 5, ) 



jierKiii, light. 
MHoromic^euiibiu , nu- 
merous. 
MarKifi , soft. 
HtJKHbifi , tender. 
pli^Kiii , rare, 
ocinpbin , sharp. 

V e 

6wmfa , to be. 
cyuiecini)OBarnb,to exist. 
na«nniariib , to begin. 
KOH'iiirnb , to end. 
poAiinibca , to be born. 
SHiob, to live. 
y.Miipamb, to die. 
4,Biirami»ea , to move, 
npoxo^iirnb, MiiHocamb , 
to pass (away). 
H3ie3ami», to disappear, 
pacmk , to grow. 
cmaptm*efl , to prow 
"old. 



iioBbiu , new. 
mojioaoh , young. 
Ionian , youthful. 
iiacrnHbiu, partial. 
Me^ieHHbiu, slow. 
Biie3anHbin , sudden, 
nojiiibiii, full. 

" b s. 

yBe^kuiiBambCH , to en- 
large. 
npo^oj/Karnb ; to con- 
tinue. 
pacniiipHrnb , to widen. 
B03Bbimamb, to elevate. 
rao^cnrBmb , to thicken. 
yrviyGjinmbca, to deepen, 
pacnpocmpafl/imb , to 
spread. 
Bl5Ciimb, to weigh. 
Mlip/irrib , to measure, 
cmimami, , to count. 
oGHOBjiiimbca, to renew. 



Of the universe. 

Substantives. 



Bccieiiiiafl , the uni- 
verse, 
wi pi>, CBtrnij, the world. 
lieGo, heaven, the sky. 
ctMim,e , the sun. 
•lyea, Mhcaub, the moon. 
3BB34,a , a star. 
co3BB34ie, a satellite. 
UAtaema , a planet. 



KOMcrna , a comet. 
Bocmoivh , the east 
3ana4ij , the west. 
ci>i<cpi> , the north. 
iorb , the south. 
BOCXo;K r i,ciiie co.iHija , 
sun- rise. 
saxo^^eHie coiiija, sun- 
set. 



( 



] 



meqeme, Gfcrb, course. nojinojiyHie , 
CBiinh , light. 
Jiy*ih , a ray. 
3am.Miaie , an eclipse. 
HOBo.iyaie, hobuh aii- 
caub, a new moon. 
nepBaaqeniBepmb, first 
quarter. 



a full 

moon. 

nocjit/jHflH qemBeprnb , 

last quarter. 

MJiemibiif nymb , the 

milky-way. 

ctBepHoe ciaHie , the 

Northern-lights. 



A d j e c t i v e s. 



Bce^iipHbiH, universal. 
neGecHbiii , celestial, 
co.iHeMHbin , solar. 
jiyHHbin, MbcaqHbin, lu- 
nar. 
3Bl534Hbiii 9 starry. 
^chlju, clear. 
mewHbiM, dark. 



3anaAHbiu ? west, western. 
c*BepHbiii, no^yHo^Hbiu, 
north, northern. 
idatHbJH , nojiyAeHHbiii , 
south , southern. 
xojiOAHbiri , cold, 
menvtbjii , warm. 
jKapKiji , hot. 



o6painamLCfl,to revolve. 
ocBiii^anib , to illumi- 
nate. 
corptBamb, to warm. 
BOcxoAHfiib , to rise. 
3axo4,Hmb , to set. 



Verbs. 



CBtmnnib , to light, 
ciamb , to shine. 
MejibKamb, to glitti 
3amMbBanibca , to 

scure 
Ka3ambca , to appear. 



ob- 



Of the elements and natural phenomena. 
Substantives, 



Crnnxia , an element, 
oroHb , fire. 
Bo^a , water. 
B03Ayxb , air. 
3eM.ia ; earth. 



AbiMb , smoke. 
HCKpa , a spark. 
iuiaMH , a flame. 
30Jia, nenejrb , ashes, 
yro.ib , 



coal. 






( 54 ) 



pa^yra , a rain-Low. 
wojuia , lightning. 
B'fcmcp-b , wind. 
66jaKO , a cloud. 
myi\5aHT>, a fog, vapour, 
poca , dew. 
iiHen , hoar-frost. 
Mop63-b , frost. 
CHLFb , snow, 
rpa^b , hail. 
Aeftb , ice. 



^O/KAb , rain. 

Kami a , a drop. 

6ypa , a storm. 

nor6/;a , weather. 

Gjiy^auiiH oroiib, ignis- 
fatuus, 

rpoMi) , thunder. 

Biixpi. , a whirlwind. 

tienoro^a, bad weather. 

Btiora, Mamcjib , snow- 
storm. 



A dj e c t i v e s. 



orneiiHbiH , igneous , 
fiery. 
BOAflHbin, aqueous , wa- 
tery. 
B03/iyuiHbiH , aerial. 
3CMHOH, terrestrial. 
ropioMiii, combustible. 
nenejibHbiii , ashy. 
njvaMeHiibiii , flaming. 
yroAbUbiix , coaly. 

V e 

ropfemb, to burn (v. neu- 
ter.) 
3Ke«ib, to burn (v. active.) 
iiaDOAHiirnb , to deluge. 
BOcnjiaivieHanib , to in- 
flame. 
AhiMnmbca , to smoke. 
rpo>n> rpeMHmi> , it 
thunders. 



AbiMHbin , smoky. 
rpoMOBon, thunder. 
BBiiipeHbiii , windy. 
66jia«iHbiii , cloudy. 
myMaHHbjii , foggy. 
nacMypnbin, misty,dark. 
CHB/Kiibjii , snowy. 
^eAOBHinbin , icy. 
4o>KAepoM , rainy. 
6ypHbiii , stormy. 

/' b s, 

MOJiHin CuecmiinTb , it 
lightens. 
AOWAh iiAenrb, it rains, 
cubrb ii/xemb, it snows. 
rpaAi> HAernb , it hails. 
Ayirib , to blow. 
Mopo3iimb , to freeze. 
iiepeMbniirnbCtf, to chan- 
ge 



( 55 ) 

Of the earth and its parts, 

Substantives. 



noqua 3eMjiii, the soil. 
noBepxHocmh , the sur- 
face, 
ropa , a mountain. 
xojimt?, npnropoKT), a hilJ. 
OKeaHb , the ocean. 
Mope , the sea. 
3a^iHBT> , a gulph. 
npo^HBT> , a strait. 
xpe6erm> ropi>, a chain 
of mountains. 
paBHHHa, a plain. 
AOJikHa , a vallev. 
CKajia , a rock, 
neinepa , a cave. 
jitcb , a forest, wood, 
ponja , a grove. 



nojie , a field, 
ayri) , a meadow. 
caA'b , a garden, 
cmenb , a waste. 
nycmbiHH, a wilderness. 
jjpiijiHBT> , flow. 
oiruHBi), ehb. 
BOJHa , a wave. 
o3epo, a lake. 
npv4i> , a pond. 
pliKa , a river. 
py l ien , a rivulet, brook. 
6ojiomo , a bog , marsh. 
6epen> , a coast. 
6cmpoBi> , an island, 
rponacinb, a precipice. 
6e34Ha , an abyss. 



A d j e c t i v e s. 



iLAOAOHOCHbiii, fruitful. 
iijio/iopo^Hbiii, fertile. 
poBHbiii, plain, smooth. 
B03BbmieHHbin, high, ele- 
vated. 
ropHCHibiii , mountain- 
ous. 
xojiMHCinbin , hilly. 
ymeciicmbiM , rocky. 
jitcHon , woody. 
nojieBoil , field. 
cmenHbiH , desert. 



6e3njio^Hbiu, unfruitful. 
Mopcrcoii , marine. 
pbMHoii , river. 
3ejeHon, green. 
6oji6mHcnibiM , marshy, 
boggy. 
GeperoBOH , coast. 
4,HKi'n , wild. 
rycrnbiHiibiH , waste , 
solitary. 
pa3noo6pa3HbiH, diver- 
sified. 



C 56 ) 

V e r.bs. 
pbimb , to dig. cpbiBamb , to tear up. 

Haxanjb, to plough. npoBOAHmb, to cut. 

oGpaGoinbiuarnb, to cul- Bbicyiuamb, to drain. 

tivate. oropajKHBamb , to en- 
ca>Kamb, to plant. close. 

Of the productions of the earth, 
the mineral kingdom. 



Substantives. 

pyAa , a mine. MarHiinrb , loadstone. 

pHcaoqnHa , rust 



wemaji.iij , a metal. 
cma^b , steel. 
36j!onno , gold. 
cepeGpo , silver. 
MbAb , copper. 
yKejiman MbAb , brass. 
o^obo , pewter, 
pmyrnb , quicksilver. 
/Kecmi) , tin. 
CBimeirb , lead. 
KaMeHb , a stone. 
KpeMeHb , a flint. 
ii3Becmb , lime. 
rviiiHa , clay. 
rpaHnuKbj granite. 
Mp«T.MopT> , marble. 
necoKb , sand. 
>Kejit30 , iron. 

A dj e c 

3o^omoii , gold, golden 
cepe6penbift , silver. 
Mt^HWH , copper. 



cipa , brimstone , sul- 
phur, 
cejiiimpa, salt-petre. 
Mtjiii , chalk, 
cojib , salt. 
Kynopocb, copperas. 
Aoporon KaMeHb, a pre- 
cious stone. 
ajiMa3b , a diamond. 
H3yMpyAb , an emerald. 
py6iiHii , a ruby. 
yKCM^yrb , a pearl. 
imiMa , jaspar. 
cepAOJiHKb, cornelian, 
rpaiuunii , a garnet. 
aMerniicmij , amethyst, 
caqnipij , a sapphire. 



t i v e s. 



ojioBJiHHbiii , pewter 
/Kecm/iHOH , tin. 
cbiihuoboh , leaden. 



( s 7 ) 



cma.iLHoii , steel. 
>Kejit3HoH , iron. 
cojiflHwii , salt. 
KaMeHHbiii , stone. 
KpeMHHcniwH , flinty. 
H3BecinKOBbJH , limy. 
TJihmicmbm , clayey, 
cyxon , dry. 
bAskih , adhesive. 
rpyGbiii , rude. 
rjiaAKlix , smooth. 
MpaMopHbiii, marble. 
cmeoiiHHbiH , glass. 
kobkhi , malleable. 
njiomHbiii , solid. 
iuaBKin , fusible, 
pbixjibiii, loose. 
KpynHbiii , massy. 

V e 

luaBiimb, to melt. 
KOBamb , to forge. 
ao.\iaiiib , to break. 
cepeGpknrb , to plate. 
30jiomiirnb , to gild. 
jiyAinnb, to tin. 
lio^npoBamb, to polish. 
Kpacumb, to colour. 



6tjibiH , white. 
qepHbin , black. 
KpacHbiii,pyMHHoii ; red. 
3e.ieHbm , green. 
jKe^irnbiii , yellow. 
ciiHiii, blue. 
c})iojemoBbiii , violet, 
eft pun , grey. 
KopiiuineBbiii ? brown. 
GBJiouambiH , whitish. 
qepHOBarnbin , blackish. 
KpacHOBambin, reddish. 
3ejieHOBarabiM,greenish. 
ciiHeBambiii , bluish. 
H3Hcejinia KpacHbin, light 
red. 
npo3pa«iHbin , transpa- 
rent. 

• b s. 

6kjihmb , Gt^imri , to 
whiten. 
qepHHinb , qepHtrnb ? to 
hlacken. 
KpacHtmb , to redden. 
Konamb , to dig. 
pi}3amb , to cut. 
cMliiiinBamh ? to mix. 



THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 



Substantives. 



pacmfeHie , a plant, 
aepeco ? a tree. 
KopeHb ? a root. 



cmiiOvVb, a stem. 
BtmBb , a branch, 
aucmb , a leal. 



'( 58 ) 



i}Btrnij , ijBtmoK'b , a 
flower. 
noiKa , a bud. 
c*mh , a seed. 
3epHO , a grain. 
h^oatj , fruit. 
Kopa , the rind, bark. 
ziejiyAb } an acorn. 
Ay6i> , an oak. 
h^hmi> , an elm. 
eAL , a fir. 
6epe3a , a birch, 
ocwua , an aspen. 
6yKi> , a beech. 
jcaeHT>, a maple-tree, 
jiiina , a linden tree. 
jiceHb , an ash tree. 
cocHa , a pine. 
HBa r a willow. 
sGjiohh , an apple tree. 
Kycnrb , a bush. 
KycraapHHKij , a shrub- 
bery. 
6y3iiHa , an aider-tree. 
MQ3iKeBeAbHiiKT> r muU 
berry-tree. 
D^H)ihl , ivy. 
KpankBa , a nettle. 
mpocrnb y a reed, 
mepHOBHHKT> , a thorns 
mpaaa „ grass. 
cbho , hay. 
Aeptn> , turf. 
x.Ab6'b , corn* 
ito.iocb, an ear of corn. 



poacb , rye. 
nuieHku,a , wheat. 
jmieHb , barley. 
OBeci» , oats, 
npoco , millet, 
piicii , rice. 
Kapm6<J)ejib t potatoes* 
BiiniHfl , a cherry. 
nepcHKi) , a peach. 
aGpriKocij , an apricot. 
.s6jioko , an apple, 
rpj'uia , a pear. 
c^iiBa 9 a plum. 
cMopo^MHa y a currant. 

KpblTKQBHUKfc , a gOOSe- 

berry. 

Maxima 7 a raspberry. 

3eM^aniiKa r a straw- 
berry. 

op*mHHK'b , a nut-tree. 

optxb , a nut. 

MHH/uub, an almond. 

Kainmam> , a chesnuU 

jimmohtj , a lemon. 

noMepaHeirb, a lime. 

obouih , garden-stuff. 

ropoxij , pease. 

qeueBima > lentil. 

6o6w , beans. 

Kanycma , cabbage. 

ptna , a turnip. 

MopKORb, a carrot. 
pi,xbKa > a radish. 
jtyKTi , an onion. 
lecuoKij , garlick. 



( 5 9 ) 



cmeGejib , stubble. 
nempyiiiKa, parsley. 
4,biHa ? a melon. 
mwKBa , a pumpkin. 
ap6y3i>, a water-melon, 
orypqw , cucumbers. 
luaBtUb , sorrel. 
waraa , mint. 

XMBJlb , hops. 

co^oMa , straw. 
coKb , sap. 
BHHorpaAi> , grapes. 
BHHorpa4naa .103a , a 
grape-vine. 
BHHorpaAHaa Kwcrnb, a 
bunch of grapes. 
HBbmbi , blossoms. 
po3a , a rose. 
MijLea , a lily. 



cnapjKa, asparagus. 
HtacMMT) , jasmine. 
cJ)iajiKa , a violet. 
nnojibnaHb , a tulip. 
Hapi^kccb , narcissus , 
riai^HHrn-b , hyacinth. 
rB034HKa , a pink. 
BacwjieKb, corn-flower. 
He3a6y^Ka , forget-me- 
not. 
jieBKon , a gilliflower. 
jiaH^biuib, a may-flower. 
noACo^HeqHHKb, a sun- 
flower. 
niaK'b , a poppy. 
peBCHb , rhubarb. 
ma6aKb ? tobacco. 
jiem> , flax. 
neHbKa , hemp. 



Adjectives* 



BtmBHcmbin: , branchy. 
cyiKOBarnbifi , knotty, 
nycmon , hollow. 
Kojuoqiii , prickly. 
UBbmyin,iii , blooming. 
njioAOBPimbiii^ fruitful. 
6e3nji04HbiH , unfruit- 
ful. 
AyGoBbivi , oaken. 
6epe30Bbiu , birch. 
eaoBbiu , fir. 
^iiiioBUH , linden. 



ochhhwh, aspen. 
khciwh , sour. 
ropbKiu , bitter. 
cjia^Kin , sweet. 
npiamHbjfi, agreeable. 
Gjiaroyxa mi biii, Aymii- 
cmbiii , aromatic. 
KpacnnwH , beautiful. 
npejiecmHbiH, charming. 
3pBjibiii , rip >. 
BKycHbiii,fine Havoured. 
conubui , juicy. 



( 6o ) 

Verbs. 



pacnriH , to grow. 
ca^kmii , to plant. 
ctnmh , to sow. 
DLipbiBanib, nojiomi), to 

weed. 
cpyGamt , to cut down. 
iiojiHBarnb , to water. 
nr.hcmH , to blossom. 
pacnycKambc/i , to put 

forth. 



BHHymt, 6UeKHymb , to 
wither. 
H;ami> , to reap. 
coGnpami, , to gather. 
MOJtonrh , to thrash. 
co?,pt>Bamb , to ripen. 
na/iamb , to fall. 
6jiaroyxami>, to per- 
fume, 
naxamb ; to plough. 



The animal kingdom. 
Substantives. 

^emBepoHoriii jKHBomiihm, quadrupeds. 

o.ietib , a rein- deer. 
bo^kt> , a woif. 
6apci> , a leopard. 



jieBi> , a lion. 
cmohtj, an elephant. 
BepGjiKMi) , a camel. 
MeABtAb f a hear. 
mkrpii , a tiger. 
Ka6am>, a wild boar. 
6o6p"b , a beaver. 
.AiiCHiia , a fox. 
KyHiii;a , a marten. 
Kpoim> , a mole. 
6-JUica , a squirrel. 
.aoiijaAb , a horse, 
ocejii , an ass. 
iKepeGeirb, a stallion. 
6biKb, a bull. 
CapaHij , a ram. 
kohcmti , a goat. 
coCaKa , a dog. 



^ocl , an elk. 
sanirb , a hare. 
coGo.ib , a sable. 
ropHocman, an ermine. 
eiKh , a hedge-hog. 
KpojitiKi) , a rabbit. 
KOHb , a steed. 
jiomaKT> , a mule. 
KoGbijia , a mare. 
KopoBa , a cow. 
obiu'i , a sheep. 
K03a , a she-goat. 
KouiKa , a cat. 
Kpbica , a rat. 
Nbiujb . a mouse. 



r 



( * 

IIniHi;bi 

ope^ij , an eagle. 
cokojiT) , a falcon. 
coBa , an owl. 
copoKa , a mag-pie. 
Mcypanjib , a stork, 
nonyraii , a parrot, 
cojioueii, a nightingale, 
njerojrb , a gold- finch. 
jiacmo^Ka , a swallow, 
cmpoycb , an ostrich. 
AcmpeGii , a hawk. 



ra^Ka , a jack-daw. 



, birds. 

aiicnrb , a crane. 
CKBopeirb , a starling. 
iKaBoponoKb, a lark. 
iiBojira y a thrush. 
BopoGeii , a sparrow. 
naBJiinrb , a peacock. 
ntmyxT> , a cock. 
rycb , a goose, 
rop^niia , a dove. 
Jie6e4b , a swan. 
Kypiiua , a hen. 
ymrca , a duck. 
rojiyGb ; a pigeon. 



Pbi6bi 7 fishes. 



KHnrb , a whale. 
mjKa , a pike. 
ecMra , a salmon. 



yropb 



an eel. 



aKJoia , a shark. 
Kapm> , a carp, 
ocemp-b, a sturgeon, 
cejib4,b , a herring. 



3eMHOBO^Hbi« acHBomnijiii ; amphibious 
animals. 
KpoKOAH^ij, a crocodile, amepniia , a lizard. 



3mLh , a serpent. 
aaryuiKa, a frog, 
ycinpinja , an oyster. 



*iepenaxa , a turtle. 
}Ka6a ? a toad, 
pa Kb , a crab. 



HaCfeKOMbifl , insects. 



capaiwa , a locust. 
Kowapij , a gnat. 
Mojib , a moth. 



n^e^ia , a bee. 
6a6o»iKa , a butterfly. 
Caoxa , a flea. 



( «» ) 



a spider, 
a fly. 



naym. 

wyxa 

CBepieKi> , a cricket. 



MypaseM , an ant. 
3KyKT> , a beetle. 
Kjioirb , a bug. 



A dj e c ti v e s 

3BtpcKiii , brute. 
KocMiimuH , shaggy. 
ropii l iiH, p-BSBhiif, fiery. 
pyqHoii 



tame. 



AOMaiuniii , domestic. 
rojio^HLiH , hungry. 



yjKacHwn, horrid. 
cmpauiHbiH , frightful, 
Bpe^Hbin , noxious. 



4HK1H , wild* 

jiiombi 

CBiiptJibiH j savage. 



jiiombin, ferocious. 



Verbs. 



^OBHmb , to catch. 
cmpBjinmb , to shoot. 
jiaanib ? to bark. 
piKamb , to neigh. 
ntmb , to sing. 
CBiicmamb , to whistle. 
Kpimamb , to cry. 
Bii3}Kamb , to yell. 
Bbirrib , to roar, 
jemamb , to fly. 
n.iaBami) , to swim. 
Ctramb , to run. 



Mbiqamb , to bellow. 
jiHin,arnb > to squeek. 
Kycamb , to bite, 
notfuipanib , to devour, 
norjioujamb , to gulp. 
qiinamb , to nip. 
npwramb ? to jump. 
no^3amb , to creep, 
nacmnca , to pasture. 
rHB3Aiimbca , to nestle, 
nokmb , to water, 
KopniHiiib , to feed. 



Of man. 

Substantives* 



qe.ioBtKb , man. 

MY'.K'riiiia , a man. 

Keum/ma, a woman. cmapyxa, an old woman. 



cmapHKij, cmapeirb , an 
old man. 



( 63 ) 



Ma^biHKi> , a boy. 
#fcByuiKa, a girl. 
oc66a, .inu,e, a person. 
M03n> , the brains. 
mAco , the flesh. 
KpoBb , the blood. 
jKHJibi , the veins. 
bojioctj , the hair, 
qepeirb , the scull. 
rojioBa , the head. 
aiin,e , the face. 
^o6tj , neAO , the fore- 
head. 
i\*a3i> , an eye. 
6poBb , an eye-brow. 
b-escah , eye-lids. 
3paqoKi>, an eye-hall, 
qejirocrnb , a jaVv. 
pomi> , the mouth. 
ryGbi , the lips. 
3y6bi , the teeth. 
fl3bim> , the tongue. 
4,ecHa ( the gums. 
noA6opoAOKi> , the chin. 
6opo4a , the beard, 
mefl , the neck, 
ropjio , the throat. 
UJieqo , a shoulder, 
rpy^b, the breast. 
ciiHHa , the back, 
pyna , a hand. 
.AOKOiiib , an elbow, 
najierrb > a finger, 
aororab , a nail. 



nrkio , the body. 
KO/fia , the skin. 
Kocmn , the bones. 
Cpioxo , iKMBonrb , the 
belly. 
Hora , a foot. 
HKpa, the calf of the leg. 
..iflABea , the thigh. 
ko^ho , the knee. 
no^ouiBa , the sole of 
the foot. 
hoct> , the nose. 
ineKa , a cheek. 
bhckh , the temples, 
yxo , an ear. 
nonrb , perspiration. 
Cjie3a, a tear. 
qjiem> , a member. 
cocmaBij, a joint. 
cMOua , expectoration, 
nama , the heel. 
BHympeHHocmb, the in- 
side. 
cep4u,e , the heart. 
peGpo , a rib. 
^erKoe , the lungs. 
neqeHKa , the liver. 
Htejiqb , the gall. 
iroqKH , the kidneys. 
3Kejiy4om>, the stomach. 
o6pa3i> , BH^-b , form. 
MoprnjiHa , a wrinkle* 
cmaub , shape. 
noxo^Ka , gait. 



( G4 ) 



A dje 

qe^oBt^ecKiii , human. 
wy>KecKon , masculine. 
^KencKoij , feminine. 
cmpoHHbin, well-made. 
6jiaroo6pa3HLiii , pro- 
portioned. 
M3ynt> f iHbin , mutilated. 
ropCambin , Lump-ba- 
cked. 
6e3o6pa3Hbiii, deformed 
CB4611, grey. 



V e 



x 04." mh , to walk. 
ciiA'bmb , to sit. 
jie>Karnb , to lie. 
cnamb , to sleep, 
mporamb , to touch. 
6pamb , to take, 
luacmb , to put. 



c 1 1 v e s, 

6opo4arnbiH , bearded. 
6tjioKypbJii , fair. 
CMyrawfi , dark. 
Gjit4Hbiu , pale. 
4opo4Hbiii , corpulent. 
AiovKiii, muscular. 
cyxoiiu'iBbiii, thin, mea- 
agre. 
c^aGbiii , weak. 
KpiiBoii , crooked. 
kocoii , squint-eyed. 

r b s. 

4* jamb , to make, to do 
BcmaBamb , to rise, 
tcmb , to eat. 
numb , to drink. 
iKeuarnb , to chew, 
rjiomamb , to swallow 
iL*eBamb, to expectorate 




Of the human mind and faculties. 

Substantives. 

Ayma , the soul. iipe4cmaEjenie , con- 

ywb , the mind. ception. 

pa3)Mi>, the understand- naMJimb , memory. 

ing. BociioMiinanie, remem- 
brance. 



ocmpoma , wit. 
ocmpoyMie, acuteness. 
pa3cy40Kij , reason. 
j) a 3 cy /K4e h i e , r i il e c t i o n 
noiiiuiiie ; comprehen- 
sion. 



BooGpa/Keiiie , imagi- 
nation. 
MyBcmBOBaHie , senti- 
ment, 
acejiame , desire. 



( 65 ) 



BO,lfl" , will. 
pttueHse, resolution. 
HaMtpeHie , intention. 
nocmjnoKT) , action. 
npe^yGtiKAeHie , pre- 
possession. 
Mbidb , idea. 
MHtme , opinion. 
coMH^Hie , doubt. 
npe/ipa3cy,40Ki> , preju- 
dice, 
feeling. 



qyBcniBO , teelj 
3ptme , sight. 
CAyx-b , hearing, 
touch 



ocfl3aHie , 
bkvctj , taste. 
• o6onflHJe , smell. 
ptTb , discourse. 
cjiobo , a word. 
3ByK-b , a sound. 
tojioctj , the voice. 
Kpnin> , a cry. 
A3WKTJ , a language. 
pa3roBopij , a dialogue. 



, ~ — 1> — &-- 
pa3roBopij , a dialogue. 
BbipaaceHie, an expres- 
sion. 
iipeAJiojKenie , a pro- 
position. 
CKjioHHocmb , inclina- 
tion, 
cmpacmb , a passion, 
npiicmpacmie , parti- 
ality. 
j 



jiio6oBb , love. 
MenaBiicmb , hatred. 
3aBiicmb , envy. 



3^66a , malice, 
peuiiocnib , jealousy. 
3Hanie ; no3HaHie ? CBt- 
4,-BHie, knowledge. 
HpaBb , manner, 
xapanmep^ , character. 
noBeAenie, conduct, 
npkxomb , whim. 

COHb , CHOBHAEHie , a 

dream. 
Meqma , a vision. 
3a66ma , care, 
cyema , vanity. 
mpyAij , labour. 
HaKa3aHie, punishment. 
MyqeHie , torment. 
cmpaAaHie , suffering. 
AOA/KHOcmb , oGaaaH- 
Hocmb, duty. 
ynpeKT>, reproach. 
Aoca^a , vexation. 
cnocobHocmb, capacity. 
AapoBaHie , talent. 
coBbcnib , conscience. 
MyApocrnb, wisdom. 
6jiaropa3yMie , pru- 
dence. 
Bbi6op-b , choice. 
cMtxb , laughter, 
njiaqb , Aveeping. 
noA03ptHie , suspicion. 
no'imeHie , respect. 
npe3|rEHie , contempt. 
ornBpau^eiiie, antipathy. 
Apy/K6a ; iipifl3Hb ; friend- 
ship. 



( 66 ) 



BpaacAa, enmity. 
HtA'Hocrai. , delicacy r 
rpyGocmb , rudeness. 
cmpaxij , fear. 
BaAeMASL, hope. 
onriasiHie , despair. 
yAUBjieHie, astonishment. 

A d j e c 

picniBeHHWH, mental. 

yMHbiu , wise. 

pa3piHbiif, prudent. 

pa3cy4krnejibHb]ii , con- 
siderate. 

noHArnjiHBbifi , intelli- 
gent. 

ocnrpbiii, quick, clever. 

ocmpoyMHbiu , witty. 

3a>ibic.Aoijambiii , inge- 
nious. 

qyBcmBeHHbiH, feeling. 

6e3 ( iyBcmBeHHbin , un- 
feeling. 

cjibnon , blind. 

rjiyxon , deaf. 

HbMoii , dumb 

c.ioBooxornHoii , loqua- 
cious. 

Bbipa3kmejibHbin , ex- 
pressive. 

CKJionHbin , inclined. 

cm pacni u bin, passionate 

3a6M8«iHBbiH, forgetful. 

pascBHBHUH, distracted. 

lyBcinPHmcvibHbin, sen- 
sible. 



pa^ocmb , joy. 
neqa^b , sorrow. 
npncKOp6ie, affliction. 
y^oEojibcniBie , plea- 
sure. 
rHtB-b , wrath, anger, 
fipoctfjb, fury. 

t i ' v e s. 

pBuikrnejibHbiii.decisive. 
mbepAbin , firm. 
coMHiimejibHbin, doubt- 
ful. 
CEivryuiiii , well-inform- 
ed. 
CBoeHpaBHbiif, self-will- 
ed. 
npiixonuiHBbiH , whim- 
sical. 
MeqnramejibHbiH , fan- 
ciful. 
3a66m^nBbiH , careful. 
mpyAOJiio6ijBbiH , dili- 
gent. 
mepnt^HBbin , patient. 
cnocoGiibiii , capable. 
coBBcmjiiiBbiH , consci- 
entious. 
6e3COBBcmHbiii , incon- 
scionable. 
MJApbiii , wise. 



6jiaropa3yMHbiir , pru- 
dent. 
CMBiiiHoif , ridiculous. 
iuaneBnoii, melancholy. 
npncmpacmHbi impartial. 



C 67 ) 



3a66hhh , malicious. 
peBHiiBbin , jealous. 
3aBHCin^HBbin, envious. 
no i imHmejibHbiu , res- 
pectful. 
noqmeHHbiH , respect- 
able. 
iipe3pHmeabHbi& ? con- 
temptible. 
no^o3pkinejibHbiH, sus- 
picious. 

V e 

yaitmb , to be able. 

pasyivrErnb , to unders- 
tand. 

pa3cy)K4amb , to con- 
sider. 

noHHMamb, to compre- 
hend. 

npe4cmaBJianib, to con- 
ceive, 
lem- 
ber. 

BooGpa^Kanib, to ima- 
gine. 

onrymanib , to feel. 

BHAtmb , to see. 

cam mam i> , to hear. 

ocii3amb, to touch. 

BKymamb , to taste. 

o6oHamb , to smell. 

roBopiinib , to speak. 

qyBCinnoBamb , to feel. 

HpaBiirnbca , to please. 

xomtmb ; to wish. 



oniBpaniHnTe^bHbiH, dis 
gusting. 

ApyncHbin , friendly 

cmpamHbin , terrible. 

6e3Ha4eH(HbiH, hopeless 

yAHBHmejibHbiu , asto- 
nishing. 

pa4ocmHbiii , joyful. 

neqajibHbm, mournful. 

AOB 6^1 bh biii, contented. 

ApocmHbin , furious. 

r b s. 

tfvejiamb, to desire. 

Mbic^iumb , to reflect. 

Aywamb 9 to think. 

3Hamb , to know. 

BecniH ceba , to behave. 

pbuiambca , to decide. 

HaMBpeBambca , to in- 
tend. 

nocmynamb , to act. 

BHABrnb bo chb, to dream. 

3a66mnmbC/i , to mind. 

cyemkmbCH , to bustle. 

mpyAHmbca , to work. 

cmpaA^inb, to suffer. 

AOcaAOBamb , to vex. 

mepntmb , to bear. 

Bbi6npanib , to choose. 

CMBambCfl ; to laugh. 

njiaKanib , to weep. 

Kpnqanih , to cry (out). 

pa3roBapiiBamb, to con- 
verse. 

Bbipaacamb ; to express. 



( «8 ) 



jiroGiimr. , to love. 
nen;H ,vkinb , to hate. 
3nB!>40Bariib , to envy. 
3.i66cmBOBanib, to bear 
malice. 
peBHOBamb , to be jea- 
lous. 
noA03pliBanib,to suspect, 
no'inmainb , to respect, 
irpeanpairib, to despise. 
rHymambca , to abhor. 



cmpauiHinbCfl , to be 
afraid. 
Coambca , to fear. 
Ha/rfcnmbca , to hope. 
onmaaBarabCfl , to des- 
pair. 
yAHB^ambca,to wonder. 
pa^oBambCH , to rejoice. 
neMEMiimbCH, to mourn. 
rHliBarubca, to be angry, 
jipkmhcfl, to be furious. 



Virtues and vices. 
Substantives. 



^oGpoA^niejib , virtue. 
naGosaiocinb , piety. 
CMiipeHie , humility. 
ynoiiaHie, trust. 
na4e>KAa, hope, 
mepnbuie , patience. 
Kpomocmb, gentleness. 
Blip hoc in b , fidelity, 
qecrnnocmb , honesty. 
6jiaro,4apiiocnib , grati- 
tude. 
B034ep/Kanie , tempe- 
rance. 
6epe>KJiHBo cm b, care ful- 
ness. 
meApocmb , bounty. 
Bt'jiiiKOAyiiiie , magna- 
nimity. 
xpaGpocmb , bravery. 
cuBAocnib, boldness. 



l iejioBijKojiK)6ie , phi- 
lanthropy. 
4o6poma , goodness. 
JttSM ocmi> 



, pity. 



stancy. 
omKpoBeHHocmb , can- 
dour. 
npaBocy^ie , justice. 
npo3opjHBocirjb , pene- 
tration. 
npiijiemaHie , industry. 
u/BAOMV/ipie , chastity. 
CKpoMHocmb , modesty. 
ycjiyHvjiiiBocnib , com- 
plaisance. 
yqmHBocmi», politeness. 
noc jytua me, obedience. 
ocmopojKHocmb , care- 
fulness. 



C '69 ) 



nopoKi. , vice. 
6e33aE{6frie , irreligion 

BblCOfvOMtpie , HB/tMeH- 

Hocmb , haughtiness. 
r6p4ocmb , pride. 
HeinepirJUHBOcrnb , im- 
patience. 
mmecjiaBie , vanity. 
BtpojioMcraBo , infide- 
lity. 
ruynioBcmBo , villainy. 
HeciipaBe^iiiBocnib, in- 
justice. 
HeG^aro^apHocrnb , in- 
gratitude. 
HeB034epH{Hocmb , in- 
temperance. 
pacmo^HinejibHocmb, ex- 
travagance. 
CKynocmb , avarice. 



A dj e 

^oftpOAtmejibHbiii , vir- 
tuous. 
frjaroqecniHBbiH, pious. 
CMnpeHHbin , humble. 
mepntJiiiBbiM , patient. 
KpomKiH , gentle. 
BtpHbiu , faithful. 
qecniHbiH, honest. 
cnpaBe4JifdBbifi , just. 
6^aro4apHbiii , grateful. 
yMtpenHMii, temperate. 
6epe,K.ikBbiii , careful, 
u^e^pbiu , bounteous. 



Majio/ryuiie 7 pusillani- 
mity. 
Aep3ocmb , temerity. 
GesqejioBBiie , inhuma- 
nity. 
3,/iocnTb , malice. 
HtecniOKocnib , cruelty. 
HenocmoHHcniBo , in- 
constancy. 
•XHmpocmb , artilice. 
6e3neqHocmb , indiffe- 
rence. 
ji"BHocrnb , idleness. 
pacnymcniBo , licen- 
tiousness. 
6e3cmbi4cmBo , impru- 
dence. 
rpy6ocmb ? rudeness. 
ynpaivicinBo , obstinacy. 
Heocmopo/KHocinb, care- 
lessness. 

elites. 

Be^HKOAyiuHbift , mag- 
nanimous. 
xpa6pbiH , brave. 
CMt^biu , bold. 
qejioBliKOjiioGHBbiH , hu- 
mane. 
4o6pbin: , good. 
jKajiocnuiHBbin: , com- 
passionate. 
noomoaHHbiii, constant. 
omKpoBeHHbiii, candid. 
npo3opjiiiBWM , pene- 



c 

irpiiJieHxHbiii , diligent, 
u/bjioMYvipenHbin, chaste 
cmbi,4.AHBbiii , modest. 
yejijH^iiBbiM , obliging. 
ymnidBbiii , polite. 
nocviyuiHbiH , obedient. 



ymn 

noejiyuiHbiH , obeui 
ocinopo/Kiibin , caref 
Dp6 i iHbiii, vicious. 



nopouHbiii, vicious. 
Ge33aK6iiHbiii, impious. 

BblCOKOMtpHblM, proud. 

HemepnluiiBbiii , impa- 
tient, 
mine c^iaBH bin , vain. 
Bbpcuo.MHbiii, unfaithful. 
GeijMecniHbiii, dishonest. 

iienpauocyAHbiii, unjust. 
iieG^iaroAapHbui, ungra- 
teful. 
iieyMtpcHHbiu, intem- 
perate. 
pacmoHuniejibHbjii , ex- 
travagant. 



70 J 

CKynoii , miserly, avari- 
cious. 
Majio^yuiHbiii , pusil- 
lanimous. 
poGKiu, timid. 
OeaqejioBtqHbiH , inhu- 
man. 
3jiou , evil. 
HxecmoKiii , cruel. 
jierKOMbicjieHHbiii , in- 
constant. 



xnmpbin , cunning. 
GeaneqHbiii, careless. 
jibHHBbiH, indolent. 
pacnymHbiu, licentious. 
Har^ibiii , impudent. 
neycjiyHtJiMBbiH, disobli- 
ging- 
rpyGbiii , rude. 

ynpaMbiu , obstinate. 
HeocMoinpkmejibHbiii , 
careless. 



Verb 



CMiipambca , to submit. 
ynoLu'inib , to trust, 
uiepirinnb , to bear. 
GjiaroAapnrnb, to thank. 
Gepc«ib , to take care. 
B034cpwiiiBaiiibca , to 
retrain. 
omBa>KUBambc;i, c.Mbiiii., 
to venture. 
;Kaal3uib , to pity. 



ropAHmbca , to pride 
one's self. 

mu;ec^aBHmbCfl,to exalt 
one's self. 

oGiviaHbiBamb , to cheat. 

pacmowanib, MOinarni., to 
spend. 

UbaHcmBOBamb,to drink 
(to excess.) 

poGtmb ; to be afraid. 



( 7< ) 

npeABHA'fenrb, to foresee. jibcnmnrb , to flatter. 

paA*nib , to mind. jibHHinbca , to be lazy. 

ycAViKPimb , to oblige. ynpaMtimbca, to be ob- 
c.iyuiambca , to obey. stinate. 

ocraeperambCii , to be- rpy6idnib , to be rude, 

ware, cyemnnibcfl , to be vain. 



Clothing, 



S u b s t a n t i v e s. 



OA^/K^a , clothing, 
iuambe , clothes, 
in a ana , a hat. 
manKa , a cap. 
miiHe.Ab , a cloak, 
cajiomj , a lady's cloak. 
Ka({)rnaHb, a coat. 
KaM30jiTi , a vest. 
HUjjiermj , a waistcoat. 
cepmyKb , a great-coat. 
pyGauiKa , a shirt. 
rajicmvKb, a neck-hand- 
kerchief. 
naHmajioHbi, pantaloons, 
pyKaeb , a sleeve. 
KapMaHb , a pocket, 
nenuia , a button-hole. 
noAK^iaAKa , liuing. 
BopooiHHKi) , a colar. 
myjiynb , a fur- coat, 
qe iimiKb, a (lady's ) cap. 
K)6Ka , a petticoat. 



qyjioKb , a stocking. 
HocoKb, a sock. 
n^amoKb 7 a handker- 
chief, 
in a Jib , a shawl. 
HocoBoii njiarnoKb , a 
pocket-handkerchief, 
carrorb , a boot. 
GauiwaKb , a shoe, 
my 03 .a a , a slipper. 
npavKKa , a buckle. 
noABa3Ka, a garter. 
nepqarnKa , a glove. 

7_ >a ring. 

nepcmeHb ,j 

jieHma , a riband. 

noHCb , a girdle. 

nyroBiiua , a button. 

rpeGeiib , a comb. 

nap i Kb , a wig. 

nyApa , powder. 

cepru , ear- rings. 



( 7 2 ) 



o>Kep<\ibc, a necklace. 
3oiiiiin ki>, an umbrella, 
napaco.ib , a parasol, 
onaxa.io , a Ian. 
o'ikii , spectacles, 
.lopuenib , a lorgnette. 



hoine.ieKTj , a purse. 
MyuSuia , a muff. 
Kopcein* , a corsette. 
qachi , a watch. 
irnno'iKa , a chain, 
ne'jamb , a seal. 






Adjectives. 



Goramon , rich. 
onpiimnbiii , neat. 
HOBOM64HUB , fashio- 
nable. 

IIOJIHblH , full." 

o^inbiii , dressed. 



npocrnoii , plain. 
HeiHcmwH , dirty, 
iieoifpflinubiu , unfitly. 
cmapouoAHbiii , old- 
fashioned. 
Haroii , naked. 



Verbs. 

na,;bBarrib , to put on. pasA^Bamb, to undress. 

OAijcanib , to dress. uiHypoBarnb , to lace. 

noh-pbiBauib , to cover. lipu'iecbiBarnj., to comb, 

ynpaujainij, to ornament. pa3cniernBamb , to un- 
3acmeriiuamb, to brace. brace. 

CBfl3MBamb , to tye. pa3BJi3biBamb, to untye. 

Mbinib , to wash. iiy^pnmb ; to powder. 



II 



A B I T A T 



O N. 



S u b s t a 11 t i v e s. 



crnpoenie , a build- 
in gi 
SKlMfauje 7 an abode. 

iu- pi. (mi., a church. 
ABopejrb , a palace. 
Ao.Mb ; a house. 



XH)Kinia , a cottage. 
ocHOBanie , the foun- 
dation. 
KpOB4fl , the roof, 
ciiii.na , a wall. 
ABop-b f a yard. 



( 73 ) 



jTbcrnHnqa , stair-case, 
cmyneiib , a step, 
nepiuia , railings. 
3ajia , a hall. 
KOMHama, a room, 
npnxomaii } anti-cham- 
ber. 
cmojioBaji, dining-room. 
cnaj!i>HH , bed- room. 
KaGiiHerai) , cabinet. 
okho , a window. 
okohiuhli , a window- 
frame. 
cmaBHH , shutters, 
nojib , the floor. 
nomojiOKTj ? the ceiling. 
ABepb , a door, 
neqi, , a stove. 
KOHiouiHa , a stable. 



cmoiuo , a stall. 

capaii , a shed. 

rqjry6amHa, a dove-cot. 

jiaBKa , ) i 

/ >a shop. 
i\iara3nirb,J r 

MmHiii^a, a barn. 

KyxHH , a kitchen. 

mpy6a , a chimney. 

aaiuoKi), a lock. 

k.ik)4l , a key. 

pyqKa, a handle. 

3aABH>KKa , a holt. 

GpeBHo ? a log. 

40c na , a board. 

Hciui.be , a story. 

3maHO>, a floor. 

qep4ciicb , a garret. 

norpeGi , a cellar. 

KOJio^esL , a welL 



Adjectives. 



ApCBHlH 



cmapnHHbin , 
old. 



qembipeyrojibHbiii, qua- 
drangular. 

HOKOHHhlH , yA06HbJH , 

comfortable. 
oGmnpHbin , spacious. 
cocB^Hin: , neighbour- 



o 6m, e cm b e h h u h , com- 
mon. 
HepKOBHbiii , church. 
4 b o p 6 b bi ii , c o u r t. 
^oiviainHin , domestic. 
HeoGnmaeMbiiJ , unin- 
habited. 
Aa.ibniii , distant. 
MacniHUH, private. 



e r 



cm p 6 limb , to build. 
Hcinnb , to live. 
oGnrriarnb, to inhabit. 



Kami mam* , to hire, 
cpbiBainb, to pull down* 
aoivtbin,amb , to hold. 

4 



C 74 J 

omnopAirih , to open. wocmifmb, to pave. 

3 a i; p i.i is am i. , to cover. o<zi-icrnuiiib , to quit. 

.lOMaiiii. , lo break. oGimami. , to hang. 

>f>npaim., to clear away. 3amBopamb, to shut. 

ci/li3/Kainij , to leave. oinb-pbinainb,to uncover. 

Household furniture. 

S ub s t an t iv e s. 

TMeGe^b , furniture. RpeMCHt , a flint. 

0G611 , tapestry. Konep-b, a carpet, 

cmo.ni , a table. CKamepmfc,a table-cloth, 

cmyjilj , a chair. nojomcimo , a napkin. 

Kpec.ia , an arm-chair. cajiobemKa , a towel. 

CKaMbfl , a bench. rrrapejiKa , a plate. 

KOBepij , a carpet. co.ionKa , a salt-cellar. 

KOM6 r vb, drawers. 6jk>ao, a dish. 

lUKaub , a cupboard. jioiKRa , a spoon. 

jiaBRa , a shelf. BnjiKa., a fork. 

Sep Kajio, a looking-glass. Hoarb , a knife, 

nocme.ib , a bed. cmaKairb , a glass. 

KpoBamb , a bed-stead. pioaiRa, a wine-glass. 

SauaBtcrb , a curtain. l ianiKa , a cup. 

noKpbina.io, a bed-cover. KpyjKKa , a jug. 

iin<)(|>;iKb , a mattress. Gyinbuka , a bottle. 

HOAymxa , a pillow. ma3i> , a bason, 

npociiibiu/i , a sheet. ynianrb , a tub. 

jiauo-iu'JKa , a pillow- Be^po f a pail. 

case, hopaiiua , a basket. 

(])ouapb, a lantern. luhinoi, it , a bag. 

CBtqa , a candle. 'ic.MOAaiib , a portman- 
no,u Lb'iuiiKb ; a candle- teau. 

stick. cyu r i)Ki), a trunk, 

niumihi , snuffers. memKa,a brush, broom. 

.tpoiia i, lire-wood. noiKiitiiim , scissors. 

)io.u. ; coal. 6y. iaui;a , a pin. 



( 7* ) 



mpynrb , tinder. 
orHHBo ; a steel. 



iirojiKa , a needle. 



K^tmKa , a 



cage. 



A d j e c t i v e s. 

GorambiH , rich. npocrnwii 

b qa n Ko.it HHbiii. majjni- 
licent. 
omGopHbiii , chosen, 
xopouiin , line. 
lipuAnmihiii , proper. 



common, 



nocpe^cmBeHH bin, pass- 
able. 



xyAon , 



bad. 



ronioBbin, ready-made. 



im- 



nopa^oMHbin, tolerable. 



Hy-KHbin , necessary. 
GtAHbiii , poor. 

Verbs. 

HanojiHflmb , to fill, 
ji nmb ? Ha.uiBaiTib, to pour 
cmnpamb , to rub. 
3a/Kiiramb , to kindle. 
ocBBiiiamb , to light, 
mojioqb , to pound. 



HeripHcmoHHbiii 

proper. 
jiOMKin , brittle. 
ii3.iHuiHin ; superfluous. 



mepemb , to rub. 
Mecrna, to sweep 
iipacmb, to spin. 

Relationship. 

Substantives. 



rvia4iinib, to iron. 
onopo>KHiinib ? to empty. 
npo^HBarnb , to spill, 
nomyuiiimb , to extin- 
guish. 
CHHManiL co cB'bqk , to 
snuff a candle. 
p-B3amb, to cut. 
qkcmHmh , to clean. 



ceMewcniBo , a family. 
poATj , race. 
poAcmBO, relationship. 

pOACinBeilHIIKb, po^HB, 

a relation. 

HceHiix-b,a bridegroom. 

npeAK" ? ancestors. 

n p a^BA b , great grand* 

father. 



AM*, A^Aymna, grand- 
father. 
poAHme.An , parents, 
omeirb , father. 
eynpyrb,My>Ki> ; husband. 
cbiin> , son. 
BHyKb , grand-son. 
npaBHyKJ), great grand- 
son* 



4,fl,4N , uncle. 
n.ieMiniuiiKb , nephew, 
niypuub , brother - in- 
law, 
sami. , son-in-law. 
mecnib , father-in-law. 
6paini> , brother, 
ABotopoAiibiii Gparm> , 
cousin, m. 
BonT'imiTi , step-father. 
nacbiHOK-b , step-son. 
BAOBCivb y a widower. 
kv.mij , a gossip, m. 
Kpeciiiiibiii oineu,i), god 
father. 
oneKyHij , guardian. 

CpaKb , CMlpVHxeClllBO , 

marriage. 

a 

CBa^bGa. a wedding, 
crouopb , contract. 
oGpyieme , espousals. 
Hep/hern a , a bride. 
noiiio.MKii , descen- 
dents. 
npaGaGyiUKa , great- 
grand mother. 



'6 ) 

GaGyniKa, grand -mother 

AbniM , children. 

niaifib , mother. 

cvnpiia, JKena , wife. 

AOMb , daughter. 

b ii yq Ka, grand - da u l> h te r. 

upaBHVKa , great grand- 
daughter. 

memKa , aunt. 

n^euaiimiiia , niece. 

CBOJi'ieiuiini , sister- in- 
law. 

HebiicmKa, daughter-in- 
law. 

niema , mother-in-law. 

cecmpa , sister. 

ADoiopo^jiiaa cecmpa , 
cousin. 1. 

waqiixa, stepmother. 

na r yiepiiu,a, step daugh- 
ter. 

B/\0Ba , a widow. 

k\ Aia , a gossip. 

KpeciiiHaa muiul , god- 
mother. 

c lipoma ; an orphan. 



A d j e c 1 1 v e s. 



ceMencmBeniibiii,famiJy 
]) o,t 1 1 bin , related 
'"»"• , married, 
paternal, 
filial. 



hcc nam bin 
omc'iecKin 

CblllODlliu 



GpamcKiii ; brotherly. 



cynpyaecKiH, matrimo- 
nial. 
xo.iocmoii , unmarried. 
»i a in ep ii ne Kin, maternal. 
46'iepniieKin , filial. 
CBa^eGiibili , marriage. 






( 77 ■) 



A TOWN AND ITS ENVIRONS 

S u b s t a 



ropoAT> , a city, town. 
npe4MBcrnie , suburbs. 
Kpinocmfi , a fortress. 
3aMom> , a castle. 
6auiHH , a tower. 
iiepKOBb , a church. 
kojokojiiih;! , a belfry. 
Mocrnb , a bridge, 
yvmua, a street. 
nep^yjioKb , a lane. 
Bopoina , gates. 
3acmaBa , a barrier. 
Bajib , a wall. 
6y^Ka , a watch-house. 
MOHeniHbiii ^Bopb , the 
mint. 
Gnpwa , the exchange. 
apceHa.ib , the arsenal. 
aH6api> , a store-house, 
noqma , the post, 
romnnmajb, anhospital. 
4epeBHa, cejio, a village. 
OKpecmHocrnb , neigh- 
bourhood. 



ntives. 

*k>KHHa, a cottage, hut. 
MOHacmbipb , a mona- 
stery. 
Kjia^Giiuie , a burying- 
g round. 
qacoBHa , a chapel, 
ca/rb , a garden. 
pbinoKb, market-place. 
iuou^aAb, a square. 
Gojbinaa 40pora , the 
high-road. 
nocmoHJibiH 4BOpb , 

mpaKrnkpb, an inn. 
KaHajib , a canal. 
poBb , a ditch. 
maMOHfHH, the custom- 
house. 
rywHo, a barn. 

CMIipnrnejbHblH 40*11. , 

house of correction. 
40Mb cyMacme4uinxb , 
a mad -ho use. 
mtopbMa , a prison. 



Titles and dignities. 

S u b s t a ntives. 

rocyaaph, a Sovereign. BejiiiKiu KHH3b,aGrand- 

1/hinepamopTj , an Em- Duke. 

peror. BejiHKaa KHnrrmn , a 

Ilunepampkitn, an Em- Grand-Duchess, 

press. 



C 78 ) 



Kopo.ib , a King. 
Kopojicna , a Queen. 
Fepnorb , a Duke. 
FepnoriiHfl , a Duchess. 
Khh3I) , a Prince. 
Khbtmhh , a Princess. 
rpaqSb , a Count. 
rpacjjHHH 9 a Countess. 
BapoHb , a Baron. 
Eaponecca,aBaronness, 
Jlocoab , an Ambassas- 
sador. 
IlocjiaHiiiiK'b, an Envoy. 
OJe.iMMapinajib,a Field- 
Marshal, 
renepajn, , a General. 
DojKOBiiiiK'bja Colonel, 
llo^no.i k 6b 11 11 Kb, a Lieu- 
tenant-colonel. 
]\Iaiop-b , a Major. 
Kami mam. , a Captain. 
IIopym'iHKb, a Lieutenant. 
KopHcrnb , a Cornet. 
IlpanopimiKb ; an En- 
sign. 
ryCepHamopb , a Go- 
vernor. 
CyAba , a Judge. 
4yxoBeiicniBO,the clergy. 
IJarnpiapxb, a Patriarch. 
Miimponojiiinrb, a Me- 
tropolitan. 
ApxieiriiCKom>,an Arch- 
bishop. 
EniiCKonb , a Bishop, 



Mryiviciib , an Abbot. 

nponoB-BAH h Kb ? ap reach- 
er. 

Moiiaxb , a monk. 

Monaxuiiji , a nun. 

Cnau^eHHiiKb , a priest. 

rocnoAHHb ( a master. 

no Mb 111 11 kt> i a land-ow- 
ner. 

iianajiimiiKb , a chief. 

Ka3Ha»jeii , a treasurer. 

,46Krnopb,Bpa«ib,a doctor 

qejioGnrmiiiKb , an ac- 
cuser 

npiipOAiibiii Hciimejib , 
a native. 

11644a mibiii , a subject. 

norpeGi^H Kb, wine-mer- 
chant. 

miopeAiiqiifrb , a turn- 
key. 

noBapb , a cook. m. 

Kynepb , a coachman. 

noce^iimiHb , a villager. 

cjiyra , a servant. 

KpecmbHHHHi> , a pea- 
sant. 

ABopancmBO , nobility. 

ABopnuiiiib , a noble- 
man. 

Kyneirb, a merchant. 

KaBajcpb , a knight. 

cBH4t)ine.ib , a witness. 

napo4b , the people. 

rpa/KAamiHb, a citizen. 



. 



( 79 ) 



cojtAam'b , a soldier. 
MBin,aHcmBo,ci lizenship. 
wiu^aHHH'ij , a citizen. 
ceKpemapb, a secretary. 
cnipHiiqiH , a lawyer. 
oGbhhAcmwh , an accu- 
sed (person^. 
npncA>KHWH , a juror. 



MHocmpaneirb , a 



fo- 



jiaBoqHHKi),a shop-keep- 
er, 
najia^b, an executioner. 
KyxapKa , a cook. f. 
ii3Bouj l UK'h j a hack-dri- 
ver. 



Adjectives. 

HivinepainopcKiii , L|ap- KopojieBCKin , Royal. 

cion, Imperial 
BepxoBHbiii, high. 
rjiaBHbiM , head 



prin- 
cipal. 



no r iemHbiH , venerable. 
BoeHHbiii , military. 

V e 
iiapcnrBOEainb, to reign. 
npHKa3WBamb , to com- 
mand. 
nponoBB4biBanii) , to 
preach. 
cy^nnib , to judge. 
onpe^Bjiflmb, to decree, 
to appoint. 
3aiiinin,amb , 



^tHcmBHmejibHbiii , ac- 
tual. 

HapoAHbiii , popular. 

nocmopoHHiu , acces- 
sory. 

hh3kih , low, base. 

cmarriCKin, civil. 

r b s. 
noBHHOBambcn, to obey. 
noKopcmBOBanib,to sub- 
mit. 
BHHManub , to hear with 
attention. 
HaKa3biBamb, to punish. 
onpaBAbiBamb , to ju- 
stify. 
Ka3HHinb , to execute. 



to defend. 

Of war. 
Substantives, 



war. 
, peace. 



Boima 

MHpi> 

miuiiMHa, tranquility. 
B03MyuieHie , a distur- 
bance. 



cofo3hiiktj , an ally, 
niiiujb, a shield, 
cmptvia, an arrow. 
Meyb , a sword. 
nyiiiKa , a cannon. 



( «o ; 



/upo , a cannon-ball. 
66»oa , a bomb. 
opyatie , arms, 
nopoxij , gun-powder, 
uinara , a sword. 
KHHJKajrh , a dagger. 
k.ihhokij , a blade. 
6a|>a6aH*b , a drum. 
.uimanpa, a kettle-drum, 
nopmyneu , a sword- 
belt. 
no%Hbi , a scabard. 
noxo4,-b, a campaign. 
cmaBKa ? naaamKa, a tent. 
bohcko , an army. 
uojiki>, a regiment, 
poma , a company. 
acKa^poiTb, a squadron. 
GamajiioH-b, a battalion. 
KOfiHiiria , cavalry. 
apmiMjepisi, artillery. 
cpaHcenie, a battle. 
BLicmpB^'b , firing. 
no6l>Aa , victory. 
MflmeHfbjByFnTb, a revolt. 
Henpiaine-ib, an enemy. 



^VKT> , a bow. 
KO^ ( inHi> , a quiver. 
Konbe , a hi nee. 
jacjx'irib, a cai riage (for 
cannon). 
ny^a , a ball, 
rpanam-b , a grenade. 
pywie, a gun (musket). 
4p66b , shot. 
caCja , a sabre. 
minbiKb, a ba)onet. 
mpyGa , a trumpet. 
ecj)ecb , the hilt. 
cv.MKa , a sash. 
jiarepb, cmaHB, a camp. 
oca4a, a siege. 
ra])Hii30Hb , a garrison. 
nainpy^b , a patrol. 
pyH/Vb , a round. 
niiKemij , a piquet. 
Kapayjrb , a guard, 
mnionb , a spy. 
ntxoma , infantry, 
npncmvrib, an attack. 
cmbiMica , a skirmish. 
c.iana , glory. 



A d j e c t i v e s. 



com3iibiH , allied, 
nvniennbiir , cannon. 



MwpHbiii , peaceful. 
B03Mymiime^bHbiii , se- 
ditious. 6apa6aHHbiH , drum. 
no\6,iiihiii , campaign. HenpiamejibCKiH , ad- 
KOHHbiii , horse. verse. 
y6pimbiif , killed. pyjReHHMH , musket, 
paiiemiuii ; wounded. mpy6tfbiH, trumpet. 



C 8' J 



ho6*ahwh , victorious. 
KpoDonpojiiiniHWH, bloo- 

<¥ 

BOHHcmBeHHMH , war- 
like. 
oGopoHHinejitHBiH , de- 
fensive. 
BOHHCKiii, BoeHHJjiH, mi- 
litary. 
MimiejKHBiH, rebellious. 



V 



e r 



Boer>anib , to make war. 
HaCupamb , to collect. 
B03MyinamhCfl 7 to excite. 
6yHmoBamb , to rebel. 
yGMBanib , to kill. 
H^ink Ha npiicmynb , 
to attack, storm, 
cmptjtiinib, najikmb, to 
fire. 
noAcmynamb , to ap- 
proach. 
ocajKAanib, to besiege. 
Bcnoworami), to aid. 
yKptnjiamb , to fortify. 
KOJiomb , to pierce. 
6b}Kamb , to fly. 
paaopanib, to destroy. 
rpaGmnb , to pillage. 
aaKJUo^amb iunpb , to 
conclude peace* 



oca^Hbin , besieged. 
nbxomHbiH , foot. 
njitHHbin, captive, 
cjiaimbiH , glorious. 
HenoGM^MbiH , invin- 
cible. 
HenpiicmyriHMH , inac 
cessible. 
HacmynamejibHbiH , of- 
fensive. 

s, 

pacnycKamb,to disband. 
ycMMpAmb , to quelL 
yKponramb , to subdue. 
paHumb , to wound. 
B3flmb npiicmynoMb , to 
take by stornu 
3apa}Kamb , to load, 
orncmynamb , to re- 
treat. 
Hana^amb , to attack. 
3ain,Hii;anib,o6opoHflnTb- 
ch, to defend. 
6oiw6ap/i,HpoBamb , to 
bombard. 
pyGamb, to cut. 
yiviepmBJiiimb , to kill, 
onycraomarnb , to de- 
vastate. 
Aamb cpaJKeme, to give 
battle. 



C 82 ) 

The arts and sciences, 



Substantives. 



HayKa , a science. 
BorocjOBifl , Theology. 
JlpaBOBtAbHie , Juris- 
prudence. 
BpaqeGHaa HayKa , the 
healing art. 
<I>iiJioc6(|)ijj,PhilosophY 
CioBecHocmb , Litera- 
ture. 
TpaMMamnKa , Gram- 
mar. 
CmnxornBopcniBo. noa- 
3ia , Poetry. 
KpacHop'^iie, Eloquen- 
ce. 
Hcmopia, History. 
TeorpacJMa , 3eMJieonn- 
caHie, Geography. 
<X>H3iiKa , Physic. 
EcmecinBeimafl Hcmo- 
pia, Natural History. 
MameMamiiKa , Mathe- 
matics. 
AcmpoHoiuia, Astronomy. 
yqeHie , learning. 
Hpoubeccopb, a Profes- 
sor, 
yqiirncib , a Teacher. 
Boroc.ioBTj , a Theolo- 
gian. 

npaBOBBAT> , 3aKOHOBt- 

Aen/b , a Lawyer. 



Bpaqt, Me auk*, a physi- 
cian. 

Oiijiococfvb, a Philoso- 
pher. 

CmiixomBopeirb, aPoet. 

Opamopi> , an orator. 

HcmopiiKB,anHistorian. 

Co'iiiHninejib , nuca- 
mejib, an Author. 

BiiGaiomeKapb , a li- 
brarian. 

IlepeBOAqHK-b, a trans- 
lator. 

pfrib , an oration. 

cmiixii, verses. 

npaBioo , a rule. 

noaMa , a poem. 

c.iorb , style. 

cjiobo , a word. 

ntcHa , a song. 

niicbMO , a letter. 

KHiira , a book. 

juicmb , a leaf. 

cmpaHiiiui , a page. 

nepo, a pem 

'lepunaa , ink. 

Gy.uara , paper. 

xv/XOHiecmbo, iicKycmBo, 
an art. 

My3biKa , music. 

BaaHie > ch-yjibninypa , 
sculpture. 



C 83 ) 



mHBoniicb, painting. 
pb3b6a , carving. 
36/;qecmDo , apxumeK- 
mypa, architecture. 
KopaGjienjiaBaHie , na- 
vigation. 
KHiironeiamaHie, print- 
ing. 
npoMbicxb , a trade. 
3eMjieAt^ie,xjit6onanie- 



304*1111, apYifmeKinop'b, 
an architect. 
ii3o6pBmamejiL , an in- 
ventor. 
3eMJie#Bjieirb , an agri- 
culturist. 
xjiBGonaineirb , a hus- 
bandman. 
pwGojioBTj, a fisherman. 
pyAOKOirb , a miner. 
crriBo , agriculture, oxommiKb , a hunter. 
pbi6ojioBcmBo, fishing, naemyxb , a shepherd. 



oxoraa, 3BBpojioBcmBo, 
hunting. 
CKoraoBo^cniBo, breed- 
ing of cattle. 
py^oKoncmBo , mining. 
moproBJia , commerce. 
xyAOH^HUKb , an artist. 
My3biKaHnrb,a musician. 
Biipmy63b . a virtuoso. 



n3o6pbnieHie,an inven- 
tion. 
onrKpbimie, a discovery. 
KapmiiHa , a picture, 
nopmpenib, a portrait. 
Kiicmb • a pencil. 
pB3eub , a chisel. 
(J)^eiima , a flute. 
CBiiptjib , a pipe. 



B&hmejib y CKyjibnmopb , CKpaniea , a violin. 



a sculptor. 
jKiiBoniiceirb, a painter. 
rpaBepb , an engraver. 
pB3HiiKb , a carver. 

Adjectives. 
yqeHbiii , learned. HiHBonncHbiH , pictu- 

BpaieGHbin , medical. resque. 

KpacHopbqHBbiii,eloquent. apxnmeKmypHbiH , ar- 



(J>a6pHKa, a manufac- 
tory 
juainiiHa, a machine. 
iLiyrb , a plough. 



npaBiuibHbiH ? correct. 
nncbMeHHbiH , writ ten- 



ch itectural. 

npoMbiuiJieHHbiH, enter- 

n3ycmHbiii, extempore. prising. 

MCKycmBeHHbiH, arti- mopr6Bbiii,commerciaI. 

ficial. u3o6p£inauiejibHbin, in. 

MV3biKajibHWH , musical. ventive. 



84 > 



e r 



to teach. 



yqiinibc;! . to learn 



y«I.HlJIb , 

yqiimbCb , 
micamb y to write. 
Miiniamb , to read. 
pa3roBapnBamh, to con- 
verse. 
coqHHarab, to compose. 
ji£ l JHjnb , to heal. 
oniiCbiBamb, to describe. 
iiOBlcmBODamb,to relate. 
ncpeBo^iimb , to trans- 
late. 
Bbmncjiauib ; to calculate, 
cinmamb , to reckon. 



H3o6pBmamb, to invent, 
nrpamb ? to play. 
jKHBoniicamb, to paint, 
ptaaiub , to carve. 
njiaBamb , to melt. 
ncqamamb , to print. 
npoMbiin^Arab j, to con- 
trive, 
naxanib , to plough, 
cianib , to sow. 
6oponiimb , to harrow. 
MOJioiniimi?-, to grind. 
Konamb , to dig. 
jOBkmb ? to catch* 



Of trades. &c. 



Substantives* 



peiwecAo , a trade. 

peMecAeHHuia> r an artist. 

nji6mHMKT>, a carpenter. 

cmo^iip* r a cabinet- 
maker. 

moKapb , a turner. 

k apenjHHKT> , a carriage- 
maker. 

itaMeHnriiKi* r a stone- 
mason. 

jLiti6HiTK*b T a baker. 

MnciiHiti. , a butcher. 

mipo/ttHHKT) , a pastry- 
cook. 

KOiKeB.HiiK'b , a tanner. 



CB^e^bHHKij , a harness- 
maker^ 
mKaqb , a weaver. 
nopmHOH , a tailor. 
uiJiflnHHK'b,,a hat-maker. 
CKopHa/KHHKT>, a furrier. 
canojKHHio* r a boot- 
maker. 
craeKo^biUHKi) , a gla- 
zier. 
roHiapi>, ropiueqHHKT> r 
a potter* 
m*4Hhkt> r a copper- 
smith. 
ojioBAHHiiKTi, a tin-man. 



f 85 ) 



KpaCHJlLUJHK'b , a 



MejibHiiKT) , a miller, 
cjitcapb , a lock- smith. 
30Jiombixi> 4,fcjiTi Ma- 
crnepb , a gold-smith. 
nepenjienmnKi), a book- 
binder. 
nepeBoii}HKT3 ? a water- 
man. 
pa66mHHKT>, a labourer. 
Mopexo^eirb, a seaman. 
cojiAa"n> , a soldier. 
opyAie , tools, 
monopia , an axe. 
cmpyn> , a plane, 
nmia , a file or saw. 
oce.ioicb , a hone. 
KOJi6/i,Ka , a block. 
HosfHHgbi , scissors. 
MtpKa , a measure. 
BHjibi , a pitch-fork, 
pbmarb y a lever, 
cepnu, a sickle. 
Koca, a scythe. 



dyer. Ky3Heirb, a black-smith. 

MOJiomk*o , a flail. 

\3Aa , a bridle. 

cbajio 9 a saddle. 

mnopa , a spur. 

ctmb , ) 

J a net. 
meHema , ) 

y4,a , a fish-hook. 



caHH , a sledge. 
Kaperna, a carriage. 
KO^acKa , a calash. 
KOJieco 5 a wheel. 
cmaHOKT> , a press, 
inepnyrb , a rasp. 
6ypai3Tj , a gimblet. 
KopaG.^ib , a ship. 
eyAHo , a vessel. 
jiOAKa , a boat, 
napycb , a sail. 
CHacmb , the rigging, 
pyjib , a rudder. 
Bec^io , an oar. 
Ma«ima , a mast* 



Verb 



Mo^ornt , 
6ypaBHmb , 



to 



»*, 



grim 
(corn.) 
CBepjinmb , 
to bore. 



neperuemamb, to bind, 
(books.) 
^y4,iinib f ^ lIn 
naAmb 



to bore. naAnrb , to sodder 

moqiimb , to sharpen. py6innb , to cut. 

KOBanjb , to shoe (a cnipviamb, to pla 

horse. j KOJioinb ; to split* 



to tin. 
to sodder. 
to cut. 
to plane. 



o 



C 86 ) 



F TIME. 



Substantives. 



BpeMfl , time. 
MrnoBeHie , a moment. 
MiiFiyma , a minute, 
qact , an hour, 
noji'iaca , half an hour. 
lemBepmL l iaca, a quar- 
ter of an hour, 
mpn leirmepmH qaca , 
three quarters of an 
hour. 
^eHi> , day. 
HO'n> , night, 
ympo j the morning. 
Be l iepi) , the evening. 
n6jiAepn> ? mid-day, noon. 
ji6jiho i ii> , midnight. 
iie/rEJia , a week. 
BocKpecenie , Sunday. 
IloHe/rbjiBHi-iK'b , Mon- 
day. 
BmopHiiKL , Tuesday. 
CepeAa , Wednesday. 
Hemceprb , Thursday. 
n>unHHi;a , Friday. 
Cy666ma , Saturday. 
ai-Ecuirb , a month. 
^HBapb, January. 
<J)eBpa^b , February. 
Mapmi» , March. 
Anpt,ib , April. 
Man, May. 
ltonb , June. 



IttUb, July. 
ABrycmij , August. 
CeHmaopb , Septem- 
ber. 
OKmaGpb, October. 
Hoii6pb , November. 
4eica6pb, December. 
TOA'h , a year. 
iKuro^a , half a year, 
no^mopa ro^a , a year 
and a half. 
npa34HHKT} , a holiday. 
HOEbiu ro^b , the new 
year. 
nocmij , a fast. 
MacjiaHHija , the carni- 
val. 
CBflmaa ue$kAn, Easter 
week. 
TpOIIIlblirb £enb , Wit- 
suntide. 
PoH^ecmBo, Christmas. 
BliKT> , an age. 
BpeMii ro^a , a season. 
BecHa , spring, 
xfiino , summer. 
oceHb , autumn. 
3nwa , winter, 
cpohb , a period , term. 
BtHHocinb , eternity. 
powAetiic, birth-day. 
iiMauiiiibi , names-day. 



( 

A d j e 

roAH'iHbin j annual. 
ro^oBon , yearly. 
^HeBiion ? daily. 
HoqHOH , nocturnal. 
eaceroAHwii , yearly. 
ejKeHeA'feJibHbiH, weekly. 
ejKeAneBHbiii , daily. 
e>Ke4acHbJH ; hourly. 
ynipeHHiii, morning. 
BeqepHifi, evening. 



87 ) 

c t i p e s. 

BeceHHin , spring. 

jvBinHin , summer. 

3iiMHiii , winter. 

oceHHin , autumn. 

noJiyAeHHbiH ? mid-day, 

nojiHoqubin, mid- night. 

npe^bn,4yuiin , the pre- 
ceding. 

nocat/ryioiiiiH ? the fol- 
lowing. 



Verbs, 



Hacmynamb , to begin. 
npoAO^JKambca, to con- 
tinue. 



npoxoAHmb , to pass. 
oKaHqnBambCfl , to end, 
cqnmamb , to count. 



C 88 ) 



TITLES AND RANKS. 



Emperors and Kin'gs are addressed by the title 
of Bame Bejuizecmeo , Your Majesty; the former 
being distinguished by the epithet HMneparnop' 
cKoe , Imperial, and the latter by Kopo.ieecK.oe, 
Royal. All the members of the Imperial fa- 
mily, except the Emperor and Empress, are 
addressed by the title of Hauie HMnepamopcKoe 
Bbicozecmeo , Your Imperial Highness. 

Foreign Princes and Dukes, and a few Russian 
Princes , have the title of Bama CetwAocrnb t 
which may be rendered in English, according 
to the dignity of the person addressed, Your 
Serene Highness , or Your Grace. 

Russian Princes (Kuji3b/i) and Counts (Tpacpbi) 
are addressed by the title of Bame Cinmejib- 
cmeo , Your Lordship. 

Those Persons, who are not distinguished 
by any hereditary title, are divided into i4 
classes, and addressed according to their rank 
in the civil or military service. 



t 89 ) 

I st Class. 
rocyAapcmBeHHttii KaH- The Chancellor of the 

iiJiepij. Empire. 

TeHepaxb - cDejib/i,Map- General-Field-Marshal. 

nia^ij. 

reHepajiTj-AAMiipajiTj. Admiral in chief. 

,4*ncmBnrnejibHbiii Tail- Actual Privy Counsellor 

Hbiii CoBtmHHKij i-ro of the first class. 

Kaacca. 

2 nd Class. 
TeHepaxb onrb Hn^aH- General of infantry, ca- 
mepin , KaeajiepiM u valry or artillery. 

ApmiMJiepin. 
A4.Mnpa.ATj. Admiral. 

4tHcm»tnne.iiiHb]H Tan- Actual Privy Counsel- 
Hbin CoBtmHHK'b. lor. 

These two classes are addressed by the title 
of Baine BbicoKonpeBocxo/MimcAbcmBo , Your 
High Excellency. 

3 rd Class. 
renepa^ij-^IenmeHaHimj. Lieutenant- General. 
Bnu,e-AAMiipaxb. Vice Admiral. 

Taiiiibiii CoBtmHHKTj. Privy Counsellor. 

4* Class. 
reiiepaxb-Maiop*. Major-General. 1 

KoHmpii-AAMiipajiij. Rear Admiral. 

/I/biiem b h ineAbHMH Actual Counsellor of 
Cinamcicin CoBfcmHiiKi), State. 



C 90 ) 

The above two classes are addressed by the 
title of Baiue IlpeBocxo^iimejibcmBO , Your 
Excellency. 

5^ Class. 

BpHra^np-b. Brigadier. 

KannmaHiD KoiviaHAop-b. Commodore. 
CmamcKiii CoBbmHiiK-b. Counsellor of State. 

This class is addressed by the title of Bame 
BwcoKopoAie , which may be rendered in 
English by Your Honour. 

6& Class. 

nOJlKOBHHKTj. Colonel. 

O^oma Kannmairb nep- Post Captain. 

naro panra. 
KojijievKCKiHCoBBmHiiK-b. Counsellor of College. 

7 th Class. 

IToATiojiKOBHHK'b. Lieutenant Colonel. 

<2>jioma KaimmaHij Bmo- Captain in the Navy. 

paro panra. 

Ha4,BopHbiii Cobbdihhkij. Counsellor of Court. 

8 lh Class. 
Maiop-b. Major. 

<I>jioma KannmaH'b *4eii- Lieutenant and Com- 
me Ha 11 mil. mander. 

Ko^JieHtCKin Acceccopij. Assessor of College. 

The above three classes are addressed by the 
title of Bame BbicoKoG^aropo^ie. 



C 9' ) 

9th Class, 

KanumaHij. Captain farmy). 

<X>j!oma ^JeiimeHaHrmj. Lieutenant in the Navy. 
TiimyjiapHbiii CoBBin- Titulary Counsellor. 

HHKTj. 

io tb Class. 

HlrnaCc'b-KanHrnaH'b. Captain of the2 n(1 rank. 

Kojjiokckih CeKpemapi>. Secretary of College. 

riepeno/VJHK'b Kojjierin Interpreter in the Col- 

HHocinpanHbixij /$>*%. lege of foreign affairs. 

Rem. The 1 1^ 1 class has been suppressed. 

12 th Class. 

Dopy mm! ki>. Lieutenant, (army). 

Mn^MaHTj. Midshipman. 

ry6epHCKiii CeKpemapb. Provincial Secretary. 

i3^ Class. 
noAnopym'niK-b^ Second Lieutenant, 

CeHamcKin n Chhoa- Senate or Synod Re- 
CKin Penicmpamop-b. gistrator. 

i4 Ul Class. 
ripanopm^iKi* h Kop- Ensign and Cornet. 

Herm>. 
KoJuexccKiii Perncmpa- Registrator of College, 
mop*. 
The above five classes have the appellation 
of Bame Ejiaropo,i,ie. 



( 9* ) 

Manner of addressing letters to persons 
of different ranks. 

To the Emperor. 
Ero IlvntPAiopcKOiviy BEjnriECTBy , Bcemimo- 
cTHBbiiun my rocy^APK) IlMnEPATOPy HHKO^AK) 

riAB.ioBii^y. 

To the Empress. 

Eh IlMniiPATOPCKOMy BEJiii'iECTny, Bcemhjio- 

CTIIBtMIUEH roCy4APblHli MaillEPATPHirfi A.4EK- 

CAH4P13 (J)E040POBH'B. 

To the Successor to the throne. 
Ero UMiiEPATOPCKOMy BbicoqECTrjy, rocy^APK) 

HAC\it,4HHKy it BEjiiiKOMy Khhsfo A^IEKCAH4l 3 y 
HIIKCMAEBIFiy, MnjocTHBtfiuiFMy TocyAAPK). 

To the Grand Duke Cesarewitch. 
Ero liMnEPATOpcKOMy BbiCoqECTBy, Tocy4APK> 
L^ECAPEBiiMy h Bejih komy Khhbk) KO HCTAHTMHy 
nAB^OBM^y , MiijiocTHBBiiujEiMy rocy^APK). 
To the Grand Duke. 

Ero IlMHEPATOPCKOMy BblCOMEC*TBy, Miuocth- 

BtHuiEMy Focy^APio BEAiiKOMyKHJi3H) M MX A 114 y 

nAB^oBiny. 

To the Grand Duchess. 
Eh IIiMnEPATOPCKOMy Bwco'iECTBy, TocyAAPM- 
Hli, Be.uikoh KHnrnHB, * followed by the pa- 
tronymic etc. MiijiocmiiBtniueH rocy4,apbiHB. 

* If tl» e Grand Duchess be unmarried the address is Be-m- 
koh JCH^tjKHh , the same applies to Princesses before marri- 
age, Eh (JianiejiftCiiiBy , mii-iociiimboii rocyflapbini KhhjkhIv 
Cocpira Miixaii^iobnt etc. 



( 93 ) 
To a Prince or Count. 
Ero Ciarne^beniBv MnjiocinnBOMy Tocy^apio 
Khh3£0 or Tpa(J)y , AjencaHApy IlBaHOBMiy &c. 
Ea CiarnejibcinBy MioocmriBOii FoeyAapbififc Khfl* 
raut or Tpac^MHfc Ahh* fletnpoBirb &c. 

To A PERSON OF THE FIRST CLASS. 

Ero BbicoKOnpeBocxoAMineju.cmBy , Mnjiocmn- 
BOMy TocyAapio Sec. Letters are addressed in the 
same manner to persons of the other classes 
according to their ranks , as : Ero Ilpefiocxo- 
AMaie^ibcrriBy , or Ero BbicoKopojito Sec. MiiJio- 
cuniBbiii TocyAapb being apj)lied to them all. 

Letters to Princes and Counts usually com- 
mence with : Ciame.AbHl3nuiiM Kna3b , or Cia- 
mejibHDniiiiH Tpacjyb • to Princesses or Count- 
esses Ciame.AbHBiiiiiaa KnarnHa , or Cininejib- 
HbHinaa TpaaStiHa , and terminate with Bauiero 
CiamejibcniBa j Mn^iocmiiBBMLnaro FocyAapa , or 
MHJioeninBfciiuieii TocyAapbiHii , BcenoKoptrbnmiii 
cjiyra Sec. To other persons of elevated rank 
the letter may commence with MtoocmriBbih: 
TocyAapb , and to Ladies, Mu^ocmiiBaa rocyAa- 
pbma ; and terminate with qecrnb umIho npe- 
6bimb 

BauiHMij noKopuBHuiuMi) cjiyroio. 



( 9i ) 
Table of Russian weights, measures 

and COINS. 

W eights. 
i BepKOBei^ij contains 10 uyxh * 

i 11)4>> — — — — 4° cJ))HmoBij. 

i <X)jHmii — — 62 Aoma. 

Dry measure. 
1 »/lacnrb contains 12 MeuiBepiiieii * * 

1 L IernBeprnb — — — 2 ocmhhu. 

1 OcaniHa — — — 2 naiiKa. 

1 HaeicTj — — — 2 'iemeepiiKa. 

1 L IemBepiiKi» — 4 'lerriBepiuKH. 

1 ^erriBepniKa — 2 rapHu,a. 

Rem. The sack (Kyab) contains 10 ichelvcriks. 
Liquid measure. 
1 AHKepoKT> contains 3 se^pa * * * 

1 Be^po — « 4 nemBepniKH. 

1 ^eniBepniKa 1 ooiyxu. 

Long measure. 
1 Bepcrna contains 5oo casern* **** 
1 Ca*eHb 3 apuiiiHa***** 

I ApUIUHTj l6' BepLUKOBlj. 



* A pood Russ is equal to 3G^t II) avoir dup. consew- 
quently a Russian pound weighs 0373 grains English. 

** A tchetvert is equal to ^| of a quarter English. 

*** A vedro is equal to 3- gallons English. 

**** A sajen (ca;KeHi>) is equal to 7 feet English. 

***** The arshine (a puma*) is equal to i f an English, 
yard, consequently 77^ yd. contain 100 arshines. 



( 9« ) 

Rem. Land , in Russia , is divided into de« 
siateens (AecaraiiHa) , each desiateen contai- 
ning 2400 square sajens (caaceHb}. 

C 0.1 n s. 

Gold. 
1 IivmepiajTb is equal to 10 pyGjien (sil) * 
1 IlojiynMiiepia^T> 5 pyGAen. 

Stiver. 

1 PyGjih is equal to 100 KOirbeKi. 

1 nojiniuHHiiKii 5o 

1 nojiynojunnHHiiK-b — 20 

I FpHBeHHUKI) — 10 

1 Ilama i JeKT> 5 ■ 

Copper. 
1 rpouiij is equal to 2 Koneinar. 

1 Koneniea 2 Aeiibrir. 

1 4 eHbra 2 nciyniKir. 



* The intrinsic value of the silver rouble is about 3 Sh, 
2^ ; the value of the paper rouble fluctuates according 
to the rate -of the exchange; at the present period (1827) 
it is worth about 3 of the silver rouble. 



( 96 ) 



=a 



DIALOGUES. 



Dialogue I. 






On the arrival of a foreigner at Cronstadt 
and Petersburg. 

TIepeB6m,iiKT> , coe3k Waterman! take me 

Menu na Gcpen*. on shore. 

Mory ah n nsjinib cb Can I take my lug- 

coGoto nojEJiamy? g a £ e with me ? 

Bw MO>Keine C3nmb You may take a small 

ra 6 vi i) k o HcGovibinoii portmanteau; all the 

•icMOA^Hb ; cce npoqee rest must go to the 

AO.ivkho Gbimb ornnpa- custom house for exa- 

b^gho btj maMOJKHto xv~i mination. 
ocMouipa. 

Ecnib an bt> ropo^B Are there any good 

xopomie mpaicrnnpLi ? inns in the town? 

Bbi HaiiAeine 4r.11 mur You will find two 

mpii AHr.iincKnxTj mpa- or three English hou- 

Krnkpa. ses. 

HejroBliKij.'cnecH arnorai. Porter! rarry thisport- 

Me\io,i,aiib Bb inpaKiriHpB. manteau to the inn. 

^aJieKO .111 omenta? Is it far ? 

Ya*> vKimeinb Aiir.uu- Where does the 

ck'\ll Koncy.ib ? English Consul live? 



r 97 ) 

Bb amoMb Jin AOMfc? Is this the house ? 



3rao .ah AmuiiiCKiix 
mpaKiiiHpTi? 

lloHeck MOHqeMo^aHb 
Ha Bepxb. 

IIoKa>KHine mhb Baiub 
nainnopimi. 

Bomb ohtj. 

Mhb ^ojiiKiio B3arnb 
ero cb co66h) 11 ecjiH 
BaMi> yroAHo npiiiniH sa- 



ls this ,an English 
tavern ? 

Bring the portman- 
teau up- stairs. 

Shew me your pass- 
port. 

Here it is. 

I must take it with 
me , and if you will 
come to morrow to the 



Binpa Bb KoHmopy, bm alien office , you will 

nojiyqinne Apyroii, ko- receive another, that 

mopon jrocjiyHCiim'bBaMTj will serve you to Pe- 
Ao Ileinep6ypra. 



Bb KomopoMij qacy 
^ojt/kho MHfiGbimb mam>? 

Okojio nepBaro qaca. 

HaABiocb , qmo Me- 
hh He cmaHynrrb 3a,a,ep- 
jKHBauib, a xoqy 3aB- 
inpa omnpaBumbca Bb 
IIemep6yprb. 

Hapoxo^b cefi'iacb 
omnpaBumca. 

CKO^lbKO b p e m e HII 



tersburg. 

At what o'clock must 
I be there? 

About 12 o'clock. 

I hope I shall not 
be detained , as I wish 
to go to Petersburg to- 
morrow. 

The steam - boat is 
ready to start. 

In what time does 
5 



C 98 ) 



MAemb napoxo^-b 40 He- 
rn ep Gyp ra ? 

Okojio mpexij 'iacoBT>, 
a HHorAa h weiilse npn 
G^aronpiamHOM-b bb- 
mpls. 

HaHAesfb jiii mu y 
npticmami BaeMffBia na- 
pe iiibi ? 

Hbmb , ho AOBo.ibHO 
4p6iKeKTj , HeGojbiuoH 
3KIina>Kb BT» OAHy Jio- 
uia^b. 

BbiBaau mi bm yjne 

Bb 3A"E[UHe]UTj KpaK) ? 

Hbm-b , cy^apb , a btj 
nepBbiii pa 3* 34tcb. 

46.1 ro mi bm iiaM'L- 
penbi ocnrambca bt> He- 
rn epGjprB ? 

By4yqn uoSymxaeWb 
oahhmtj jnoGonbiincnr- 
Bo.Mb,ano oCMOtnpi rjia- 
BHbixij 4,oc[nonpnMt)'i;\- 
me^biiocineu llemcp- 



the steam boat usually 
perform the voyage to 



Petersburg ? 



In about three hours, 
and sometimes less , 
when the wind is fair. 



Shall we find any 
hackney-coaches at the 
landing place ? 

No, but plenty of 
dr os Mies, a small vehi- 
cle with one horse. 

Were you ever in 
this country belore? 

No , sir, it is my first 
visit. 

Do you intend to 
make a long stay in Pe- 
tersburg? 

As the object of my 
journey is mere curi- 
osity, after having seen 
what is worthy notice 
in Petersburg , 1 shall 



( 99 ) 
6ypra , omnpaiuiocb bt> proceed to Moscow. 
MocKBy ? 



Bw HaH4errre Bb Ile- 
mepGyprB MiioacecnjBo 

BaiJJHX'b 3eMJlflKOBB. 

He 3iiaeme jiu bm , 
MBemi au rnaMb T-ht> 
H , a mmbh) Kb lie My pe- 
KoivieH^ame^LHoe niicL- 
mo. 

R ero otieHb Kopom- 
ko 3Haio : oht> acHBenrb 
ito AHrjiificKOH naoe- 

pCJKHOH. 

KaKHM-b 66pa30Mb co- 

BBmOBaJlM 6bl Bbl MHO- 

cmpamiy pacnopa^HinL- 
ca bb ceMb ropo^B eb 
pa3cyjK4enin KBapnra- 
pbi ? 

Bb cjiytiat KopomKa- 
ro npeGbiBaHia ocraa- 
HOBknibca Bb mpaKmH- 
pb, a ecjiii OHb HaiviBpeHb 
ocrnaBambCii a 6 a r o e 
BpeAia , — naHflmb qa- 
cmnyK) KBapiUMpy. 



You will find many 
of your countrymen in 
Petersburg. 

Do you know wheth- 
er Mr.N. resides there? 
I have a letter of re- 
commendation to him. 



I know him very well: 
e li\ 
quay. 



he lives on the English 



What plan would 
you advise a stranger 
to adopt in this town 
in regard to his lodg- 
ings ? 

If his stay be short, 
to live at an hotel, but 
if he intend residing 
here a considerable 
time it is better to hire 
private lodgings. 



( 

Komopbie caMbie ji vi- 
lli ie mpajtrnkpu bt» ro- 

poA-t ? 

4eMymoBT» mpan- 
mhpb, ropo^Tj »I6haoht>, 

.IjllCOBTi OIIlLMb h npo*i. 

IIoc^y>KiinTb , JLH MHB 
naumopnrb, Komopbiii 

H noa)4H.lTj BTj KpOH- 

nimamb,4,jiJi npeGbiBaHia 
btj IIemep6yprb ? 

Hhrnij , bm no.iyqnme 
Apyroii: ceu i iacb no npi- 
1S34B BTj ropo4.ii , BaML 

naAoGiio oiiiAanib naui- 
nopmi> xo3aiiHy ^oMa , 
bt> KomopoMi) Bbi ocma- 
HOBiiniecb,- ohtj omo- 
nijieimj ero bt> A4pecci>- 
KoHmopy, ii3Tj Komopoii 
Bbi, nhkcb myvia ca.Mii, 
no.*ymime Gineim. 4,jui 
npeGbiBaaia Ha toat>. 



00 ) 

Which are the best 
hotels in the town. 

Demuth's hotel , the 
hotel de Londres , 
Louis' hotel &c. 

Will the passport , 
which I received at 
Cronstadt, serve for my 
residence in Pcters- 



bn 



''£ 



No , it must be chan- 
ged ; upon your ar- 
rival you will deliver 
it to the landlord of 
the house , in which 
you take up your 
abode, and he will 
send il to the alien 
office, from whence, 
upon personal appli- 
cation you will receive 
a billet of residence. 



A noK^a>Ka, KomopyK) And my luggage , 

a ocmaBii^b btj Kpon- which I have left at 
uiraaiiiB ? Cronstadt? 



( ■ 

Ona 6yAenrb omnpa- 
BJieHa bi> Qemep6ypr- 
CKyio raaivjojKHio, r^rfe 
BaMi> a6jiw.ho Gy^eimj 
061 Hen cnpaBumtcH. 

CmaHyrm> jih ocm&- 
mpwBamb HauiK Beu;n , 
Kor^a mm Bbin^eMTj Ha 
6eperb ? 

MoateniT) GwniL ocmo- 
mpHim> Bauiij qeiyioaaHb? 

Pl3BOU;HK'b, CBC3H Me- 
HH BT> mpaKHTHpTj AoH- 
£OHb. 

Bb 4^MymoBT3 rapaK- 
raiipb. 

Ha AHrjiincKyio Ha- 
6epe}KHyK). 

Bb TajiepHyio yjiniry. 

Ha HeBCfdii npo- 
cneKrai). 

KaKaa arao yjinu,a? 

3mo jiu mpaKmnpij? 

Cmoii 3^tcb! 



■ ) 

It will be sent to 
the custom bouse at 
Petersburg, where you 
must apply for it. 

Will our luggage be 
examined , when we 
land? 

Perhaps they may 
look into your portman- 
teau. 

Coachman ! take me 

to the London hotel. 

To Demuth's hotel. 

To the English quay. 

To the Galernoy street. 
To the Nevsky Pro- 
spect. 

What street is this ? 
Is this the hotel? 
Stop here ! 



( I02 ) 



Dialogue II. 



At an inn. 



Ecmb An y Bacb no- 
pojKHia KOMHamw? 

Bb KomopoMi» 3majKt 
^ejiaeme bu uxb nMtrnb? 

IloHiajyHnTe, noKaiKH- 
ine MHt Damn KOMHamw. 

MhIj HaAoGHw cna^b- 
hh , rocmiiHaa, h ne- 
peAHfla. 

^rno Bbi 6epeme 3a 
HaeMb smiixb KOMiiamb 
Ha Mfccnirb, na He^BjK), 
Ha 4,eHb ? 

IlpiiKa)KHme BneemH 
cio^a mom qeMo^aHb h 
pa3BecniH oroHb Bb ro- 

CIHHHOH. 

IIpiirornoBMne MHt 

Y>KIIHb , KaKb MOJKHO 

CKopke. 



Have you any unoc- 
cupied rooms ? 

On which floor would 
you like to live ? 

Have the goodness to 
shew me your apart- 
ments. 

I shall want a bed- 
room , a sitting room 
and a servant's room. 

What will be the rent 
of these rooms per 
month , per Meek , per 
day ? 

Let my luggage be 
brought in, and order 
a fire to be made in the 
sitting room. 

Let me have supper 
as soon as possible. 



( '°3 ) 
npiiKaauime xopo- Order the sheets to 
ineHLKOBbicyiHiinibnpo- be well aired and the 
cnTbiHk h noc^iamh no» bed to be made, 
cmejib. 



IlpMHecH MHfc ropa- 
qen boaw 6piinibCfl. 

BbmnujeHbi an moh 
canorii u njiambe ? 

T^b moh cjiyra? npnni- 
j.kme ero cKMa. 

rornoBaan nocme^b. 

Pa36>'Aii iieHa 3aB- 
mpa Bb juecrnb qacoBb. 

IIoAafi nocKopte 3a- 
BrrrpaKij. 

Hero BaM-b yro^HO Kii 
3aBmpaKy ? 

Ha\o. 

K6cf)e. 

IIIeKOJia^y. 

MojioKa. 

XjrfcGa , Macaa. 

BeiDHMHbl. 

CBt/KHX-b flHITb , BTj 

CMarnKy. 
CyxapeS. 



Bring me some hot 
water to shave. 

Are my boots cleaned 
and my clothes brush- 
ed ? 

Where is my ser- 
vant? send him here. 

Is my bed ready. 

Call me to morrow at 
six o' clock. 

Let me have break- 
fast immediately. 

What would you wish 
to have for breakfast ? 

Tea. 

Coffee. 
Chocolate. 
Milk. 

Bread and butter. 
Ham. 

Fresh eggs ; not too 
much boil'd. 
Rusks. 



C '»4 J 
Haii.MH wnt KOJiacKy Hire me a ealasb and 
pair of horses for to 
day. 

What do they charge 
a day ? 

I shall come back to 
dinner about four o' 
clock. 

Is the dinner ready ? 

Bring me a bottle 
of Port- wine. 
Madeira. 
Champaign. 
Porter. 
Beer. 
Ale. &c. 
A cup of coffee , 



ii napy ji ornate u Ha aeHb. 

CKO^bKO npocnmii 3a 

H no3Bpanrycb kt> o6ii- 
Ay okojio qerabipexij na- 

COBla. 

romoBii jih 06*415 ? 

ITpiiHecHMHt Gyrnw^- 
Ky riopmBeHHa. 
Ma^epbi. 
IIIaMnaHCKaro. 
Ilopmepy. 
JlfiBa. 

KpinKaro nnBa. 
HamKy KO(f>e ctjCjihb- 



KaMH hjih 6e3b cjihboktj. with, or without cream. 



l Iaio. 

EymbijiKy poiviy hjiik 
bo^kh , ropinieii bo^w , 
caxapy, jlhm6hobi> ii np. 

He MOHferae mi bw om- 
peKOMeH^oBamb mhb xo- 
pomaro cjiyry ? 

Ecmb jih y meGA am- Have you a character 

mccmaimi 3a nocjit^Hee from your last place ? 
BpeMA mBoeii cjiy>KCbi? 



Tea. 

A bottle of rum or 
brandy, hot water, su- 
gar, lemons &c. 

Can you recommend 
me a good servant ? 



c - 

y KaKHXi rocno/rb mbi 
npejK^e cjiyjKHjib ? 

ronopiiinb jih mw no 
PyccKH , no CPpaHuy3- 
ckii, no Hbmciikm, ii np. 

yMteuib jih mbi nn- 
camb ? 

Xoqeuib jih niM karab 

CO MHOK) BB MoCKBy ? 

CKOjibKO mbi npo- 
CMuib HtajioBaHba ? 

Cmo pyGjien bb mb- 
cairb , Ha cbocmb Ky- 
niaHbt. 

npuxo^H 3aBmpa bb 
o^iiHHa^i;amoMT» qacy. 



o5 ) 

In whose service did 
you live last ? 

Can you speak Russ , 
French , German , &c. 

Can you write ? 

Are you disposed to 
go with me to Moscow ? 

What wages do you 
expe ct ? 

A hundred roubles a 
month, and I will hoard 
myself. 

Call to morrow at ten 
o'clock. 



Dialogue III. 
Expressions of politeness. 
3aop6bw jim bw, cy- How do you do Sir, 



4,apb, cyAapbiHji 



Madam, Miss ? 



CvsaBa E6ry,34opoBT>, Very well , I thank 

34opoBa. you. 

R 6'ieHb pa^B vbh- I am very glad to see 

flkmhca cb BaMw. you. 



'( «o6 ) 

S^opoBTD au Baun> Ga- How is your father, 



miouiKa, Bania Mainyui- 
Ka, Baiua cecmpiiiia ? 

3AopoBa ah Bama cy- 
npyra ? 

3AOpOBLI J1H Baiini 
A*riin ? 

Bjiaro^apio Bact, ohh 

COBCpmeHHO 340pOBLI. 

il 3moMy o'leiih pa^. 

3acBrMtrne„u>cmByH- 
me Moe no'imeHie Ba- 
rn oiy GannoiuKt, n np. 

He CAt^aeme ah bli 
MHfc qecmn cero^Ha co 
mu6k> omoGtAamh? 

Ct yAOBO.iiicmBieMi>, 
bt> KomopoMt qacy? 

Mw oGbiKHOBemio 
oCtAaeM-b bt» namt qa- 
cobt>. 

Hxe^aio Baiu-b, cyAapb, 
AoGparo ympa. 

/l,6Gparo Beiepa, cy- 
A&pblHff. 

IloKoiiHou ho<iik 

Iinoiiut&ine.. 



your mother, your si- 
ster ? 

How is your wife ? 

How are your child- 
ren ? 

They are quite well. 
I thank you. 

I am very glad to 
hear it. 

Present my respects 
to your father &c. 

Will you do me the 
favour to dine with me 
to day ? 

With pleasure , at 
what hour ? 

We dine usually at 
five o'clock. 

Good morning , sir. 

Good evening, Madam 



Good night! 
Farewell [ 



( 'o 7 ) 



Cqacm^HBO ocnia- Adieu ! good byT 
Bambca. 

C^bjiaiirne MHJioemb 
CKajKHrae Mwb, r/vb ra- 



jiepHaa yjinua r 

H EaMfc oieHb 06a- 
3aHb. 

CnpocHme noJKajtyii- 
me 3moro uejioBliKa , 



Have the goodness 
to inform me , which 
is the Galernoy street. 

I am exceedingly o- 
bliged to you. 

Do me the favour to 
ask this man what he 



imo ei\iy h&aoGho ; a wants; I do not under- 
stand him. 

You are very obli- 
ging sir. 

When shall I have 
the pleasure of seeing 
you. 

1 beg your pardon. 



ero He noHHMaio. 

Bw ivieHH Kpanne 06a- 
3ajiw, rocyAapb mom, 

Kor^a 6y^y a iiHtrab 
y^OBOjibcmBie yBH/Vbmb- 
ca cb Baivni? 

npouiy npoiqeiiiji. 

He yro^Ho jih BaMfc 
Bonmk ? 

Ca/i,Hmecb. 

H3BHHHme jieHH Ha 



if you 



Walk in 
please. 

Take a seat. 
If you will excuse 
hIjCko^bko MHHynTb, a me for a few minutes, 
ceiFiacfc 6y,Ay Kb Baivnj. I will be with you al- 
most immediately. 
4aBHo jiii Bui npitxa- When did you arrive 

jiw Bb nemepGypi-b ? in Petersburg, sir ? 



( io8 



Dialogue IV. 



Remarkable objects at Petersburg. 



Bha^h mi bw yjKe 

IltKOmopblH M3tA ocrn °- 

iipuMBqanre^ h h o c m e h 
cero ropoAa ? 

BecLMa HeMHoro, ho 
h 6yAV BaMT* oqeHb o6h- 
3am>,ecjiii bli Ha30Beme 
mhb caMbie ^ocrnonpH- 
MBqamejiBHbie npe^Me- 
rnbi. 

IlaiVIHniHHKTi FI e t p a 

Be^iHKaro — npon3BeAe- 
Hie 3HaMeHHmaro O&Ab- 
KOHema ; 3hmh1h abo- 
peu/b ctj GoramtHiiiHMTj 
coGpaHieMi) Kaprnkm* h 
p^AKocmeH bt> apMiima- 
>kb ; KyHcniKawepa iijih 
HamypajibHbiH KaGn- 
nemij ; AKaAeiviia xvao- 
iKecrnBb ; jtbrnniu caAT* 

CTj Be.\IlKOJDITHOIO ?Ke- 
^B3lIOK) pliiueniKOK) M 
npo'i. 



Have you seen any 
of the curiosities of 
the place? 

Very few , which are 
the most remarkable 
objects? You will great- 
ly oblige me by na- 
ming them. 

The monument of 
Peter the Great a pro- 
duction of the celebra- 
ted Falconet; the Win- 
ter palace and the rich 
collection of paintings 
and curiosities in the 
Hermitage ; the mu- 
seum, or cabinet of na- 
tural history; the Aca- 
demy of arts ; the sum- 
mer garden with its 
magnificent iron rai- 
ling &c, &c. 



C I0 9 ) 

KaKiH H3i> qepKceii Which of the chnr- 

3acjiyacnBaK)im> oco- ches are most worthy 
GeHHoe npwMtiaHie ? of observation ? 



CoGopb HeBCKOM Ak- 
Bpbi, BTiKoeMb noKoamca 
moiiict CBHinaro AjieK- 
caH^pa HeBCKaro, nepe- 
HeceHHbia cro^a IIe- 
tpomtj BejiiiKHMT> npw 
ocHOBanui cmojiiiiibi; 
Ka3aHCKin CoGopb, bo3- 
4BHrHymbiii Pocciuckh- 
MHXy^O/KHHKaMH Bb u,ap- 

cmBOBaHie Ajiekcah- 

^PAl, Bb KOCMb PoC- 

ciiicKie mpoc[)eM ocfciiii- 

K)mbnaMamHMKT)tI)ejibA- 
Mapuia^ia Kn;i3H Kvray- 
30Ba CftiojiefiCKaro ; 11 
nernponaBJioBChia Co- 
Gopb Bb Kpbnocmn , 
ryiE Ha x 64a men rpo6HH- 

Ilbl BCbX'b PoCCIHCKHXTj 

rocyAapeifjHamiHaji orrib 
IIetpa BejiiiKaro, 



The church of St. Ale- 
xander Nevbky , which 
Contains the shrine of 
that saint, brought hith- 
er by Peter the Great 
when he founded the 
city; The Cazan cathe- 
dral, erected by Russian 
artists during the reign 
of the Emperor Ale- 
xander!, in which 
the trophies of the 
Russian arms, oversha- 
dow the monument of 
Field Marshal Prince 
Kiitusoff Smolensky; the 
cathedral of St. Peter 
and Paul in the fortress, 
which contains the 
tombs of the Rus- 
sian sovereigns since 
Peter the Great. 



You will also be gra< 



Bm maKJKe Cb Gojib- 
uikarb y^oBoabcniBieMb tifted by visiting the 



c * 

ocMompnme, orpoMHwii 
BOcnii:narnejii>Hbui4oMb, 
BT>Koe\ib BocnkmbiBaein- 
ca HtcKOJibKO corm> 
ABrneu. 

CKO„ibKO bb Ilernep- 
6ypnb ny6jik«iHbixT> mea- 
mpoBi) ? 

4&a ineampa, bt> ko- 
mopbixij nonepeMBHHo 
nrpaionrb Ha PyccKOM* , 
<J>paHiry3CKOMB h Hb- 

MCIIKOMTj a3blKaXli. 

OcMOmpBBTj rJiaBHBIfl 

#ocmonpnMB i iarne.iJ>Ho- 
crnn ropo^a bbi no3Ha- 
KOMiimecb cij nkomo- 
pbniii 113B oKpecrnHo- 
crneii onaro; ci> IlMiie- 
parnopcKii m u At mmiM n 
AB0p14a.Mi1 BTj I^apCKOMb 
ce^B, Bb neniepr6cJ)B ? BB 

riaBjlOBCKl3,BbOpailieH- 

GayMl3 ; ra(n«niHb ; Cmpejib- 
HB, Pouurfe 11 npo'i. ctj 
ocmpoBiiMii KpecnioR- 
cuiiMb, E,iariuibiMb ; Ka- 
MeiuibiMb 11 np. 



10 ) 

vast establishment of 
the foundling hospital, 
in which many hund- 
reds of children are 
educated. 

How many public 
theatres are there in 
Petersburg? 

There are two , in 

which, pieces are per- 
formed alternately in 
the Russian, German 
and French languages. 
After you have seen 
the most remarkable 
objects in the town it- 
self, you can visit the 
environs • The Imperial 
summer residences of 

Tsarskoe-selo , Peter- 
hoff, Pavlovsky , Ora- 

nienbaum , Gatchina, 

Strelnia, Ropsha, &c. 

Tlie islands of Chrestof- 

s ky , Ye 1 agu i n , Ka me - 

noi , ckc. 



Dialogue V. 
Shopping. 



Xomnrne Jin bw h^- 
mk co mhoio btj Toc- 

mHHOH ^BOpij ? 

Hmo bw noKynaeme , 
cy^apb ? 
IILiAny. 

Ilapy nepqamoKb. 
ToHKaro cyKHa. 
Ilapy canoroBT?. 
Ilapy GauiiviaKOBTj. 
ToHKaro nojionma. 

ByMa>KHbie, iuepcma- 
Hbie, mejiKOBbie mvjikh. 

IIoKajKHme mhb uijih- 
ny Jtymneii ^oGpornw , 
^pyraro (J)acoHa. 

3ma niJiAna Majia. 

3ma Indiana Be.niKa. 

Hrno cmonrnb 3ina 
Indiana ? 

3ino cjtnuiKOMij 4,6- 
poro , si He ^aws 6 6 Ate 
^Ba^qarnk pyG^eia. 



Will you go with me 
to the great market 
(Gostiny-dvorr). 

What do you wish 
to buy, sir ? 
A hat. 

A pair of gloves. 
Some fine cloth. 
A pair of boots. 
A pair of shoes. 
Some fine Jinnen. 

Some cotton , wors- 
ted or silk stockings. 

Let me see a hat of 
the best quality, of a 
different form. 

It is too small. 

It is too large. 

What is the price of 
this hat ? 

That is too dear , I 
will give you twenty 
roubles. 



c > 

Ecmb mi y uaci> nep- 
qamKHp OBjbiH, meAnibia, 
qepHbia , noA6iirabifl mb- 
xomt> ? 

ITofieiMb apiiikH-b 3mo- 
ro cyKHa ? 

Hbhib jih y BacT> nojiyq- 
mePamo cahihkomb rpy- 
60: I^Bbrni. mhb lie Hpa- 
BHrncH : ohb cahlukomt* 
meMeHB, cjihihkomb cbb- 
mejiii. 

^mo KpaHHflfl u,Biia 
amoMy cyKHy ? 

Ompkame mhb Ky- 
cokb btj nnmb apiuiiHB 
h npnujjiHine ko mhb Ha 
KBapmnpy — boihb moji 
a^peccij. 

He MO/Keme jih bm 

MHB CAamb MBJIKMXB &e- 

Hen>? cepeGpaPiMBjiKHXTj 
accnrtf auiii ? mb^m ? 



Have you any gloves ? 
white, yellow, black, 
or lined with fur? 

What is this cloth a 
yard ? 

Have you no better? 
this is too coarse, the 
colour does not please 
me ; it is too dark , 
it is too light. 

What is the lowest 
price for this ? 
Measure me five yards 
and send it to my lodg- 
ings , here is my ad- 
dress. 

Can you give me 
change , small change? 
silver money ? small 
notes? copper? 



C "3 ) 
Dialogue VI. 



With tradespeople. 



He Moacerae jih bli 
ornpeKOMeH/ioBaniL mhb 
xopomaro nopmHaro , 
cano/KHOKa ? h npo<i. 

CKO^lbKO apuiHH-b CJK- 

Ha H^eniB Ha napy 
miambji ? 

CHHMH CB MeHfl MBp- 

Ky ; cMompk, qm66B 
njiamte He Gbijio cjihui- 

KOMB UllipOKO , CJIHH1- 
KOMB y3KO , CAHUIKOMB 
H1BCHO , MBIHKOBaniO , 
Kopornno, /LAHHHO. 

CKopo jiii oho 6y4,eniB 
ronroBo ? 

Mhb Ha/i,o()Ho CKopte. 

Ha/i,o6Ho,qrno6B Gmjio 
romoBo bb mpw ^hh, 

Kania nyroBiiubi npn- 
Ka/KHme no^o^iimb ua 
<J)paKB? CBtrnjiwa , iijiii 
Hje^iKOBbia nyroBnubi. 

Hmo Gepeuib 3a pa- 
66my cb c{)paKa , jkm- 



Can vou recommend 
me a good tailor, shoe- 
maker Sec. 

How many yards [of 
cloth are necessary for 
a suit of clothes ? 

Take measure of me. 

Do not make them 
too large , too small , 
too tight , too loose , 
too short , too long. 

When can I have 
them ? 

I want them sooner. 

I must have them in 
three days. 

What huttons would 
you like to have on 
the coat, gilt buttons , 
or silk buttons? 

What do you charge 
for making a coat, a 






( 

aema 11 napw naHina- 
jiohobi. ? 

C^iompk me , qmoGij 
HenpeivitHHo Gmjio ro- 
itiobo Bi>'mpn ahh. 

He 3acmaBb wena 
/K^arnb. 
CanojfiHiiK'bnpHiueji'b. 

Ilycrnb ohtj BOHAemij. 

Eeinb jiw y me6a xo- 
xouiie romoBbie canom? 

lloKayKH MHt napy. 

Brnu MHt He bt> nopy, 
oiik >KMym-b, ohh c^hiii- 

KOMT>npOCin6pHbI,CVlHIll- 
KOMT> BeJIHKH , CJIHUI- 

komtj Ma^bi. 

ITo^an npiiMtpHinb 
4pyryK) napy. 

Ckojio Jim MOHceuib 
mh-b CAliJiamb napy ea- 
noroBij h napy 6aniMa- 

KOBTj ? 

Chhmh Mtpny h c^ep- 
ath cbog cjiobo. 



>4 ) 
a waistcoat, pantaloons? 

Be sure to let me. 
have them in three days 

Do not disappoint me. 

The boot - maker is 
here. 

Ask him in. 

Have you any good 
ready-made boots ? 

Shew me a pair. 

They do not fit me, 
they pinch me , they 
are too wide , too long, 
too small. 

Let me try another 
pair. 

How soon can you 
make me a pair of 
hoots and a pair of 
shoes ? 

Take measure , but 
do not fail to let me 
have them. 






Dialogue VII. 

Enquiries previous to a journey. 

Ckojilko Bepcnrb orm» How many versts is 

nemepGypra^oMocKEw? it from Petersburg to 

Moscow? 



728 Bepcnrb. 

Xopouia Jim Aopora? 

/Jopora okojio 4nyxi> 
cmojiHirb Beci)Ma xopo- 
nia 11 CA^^aHa no MaKi>- 
A/3,aMOBy njiaHy. 

IIpiflmHo An MBcmo- 
no^ioHceHie, no Komo- 
poiviy H^em-b ^opora ? 

MBcmono^io5KeHie &o It is very flat until 

BajiAancKiixbropij Becb- you reach the Valdai 
Ma njiocKoe , ho 34,bci> hills, where the scene- 



728 versts. 

Is the road good ? 

The road is very good 
near the two capitals, 
where it is made upon 
the plan of Mac. Adam. 

Does the road lie 
through a fine country? 



cmaHOBnmcH Gojifce pa3- 
Hoo6pa3HbiMi> h npiani- 

HblMT). 

Ecmb jih no aoport 



ry becomes more di- 
versified and agree- 
able. 

Are there any good 



xopoinia rocniHHHMiibi? inns upon the road ! 

HanEKomopbix-bcrnan- At some stages there 

njjixTi Bbi HaHAeme 116- are new inns erected 

Bbifl rocmkiiHuubi no- for the accomodation 

cnipoeHiibia ajih y r i,66- of travellers , where 

eniBd nyineinecinBeH- ail kinds of refresh- 



c « 

HUKOB-b, II CHa6/KeHHbia 
BCt.VIH Heo6xOAHMMMH 

noinpeoHocmoiw. 

KaKT> ObblKHOBeHHO 

nymeuueemByionrb bi 
Pace in ? 

HjlM BTj AMJlHtfCaHCE , 
HJIM Bl> CBOCMb 3KWna- 

5kb Ha nomnoBbixij jio- 
zua^ax-b. 

Ecjih bw xomkme 
txamb Bb A"-AHiKaHCB , 
mo crnoiiJiib BaM/b mojib- 
ko noAyvhmb namnopim> 
m Baarnb Mtcrao bi> ^h- 
jinjKaHCOBOH KaHmopB • 
ecjin JKe HawtpeHbi 
txamb no noqnrfe, mo 40^- 
/KHbi nojiyqkmb M31j KaH- 
nejinpin BoeHHaro-Te- 
nepajiB - TyGepHaraopa 
noAopo>KHyK> iuin npii- 
Ka3aHie nomnMencme- 
paiwb no 4,oporB ciiaf)- 
atanib Bacij jioinaAb.WH. 

CnojibKo nojiojKeno 
njiamiirnb 3a jionia^b ct> 
Bepcmbi ? 



16 ) 

ments may be procu- 
red. 

Which are the most 
usual modes of travell- 
ing , in this country? 

Either in the stage- 
coach (diligence) , or 
in your own carriage 
with post horses. 

If you travel by the 
diligence,you have only 
to procure a passport 
and lake your place 
at the coach - office ; 
but if you take post 
horses you must pro- 
cure a government or- 
der (^called a podoro&h- 
nayci) from the of- 
fice of the Governor 
General to the postmas- 
ters on the road to fur- 
nish you with horses. 

What do they charge 
for each horse per 

verst ? 



( ' 

IIo ocbMH KonieKi» ? 
CBepxi) njiambi 3P. 110,40- 
po>KHyK>. 

He aojijkho jiii njta- 
manTb n H3BOiiiJiKaMT> ? 
Be3A*JiH^y. 

Ckojilko omi) Ilernep- 
6ypra &o Mockbbi cmaH- 
iiiu ? 

26 cmamiiii ; naqn- 
Haa orm> IleniepGypra 
btj ci-B^yiOLqeivib nopa^- 
Kt : 



7 ) 

Eight copecks , be- 
sides what you pay for 
your podorosbnaya. 

Is it customary to give 
the postilion any thing? 
A trifle. 

How many stages are 
there between Peters- 
burg and Moscow ? 

There are 26; in tra- 
velling from Peters- 
burg in the following 
order. 



C.IIemep6ypzcKou Government of St. 



ry6ej r 


min. 


Petersburg. 




Bepcmti 


Versts. 


Co(f>i.<i 


22. 


Sophia 22. 


H/Kopa 


I I. 


Ijora 11. 


TocHa 


25. 


Tosna 20. 


Hoezopo^ 


ckoh ry w 


Government of Nov- 


6epnin. 


gorod. 


noMepania 


32. 


Pome ra ma 32. 


HyAOBO 


25. 


Tchoodovo 2 5. 


CnacKaa Iloakcimj 24- 


Spaska^a Poliste 2/4. 


no4bepe3be 


*4. 


Podberezye 24. 


Hoeaopdrf-b 


22. 


Novgorod 22. 


EpOIiUJiiJbl 


35. 


Bronnitzy 35. 



2 7 . 


Zaitzova 


2 7- 


3i. 


Krestzy 


3i 


16. 


llakino 


16 



( ..8 

3aiiuoBa 
Kpecmi^u 

PaKIIHO 

iLiiejibiiijM 22. Yajelbitzy 22. 

3w.MoropLe(Ba^Aaii) 22. Zimogorye (Valdai ) 22. 

E^poBo 20. Ediovo 20. 

XoinnaoBo 36. Rhorilovo 36. 

TeepcKoii Ty6ep- Government of 

hIh. Tver. 

BbiuiHifi Bo.ioqeKii 36. Vishnev Volotchok 36. 



Bbi^ponycKoe 


33. 


Vidropooskoe 


33. 


Top/KeKTj 


38. 


To i j ok 


38. 


IVIiuHoe 


33. 


Maydnoe 


33. 


Teepb 


3o. 


Tver 


So. 


BocKpeceHCKoe 


26. 


Voskresenskoe 


26. 


M0CKO6CKOU 


j>- 


Governmejit of Mo- 


6epnin. 




scow. 




3aBHJ,OBO 


3i. 


Zavidovo 


3r. 


Kj II HTj 


26. 


Kleen 


26. 


IleujKii 


3i. 


Pcsliki 


3i. 


l It'|)HaH rpn3b 


22. 


Ik he may a Griaz 


22. 


Mooted 


28. 


Moscow 


28. 


*%^A 


728. 




728. 



( "9 ) 
Dialogue VIII. 



On the road 
Kanaa 3ino crnaHu.ia? 

4ajieKO jih 40 cjitAy- 
loiueH cmaHiim ? 

Xopoma Jin ^opora , 
lie ina-/Kejia jih, He ne- 
ciaHajtii? hc ropkcrna 
^h ? 

He Ha^oGHo jih B3amb 
Gojibine jjouiaAen ? 

CKopo^ii jioma^ri 6y- 
4yniTj roraoBbi ? 

Ckojibko Ha smoii 
cmaHD,iii ^ep/Karaii jio- 
maAen ? 

OcMompk KapemHbie 
peccopbi: He nonoprnH- 

.UJCb JIH OHH. 

CKa>KH H3BOHIHKy , 

qmoOn OH* cen qacij 

saKjia^biBajiTj jtoma^ea. 

Ma3aHbi jih KOjieca? 



to Moscow. 

What is the name of 
this stage ? 

How far is it to the 
next stage ? 

Is the road good , 
heavy, sandy, hilly? 



Is it not necessary 
to take more horses. 

How long will it be 
before the horses are 
ready ? 

How many horses are 
kept at this stage ? 

Examine the springs 
of the carriage, and sec 
if they are not injured. 

Order the postilion 
to put the horses to 
immediately. 

Are the wheels grea- 
sed ? 



C I2 ° ) 



Bee .in romoBO? 
C my nan. 

Crnynaii npoBopHBe. 
Crnynaii no minne. 
Ciiiom! h oniBopii ABe- 



Is every thing ready? 
Drive on. 
Drive faster. 
Drive slower. 
Stop ! and open the 



a Bbi 



HAy ii hohav door, I will get out 



pn 

nfcuiKOMTj Ha ropy. 
3iiio Jin nomnoBoii 

4,BOph ? 

MoryJlH fl 3Al>Cb o6t- 

Aamb ? 

4ino y Bacb roraoBa- 
ro kt> o6lMy? 

CKO.lbKO MHBnpiIXO- 

Anmea njiainiirnb 3a .10- 

maAeii 40 6jiii/Kaiiujeii the next stage. 

What town is this ? 



and walk up the hill. 

Is this the post- 
house ? 

Can I dine here ? 

What have you got 
ready dressed ? 

How much have I to 
pay for the horses to 



cmaHuui r 

KaKoii smo ropcrb? 

KuKaa ^epecHa ? 

Mmo amo 3a cmpocHici 

Kaicaa 3ino pinta ? 
4ep^kcb Gojihinoii ao- 
poni ii He cBopaqiiBan 
btj cinopoHy. 

Ckojibko euie ocmaem- 
01 i;epcmi) ao cmamjia? 



Village? 

Building ? 

River? 

Keep on the high 
road, don't turn into 
any by-road. 

How many versts have 
we still to go ? 



Dialogue IX. 
Remarkable objects at Moscow. 



CAt.ianine Mii.iocmb 
yKaHtiime mhb uEKomo- 
pwe ii3b AocmonpHM'B- 
qamejiiiHBHiinixTj upeA- 
MernoBTj cero ropoAa. 

Mm cnepna ocmo- 
mpiiM-b KpeMjiL , Ape*- 
Hee h BejiHfeo^i'Bnrioe 
Ml}cmonpe6biBaHie l^a- 
pen, rxb Bbi HaiiAe- 
me Aparoi^tHHoe co6- 
pame ApeBHocnieii , 
ijapcKia coKporuima, 
BecbMa saMB'iamejibH^io 
opyiKeianyio najiamy h 
Apyria p-SAKOcinu. Oin- 
myAa noiiAewTj btj 
ycneHCKiH Co66pi>, na- 
ju/nnniiK'b rpeKO-Ilma- 
aiaHCKOH ApxiimeKmy- 
pw XV BliKa, nocnrpo- 
eHHbiii bi» ijapcmBOBa- 
Hie loaHHa IV Baciuibe- 
Biiia ApucmorneaeMTj 



Will you do me the 
favour to point out 
some of the objects 
most worthy a stran- 
ger's notice in this 
town. 

We will first visit 
that ancient and mag- 
nificent residence of 
the Tsars , the Kremle, 
where you will find a 
most precious collec- 
tion of antiquities and 
curiosities , the crown 
jewels , a curious ar- 
moury Sec, &c. From 
thence we will go to 
the Uspensky cathe- 
dral a monument of the 
Greek-Italian Archi- 
tecture of the XV cen- 
tury, built by Aristotle 
of Bologna,in the reign 
of Ivan Vassiiievitch, 
and which contains 
6 



( I22 ) 

Eojiohckhmi?, ii coAep- the tombs of the Patri- 

;Kami>iBi.ce6brpo6HHHbi archsandMetrppolitans. 

riampiapxoBb n Mtimpo- The belfry of Ivan Veli- 

jioJiumoBij. B3raai|£M'b ky is also remarkable, 

Ha KOJOKo.ibmo Mb a Ha as having once contain- 

Be.iHKaro, Hl>KorA_a npii- ed the largest bell in 

MliiamejifiHyKj no cBoe- Europe, castin the reign 

my Ko.ioKOJiy, Bejin l iaii- of Alcxy Michailovitch 

iueMy btj EsponB, bbijiii- and weighingSooopoods 

raoMv bi> uapcrnBOBanie A fire having consumed 

AjieKcfcJi MtixaruioBima the rafters and sup- 

BtcoMi> bi» 8000 nyA"b, m porters it fell to the 

ynaBineiviy bo BpeAia no- ground. 

Hcapa. 

Il3Tj npo i nixT> Aocrno- The other objects we 

np 11 Mi'j a m ejib h bixtj shall visit are the rati- 

npe 451 e rnoBij ocmo- scum of natural history, 

mpMMT> My3CH ecine- several private col- 

crnBCHiioH iicmopiii , lections of pictures and 

pa3Hbia qacmnbiacoGpa- antiquities, the found- 

Hia KapnTHHT) 11 4pcBHo- ling hospital and other 

cmefi , Bocniimamcu- benevolent institutions, 

11 bin aomtj H^pyriime^o- the New Kremel gar- 

BliKo.uoGtiBbia 3aBeXe- dens , the palace gar- 

nifi, HOBbie KpoueB- den , the two theatres 

CKie ca^bi , r ;Bopi^oBbiif and the Italian opera. 
ca4T>, 4Ba meampa 11 
Ilmajii/incKyto onepy. 



READING LESSONS IN PROSE. 

LESSON I. 

An oriental tale, 

A66acT> , C6(J)[i l IlepcHACKiH , * o6T>-fc3JKajn> 
3 66.*acmn cboh , hhkIjmT) He 4 3HaeMii. Mcuo- 
AOik 5 nacmyxii 6 noHpaBiuica emy , 7 G^iaropa- 
3yi\iieMi> pfcqeii cbohxtj eii^e Gojifce , He;Kejin npi- 
ArnHocmiio 8 BHAa. C6:Jhj, 9 ornKpbiB-b emy I0 cam* 
CBoii , roBopiiiTii} : Aavi Eerb (maKii na3i>iBajica 
uncmy\'hj npupo^a Ix nponsBe^ia me6A ktj Apy- 
TOMy ,2 3Banifo. OcmaBb nojia cboh ? ,3 nocxDAyi* 
3a mhoh) : a nocmawfo me6a * 4 nacmbjpe;vi'b 
^fOAGH. flacmyx-b noc^-BAOBajni. Oht> 6bijii> l5 hc- 
jiH^OMipHbiii Apyn> rocyAapa cBoero, BcerAa ro- 
Bopk^ii> eiviy npaBAy, h i6 cnacaviij nap 64 u oititj 
*7 ymbcueHia ,8 3Ji66nhixi>. Ho A66aci> '9ckoh- 
uajica. MojioAOMy cbiHy ero 90 jiacKamejiH 2I o- 
KAeBemaAM A./in-Bera. Ohtj coGpa^Tb cebt 32 co- 
KpoBMi^a, roBopiijiH onh , QAesaMM a3 ciiparo H 



i Persian. 2 visited. 3 Provinces. 4 incognito. 5 shepherd. 
6pleased 7 wisdom. 8 appearance. 9 having discovered, 
iodignity. udestined. 12 condition i3 follow. 14 pastor. 
l5 faithful. iGsaved. 17 oppression. 18 the wiclfed. 20 ilat- 
tereis. 21 calumniated. 22 treasures. 23 orphan. 



( ft* ; 

BAOBin^bi. a5 Bocna^em> fhbbomb , cbiHB AfJ- 

6ucobtj n^emij caMB bb aomb A.in-EeroBB , 26 yAO- 

cmoBBpnmi>ca cbohmii r^aaaMH bb h cm hub a 7 40- 

Hoca. Be3A'b HaxoAiiniB a8 yMBpeHHocmh, 2 9 upo- 

cmorny, 5o cejiBCKie upaBBi. Ho BAa^H biiahli 

Si jKejiB3Hbia 3a ABepn. 3a hhmii , 5S menqynrb 

*4 K^eBemniiKH, 35 coxpaHaKomcH coKpoBiiuia Ajih- 

BeroBbi. 36 PacmBopatomB Abcpii, 'imo HaxoAamB 

Bb 3 7 Ka3Ht ero ? 38 JIocoxb , 3 9 cBiiptjib , rua- 

inBe , Koinopoe ohb nacrnyxoMB hochjIB. Ajih- 

Berb 4° o6«HiMaemB 4« KOJiBHa TocyAapa CBoero : 

« He 4a ommiMaii y mchh ciixb coKp6p,nm,T> : a 

cb hhmh Gbi^ib h onamb Mory Gbimb 43 c l iacm- 

.1HBB. n03B6„lb MHB 44 B03Bpam HIIlBCfl BB ACpe- 

bhio. » npHBeACHHBiH bb 45 yMiuteme, TocyAapB 
omAa^B 46 cnpaBeA^HBocmB out'BeniaHHOH ao6- 

pOABme^H H 47 rp63HBIMB 47 B30pOMB 48 n3THajlB 

^acKame^eii 49 HaBcerAa. 

MourayieJT. 



24 widow. 2j exasperated. 26 ascertain. 27 report. 28 mo- 
deration. 29 simplicity. 3ovillage 3i iron. 32 doors. 33 whis- 
per. 34 calumniators. 35 are kepi. 36 they open. 37 coffer. 
38a staff. 39 shepherd's pipe 4° embraces. 4 1 l ' ,e knees. 
42 deprive. 4^ na PP v * 44 to return. ^6 moved. ^6 justice. 
47 threatening. 4; glance. 48 banished. 4i) * 01 ' ever. 



( "a* ) 
LESSON II.' 

The Bedouin Arab. 

KapaBamj ■ MOJiejibimiKOBb 2 Bbicmyna.Ab H3t> 
5 Bpanrb 4' a P^^ Ka « Bnepeaii ero -Bxajib OciuaHb 
h 6pocajib bt> * Hapo^ij AGHBrn; — MwaHb] 5 6jia- 
roa/ioBjiiuH ornxoAaii^nxb 6 crnpaHHiiKOBb; jkh- 
me^n 7 ycbinajiii ijBbmaMii nymb nxb. 

Bb iuecmoH pa3b 8 oinnpaBjajica OcMaiib 
Cb KapaBaHowb Bb MeKKy, h Ha'iajbcmEdBayib 

Ha^b OXpaHHblMb 9 BOHCKOMb. Bet 6bIJlH yBb- 

peHbi Bb IO 6jiarono^y'iHOMb fI oKOHqamw cBoero 
nyrnemecrnBi/i ; h6o hii OAHajK^w eu;e He I2 cjiy- 
qsuocb cb OcMaHOMb HiiKaKoro ,3 Hecnacmia : 
,4 6ypn ne 3acbinajiH Bb l5 cinenaxb ApaBiii hii 
o,j,Hor6 qejoBtKa ii3b l6 HiecniBoBaBuiiixb cb Oc- 
MatiOMb ; hii OAHajK^bi ■> ApaBHmaHe He ,8 Ha- 
naAi'uH Ha nero. Tanaa *9 G^aroycntuiHocmb Bb 
20 npe^npiamiuxb ero ai noquraajiacb 22 njiOAOMi* 
OcwanoBOH 25 Ha6ojKHocmn , 2 & nje^pocrnw m 
25 MVJKecraBa. 



I Pilgrims. 2 departed. 3 gates. 4 people. 5 blessed. 6 stran- 
gers. 7 strewed. 8. set out. 9 military escort. 10 happy 

II termination. 12 happened. i3 misfortune. i4 storms. 
i5deserts. 19 who went. 17 Arabian. iSattacked. 19 success. 
20 enierprises. 21 considered. 22 fruit. 23 piety. 25 genero- 
sity, 25 bravery. 



C >*G ) 
26 Cnycma nJiCKo^bieo uexkjib , nocjit omGbi- 
miii ii3b Auxpijena 7 2? npnGjiHrKiuicn KapaBam* 
Kb * 8 cjiaiiiiOMy Bb a 9 ApeBHocrim En(])pamy, 

ptKli , 3o COBpCMeilHOH Mipy. Ilpil 3l lib H III CI1IH- 

xobti ii3b AjiKopaHa , 5a ncpenpaBii.uici* «ipc3b 
Hee MOJiejiLiniihM n Bcmynii.tii bt> 33 neciaubia 
3 4 paBHHHbi 35 ApaBJn. Tyim> npucoeAUHiijicJi kt> 
KapanaHy 36 BeAyiiHb , 11a npei.'pactioii 3 7 Bopo- 
hoii Ji6uia4"; oiib paBiibiMb 66pa3o:vjb i\a^b 
na 38 noKJioHCHie 3 9 KOJitiGe^ii h 4<> rp66y Ma- 
roMemoBy. 

OcMSlHb BCmyiTHJlTs Cb HIJMb BTj 4» pa3roBopb, 

4* KOCiryBmiiica ao 43 npeiiMyuiecmBa uxb Hapo- 
^,obl. Be^yHHij onTBt>qa^b KopornKO , ho 6jia- 
ropa3yMHO ; XBajiiurb AocmoiiHoe noxBajibi 
Bb ccoewb HapoAt , h 44 oxyw4ajnj mo, l imo 
Ka3a^\ocB ewy 45 ^ypHbiMij. 46 HenpiiM'bmHbiM'b 
66pa30Mb 47 onjAajiiiJiiicb ohii onib RapasaBa. 
OcMaHi> cb JKapoMb Ha<iajib 48 BbixBa^amb Ommo- 
wanoBb. 

« TypKii « — roBopii.ib oHb Be^yiiHy — » 
49 ii3AaBHa cjiaBarnca no Bcemy 2o BocmoKy 5l xpa- 



26 after. 27 approached. 28 celebrated. 29 ancient times 
3o coeval 3i chanting. 32 passed. 33 sandy. 3/f deserts. 35 Ara- 
bia. 36 Bedouin Arah. 37 black. 38 •worship. 39 cradle. 
4o tomb. 4 1 conversation. /j2 concerning. /j3 superiority. 
4i blamed. 45 bad. 4" imperceptibly. 47 wandered. 4^ to 
exalt. 49 long since. 5o the East. 5l bravery. 






C I2 7 ) 

6pocmiK> , 5a Ao6po/3,yuiie]MT» n 55 MiijiocepAieivrb , 
H3AaBHa p*&Kia ciii 5 ^ Ka'iecmBa 55 chhckeUh 
HaM'b 56 yBa>KeHie i^tjiaro cBtma , Be3A"B e.Kejin 
xomamT) 5 7 n3o6pa3Hmb 58 HenoGs^iiMocmb 5 9bo- 
HHa , mo roBopams : om xpaGp-b ? Kauit TypoKiA 
60 Kyniibi , Htejiaa Bbipa3Hiui> qj>e hhGj^b 6i 6e3- 
Kopwcrnie Bb 6a npeBocxo^Fioii cmeueHii, roso- 
pami> : om 63 cnpaee^Auet nawb TypoKT> ! — H^mtj 
HanpomwBTj raoro , 6i ornjiH i iHJca niBon 6l34Hbiii 
Hapo4b , 65 mamatoujitica no cmeiiHtirb 66 Kawe- 
HiicmoEr h nycmoM ApaBiii ? KaKa;i 6 7MOJBa ii^emi* 
o Bacb ? — Ta , 'imo bu lie- nurse me hh 'iecrnii, 
hii 68 cobscihh; Bbi G 9 ncnoBtAyerne o/iHy Btpy 
Cb naMii , ho Baivii) iuamnnrb Cyjimam> easero^- 
ho 7° 3H.amHyio eyMMy , 4,a6bi enacmij omij Ba- 
mero 7 1 xnm,nnwecmBa rjuiBHbiii KapaBami mo- 
jiejii>m,[iKOBT> ; 7 2 rpaGiimejibcmBO CA"SJiajio sacb 
7 3 npc3pi>HHbiMii 74 GpoAarawn btj i\ia3axb BcaKa- 
ro Hcmuniiaro MycyjibMainma. — ? 5 npii3Hanca ? 
moBapnuib , btj cirpaBe^jiiiBocmn mohxtj ojiobt> ; 
npii3Hancn ? qmo sams nap 64% He l imo nnoe, 
KaKb 7 6 maiiKa 77 pa36oHHHKOBTj. 



52kindness. 53 compassion. 54 qualitiy. 55 has called forth. 
56 respect. 57pourtray. 58 invincible. 59 warrior. 6o mer- 
chants. 6i disinterestedness. 62 surpassing. 63 just. 64 i s 
distinguished. 65 roving. 66 stony. 67 fame. 68 conscience. 
69 profess. 70 considerable. 7irapacily. 72 pillage. 73 despi- 
cable. 74 vagabonds. 75 confess. 76a band. 77 robbers, 



( «>» ) 

■ ]\Ibi jioc.ib 7 8 OKOHqiiMi> hoiutj pa3roBopb "... 
CKa3;'ub e>iy Be^yiiHh , 79 yKa3biuaa na 8o no- 
CKOJibsuyBiiiarocH 8l BepGjiiOAa , Komopuif ynajib 
H 8a npiiAaBHjj-b coGoeo 83 nowainaro — « n6cii>; 
nanepe^b iiocoGumb HeciacinHOMy ? » 

« IIoah h 84 ho co 6^ h ft mm ! » — oniBfriajii Oc- 
MaH7> ■ — «a hg xo«ty 85 OKa.3amb HHKaKOH 86 y- 
caym amowy 8 7 6e3,vtubHiiKy : oiib 88 nepeKyniijiB 
y Meii/i b ep6j 10,4a , qembipe ro^a rnouy 8 9 na- 
3a,4B ; menepb a oqeHb pa,vb , lino ceil /Ke ca- 
MWM BepG^iFOAb 9° oin.McniHjib ewy 3a Menii. E>Ke- 
mi Gbi Hero^an 9' H3Abix<Lib , h oaho moc cjio- 
bo iviorjio 9 a B03BparnHii7b eAiy aui3Hb , mo a , — 
A,a 93 npocmarnb moe 94 corpliuienie Ajuta h ero 
BejfiKiil 9 5 ripopoKb ! — mo a 9 8 3amii^ib Gbi ce- 

Gli pOIITb. » 

Mc;K/l,y mbftlb Ee^yilH'b 97 BbICBo6oAIMb H3B no^b 

BepGjiOAa BO/Kamaro, n 9 8 B03Bpam,£uoa kb ccoeMy 
99 cnymniiKy ; ohb yace HeAa^eKO onib Hero na- 
xoAHjica , KaKB BApyrb ,0 ° cmpamtibiii innrpb 101 
BbiCKOMiuib H3b 3a Kycma , jioaji-b icomoparo b\ajib 
,02 iieocmop6/Kiibiii OcMaHB,omAaaacbonrb Kapasa- 



78 flnisli. 79 pointing. 80 stumbled. 81 a camel. 82 crushed. 
83 guide. 84 aid. 85 to render. 86 service. 87 rascal. 88 over- 
bid. 89 ago. 90 has avenged. 91 was expiring. 9>. restore. 
93 forgive. 94 sins. 9.1 prophet. 7G would sew up. 97 delivered. 
98 returned. 99 fellow-traveller. 100 horrid. 101 started. 
X02 carelessi 



( «»9 ) 
Ha * onb npniHejib Bb Io5 cMameHie , y>KaciiyviCH, 
u yna^ib 6e3b 10 4qyBcrnBb Ha 3ei\oEO. 

BeAYHHi* loS onpoMeniLio nocKaKajib ? He 
106 npo'ib omb Hero, ho npaivio Kb Hewy- Bbi- 
Hyjii> nucmojiemb n Bb my caiviyio Mimymy , 

KaKb I0 7 KpOBO/Ka^HblH 3B*pb lo8 npbirHVJlb Ha CBOK) 

lo 9 4o6biqy , Bbicmpbvinxb no neivib ,• — x, ° Mepra- 
bwh mnrpjb pacraflnyjiCH no^vfc nojiyiviepmBaro 
OcaiaHa. 

HaKOHeub OcwaHb omKpbuib rjia3a; cnace- 
Hie ero Ka3ajiocb emy "* CBepxbecmecrnBeHHbiiMb,- 
ohtj 1IS 66hrm> Ee/iyinia h Bb nepBOMb JKapy 

115 6^aro4apHocmii CBoeii , I!| 4 npeAJiarajib eMy 
co cjie3aivni , mo cjiaGtiiiiiiii * l5 3HaKb aoatkhoh. 

116 npH3HamejibHoeniH , KomcAeKb co cma ceKH 

HaMH. 

Ee^yjiHb , Kb Heivia^ioMy y^oBOjibcnibiio OcMa- 
Ha , "7 oniKa3aJica. 

Bb Cie BpeMH ,,s IIOAOIUejlb Kb HHMb If 9 HH- 

in,iii Ha ^epeBHHHOH Hor* , noKphiiiibiii py6w- 
u^eMb 11 ,2 ° paHaiviij ; oHb ,21 o6panjiuica Kb Oc- 
MaHy , ^epHiaBinewy KoiuejieKb cb ceKHHaMH , h 
roBopiuib: 



lo3 lost presence of mind. 104 insensible. io5 precipitately. 
ioGaway. 107 bloodthirsty. io8flew. 109! prey. 110 lifeless. 
in supernatural. 1 12 embraced. 1 13 thankfulness. 114 offered. 
nStoken. 1 16 gratitude. 117 refused. 118 came up. 119 
beggar. 120 wounds. 121 turned. 



■ 



( '3o ) 

« ,1S Mnjiocep f ;ic ao.i/kiio Gbimb meGl - 3iiaKo- 
bio, GoiamwM -* 3 cnipaniniKb ; ,fl 4 ynKMH ,a5 ro- 

AO,Xb II ia6 yKUVKAy HIBOCTO ,2 7 OAH03CML^a ! y^li- 

*k ,28 HenMymcMy oah) pjniio ii3T. ino.icuiaro 
KomcjiLKa incoero; OAtia pyniu ,2 9 ii3GaDniiiB 
mchA orn-b M) l ikrne^biiaro l3 ° 311610 j K-b Bc<iepy 
iiuAtiocb cb ainoio n6>iom,iio l3 ' AoGpecmh ao 
ropoAa ; Ge3B Hee jiumycb chm» , 11 npimy- 
;ka«2hb Gy,i.y ,32 norkGiiyrnb oinB l35 ji 10 mo cm 11 a^.- 
kuxtj iKiinomiibixTj.w 

« 4 a noMoiKenrb meGi Ajuia ! » — omBBuajrb 
OcsiaHTj , ,3 ** cnpamaBB bb Kap.MaiiB tniucnibiii 
KouiejieK-b cb ceKHiiaMii : » y uena >kc mbiiib /\.\h 
ii]c6a hii oahoh pyniu , a iiAy na l5 * GoroMo.ibe 
b*b MeKKy 11 Me ah 11 y H3i> /i,\apOcKa t H Go.rhe 
AeHeri. , ckojibko mhb HyjKiio a*iji nymfe my^a 11 
156 oGpaniHo , ne iimbio. Bcb jiiiiuniji ,3 7 pa3Aa./iB ji 
iiapoAy npn l38 bbib3ae H3i> oineiecmBaj l3 9 >Ka- 
jtiiK) o meGt , ho nocoGnmB ne Mory. » 

LeAyiiii-b BbiHy^i> mbhiokb cb xl *° copoiHHCKHMi» 
nmenoM-b 11 mbxb cb boaoio , 11 iioAa.n> »4i yCoro- 
mv. «IIa! ymoAk itibom tojoab " atara^y, "* 9 11 oa- 
icpLiiH ocaaGiiniuia '^ciau , n hoiiac-mb bmbciiib. 

122 mercy. 123 stranger. 12/j appease. 125 hunger. 126 thirst 
\ , x- l i'cllow-countryinan. 1*2810 him who is destitute. 129 Avill 
sa\e. i3o excessive heat. i3i to reach. l32 to perish. l33 
(eroriiy. i34 hiding. 1 35 pilgrimage. i36 hack again. i37 
distributed. 1 38 tlepai 1 111 e. i3ylaiu sorry. 140 ricc.l4 l poor 
niau. 142 recruit. j43 forces. 



( '3, ) 

Fopo/Vb , Ky^a mm n^eujb , jieatHin'b Ha Aoporfc , 
no KomopoH M/;efni> KapaBam> : a npocoaey 
me6a. » 

« Ho a H4y 'M Me4.fleH.H0 , lacmo "A 5 ora^u- 
xaio » — roBopii^ij Hiiiiriii. 

« TaK-b -ca^b Ha mow ji6oia.4b!» oiriBfcqaxb Be- 
4\hhtj , 'A 6 cocKoqiiAi} ci> nee , noca^ij^ii 6'B4Ha- 
ro, B3HJIT3 3a l4 7 ys^y 11 nosejii> ,iS nomuxoHbKy. 

'49 « Bpocb ero ! » — CKa3ajib OcwaHb Be^yii- 
Hy; — » KOHquATb namB pa3roBopi> , ,5 ° 40K&- 
me mt» 4pyri> apyry.... » 

Pci3Z060pb HClWb OIUBfriaA'b Be^yHHb 406HO 

yme kohzh.icji : Mbi Acho 40Ka3cuin 4pjzb Apj^f 
npeeocxd^cmeo ndmnxb napogoGi ei> xpc'iGpocmn , 
406/704 yuiiu u ,5 ' lyejpocrmi. l52 SaMlmb ce6b , 
OcMcim , zmo ec34i ecmb l53 4o6po4lmeJibHbie 
Alb 4 it , ee34t ecmb n 3Aue ! 

OcMam> ,5 4 Bbipa3yMtjiT3 eck) i55 KOJiKOcmb ce- 
ro omB-Bma , h ,SG noKJUMca l5 7 GopoAOK) cbo- 
ero l58 npa^t^a ,5 9 omo.Mcmiimb EeAykHy 3a ero 
,6o 4ep3ocrnb. Cnopo ciy'iaii kt> ,6 ' wcirojiHeHiK) 
162 HaMljpenia ,63 oniKpbijicn. Be^yim* l6 4 3acn)on> 
BecbMa KptriKo ; KopaBaHB lG5 noAHajica , h Oc- 

i44 slowly. i45 rest. 146 -leaped off. 147 bridle. 148 gen- 
tly. i4<)leAve him. i5owill prove. i5i generosit}*-. i52 ob- 
serve. i53 benevolent. 1 54 understood. i55 pointedness. 
1 56 swore. i57 beard. i58 great-grandfather, logto be re- 
venged. 160 insolence. 1 61 fulfilment. 162 intention. i63 of- 
ered itself. 164 slept. i65 departed. 



( J* ) 

Man* ocmuBiuij CBoero 6.1 aro^t mean cpe/iH ny- 
cmwHii; ocmaBii^b Ha /Kepmny bcum* GiucmBi- 
nMi> , m AaGbi oht> ne Morb l66 micmimb napa- 
uana , mo ,6 7 ynpaxb y Hero npcKpacnyK) bo- 
poHyto jiomaAb ? Bee ,68 iiMyu^ecmBO Be^yima. 

II '69 cyAb6a He *i° HaKasajia ero ? — Hbnrb ! 
ohtj bt> nojiHOM'b y^oBOjibcniBi H jkm^I), h OKpy- 
.jKeiib pa^ocmiiMH , yMept. ^^pGeKHp^bi n l boc- 
HOMiiHatormj 06b HeMij cb l i* coHia^linfeMi) ; om- 
i^h h Mainepn *7 3 cmaBanrb ero Bb l i^ nptiMibp-b 

^•BniHMlj CBOH.Mb. 

yBbi ! Kam> MHoro nornpeGno 3Harnb, KaK* 
,a,curo Ha^oGHo '7 s H3cxE,4biBarnb qe^oBtKa, AaGbi 
lie *7 6 oiHuCiimbca n bi cawoii ero AoGpoAlnne.iH! 

Benitzky* 

LESSON III. 
Domestic scene. 

B^epa nocjrfe yaania npocmnjica a ctj ■ rocme- 
jipiiiMHbiMi> * ceMeiicmr.oMT) , 'iinoG* Bbitxamb 
cero^na na 3 pa3CBlimb ; ho maio. 4 c^a^oKb ii 
canton coht> bt> ceM* aomb > qri] o #> maKKc KaKi> 



if>6 overtake. 167 stole. 168 riches. 169 fate. 170 punished. 
17 1 make mention. 172 regret. 173 set him up. 174 example. 
17010 trace. 176 to be mistaken. 

1 hospitable, 9 family. 3 dawn. 4 delightful. 



( '33 ) 

h 5 jiioah moh , npocnaji) 40 nanm qacoBi*. 
Bw 6 npiiBopoMiiiJiH MeHii kt> cebt KOHemio, CKa- 
3ajii> a T-ny Maoiiacy : mhb osncKMa ue Bbit3- 
maLmb ? qyBcniB^EO, <jmo 7 manuaa cijjia AyuiH 
weHH YAepatHBaein-b. — Ohij 8 nowa^ mok> pyrcy 
h 9 noBejib ktj vKeHt, Komopaa no oGbiiaioBeHiio 
CBoeMy Bcmajia em,e ^o cojiHe^naro I0 bocxo- 
ifiAema h CMA^^a cb AbnibMH. il noxBajiiuib ee , 
ijmo OHa ,x npocbinaemca BMtcmli ctj *» niiifrq- 
KaMH , ho OHa l3 yAHBiuacb, CAbima onrb ivieHa, 
qfflo MocKOBCKia *4 KpacaBHUbi He nosBOJiaionrb 
HHKor^a yrnpeHHHMTs jiyqawb co^iina lB 3arjia4bi- 
Bamb btj hxij cnajibino h ,6 mpeBOJiuiuih hxt> 
Ht)KHaro r 7 cHa. 

MejK4,y rntivifc n64a.n1 qaii; mh ctjin bcb ,8 KpyjK* 
Komi no^b omKpbinroe okho* apoiviarnbi *9 mpasij 
wtuxa^ncb ctj apoMaraaMii naw ; cB'BHiiii ympeH- 
nm B03Ay^i> 20 npov.iayKAajib HacTa ; npe/Vb ii&mh 
HBtmKk 2I cmpaxiiBajiii Cb ce6a 22 Gjecmainjii 

25 HieMqyjKiiHbi ; jihciucwkh miixo 2 4 rueBejiiijiiiCb; 
iimkiKii a5 nijiii j a6 B4ajk uiyivitjio mope ; kt> 
iiaMTj omij MiiHynibi ao MHHymbi npnjierna^n> 9 7 Bfc- 

HiepOKb, npHKaca^Ca Cb HliHCHOCfllblO KIj a8 CBt- 

5Keiviy miu,j rocnowk Mamiacb fnomopoe Akia- 

5 servants. 6 enchanted. 7 secret. 8 pressed. 9 led. 10 sunrise. 
11 wakes, iabirds. i3vvas surprised. 14 fair ones. i5 to peep. 
iG to disturb. 17 slumber, 18 around. 19 herbs. 20 refreshed, 
21 shook, 22 glittering. 23 pearly drops. 24 trembled. 25 sang 

26 at a distance. 27 zephyr. 28 fresh, 



( '34 ) 

jiocl ormj moro CBtiKte n npifimnfee), kt> qep- 
HbiMi) Bo^ocaMii en , ki. vierKoM) 2 9 noKpbiBajiy 
rpy^n. — Mbi niun qaii cb oinMi>HHi>ii\ii> BKycoM"b 
h 4biiuajnj 3o c.iaAOcmho yrnpa. 

KaKoe ympo ! ciiasiub 3 * BavKHbiii Mamiacb 
co 3 * B3AOXO.MT) ( ii cen b3aoxi> no (J^ierMamii- 
qecKOMy xapaKinepy 4yriiH ero cjitAyemb y ncro 
Bccr^a ii 3a 33 ABiiiKeHieM'b paAOcmn n 3a abij- 
aieni e:\ib 3 4 rope cm n). 

KaKoe npeicpaciioe ympo ! cna3aAa Cb qyB- 
cmEOM-b HtHxHaii ero 35 cynpyra. 

KaKi. Eece^io jeraaionn nmiiqKii! 36 bock^hk- 

HY^H A'BniII Cb 3 7 yjlblGKOK). 

Kanoe mporame^ibiioe 38 corviacie cep4eu,b! 
noBmopfijib h 3a bcb;\;h : Kai;6e casUkoc qyBcmBo! 
KaKoe 3 9 iieBMHHoe cqacmie! mbi /KajiyeMca iia 
4° HecoBepuiericmBO qe^ioBiqecKoe , np040-iHia.11> 
k cb HtKomopbiMb Al iKapoMb : mw * 2 cBrnyexM-b 
11a cyAbGy, mw * 3 oGBiiHiieMi) He6o; ho CKa>Kn- 
me, He Aa.ia .ui Haivrb IlpnpoAa Bce ? imo mo.ibKO 
hv/Kho <\ar cnoKoiicniBia n piuocinn — mkxia" 
y6"B/Kiiin,a, 3eM.n0 W yKpameHiiyio 3ejieHbio h 
n,Bbrna.Mii , Mkibixb 4tmeu ; iipi/iiniiocinb ^ 5 ce- 
BieiicmBeHiioiQ JKH3HH , 11 CBepxb moro cepAii,e 

29 veil. 3o sweetness. 3i stately. 3a a sigh. 33 emotion. 
34 sorrow. 35 partner. 3G. exclaimed. 37 a smile. 38 ac- 
cord. 3«J innocent. 4° imperfection. 4 1 fervour, j- 2 rc P* ac « 
43 accuse. 44 oi'UAtnyUlcd. 4^ domestic. 



( '3d ) 

AoGpoe, qyBcraBHrae.ibHoe , Ht/KHoe? ^ero & ne- 
AOCinaeim> &aa HacjiaiKAeHia qyBcrnBo h /Via 
*7 3aHamia mhcah? Axfc ! ecjiii qc/ioBticb ne^o- 
BO^ieHij cy^bGoK) CBoeio, mo arao omt moro, ( irao 
48 ucKycmBeHHoii nopa40Ki> 66in,ecmBa ^ pa3- 
cmponjii) nopaAOKii avihh ii npiipo4,w ! Xo3aiiHi> 
h xo^HHKa B3r^aHyjiii Ha MeHa ct> 5o rnporame.ib- 

HMMTj B30pOMb , KOJIJOpoil 5l IISlflCKHJlb MHB HXT> 

qyBcrnBO. 

E^Ba jih i\iorb a npiiHyAiimb ce6a cKa3amb 
mmij : npociniime. lzmailo) 



LESSON IV. 

G IBRALTAR. 
He BHAaBl) H^CKOJlbKO AHGH KpOMB Heo'a H 

3eMjiii ci> yAOBO.ibcmBieMij caiompio Ha itib Tep- 
Ky^ecoBbi ' cinojinbi , Koniopbmn 2 03iia'ia.ica 
3 upe^tjiTj ApeBHaro luipa. BbicoKaa 4 yrnecii- 
cmaa 5 CKa^ia riiopa.imapa ; Kaacemca na4aemi> 
Ha KopaGjib Moii , n noAoGHo KaKi> Bee Be^HKoe 
ii ciiibHoe 6 o6paiH,aenn> na ce6a BHiiMame. 
Ha ? BepuinHB ea Bb 8 noAHeGecnoii Bbicomt , 

46 still wanting. 47 occupation. 4^ artificial. 49 nas de- 
stroyed. 5o full of feeling, oi told. 

I pillars, i marked. 3 boundary. 4 sleep. 5 rock, 6 at- 
tracts. 7 summit. 8 towering. 



( '36 ) 

Biu'bn'b incjierpaojib , a npii onoMb a6mhki>, 
9 MejibKaEoiu,iii aemA,y I0 npoxoAfliu,nxb o6jiaKOBT>; 
Kb ctijepy " nojoriii 3C/ieHbjii Geperb AHAajiy3in 
y3KUMi> necqaHbiM-b I2 ncpemeiiKOM-b e^na fta- 
caemca rpaHHimion ,3 rpoMEUb rtoGpaJimapa; 
oGuiiipHau ' 4 Oyxma e-h » 5 OKpyacHocinri okoao 
60 Bepcm'b , iiAcnrb omt KpiiiocmM na saua^b, 
16 3aru6ancb bt> '7 npaBHUbHOMb l8 ncMyKpynb, 
otnKpumoMb kt> AcfipiiKaHCKOMy Gepery. Do 11a- 
GepevKHoii cero J 9 sajiima , bh^ho MHOKCcrano 
cejieHiii, 20 KpbnocmeH 11 ropo^oBb • ihojibko 
Ha 21 nyiueqHbJM Bbicmpiub omb riiGpajimapa 
o^Eia 3a 04H010 jie>Kainb 2a HcnancKia Kpi>- 
nocmii Ca/i* (PitAiinna \i Cam Poko, ; npaiuo 
nporniiBb nxb bh^bhtj AjiTResupaci. Kb CbBepy 
B^ajiH 25 cnirBEomca ropbi An^ajiysiii, Kb K)ry 
5Ke Geperb AcJ)piiKii 2 4 yKpamaernca a5 orposiHUMH 
ropaMii. AGkoa , BbicoqaiiLiiaa ii3b mixb, co- 
cinaB^iaernb Bmopoii e6 cmcunb TepKyjiecoBbixb 
Boporab. I^eiirna , llonaHCKaa Kpfenocrnb, jie/Ka- 
man Ha Ba^BapiiiCKOMb Gepery, maKb CKa3amb 
*7 cinepea^ermj riiGpa^imapb. 



9 just visible. 10 passing, n sloping. 12 neck of land. 
i3 mass. 14 bay. i5 circumference. 16 beuding. 17 regular. 
18 semicircle. i<) gnlpli. 'io fortresses, 'it cannon. ?;i Spa- 
nisli. 'j3 appear. 1 \ is ornamenied. 2jvast. 26 pillar V) »e- 



C '3 7 ) 

HtCKOJlbKO y3KHXb, a8 RpHBblXli 2 9 yAMU^ CO- 

craaBjHK)im> HeGouiinon ropoAOKb , rno^cmaa: 
30 crntKa eb iora , aana^a h ctBepa 3l 3aKpMBaermj 
ero ma Kb 9 mno hh Cb Mopn , hh omij IIciiaH- 
CKiix-b Kptnocmen ero He 3a bh^ho. 4°mi>i bhobb 

33 nocmpoeHHbie Ha AHr/uiicKiii 3 4 BKycb, .zvLta- 
K)rm> couepLueHHyio 3 5 npomiiBynojiomHocmL ctj 
36 cmapbiMH HcnaKCKOH apxHmeKrnypbi , Konio- 
pbixT> 3 7 njiocKia 38 Kpbiiuii ii 3 9 qemBepoyro^ib- 
HLin 4<> 6aiueHKW , KaKb no AHKOMy, 4« yHbijiowy 
no^oJKeHiio , manb m Be.iTTKiiivn> JKapawij , 3Atcb 
6biBaEomwMT>, 66jibe k* npmiHqecmByK)nn> m kjih- 
Mamy n wfccrny, nezKejiu 43 Bece.ibie, KpaciiBbie 
AHrjiiHCKie aommkii. 4 Da ahh 44 6poAiiJiH mm no 
ropi , 45 i sGwpajiHCb kt> oG^aKawi., 46 cnycteajineb 
bi» ^7 nponacinn h jasmin no 48 KpymHSHaMTj. 
49 HenpiicmynHocmb TnGpajirnapa ct> nepsaro 
B3i\iaAa 5o oMeBn^Ha ; no mo^iHOMTs ace 1130^1*40- 
BaHiii yKpfenjieHifl ero nenpeoAOJiiiMbi. IlpeA- 
cmaBiinie ce6t rpaHkfimyio ropy, Kornopoii ct- 
Bepnaa 11 BocmoiHaa cmopoHbi Sl coBeprneHHo 
52 ornB'BCHbi , 3anaAH«na w lOHtHan xorna He mam* 
bmcokh, ho maKJKe 53 Kpymw. Mope npn 5 4 no- 

28 crooked. 29 sireeis. 3o\vall. 3i covers. 32 seen. 33 rebuilt. 

34 taste. 35 contrast. 36 antique. 3y flat. 38 roofs. 39 qua- 
drangular. 4° towers. 4 1 dreary. 4 2 adapted. 4^ cheerful. 
44 wandered. 45clinibed up. 46 descended. 47 abyss- 48 pre- 
cipices. 49 the impregnability. 5o evident. 5i entirely 52 per- 
pendicular. 53 steep. 54 foot. 



( '38 ) 
a6uje£ ropLi ci> abjxtj craopoHi yci>ano hoa- 

BOAHbJMH 5 5 K3MHHMII J BO^lHbl , 56 pa3iJIIBaaCb oGlj 

Hux-b npoi!3BOAaiUb 5 7 liypyHii, 5g jipeiiiimciiiBy- 
K)m,iii 5 9 npncmaBatnjj 6o uuionKaMi)* Hosaa MOj»a ? 
61 eAiiHcmueHHoe Mtcrno , r^t m6/KHo 6a Bbica- 
Aiinib BoiicKa , kqk'I) 11 Bca 3anaAHaa cmopoHa 
noKpbima GamapeflMH. 

63 yKptiueHifl Ha ctBepHOM cmopoHt 6 ^ 3a- 
e^yHCHsaiOHiT) oc66eHHoe G5 BHiiiwanie. Htj ni;- 
CKo^ibKuxi, 66 ujaraxii oraii ymeca nocmpoeiib 

C 7 JTpaBIMbHblH 7 8 BaJll , CO [JBOMb II paBClHHOMTj, 

^ 3aHi}i\iaK>niiH bch) ueGo./iLmyio uiiipm-iy ne- 
peineHKa , Komopbiii bt» iitKomopoMb 7° paa- 
cmoaiiiii orm* rjiacnca 7 1 nepepbimi) KaHajiowb 
co 7 a uijiio3aMH , noMoii^iio koiixtj Bb ciy^aE 
7 3 ocaAbi , Bee iipocmpancmBO ao HcnancKiixb 
jiHtiiii 7^ naBOAHaemca. OmcioAa no Atcmmn\f,, 
TJiyGoiio 7 5 Bbicb l iennoH btj 7 6 oGpbiBiicmoii ropi, 
r,3omcAb na Bbicomy 200 7? ca>Kenb , <ipe3"b ABepb 
boumii mbi bt> rviaBiibia rajjiepen , H3cfe«ien- 
Hbia Bb 7 8 ympoGli KaMeHHoii ropbi. KaHtAWH 



55 rocl<s. 5G breaking. 5; surf. 58 preventing. 59 to ap- 
proach. Go boats. Gi the only. Gl land. 63 fortifications. 
6/1 are deserving. G5 attention. GG paces. 67 regular. 
G8 rampart. 69 occupying. 70 distance. 71 cut. -/.i sluice. 
73 siecM'. 7j inuiuliiUtl. y5 cut out. 7G rocky. 77 fathom. 
78 bowels. 



( '% ) 

KaseManrb iiMtemi) 48 H ^ H 2 4 (f)yHrnoByK> 
79 njiuKy 11 npocmopHo noMBcrniimb MOrfcenrb 
3o coJMarnb. 8o Tojicmoma 8l Hapyamoii crnbHbi 
MM'feerni. okojio 4 carKCHb • aM6pa3ypbi , btj Hen 
JipoGiimbja , cjij/Kami) BMBcnrfc j^ar cBtma h 4Jia" 
82 cooGuqema B03£yxa. JlosaAH Kasewatna, ^tute 
BHympb ropbi BbictqeHTj 83 nopoxoBbiii norpeGb* 
a B03.4B KOMHarna, r^b jie/Kaim> bcb 8 ^ cHapaAbi 
rax. o^hoh nyuiKii. 06oine/i,b H-fccKOJibKO kom- 
iianrb , a,4yL\ia^b ; imo ao^hchh 6y4eMT> no npejK- 
HeS 85 onacHoii jtBcininiufc 86 enycKainbca bhiisb; 
ho Hacij noBejiii BBepx^ 11 mm Bounk bo Binopyio 
ra^.yiepeto iio^oGhvk) nepBOH. OcMomp , EBT ) oKyio , 
eii^e mpii pa3a mm aojijkhm 6bijiu 8 7 no^MManiL- 
c/i. 88 flepexoAM cin 8 9 ocBBinaioinca HeGojibmk- 

MH BB TOpB npoS^rnblMU OKHaMII. 9° IIpoGbIBb 

HBCKOJibKO BpeMemi bo 9' BHyinpeHHocinn ropbi, 
Ha Bbicorn* 3oo ion 4°° caaceHb 9« H3Jia3iiBT> 
bcb ra^iJiepen h nepexo^bi, HaKOHeu/b 93 ycinaBb 40 
9^ qpesMBpnocmii BMuiJiH Ha 95 BepmiiHy , otn- 
KyAa ropo^ij, peitvb, McnaHCKia jihhih 96 npeAcma- 
BH^iicb KaKi. 11a 9? qepinoKB. H 3£BCb Ha 98 yaca- 
choh Bbieomt Ha caMOMi> 99 Kpaio ropbi , omuy^a 



79 a cannon. 80 the thickness 81 external. 82 communica- 
tion. 83 powder - magazine. 84 apparatus. 85 dangerous. 
86 descend. 77 ascend. 88 passage. 89 lighted. 90 having 
remained. 91 the interior. 92 having climbed through. 
93 fatigued. 94 excess. 95 summit. 96 appeared. 97 drawing* 
98 tremendous. 99 edge. 



( '4o ) 

6e3T> 10 ° 3aMnpaHJH cep^i^a CMomptmb bhii3i> ne 
bo3m6jrho, ,01 nocmacieHbi maHtejibia I02 opy/ua, 
a no3aAH hxt> MoprriHpbj. Co cmoponw ,o3 Cpe- 
^n3e\iHaro Mopa , Ha yrjiy CKajibi , npiipo^a 
"°» otipa.toBiua po4B ,o5 Kpyrjioii kojiohhu , ko- 
mopyio Ha3biBaK)inb lo6 zepmoaa Gawnn. HeB03- 

MO/KHO Ka/KeillCa ,0 7 U3*lilCJlIlITIb CKCMbKO ,o8 MHt- 

^HBeiiia , mpyAOBb u BpeaieHH crnonjiH cih ra^- 
jtepen ; bt> hmxb hh io 9 a/i,pa , hii 66m6i>i He 
Morycnii ,,e npii'iHHunib miKaicoro MI Bpe^a rap- 
Hii30Hy, a KaKB He^i,3a ,I2 npe^nojiararrib , mnoGbi 
MO/KHO Gbijio ,l5 noAKonamb , i\ II4 oGpyuinmb 
KaMeimyw ropy BbiiuiiHOfo Gojfce Bepcmbi ; rno 
nocoiy rtiGpa^mapij II5 e^kHcniBCHHaa bb cb"B- 
mn Kptnocnib ? r/vE 5ooo c 0.14a nrb , hmb/i ny- 
>KHbie ,l6 aanacbi , ivioryinb ll 7 npoinHBycniauiB 

100,000 ,l8 OC2LM£,2LlOUJ,UX'b. 

Bronefsky. 



loo shuddering. 101 are placed. 102 guns. io3 Mediter-, 
ranean. io4 has formed. io5 circular. 106 tlie devil's 
tower. 107 to calculate. ioSexpence* 109 cannon ball. 110 
cause. 111 injury. 112 suppose. u3 undermine 114 blow- 
up. n5 unique. 116. amunition. 117 hold out against- 
118 besiegers. 



LESSON V. 

St. Petersburg. 

B'lepauiHin ^eHb no ympy , ck^a y OKHa Moero 
ci> BiiHKejibMaHoivnj bt> pynt, a l npe^ajica 2 cjia- 
^ocmHOMy 3 MemnaHiK) , btj KornopoMb meG'B He 
Mory 4,amL 4 oirmema • 'KHHra u qnmaHHoe mhoh) 
6mjio 5 coBepiueHHo saGbimo. 6 IIomhk) mojibKO, 
«jmo B3rji/iHyBTj na HeBy , noKpbirnyK) 7 cy/iawH, 
B3rjiaHyBi> Ha 8 Be^iHKOjiBnHyro 9 Ha6epe;KHyK> , 
Ha Kornopyio ,0 6jiaro,4apa lt npiiBhiiKB , Mjiime- 
jui IlemepGyprcKie CMompamij I2 xojiOAHbiwb 

OKOMT), JlH)6yaCb ,3 6e3 l lHCJiefIHblMb HUpO^OMTi, 

KOinopbiii ' 4 BOJiHOBajica noAij mohmm oKHaMir, 

CMMTj ,5 myACCHblMTi l6 CMljIHeHieMTj BCBXb *7 Ha- 

i^iii , Bb KomopoMb a ornjinqa^b AHrjiimaHb K 
,8 A3iafnu,eBi> , <PpaHH,y30BT> n KajiMbiKOB-b, Pyc- 

CKIIXl* II CpHHHOBB , a CABJiaJITj Ce6t CJlBAyK)- 

m,iii '9 Boirpocb : i imo 6i»ijio Ha amoM'b Mtcnrfe 

20 ao _ nocmpoenia Ilemep6ypra? M6>Kerirb 6bimb 

21 cocHOBaa poiu,a , cwpon 29 4peuy<iiii a3 uopi> 
hah 2 ^ monKoe Gojiohio , a5 nopocuiee 26 mxomtj 



J gave myself up. 2 delightful. 3 revery. 4 account. 5 en- 
tirely. 6lreniember. 7 vessels. 8 grand. 9 quay. 10 thanks. 
11 habit. 12 cold, indifferent. i3 innumerable. 14 moved, 
i5 surprising. 16 mixture , assemblage. 17 nations. 18 Asia- 
tick. 19 question, -.io before. 20 the building. 21 fir. 22 gloo- 
my. 23 wood, wilderness. i\ marshy. 10 over-grown 26 moss. 



C »* ) 

u 9 7 6pycHHKOtO ; — Gjwjice kb Gcpcry — = 8 ja- 
ijyra 2 9 pbibaixa , Kpyrowb Koiuopon 3o pa3BB- 
meiibi ubuii Mepe>Kii , 3l Hcuo^a n Becb 32 rp\- 
Gbiu cHap;iAi> 33 cKJAHaro 3i npoMbicja. Cio^a , 
Rjo/Keniii Obiinb , Cb nipyAOMB 55 lipoonpa.u'Ji 
36 oxomHiiKT), KaKoii iiiiGy^b 3 7 ^jiiniHOBaacbiu 

•I->IIH1> 

3/VECb BCe GbUO 38 6e3MO.<lBHO. PbUKO qC.10- 

BB'iecKiii roAocb 3 9 npoGyiKAiLiB MOtti a trie 4° nv- 
cnibiHii ahkou, ivipa'jiJOH ; a HbiHB ? /I bsiyih- 
iiy.ib HecoabHo iia TpoMUKiii 4* mociiib , no- 
itio.mb aa 4a XKiKHny BejiirKaro MoHapxa, h 
4 3 t Boo6pa/Kenie woe 44 npe^cmaBiMO mhb EIetpa, 
Koinopbiii bb nepBbiu pa3i> 45 o6o3pBBajn> 6epera 
silicon Hcbli , HbiHB cijicmb npeKpaciibie ! — llab 
Kpkiocrnn HfocKaiiu/b eiu,e 46 rpeMtuu 4> IIlBe^Kifl 
nyiuKii; 48 ycmbe HeBbi eii^e Gbuo iioKpwmo 49 ne- 
npiflrne.ie.u'b , n 'lacmbie pyweiifiuie 5o BbiempB.ibi 
5l pa3AaBLLincb no 5a uo.ionnibj.Mb GcperaMB, Kor4a 
Be.iHKaa Mbicjib po^iuiacb bb ysvh BciiiKaro wc.io- 
BBba ! 34'BCb 6y4€itrb ropo^B , CRaseuB ohb, 53 lyao 
cBBrria. CrO/ia npii3UBy cob 5 4 XyaajKecniBa, BCii 
HcKycniBa. 34,tcb XyAOHsecmBa, HcKycmBa, 55 rpa- 

27 cranberries, ub Iiui. 29 fisherman. 3o bung np. 3i nets. 
32 coarse. 33 poor. 34 trade. 85 made Ins way through. 36 
huntsman. 3; long-haired. 38 silent. 3cjawaked.4o wild, desert. 
4 1 bridge, /12 cottage /fi imagination. 44 represented. 45 ex- 
plored. 46 thundered. 4" Swedish. .pS mouili 49 l ' ne e nem y* 
5o firing. 5 1 resounded. 5a boggy. 53 wonder. 5.j arts. 55 civil. 



( '43 ) 

/K^aHCKin 56 ycnraHOB.iefiia a 3aKOHbi 5 7 iioGluamB 
caMyto rrpupd^y. CtcaaajTb h neinepoyprB 58 bo3- 
hiikb ii3Tb 4,iiKaro bo^iorna. 

Cb KaKHMb 5 9 yAOBO^ibcrnBieMij a Boo6pajKaj^ce6"B 
Mouapxa, 6o ouojpbBaiou^aro Haqa.ibHbia paGornw: 
3/xtcb BHAb Kpiiiocinti, raaui) MarajHHbj, tysL&pitKt/i, 
a4MMpa.imencinBO. Bb o/KHAamn 6l obtAHii bt> 

62 npa34HII l IHblII AGHb UAH BB /J,eHB 63 QlOp- 

/KeciUBa noGt^bi , roey,j,apb qacnio cii;KiiBa.AB na 
HOBo.Mb Ba.iB cb n^iaHOMB ropo£a Bb pyieaxB, upo- 
iniiBB 6 * KplsnocrnHbixB Bopoaib, 65 yKpamernibixB 

68 ii3Baanie3ii> Ariocmo^a llenipa , H3b 6 7 rpy- 
6aro Aepesa. [I:»ieHe,\iB 68 CBumaro 4<j„r<KeHB dhiAi* 
ua3BafnbCii ropo^B ? h Ha 6 9 JKecrnaHOii 40 cfefc , 
iipnGiirnoii uoab ero HSiBaflHieuii , H3oC>pa<Kajic*[ 
c\iaBHbur Bb 7° .ziiiijonricHXb aiipa i~o3 ro r n>. Ha 
GjiiauieMB GacrnioHb 7' pa3BBBa.Aca yRejimbjii (}).iarB 

CB 6o.TbUIH.AIB 7 2 qepHbIMB ^ opjIOMB , KOIIIOpblH 
7^ 3aK.lK)4a^B BB 7 5 KoruiAxb ccokxB lembipe MO- 
pa , 7 6 fio4Bjiacmiibia Poccin. S^bcb 77 mojnk- 
jincb BOKpyrB MoHapxa 7 8 iiHocmpainibie 79 K o- 
pa6ej.bii;iiKii , 8o .uampocbi , Xy^otfuuiKii, y'lenue, 
81 riOviKOBO^bi , BoiiHbi ; Meaib hhmii , 8a npo- 

56 institutions. 07 will conquer. 58 arose. 09 pleasure. 60 
examining. Gi liturgy, holy day. 63 celebration. Q>\ of the for- 
tress. 65 ornamented. 65. sculpture. 67 rude. 6i the Saiut. 

69 tin. 70 annals. 71 floated. 72 black. 73 eagle. 74 held. 
75 claws. 76 subject. 77 crowded. 78 foreigu. 79 slnp-bnii- 
ders. 80 sailors. 8i gennerals 82 common. 



MH1H1II11III 



C »44 ) 

CDIblH 83 po:-Fx,U'HicMT> , BCJIIK-il JMOM-b , 85 jiioGii- 
MCIll, [^pCKlH MeilLIlIIKOBb, IiCMIIK04yiUHLlU fto*- 

ropyiuli , xpaGpbiii n 85 AtainejibHbiH Wepe- 
Menii»eBii 11 Bca (Jm^atira npoeBB , Komupue 
8G c63^a^H ctj Oetpomtj 8 7 Bciimie Pycnaro I^ap- 
cmBa. 

Batushkojf. 

LESSON VI. 

THE FIRST En GLISH IN RuS Hi. 

IoainiOBO ' iiapcmBOBanie 2 o3HaMeHOBa.iocb 

5 ih'BCHbJM'b 4 COK)30Mb PoCClII CB 04HOK) 1131) 

5 3ua.MeHkmhniLnix.ij 6 4epjKar>b EsponexiCKifX'b, 
Kornopaa 6wjia 7 bhb eh ncumnimecKaro ropu- 
30Hrna, 8 e^Ba 9 3H<iia o6b hch no ,0 c.iyxy. 
B,ipvT"b ccii »« npeanpiinnniBbiii nap 641 ia Ha- 
nie^T) ,s 46cmym» Kb ca.Mbi\n> '4 om^aaenubnn. , 
bcbxtj mciibc ii3B-BcmHbiMB cmpaHaMB rocy^ap- 
crniia IoaimoBa, qmoGhi cb bciiikok) ,5 Bbiro40K) 
4.1a ce6a 4auib HaMB noBbia cptucmBa ,G 060- 
rairieuia , HQBwe '7 cnocoftbi ,8 rpaTKAaHCicaro 

S3 birLb. 84 the favourite. 85 active. 8G created. 8; tlie 

grandeur. 

i reign, 2 was distinguished. 3 close. 4 all ' ance 5 the most 

eminent. G power. 7 beyond. 8 scarcely. 9 knew. 10 report. 

U enteral iziug. 12 found. i3 access. 14 remote. i5 advantage. 

iG acquirement ol riches. 17 means. i8ciyil. 



C '45 ) 

J 9 oftpasoBaHia. Ein,e Aurjiia He 6bMa mor^a 
20 nepBocmeneHHOK) 9I jviopcKoio ^epjKaBoio, ho 
yace 22 cmpeMk/iacb kb ceil 25 i^-bjiii , 2 4 cope- 
BHyn HcnaHiH , IIopmyrajijiiH , BeHeu,in h TeHyt; 
xomtjia a5 npojioiKiiinb nymb bb Kwmaii, eb 

HII41IO a6 yIe40BHlTibIlVfl> MOpeiVITj , H BeCHOEO. BB 

1 553 roAy , bb i^apcmBOEame lOHaro S^yap^a 
VI, nocjisua mpn Kopa6jia bb OfceaHB CfcBepHbiii. 

9 7 HaqajibHHKaniii hxb 6bijui Tyr-b BkuioGii w 
KannmaHB HeHcejepB. a8 PasjiyqeHHbie 2 9 Gypeio, 
ciii Kopa6jiH yaje He Morjii 3o coe^HHinniiCJi; ^ca 
H3B hmxtj 3i norii 6jlh y 6eperoBB PocciilcKoii 
«/3arL/iaHA,iw , bb 3a npkcrnaiin Apu,iinB , r^B Tyrb 
BhjjioGu 33 3aiviep3b co bcbmh jno^bMii cBokivni : 
3hmok) , bb 1 554 roAy , 34 pbi6aKH ./lan;iaHACKie 
30 Hamjik ero 36 MepniBaro, cn/iauaaro bb 3 7 uia- 
jiauiB 3a cbohmb }KypHajioMB. Ho KaniiEnaitb 
HeHcejiepB 38 6jiarono.iy'ino ^aohamjib 40 B-Liaro 
Mopn ; 24 ABrycrna , i55J ro^a , 4° bo uic jib bb 
4bhhciuh til 3ajiiiBB 11 npncrnaxb kb Gepery, r$b 
GbijiB mor^a * 2 Monacmbipb C. HiiKOJiaa, 11 r^b 
nocAt ocuoBaHB ropoAB ApxanrejibCKB. 

AHi\ui«iane yBHAB.111 AK)£,evi 9 4 3 iisyMjietiHuxB 

19 refinement. 20 first-rate, 21 maritime. 22 made rapid 
strides. 23 end. 1^ rivalling. 25 to open. 26 frozen. 27 com- 
mander. 28dispersed. 29a storm. 3o join company. 3 1 were 
lost. 32 bay. 33 was frozen. 3/j. fishermen. 35 found. 36 dead. 
37 but. 38 safely. 39 arrived. 4° entered. 4* gulf. 4 i mo ~ 
nastery. 4^ amazed. 



( '46 ) 

M AB^eHieMij Gojibinaro KopaGUa • 4 5 cB*4ajiii 
ornb mixb, imo ceii Geperb ecmb PocciiicKiii; 
CKa3ajiH , qrno riMbromb orrib Kopojifl Atn\/iiiic- 
Karo micLiMO Kb IJapio ii 46 jKejiatornb 47 3aBecmk 
Cb HaMii 48 inoproB^iK). f d ) aB ' b IIM1i * 9 cbfccmHbie 
npnnacbi , na i )a,/ibHiiKn /UphHCKQik 3e»ijiii 5o He- 
Me^jieHHo omnpaBHjiii 5l roHira kt> loaHHy, ko- 
mopbiii mormiacb noHajib 5a BaatHocmb cero 
cjiyqaa , 53 6^iaronpiamHaro 4.1a ycirbxoBb HauieS 
moproBjH ? 5 4 Bejiiji-b HeHcejiepy Gbiinb Bb 
55 Mockbj 11 ,40 cm a bit jib eaiy bcb 56 B03MO>KHbifl 
s 7 yaoGhociiih Bb nymH. 

HeHce^iepb noAajtb cjit^yioinyH) 58 rpaMomy 
34.yapAOBy , nkcaHHyio Ha 5 9 pasiibixb a3binaxb 

KO BCBM-b 6o CliBepHblMb H 6l JBc-CmO'IHblMb 

62 TocyAapaMb : 

« 34yap4i> V BaMb , LJapii ; Kria3ba > 63 B.iac- 
lTiHme^u , 6i cyAik 3eMJiH, bo Bcfcxb cmpariaxb no/Vb 
cojHujejii), JKejiaemi) 65 MHpa , 6€ cnoKoncinBia 11 
lecmn , bsm* 11 cmpaHaMb BamiiMb! Tocno^b 
6 " BceMorymiH AapoBcbib qejioBtKy cep^i^e 68 Apy- 
jKejuoGnoe ? 4a 6 9 bjiaroiiiBopiirnb C/iii7KHiiM'b h 



44 appearance \5 they learned. 46 they wish. 4/ to establish. 
48 commerce. 49 provisions. 5o immediately. 5i mes 
genger. 5'2 importance. 53 propitious. 54 ordered. 55 Moscow. 
56 possible. 57 facilities. 58 epistle. 59 various. Co northern. 
61 eastern. Cyi sovereigns. 63 governors. 64 judges. 05 peace. 
66 tranquillity 67 Almighty. 68 friendly. 69 to do good. 



C '47 ) 

bt> oc66eHHocmn 7° cmpaHHHKaM-b , Komopwe, 
npit3/Kaa Kb HaMii 11313 Micmi) 7* oniAa./.eHHb.x r b , 

KCHO 7 2 40Ka3falBaK)ini} m'bM'b 7 3 npeBOCXOAHYK) 

jik)66bi> cboh) kt> ?* 6pamcKoiviy 7 5 o6m,e>Kiiiiiiio. 
Tuktj Apia^iH omqbi Hauiii , BcerAa 76 rocme- 
iipikMHfaie, Bcer^a 77 jiacKOBbie Kb 78 HH03eMi}aMi> ? 
mpeGywinnMij 79 noKpoBHinejihemBa. 

Bcb JH0411 HMSioiirb npaBO Ha rocmenpiHM- 
cmBo, ho ein,e Go./the 8o Kynu,bi , npe3iipaa 8l ona- 
CHocniM n mpy^bi , ocmaBjiaa 3a co66io Mopa 
is. 8a nycmbiiui , aasi moro , »irno6bi 85 (LiarocAO- 
BeHHbiMii 8 < iL/iOAaiMH 3eMjiH CBoeii 8S oGorarnkmb 
cmpaHbi 4a.ibHia u 86 B3aiiMHo oGorarniimbca 
hxij 8 7 npoii3BeAeniaMii : 1160 88 TociiOAb 8 9 Bce- 
jieHHbia 9° paschaxb 4.apbi Ero 9 1 G.iarocrnu , 
«irno6bi Hapo4bi HivrBjui 9 2 Hy>KAy Apyrfc bb Apyrfe, li 
qmoGbi BsaiiMHbiMH 9* ycjiyraMH 94 ymBepH^ajacb 

9 s JipiK3Hb meiKAy JtK>ABMH. 

Cb chmt) 9 6 HaM-BpeHiexM-b HtKomopbie h3t> ua- 
niiix-b 97 noAAaiiHbix'b 9 8 npeAnpia.ui /i,aAhHee 99 ny- 
rneuiecinBie MopeMB , 11 ,0 ° rnpe6oBa^n oitib Hact 



70 strangers. 71 distant. 72 they prove. 70 exceeding. 74bro- 
therly. 75 community. 76 hospitable. 77 kind. 78 foreigners 
79 protection. 80 mercliants. 81 dangers. 82 deserts. 83 bles- 
sed. 84 fruits. 85 to enrich. 8(5 mutually. 87 productions. 
88 the Lord. 89 universe. 90 has scattered. 91 bounty 
92 need. 93 services. 94 establish. 90 good-will. 96 inten- 
tion. 97 subjects. 98 have undertaken. 99 a voyage. 100 sol- 
icited. 



C '48 ) 

101 cor.iacia. llcnoAukn >KejiaHie ux^MbinoSBojiiijiH 
My/Ky ,02 AoeniOMHOiuy , Tyry Bkoobn , ii mo- 
uapui^aM-b ero, HauiHMi BtpiibiMTj cjiyraaiij, ixamb 

BT> CmpaHbl , lo3 4OHWHB I0 i HeH3BliCmHblH, h 

WBHarnbca ci> hhmh ii36bimKOMb • 6pamb , Mero 
He iiMteMi* , ii ^aBanib , iieme ,o5 ii3o6HJiyeMT> , 
AJiR o6ok)aboh n6.Ab3bi h ,4py>KecrnBa. 

H maKij ,o6 Mo^uiMb Bact , tjapn, i0 7 Kumhh 
ii BJiacraiime.iii ; imoGbi bbi io8 CB0664H0 npo- 
nycrnHjiii chxt> jno^en qpe3i> ceoh 3e>iAii : h6o 
ohh He I0 9 Kocnymca Himero 6e3T» Bauiero 4,0- 
3BojieHia. He 110 3a6y,4bme "■ l ie.ioB*bqecinBa, " 2 bc- 
jiiiKO^yuiHO Il3 no3iorHine hmt> be nymxb, 11 npin- 
Marae omi. hhxe, q£mi> Moryim> lt * B03Harpa^Hinb 
sacb. 

1,5 flocmyniinie ce hhmh, KaKb xomiiine , 
qmoGbi Mbi noemynHjiM ce BamiiMii " 6 cayr&Mii 
ecjin ohh KorAa-Hii6y4b ke HaMT> 3a"B/3,ymT J . Amu 
1J 7 K.iaHeMca EoroME, roenoAOME Bcero II8 cy- 
iH,aro Ha He6ecax r b , Ha 3exM^"B 11 be wopt, K^ia- 
iie.Mcn HvksHiio 11 "9 6.<iaroMi> naruero x -° U[ap- 
crnBa , imo Bciiicaro h3e BauinxE noAAaufibixE 
Bcmp'£LniiMi> KaKb ,21 eAUHonjieMeHHiiKa 11 Apyra, 



loi permission. 102 worthy. io3 hitherto- io4 unknown. 
io5 we abound. ioGwepray. 107 Princes. 108 freely, ioQvvill 
not touch, no forget. 111 humanity, 112 magnanimously. 
n3 assist. 114 recompense. n5 deal. 116 servants. 117 swear. 
liS which, exists. UQ the welfare. 120 kingdom. 121 fellow- 



C '4 9 ) 

H3"b ,59 CaaroAapHocmH 3a jimd66bl, Komopyio OKa- 
Hveme HainiiMT?. 3a en mi. mo.iiimi Bora 123 Bce- 
^epvKnmejia, aa ciKu66nnn> Bact seMnaro 124 aoji- 
roJiBinia ii ia5 Mnpa l26 BtqHaro. 12 7 4 aHOBlj ^ OH ' 
AOHB, Hainen ia8 cmojiki;*, btj jitino orni> 12 9co- 
mBopeHiii juipa 55iy , l3 ° IJapcniBOBaHia Hauiero 

BTj 7MOC 



countryman. 122 gratitude. 123. Almighty. 124 length of 
days. 125 peace. 126 eternal. 127 given. 128 capital. 129 th« 
creation. »3o reign. 



II3BPAHHbIiI CTHXOTBOPEHIJI. 

O CEJll M CoJlOBEH. 

EdcH/l. 
OcejlT> yBHA'BJLb COJlOBbfl , 

M roBopHim> eMy : « nocjiyuiaii-KO, 4py»ciiu;e! 
Tw, cKa3biBaK)imj, ntrnL BejiHKiii Macmepkuje: 

}Kejiajii> 6bi oqeiib a 
Caji-b nocy^Hrab, niBoe nocjiymaB-b irfcHbe , 
Bcjihko ah Bfc meGi yMtHbe. » 

Tymi) cojioBeii BBjiamb cbog HCKycmBO crnajiL.* 

SamojiKaxb , 3acBMcmaji , b, 
Ha mwcaqy Jia^OBij , manyjiL, nepe^HBajicn • 

To Ht/KHO OHT> OCJiaCbBajfb, 

M moMHOH btj ^ajieKt cBiipiubio oni4aBajica ; 
To m*jikoh 4p66bro B^pyri. no point pa3Cbinajictf. 

BHHMajio Bee mor^a 
•AioGnaniy m ntBi^y ABpopw , 
3amiix^H BfcmepKH, aaMOJiKJLH nrakeKi) xopw , 

II npii^erjiii cma^a. 
Hymb — «iymL 4,bima nacmyx-b hmtj aioGobiucji, 

II mojibKO Hiior/^a 
BHimaa co.ioBbio , nacmyuiKb yjiwGa.icJi. 



READING LESSONS IN VERSE. 



1 H E ASS AND THE NIGHTINGALE. 

A fable* 

An ass a nightingale espied , 
And shouted out, « Holla! holla! good friend, 
« Thou art a first rate singer they pretend: — 
Now let me hear thee , that I may deeide ; 
I really wish to know — the world is partial ever — 
If thou hast this greatgift, and art indeed so clever: » 

The nightingale began her heavenly lays ; 
Through all the regions of sweet music ranging, 
Varying her song a thousand different ways ; 
Rising and falling, lingering ever changing: 
Full of wild rapture now — then sinking oft 
To almost silence — melancholy, soft 
As distant shepherds pipe at evening's close: — 
Filling the wood with lovelier music; — there 
All nature seems to listen and repose : 
No zephyr dares disturb the tranquil air: — 
All other voices of the grove are still, 
And the charmed flocks lay down beside the rill. 

The shepherd like a'statue stands — afraid. 
His breathing may disturb the melody, 



( Ifti ) 

CKoimajtb HBBeH>, h JK^ajTb ccCfc xBajibi nomoMi. 
« ItephAHo, ronopiiin'b ocejib, CKa3anib He jiojkho, 

Te6A 6e3i. .CKyKH cjiymamb moskho, 
A Htajib qmo He 3HaKoivn> 
Tbi ctj HaiuHMi) nBmyxoMTj! 

Eu^eCij nibi Gojibuie HaBocrnpiuicH , 
Kor^a 6bi y Hero neMHoacKO noy ( iifjtcfl.» 
ycjbiuia cy.A'b maicon , moh G'BAHbiii ccuoBeii 
BcnopxHy.iij — n nojieniB^Ti 3a mpHAeBamb ncueif, 
IbCaBH Bort if Hacb onn» 9A3lkutlt> cy^efi ! 

KpblA06*» 



( '53 ) 

His finger pointing to the harmonious tree , 
Seems to say, "Listen! » to his favourite maid. 
The singer ceased: — and to the critic bow'd, 
Who cock'd his ears and bray'd aloud : — 

« Now that's so so; — thou really hast some merit, 
Curtail thy song and critics then may hear it , 
Thy voice wants sharpness: — but if chanticleer 
Would give thee a few lessons , doubtless he 
Might raise thy voice and modulate thy ear; 
And thou in spite of all thy faults may'st be 
A very decent singer. » — 

The poor bird 
In silent modesty the critic heard , 
And winged her peaceful flight into the air , 
O'er many and many a field and forest fair. 
Many such critics you and I have seen. 
Heaven be our screen ! 

Translated by Bo wring. 



C .54 ) 

BOTAII) II E B A H fl K b. 

Bdcnn. 

Ceil CBbmb maKOB-b , qmo khfo Goramb , 
Tomb KajK^oiviy 11 Ap>rb ? n Cpamb. 
Xomb He HMtn sacjiyrb , hh qkHa , 

Xomb pOAOMTj 6yAL II3b KOHIOXOBb , 

4*niHHa 6yAemi), KaKb AbmnHa. 
A 6*4HbiH , 6y,4b xomb H3bKHa3eii, 
Xomb pa3y>ii> AHrejihCKifi iiMbii , 

II BCB ^OCmOHHCmBa AOCmOHHBHLUHXb jno^en , 

Toro nomneHLH He Ao*7i,euibCH , 
KaKoe orao BCbxb GorambiMb omAaemcs. 

B^AHaKb Bb KaKOH-mo 40Mb npnmejib; 
OHb 3HaHbe , yMb h qMHb Cb 3acjiyraMn iiMbjib ; 
Ho 6b4HHKa HHKino He mojibKomno He Bcmpimnjib, 

Hhkjho 11 He npiiMbmii^b , 
Hjih MO)Keinb Gbimb^HHKmo npiuvibmnmb He xombjib. 
BbAHHKb Hauib mo Kb hiomv, mo Kb amoiviy no4x6^nmb , 
Co bcbmii pa3roBopb h maKb m caKb saBO^iimb, 
Ho KaiK^biH GbAHHKy Bb omcbmb: 
KopomKoe mtb 4a , HJib Hbmb. 
npiiBbmcmBiii hh Bb komi 6bahhki> Hanib He Haxo^iimb. 
no mo Mb 
3a GbAH/iKOMb 
Boraib npibxajib Bb momi ace AOMb. 
Xoma 3acj»yro& , hh yMOMb 

Hll l lHHOMb OHb He OIHjUmajlCfl , 



C l5S ) 

Rich and Poor, 

A Fable. 

So goes the world; — if wealthy you may call 
772M friend, t^albrother, '-friends and brothers all : 
Though you are worthless — witless, never mind it; 
You may have been a stable-boy — what then ? 
'Tis wealth, good Sir, makes honourable men. 
You seek respect, no doubt, and you will find it. 

But'if your poor, heaven help you! thoughyoursire 
Had Royal blood within him, and though you 
Possess the intellect of angels too , 
'Tis all in vain; — the world will ne'er enquire 
On such a score: — why should it take the pains? 
'Tis easier to weigh purses , sure , than brains. 

I once saw a poor devil, keen and clever, 
Witty and wise: — he paid a man a visit, 
And no one noticed him, and no one ever 
Gave him a welcome. «Strange,» cried I, « whence 

is it?» 
He walked on this side, then on that, 
He tried to introduce a social chat; 
Now here , now there , — in vain he tried ; 
Some formally and freezingly replied, 

And some 



C '56 ) 

Ho mojibKO bt> Auepii noKa3£uc*r, 
CKa3amb He.Ab3fl KaKOH npieMb ! 
Bcb BcmajiH nepe^ Gora^eM* , 
BcflKfc Coraia cb noimeHieivib Bcmpfriaenrb, 
BcaKb cmy^ij 11 MBcmo ycmynaemb ; 
H no^-b pyKH ero 6epyim> • 
To mymb , 
To maMT> ero caHKafomb; 
IIoKjioHbi qymb eMy 3eMHbie He Kjia^ymb , 
H Mtpw Hbmb KaKT> Bejiimaionrb. 
Bbah^kij, jiiOAeii yBM^ji jiecmb , 
Kb GoramoMy HenpaBy lecrnb , 
Kb ce6t HenpaBoe npe3pBHie , 
Bcmynn^b omoM-bCTjCBOHMbcocBAOMb Bb pa3cyjK4enie. 
— 3aqbMTi, oHb roBopiinrb eiwy ; 
^ocmoHHcmBaMb, yiviy , 
BoramcmBo CBbmb npeAnoqumaemb ? — 
« Aerno moh ^pyrb noHamb : 
« 4 ocniOHHCmBa nejib3fl 3aHanib , 
« A ^eHbru BcaKoa 3aHHMaeim>. » 

XeMHnqep'b, 



( >5 7 ) 

Said by their silence — "Better stay at home». 

A rich man burst the door , 

As Croesus rich I'm sure, 
He could not pride himself upon his wit. 
Nor wisdom — for he had not got a bit : 
He had what's better — he had wealth. 
What a confusion! all stand up erect — 
These crowd around to ask him of his health ; 
These bow in humble duty and respect- 
And these arrange a sofa or a chair , 
And these conduct him there. 
« Allow me , Sir, the honour; » — then a bow 
Down to the earth — 1st possible to show 
Meet gratitude for such kind condescension ? 

The poor man hung his head , 
And to himself he said, 
«This is indeed beyond my comprehension » 
Then looking round 
One friendly face he found , 
And said — «Piay tell me why is wealth preferr'd 
To wisdom?» — "That's a silly question , friend?» 
Replied the other — « have you never heard, 
A man may lend his store 
Of gold or silver ore , 
But wisdom none can borrow , none can lend?» 

Translated by Bo wring. 



mm 



( >58 ) 

K A A A B II m E. 

O4UHI ZOAOCt. 

CinpauiHO bb Morn.it , xaeUhoh 11 meMHoii ! — 
Btrnpbi raaMij boioitib , rpoGbi nrpacyincH , 
Btawa Kocmn cmyqaiirB. 

TllXO BBMOrH.lB, MflrKOH , nOKOUHOH ! 

Btrnpbi maMij BtioniB , cna^iiM^ npoxjia^HO , 

TpaBKii , i^BtmoqKii pacmymB. 
IJepeoii. 
^epBL KpoBor^aBbifi moqiimB yMepiniixB , 
Bb qepenaxB /KejmBixB >Ka6bi rnB3AHmcji , 

3mbii bb KpoiiHBt ihiitihiiib. 
Bmopoii. 
KptnoKB cohb weprnBbixTs, cia^ocrneHB, KpomoKB; 
Bb rp66b HBmb 6ypn ; HB>KHbia mniiiKU 

flbCHb 11a mothjiB noiornB. 

IJepeoii. 
TaMB oGiimaHDmB qepHbie BpaHbi , 
A.*4Hbia nmki;bi ; xim^Hbie 3BBpn 

Cb peBOMB KonaiomB bb 3Ci\lib. 

Bmopoii. 
MaaeHbKOH k])6^iikb bb rnpaBKB 3e^eHoii 
Cb mhjoii no^pyiKFxOii maMi> orn^bixaernB, 
To.iyGb 11a Bbiuo'iKb cuiuiii). 



C ]5 9 ) 

The churc h-y a r b. 
First voice. 

How frightful the grave ! how deserted and drear! 
With the howls of the storm-wind the creaks ofthebier 

And the white bones all clattering together ! 
Second voice. 
How peaceful the grave ! its quiet how deep: 
Its zephyrs breathe calmly, and soft is its sleep, 

And flow'rets perfume it with ether. 

First voice. 
There riots the blood-crested worm on the dead, 
And the yellow scull serves the foul toad for a bed, 
And snakes in its nettle-weeds hiss. 

Second voice. 
How lovely , how sweet the repose of the tomb: 
No tempests are there: — but the nightingales come 
And chant their sweet chorus of bliss. 

First voice. 
The ravens of night flap ther wings o'er the grave: — 
'Tis the vulture's abode: — tis thewolf's dreary cave 
Where they tear up the dead with their fangs. 

Second voice. 
There the coney atevening disports with hislove, 
Or rests on t«»e sod; — while the turtles above , 
Repose on the bough that o'erhangs. 



( i6o ) 

Ilepeoii. 
CwpocnTb co Mr^oK) , rycmo Mtiuancb, 
ILiafiaionrb maMo bt> B034yx:fe ^yuiHOMb, 
4peBO 6e3-b aiicmbeBTj cmoiimij. 
Brnopoii. 

Tawo cmpyhmcji bt> B03Ayxl> CBtmjiOMTj 
Ilapij CdaroBOHHbiH ciimixb t^iajioK* , 

BliJlbIXT> flCMHHOBl) , JIHJieH. 

Uepaoii. 
CrnpaHHiiKT) Gohitich MepniBoii k>4,6^h ; 
y^acb u mpenemij qyBcrnBya bi> cep^ijfc, 
Mhmo KJia,46Hii;a cnBiukmb. 

Brnopoii. 
CmpaHHHK'b ycma^ibiH BH^iinrb o6iiine^b 
Bt'maro iviiipa — nocoxt 6pocaemix, 
TaMi> ocmaemcii HaBtKi). 

KapaM3Hm, 



First voice, 
Fouldarknessand dampness with poisonousbreatb, 
And loathsome decay fill the dwelling of death, 
The trees are all barren and bare ! 
Seoond voice. 

O soft are the breezes that play round the tomb. 
And sweet with the violets wafted perfume , 
With lilies and jessamine fair. 

First voice. 

The pilgrim who reaches this valley of tears 

Would fain hurry by, and with tremblingand fears, 

He is launched on the wreck-covered river ! 

Second voice. 

The traveller outworn with life's pilgrimage dreary 

Lays down his rude staff, like one that is weary f 

And sweetly reposes for ever. 

Translated by Bo wring. 



C m ) 

Eh B03r6Bopnjn> : 
H. M3ij-3a Mopa 
M3Tj - 3a ciiHaro 
npiironro kt> me6t 
ToAyfieii cma^o j 
BbiGnpan ce6B 
Aymna rojiyGa , 
^kcma , cii30Ba , 
MoxHOHoroBa. — 
He Aemk 3J104BH 
3a CHHe Mope ! 
ToBopHm-b eMy 
B*AHa nmaiueqKa : 

He TOHH KO MHB 

rojiy6en cma^o ; 
Oxb ! ymBiunnrb jih 
Metis rojiy6h raBOH , 
MirjibiMB /i,tmyinKaivn» 
He po^HOH omei^B ? 



C >65 ) 

To the widow'd dove , 
Oer the azure sea, 
I will bring lo thee 
Flocks of turtles , where 
Thou shalt choose thy dear, 
Choose thy lover sweet, 
Choose the brightest best, 
With a fair gray breast 
And with ruby feet. » 
«Fly not murderous bird! 
O'er the azure sea 
Thus the dove was heard 
Answering mournfully : 
Bring no flocks to me 
O'er the azure sea; 
Can their presence be 
Comfort to my breast ? 
Will they bring to me 
The father of mv nest? 



C -66 ) 

4oEPAfl HO^L. 

« IlpocmH , npocmk , moh npaii po^uon , 

Y'/Kfa CKpblJICH mbJ BTj BOJlHilXB ! 

KocarnKa Bbemca , Btmpij ho'ihoh 

Ilrpaemb Bt iiapycaxt. 

y?Kb moHyrnB orHeHHbi jiyqk 

Bb 6e340HHoii ciineB'B , 

Moh Kpau poAHou , npocmk , npocmk { 

Ho i ib ^oGpaa me6"B. 

« IIpocHemca ^eHb , ero Kpaca 
ynrBLiiiinrb Eohuh CBBmb , 
yBii/Ky mope , neGeca; 

A p6j,HHbI y>Kb HBmb. 

Oini^oBCKiii ^omtj noKHHy.vb n, 
TpaBoii oHi) sapocmermj , 
CoGaKa Btpnaa moh 
Bbinib cmaHcmij y Eopomb. 

« Ko MHB , KO MHB , naHCb KHIblH MOH ! 

Ho mw Apo/Kkmb KaKT> juiemb; 

llib cmpauieinj peBt bojihw MopcKon ? 

ILib Btmpa 6yiinbiii cBiiemt? 

He n.ia'ib ! KopaOjib moh hobb ! HAbiBy 

y>i{b a ne Bb nepBbiii past , 

11 Gbicmpbiii coko^b iia Jiemy 

He neperouiirrnj nacb.» 



C 167 ) 

Good night. 

« Adieu, adieu! my native shore 

Fades o'er the waters blue , 
The night-winds sigh , the breakers roar, 

And shrieks the wild seamew. 
Yon sun that sets upon the sea 

We follow in his flight; 
Farewell awhile to him and thee , 

My native land — good night ! 

« A few short hovirs and he will rise. 

To give the morrow birth ; 

And I shall hail the main and skies, 

But not my mother earth. 
Deserted is my own good hall , 

Its hearth is desolate , 

Wild weeds are gathering on the wall : 

My dog howls at the gate. 



« Come hither, hither, my little page! 

Why dost thou weep and wail ? 
Or dost thou dread the billow's rage , 

Or tremble at the gale ? 
But dash the tear - drop from thine eye ; 

Our ship is swift and strong: 
Our fleetest falcon scarce can fly 

More merrily along. » 



C '68 ) 

— He Gv&HbiS Blimps crnpauiHnrb weiia, 
He uiynfi> yrpiOMbixij BOJiHb, 

Ho He AHBHCb, Gupb l IiLib4ij ; i nno a 
Tockh cep^eqHoM nOJIHb , 
npomambCH rpycmHo 6biJio mhb 
Ci> poAHMoio , ctj ohmewb. 
Tenepb Ha^e/K^bi bcb bt» rne6l» 
H btj KOMij-mo He 3eMHOivnj. 

— He cKpuxb oineiyb mocKH CBoefi 
Kam> erna^ij 6^aroc^ioBJiHinb , 

Ho 46.AH Marnepn Moen 

4enb n^iaKamb, Ho^b Hecnamb. — 

Tw npaBT> , raw npaBb , mom naaa> M.ia r i,6ir ; 

Kaia» cAifirnb BiiHanib me6a ? 

Ct> HiBoea HeBHHHoa npocraomoM 7 

Axt> ! n^iaKa^iTj 6bi m a. 

« Ho BO mil , H KOpMHJIIKb MO II cu^innii 

Beci> no.ioHb «iepHbixi> Aywb. 

EUb 6yiiHbiH Btrapi. me6ii cmpauiJiniL , 

ILlb MOpJI rp03HblH uiysiii ? » 

— Gupb HeiobATj ! ho poGoKb a Aymoir, 
He ywepemb Goiocb : 

Ho a cb AbrabMH , ho a cb jkchoh 
Bb nepBbie pa3C[naiocb ! 

— npocnymca 3aBmpa , 11a 3api>, 
11 AB IIXiI ll a^eiia, 



( '«9 ) 
« Let winds be shrill , let waves roll high , 

I fear not wave nor wind 
Yet marvel not , Sir Childe , that I 

Am sorrowful in mind; 
For I have from my father gone, 

A mother whom I love , 
And have no friend , save these alone , 

But thee — and one above. 

« My father blessed me fervently , 

Yet did not much complain ; 
But sorely will my mother sigh 

Till 1 come back again. » — 
«Enough , enough, my little lad! 

Such tears become thine eye ; 
If I thy guileless bosom had 

Mine own would not be dry. 

« Come hither, hither my staunch yeoman, 

Why dost thou look so pale ? 
Or dost thou dread a French foe man ? 

« Or shiver at the gale ? » — 
« Deem'st thou I tremble for my life ? 

Sir Childe I'm not so weak ; 
But thinking on an absent wife 

Will blanch a faithful cheek. 

« My spouse and boys dwell near thy hall , 
Along the bordering lake , 

8 



( *7° ) 

MajuomKii cnpocam'b 060 mh* 

II Bcnjia'iemcH oHa ! 

« Tbi npaBfc , nihi npaB-b ! h Kam> nenAmb, 

Moii 4o6pbiii y^ajieiyb ; 

Te6i , 4pyri> , mo>kho ropeBanib ! 

PI Riy/Kii mbi 11 omeiyb ! 



« Ho h ! axb mpy^no Bipnnib mhb 
CUe3aivib npejiecniHbixT> rjia3i> ! 

^EoGoBhK) HOBOK) OHB 

Ocyiuamcfl 6e3i> Hacb ! 

AllUlh IUBMTj 04HHM1> mep3aFOCb K t 

He Bb ckjiaxb mo 3a6bimb , 
Hmo Hbirib Ha CBtrnb y MeHa , 
O KOMb 6bi nomyjKHmb ! — 

« II Borm> 11a rneaiHbrxb a Bo^Haxi* 

OAHHl , OAHHb CT> niOCKOM , 

H Kino 3Ke , Kmo no mhe Bb cjie3axb 

Tenepb bt> cmpaHfc po^Hoii ! 

^rno/K-b pBambca mhb , Hva^tinb Koro ? 

R cepAijeivrb onycmtxb, 

II 6e3b HaACiKA^ n 6e3i> Bcero , 

Hino noMHiimb a xomijib ! 



« O Moit Kopa6^ib ! cb mo66ii a pa,4T> 
Hockmbca no BOJiHaub ! 
AllUlb He njlblBH co mhoh Hasa^i* 
Kb poAHMbiMb GeperaM-b! 



C «7> ) 

And when they on their father call , 
What answer shall she make? » — 

« Enough, enough, my yeoman good, 
Thy grief let none gainsay; 

But I, who am of lighter mood, 
Will laugh to flee away. 

« For who would trust the seeming sighs 

Of wife or paramour ? 
Fresh feres will dry the bright blue eyes 

We late saw streaming o'er. 
For pleasures past I do not grieve, 

Nor perils gathering near; 
My greatest grief is that I leave 

Nothing that claims a tear. 

« And now I'm in the world alone , 

Upon the wide , wide sea : 
But why should I for others groan, 

When none will sigh for me ? 
Perchance my dog will whine in vain, 

Till fed by stranger hands ; 
But long e'er I come back again, 

He'd tear me where he stands. 

« With thee my bark , I'll swiftly go 

Athwart the foaming brine; 
Nor care what land thou bear's t me to , 

So not again to mine. 



C *7 2 ) 

4a^ieKO Ha crca^iaxB , bt> crnena 
DpiioniB cbimj ce6t : 
A mw , o poAHiia, npocrnk ! 
Hoib ^oGpaa rae6i>! 

IlepeBejiTj //. K03AO61. 



II y c T BI h h a K b. 
E a ji a a 4 a. 



« Be^H MeHH nycmbiHn Hckmejib ! 

CBamoH AHaxopemB ! 
E.AH3Ka Mte^iaHHaa oQkmeAh • 

IIpHB^rnHblH BHJKV CBBH1B ! 

« ycma^-b h : mbMa KpyroMB rycmaa ; 

3anajn> bb rjiymii moh cjib^b; 
Be36pe'/KiiBH , MHHmca , cmenb nycmaa , 

Hbmb ^a^B a bb nepe/^B. 

— Mom cmhb ! (bb omBBniB nycmbiHn mhmeAb) 
Tbi npk3paKOMB npejibinem> ; 

OnaceHB mBOM nymeB04,kinejib — 
Ha^B 6e3/j,HOH cnBimiinB ohb ! 

— 3abcb la^aMB Hnu;ernbi 6e3^oMHbiMB 
OmBepcrna ^Bepb Mok , 

M CKy^HblXB GjiarB y^LlOMB CKpOMHbIMB 

/3,bjik)Cb omB cep/i,u,a n. 



( '73 ) 
Welcome , welcome , ye dark-blue waves ! 

And when you fail my sight 
Welcome ye deserts , and ye caves ? 
My native land — Good Night ! » 

Byron, 



The hermit. 
A ballad. 



« Turn , gentle hermit of the dale , 
« And guide my lonely way , 

« To where yon taper cheers the vale 
« With hospitable ray. 

« For here , forlorn and sad I tread, 
« With fainting steps and slow; 

« Where wilds immeasurably spread, 
« Seem lengthening as I go. » 

« Forbear, my son, » the hermit cries, 
« To tempt the dangerous gloom ; 

« For yonder faithless phantom flies 
« To lure thee to thy doom. 

« Here to the houseless child of want , 

« My door is open still ; 
« And tho my portion be but scant, 

« I give it with good will. 



( >7i ) 

— BoifAM bt> rocmenpikMHy KejiLK) ; 
Moii cwhtj y nepe/vb mo66ii 

H 6paiuHO cb JKecmKoio nocmejibio 
H c^aAKin moh noKoii ! 

— Ecrab cmaAO .... ho 6e3BHHHwxi» KpoBbio 
Pvkh /i He Garpiixb ; 

MeHH TBopei;i. CBoen jeoGobbio 
IljaAHmL hxtj HayqHjnj. 

— OGb^tj CHiiMaK) Henopo^HbiH 
Ob npuropKOBb n no.ieii ; 

4peBa ^aiomTj — JiAo^ii mhb co l iHbi ; 
A nnmie — pyqeii. 

— Boii/i,H>Ki) Bb moh 4owb — 3a66mi> maMii nym&hi\ 
Hfernb G^iara bt> cyemB ! 

HaMb Ma^lblfl Aailbl 3ABCb Hy/K^bl • 

Ha meubjh Miin> h mt 

KaKb CBBvKa/i poca 4eHHHi;bi 

BbiJiij c.ia^oKb ceu npiiBBm'b , 
II poGKiii rocmb, ckviohji 3BHHH,bi t 

II/i,enn> 3a crnapijeMb Bb c.iB^b. 

B"b aii'ih rjyxoii , HenpoxoAiiMoii 

Ero maiucfl KpoBb , 
Ilpifomb &j\n cirpornw roHHMoii , 

fan cmpaiiHiiKa noKpoBT*. 



( >7* 1 
« Then turn to-night , and freely share 

« Whate'er my cell bestows ; 
« My rushy couch , and frugal fare , 

« My blessing and repose. 

« No flocks that range the valley free , 

« To slaughter I condemn : 
« Taught by that Power that pities me , 

« I learn to pity them. 

« But from the mountain's grassy side , 

« A guiltless feast I bring; 
« A scrip with herbs and fruits supply'd , 

« And water from the spring. 

« Then , pilgrim turn , thy cares fore-go ; 

« All earth-born cares are wrong : 
« Man wants but little here below, 

« Nor wants that little long. » 

Soft as the dew from heav'n descends, 

His gentle accents fell ; 
The modest stranger lowly bends, 

And follows to the cell. 

Far in a wilderness obscure 

The lonely mansion lay , 
A refuge to the neighbouring poor 

And strangers led astray. 



C '7« ) 

HenbiiiiHbi bb xh>khhb y66pBi : 

TaMB 6bahociiib h noKofi; 
M CKpwnHyjiH ^Bepeii pacmBopw 

npe,4i> MnpHOK) 4emoH. 

Orauie.ii.HHKi) 3pnim> rocmenpiliMHoii , 

Hmo rocmh ero yHbixb , 
M CBtni^biM oroHeKi> ohb bb abimhoh 

HeqypKB pa3.*o)KH.iB. 

ILiOAbi h 3ejieHb npe/^araenrb 
Cb npunpaBofi 4o6pBixB cjiobb ; 

BecBAon cnyKy o3Jiau;aenTb 
MeA^iiinejibHbixTj qacoBB. 

HpyyakmcH. pB3BBiii Korai) npe^B hhmh , 
Bb yr\*y KpHiiiHiB CBepqotrb; 

TpemknTb Me}KT> ^HcrnbHMH cyxiiMH 
Ejiecmflin,iii oroHeKB. 

Ho Mo^qa^HBB npnuuiei^B yrpioMbiii j 

Ileqajib bb ero qeprnaxB ; 
4yUia T10AH2L npncKop6HOH 4yMbi • 

H cjie3bi Ha raa3axB. 

Eiviy nycmbiHHHKB omBBqaemB 

Cep^eqHOK) mocKon: 
— O K)HbiH crnpaHHiiKB, «imo CMyiijaernB 

TaKB paHo rauott hokoiI ? 




C >77 ) 
No stores beneath its humble thatch 

Requir'd a master's care; 
The wicket opening , with a latch , 

Receiv'd the harmless pair. 

And now , when busy crowds retire 

To take their evening rest , 
The hermit trimm'd his little fire , 

And cheer'd his pensive guest; 

And spread his vegetable store , 

And gaily prest ? and smil'd , 
And skill'd in legendary lore , 

The lingering hours beguil'd. 

Around in sympathetic mirth 

Its tricks the kitten tries ; 
The cricket chirrups in the hearth ; 

The crackling faggot flies. 

But nothing could a charm impart 

To sooth the stranger's woe ; 
For grief was heavy at his heart ; 

And tears began to flow. 

His rising cares the hermit spy'd. 

With answering care opprest : 
« And whence , unhappy youth , « he cry'd, 

« The sorrows of thy breast? 



( '7« ) 

— TLih 6bimb y66riiMi> h 6e3AOMHbiMb 
TBopen/b me 6t cy ajzm> ? 

ILib npe^amj ApyroMB BbpojioMHbiMb? 
Hjih Boraii^e jik)6hjiij? 

— Ybm ! cnoKOH ce6n : npe3p"BHHbi 
ymtxH Gaarb 3eMHbix"b ! 

A mom* , Krao njia i iemb , hxb aniueHHbiH , 
Ein,e npesp-BHHBH hxb. 

IlpiIMaHqHBTj ApyyK6bI B30p"b JiyKaBOH • 

Ho axb ! KaKi. mfcHb, bo cjibab 
OHa 3a cqacmieMb, 3a cjiaBoii, 
II npo^b om-b xaa^Hbixij Gb^b ! 

— *Ik>66bb .... Mo6oBb npejiecrab nrpoio ! 
OmpaBa c^a4,KHXb cjiobb ; 

He3piiMa bb MipB; Miuib nopoio 
}KiiBemb y ro-AyGKOBB. 

— Ho, Apyrb , raw poGocmbio cmw^iiBOH 
Cboh hb/Khmh no.iT> omicpbijib ! 

II oqn cmpanHHK-b moponjiHBOH , 
KpacHB/i, onycmiuib. 

Kpaea CKB03b ^erniu npoHHKaenrb 

CmbiA.iribocinH noKpoBb • 
Tanb yirjpo miixoe ciaeinb 

CKB03b 3aBbcb oGaanoBb. 






( *79 ) 
« From better habitations spurn'd , 

« Reluctant dost thou rove ; 
« Or grieve for friendship unreturn'd , 

« Or unregarded love ? 

« Alas ! the joys that fortune brings, 

« Are trifling and decay; 
« And those who prize the paltry things ; 

« More trifling still than they. 

« And what is friendship but a name , 

« A charm that lulls to sleep ; 
« A shade that follows wealth or fame , 

« But leaves the wretch to weep ? 

« And love is still an emptier sound , 

« The modern fair one's jest : 
« On earth unseen, or only found, 

« To warm the turtle's nest. 

« For shame , fond youth , thy sorows hush , 
« And spurn the sex, » he said: 

But while he spoke , a rising blush 
His love-lorn guest betray'd. 

Surpriz'd , he sees new beauties rise 

Swift mantling to the view , 
Like colours o'er the morning skies, 

As bright ; as transient too. 



C '8o ) 

Tpenemyraij nepcn : B3opb coohchhuh; 

Kam> po3a , LjB-fcnrb jiaHJimb.... 
M AfcBy — npe^ecmb H3yMjieHHbiH 

OmmejibHHKTj Bb rocrnB spurn*. 

« npocrnHuib au , cmapeub, ^epsHOBeHbe 7 

Hmo poGKOK) cmonoH 
BouiJia Bb inBoe ye^MHeHbe, 

Tab Borb o^HHb cb rao6oH ! 

• AioGoBh Ha^ejKAb Moiixb ryGinne^b, 

MoilXb BHHOBHIIKb 6b4,b ; 

Mujy noKOH , ho Myqiime.Ab 
Tocna 3a mhok> Bb cab^b. 

« Omeijb moh 3HaraHocmiio y c^aBOH 

H nbiuiHocmbio rpeMb\Ab; 
Si AHea ero 6biaa 3a6aBOH ; 

OHb BCe BO MHB HMBJlb. 

« II pwqapH cmeKJiHCb mojinoio : 

Mhb npe^arajiw Bb ^api> , 
Tb qncmbiH, cxoahmh Cb HXb 4ymoK) , 

A mt npiimBopHbiS atapb. 

« II Ka>K4bIH JiecmbK) BbpO^OMHOH 

flpHB^eqb MeHfl Memnajib.... 
Ho Bb MXb mo^irs B/\Bkuh 6wxb CKpoMHoii j 

34BHHb, JIK)6A , M0^4d4b. 



( "«• ) 

The bashful look , the rising breast , 

Alternate spread alarms ; 
The lovely stranger stands confest 

A maid in all her charms. 

And « ah ! forgive a stranger rude 
« A wretch forlorn , » she cry'd , 

« Whose feet unhallow'd thus intrude 
« Where heaven and you reside. 

« But let a maid thy pity share, 
« Whom love has taught to stray ; 

« Who seeks for rest, but finds despair 
« Companion of her way. 

« My father lived beside the Tyne , 

« A wealthy lord was he ; 
« And all his wealth was mark'd as mine , 

« He had but only me. 

« To win me from his tender arms , 

« Unnumber'd suitors came • 
« Who praised me for imputed charms , 

« And felt or feign'd a flame. 

« Each hour a mercenary crowd 
« With richest proffers strove : 

« Among the rest young Edwin bow'd , 
« But never talked of love. 



C i8a ) 

EMy CT> CMHpeHHOH HMii^emoio 
Cy^bGa 04H0 ^ajia : 

IIjliHAmb BbiCOKOK) AVIHOK) 

M ma Moeii 6bua. 

k Poca Ha po3t , H,BBnrb AyuiHcmoii 

<X)iajiKH noJieBOH , 
E^ba cpauHnmbca Morymi. cb qkcmoii 

3/l,BHHOBOH 4yUJOH. 

« Ho qBtnrb, ci> He6ecHOK> pocoio 

^HBym-b eAHHbiS Miin> : 
Oht> o^apeHb 6b]^iB hxt> Kpacoio , 

H. jierKOcmiio hxi>. 

* R rop^on , xjia/j,Hoio Ka3£uacb ; 

Ho MMJUi OHb BT> maHHB 6bIJTb ' 

yijbi ! jih)6h , h BocxHmajiacb , 
Kor^a OHl cje3bi auju>. 

« HectiacmHbiH ! oht> He cuecij npesptHbii ! 

Bb nycmbiHio ohb noM<iajrb, 
Cboio jiK)66Bb 7 cboh My i ieHba — 

M maMTj btj cvie3axB yBaxb I 

« Ho a BHHOBHa ! mhb cmpaAaHbe ! 

Mhb yr.^Aairjb btj cjie3a\i> ! 
Mhb CyAb nycinbina ma iisruaiibe , 

r^b CKpbimb 3abj'Iiiobi> npaxb. 



C '83 ) 

« Iii humblest simplest habit clad , 
« No wealth nor power had he ; 

« Wisdom and worth were all he had, 
« But these were all to me. 

« The blossom opening to the day 
« The dews of heaven reftnd , 

« Could nought of purity display, 
« To emulate his mind. 

« The dew, the blossom on the tree , 
« With charms inconstant shine; 

« There charms were his , but woe to me ! 
« Their constancy was mine. 

« For still I try'd each fickle art , 

« Importunate and vain; 
« And, while his passion touched my heart , 

« I triumph'd in his pain. 

« Till quite dejected with my scorn, 

« He left me to my pride ; 
« And sought a solitude forlorn, 

« In secret where he died. 

« But mine the sorrow, mine the fault, 
« And well my life shall pay , 

« I'll seek the solitude he sought , 
« And stretch me where he lay. — 



( '84 ) 

« HaAT> mkow ero Morii^oii 

KoHeub cboh Bempi^y a! 
li HpiiHoiueHbeMb iitbhii mhjioh 

llycmjj (jy^emb )KH3Hi> moa ! » 

— MajibBiiHa ! — cmapeij'b BocKJtHi;aerm> 
11 na^ib Kb ea noraMb ! 

O ^y40 ? H¥b 34BHHb jio63aenib • 
3/a.BHHb npe^b Heio caMb ! 

— 4py rb He3a6BeHHbiH ! Apyrb e^iiHOH ! 
Onamb Ha BbKb a iiiboh ! 

IIo^Ha ayina Moa MajifaBHHOH ! » 
M 3,4tcb ^bima^b juo66m ! 

— 3a6y4b o npomjioivrb ! Htnib pa3^yKH ! 
CaMb Borb Bbinaemb HaMb : 

Bee Bb »(ii3Hn ; pa^ocniH h mvkh 
OmHbiHb nonojiaivib ! 

— Axb ! 6y4,b h caMbiu ■racb KOHqkHbi 
4^ia 4,Byxb cep/i,ei;b c-AiiHb : 

4a Cb MHJIOH 2KH3HIK) Ma^bBHHM 

yracHenib h 3,4BHHb. 

IlepeBeab HCyKoecKiii. 



( '85 J 

« And there forlorn , despairing hid , 

« I'll lay me down and die : 
« 'Twas so for me that Edwin did ; 

« And so for him will I. » 

« Forbid it heaven! » the hermit cry'd , 
And clasp'd her to his breast : 

The wondering fair one turn'd to chide 
'Twas Edwin's self that prest. 

« Turn , Angelina , ever dear , 

« My charmer, turn, to see 
« Thy own , thy long lost Edwin here , 

« Restor'd to love and thee. 

« Thus let me hold thee to my heart , 

« And ev'ry care resign : 
« And shall we never, never part, 

My life , — my all that's mine ? 

« No never, from this hour to part, 
« We'll live and love so true; 

« The sigh that rends thy constant heart , 
« Shall break thy Edwin's too. >» 

Goldsmith, 



Cejii>ckoe K^aabhu^e. 

BMzin. 

y?Ke Gjit^Hteni'b 4eHb, CKpwBancL 3a ropoio , 
IIIyMAiqifl crnaAa mcMiiiiniCH H&Ab pBKoii , 
ycmajibin cejurnkfib, MeA/iiimejibHOH crnonoio , 
H^era-b 3a,4yMaBiiincjb bt> iuajiaun> noKOMHbiii cboh. 

Bt> myMaHHOMTj cpipaKt oKpecinHocmbHS i ie3aemb! 
IIoBCK)Ay miiiDHHa! noBciOAy MepmBbin coHb ! 
Aumb H3pB4Ka, iKyJKJKa, Be*iepHiii JKyK-bMejibKuemij, 

AllUlb CJlblUIHmCfl B^ajlH porOBb yilblJlblH 3BOHb ! 

JLuuih AHKaa coBa, cmeHa no^-h ApeBHUMTi cboaom*. 
MoxHaraon 6auiHH cen, BMnnmb nepe/vb jiyHon 
3a6jj}>KAui"Xb cmpaHHHKOBi), paspyuiiiBmnx'b npiixo^oMi 
EA 6e3MOjiBHaro BjiaAbmecmBa noKon! 

Bo MpaKbqepHbix-b cochtj h Bfl30BTjHaK^OHenHbix'bj l 
Komopbi y mothjitj pa3BBciiBiiniCb ujyMflmb , 
3At)Cb npaorni;bi ceja, bij rpoGaxt ^eAimeHHbixb 
Ha bbkm 3araBopacb ; chomtj nenpo6y4HbiMb cn/im^! 

4bixanie 3apn , r^acb y m P a 3oaomoBa , 
Hii KpiiKH ntrayxa, hii paHHi& 3B\Kb poroB-b , 
Hn mpe^n jiacmo l iKH Cb coJioMeHiiaro Kpoua , 
Hm <nn6 He B0330Benn> hoihbhihxtj ii3i> rpoGoBi) ! 



( '8 7 ) 
Elegy. 



Written in a country church-yard. 

The curfew toljs the knell of parting day , 
The lowing herds wind slowly o'er the lea, 

The ploughman homeward plods his weary way, 
And leaves the world to darkness and to me. 

Now fades the glimmering landscape on the sight. 

And all the air a solemn stillness holds, 
Save where the beetle wheels his droning flight, 

Aud drowsy tinklings lull the distant folds ; 

Save that from yonder ivy-mantled tower, 
The moping owl does to the moon complain 

Of such, as wand'ring near her secret bower, 
Molest her ancient solitary reign. 

Beneath those rugged elms, that yew-tree's shade, 
Where heaves the turf in manyamould'ring heap, 
Each in his narrow cell for ever laid, 
The rude forefathers of the hamlet sleep. 

The breezy call of incense-breathing morn, 
The swallow twitt'ring from the straw-built shed 

The cock's shrill clarion , or the echoing horn , 
No more shall rouse them from their lowly bed. 



( '88 ) 

Ilbuaiou^H oroHb, bt> ropHH^axii pa3BBBaa , 
Mxb btj 3HMHM Beiepa He Gy^erab Becejiiimb , 
II qa^a HBjKHbin , npiix6/Vb mxt> ynpoKAaa , 
He CyAynib ci» ma^Hocrabio jio63aHin hxtj jioBkmb! 

KaKi> qacmo hxt> cepnw 3^iamyio HHBy jkeuh 
II njiyrb hxt» lioGBJKAajib ynopHwa nojia ! 
KaKi> qacino nxb eBKkpb AyfipaBbi mpeneinajiH , 
H noraoMi hxtj jinu,a Kponioaca 3eMjia ! 

IlycKaH pa6w cyenrb hxt> jKpeGifi npe3HpaK)im>, 
CiuBionTCH Aep3ocmHo nojie3HbiMT> mxt> mpy,4aMi>; 
IlycKaH cb xojioahok? HaA^ieHHocnibK) BHHMaioim> 
TaaujHMCfl bo mbMB y66roBa AtviaMii ! 

Ha Bctxb apkmca CMepmb! LJapa, jiK)6ii]vm,a cjiaBbi 
BcBXb iiii;eim> rpo3Haa — h HBKorAa HaiiAemT) ! 
BceivioiijHbia cyAb6bi He3bi6je.\ibi ycmaBbi : 
Cme3a Bejiimia ko rp66y Hac* Be^em* ! 

A bw HanepcmHHKH (f>opinyHbi ocjib^ueHHbi , 
He CMtarae cnaujHXTj 3AECb 6e3yMHo yKopamb 
3a mo, irao rp66bi iixt> He nbiuiHbi h 3a6BeHHbi, 
Hmo aecrab uwb o^mapeS Hexoiemt B03ABHrarni>! 

Bornijqe HaAb MepmBbiMH, iicrnjiBBUiiiMH KocmaMii 
Tpot^en 3HHC4ynrca , Ha/irp66ia 6.iecmamb ; 
Bornme rjiaci. noqecmeii 3ByqHrm> nepe^ rpoGaMK 
yracuiia nenciij Haurb ohh He BociKuamb! 



C '8 9 ) 

For them no more the blazing hearth shall bum, 
Or busy housewife ply her evening care : 

No children run to lisp their sire's return , 
Or climb his knees the envied kiss to share. 

Oft did the harvest to their sickle yield , 
Their plough-share oft the stubborn glebe hasbroke 

How jocund did they drive their teem afield ! 
How bow'd the woods beneath their sturdy stroke! 

Let not ambition mock their useful toil, 
Their homely joys, and destiny obscure , 

Nor grandeur hear with a disdainful smile 
The short and simple annals of the poor. 

The boast of heraldry, the pomp of power, 
And all that beauty, all that wealth e'er gave, 

Await alike th' inevitable hour , 

The paths of glory lead but to the grave. 

Nor you, ye proud, impute to these the fault, 
If memory o'er their tomb no trophies raise , 

Where through the long-drawn aisle and fretted vault 
The pealing anthem swells the note of praise. 

Can storied urn or animated bust 

Back to its mansion call the fleeting breath ? 

Can honour's voice provoke the silent dust , 
Or flatt'ry soothe the dull cold ear of death ? 



( '9° ) 

Ax"b! MOJKeimj 6bimi>, no/^ ceii Mornjioio majimc;i 
IlpaxT> cep^i^a Htauiaro , yMtninaro jieoGhihl, 
II KpoBOyKa^HOH qepBb Bb cyxoii rviaBls rnt34Hinc/i ? 
PojKAeHHOH Gbimb bi> b^hi^e, ujih MbicjiaaiH napknib ! 

Ho npocBtu^eHbH xpaMT>, B03ABiirHymbiii BtKaMH , 
yrptoMOK) cy^bCoii ^yia hhxt> 6"bijn> 3amBopeHb ; 
Ilxi> poKi> oGpeMeHHXb y66jKecmBa n,t>riHMii ; 
IIxij TeHiH, He po^Acb, HeBOJieii yMepujB.AeH'b ! 

KaKiiqacmo pi^KoS nepjn?,BojiHaMHCOKpoBeHHOH ? 
Btj 6e3AOHHOH nponacrmi ciflenrb KpacomoM.' 
KaKL qacrno jihjuh u,Btmenn> yeAHHeHiio, 
Btj nycmbiHHOMTi B03Ayxt mepaa 3anaxi> cbom ! 

Bbimb MOHtemi), UbUbio ceii noKpbinrb TaivinAeHt 

Ha/l,IMl3HHb]H , 

3au;HnTHHK'b cejibCKHXTi npaBi>, mHpaHcmBa caiti- 

jiwh Bparb; 
MjLb KpoBiK) rpavK^amj KpoxMBejib He oGarpeHHbiij; 
IIaii MiiJibmoHTj uhuoik y 6e3b cjiaBbi cKpbimbiii 

bt> npaxi). 

CenamoM-b ynpaBJiainb aepjKaBHoio pyKoto , 
CpajKauibca CbBHxpeMi. 6t/],i.,(jjopmyHynpe3iipamb, 
,4npbi oGujiia Ha CMepniHbixi* jiumb pfcKoio, 
Bi> c.ie3ax , bnpii3Hanie^bHbiX'b / 3,'bJiacBOii mnnarrib — 



( >9> ) 

Perhaps in this neglected spot is laid 

Some heart once pregnant with celestial fire ; 

Hands, that the rod of empire might havesway'd, 
Or waked to ecstasy the living lyre. 

But knowledge to their eyes her ample page 
Rich with the spoils of time did ne'er unroll; 

Chill penury repress'd their noble rage , 
And froze the genial current of the soul. 

Full many a gem, of purest ray serene , 
The dark unfathom'd caves of ocean bear : 

Full many a flower is born to blush unseen , 
And waste its fragrance on the desert air. 



Some village Hampden, that with dauntless breast 

The little tyrant of his fields withstood ; 

Some mute inglorious Milton here may rest, 
Some Cromwell guiltless of his country's blood. 



Th' applause of list'ning senates to command, 
The threats of pain and ruin to despise, 

To scatter plenty o'er a smiling land , 
And read their hist'ry in a nation's eyes. 



C >9* ) 

Cero jiiiuiH^'b h\Ti poK^ — ho BRrfccmB npecmy- 

njietibHMib 
Ohtj ct» AofoecniaMH hmt> npeAB^bi nojio/KkiB — 
Ebacauib cme3eia yGiiicniBB ko ciaBB , Haciaav- 

4,eHbHMT» , 

II 6bimi> tfcecmoKHMH kt> cmpa ( 4,a.Abi}aM'b sanpeina^'b- 



Tanrab bt> ^yni* cBoeii i\*acb coBBcmn n qecmn , 
PyManeivb poGKia cmbi,4JiHBocrnn mepamb, 
II paGoaBnenjByn iia jfcepinBenHHKax-b ^ecmu , 
^apw He6ecHbixi> My3i» ropAMHB nocBaujamb! 

CKpbiBaacb orrrb MipcKPDn>norH6eabHbiXT> CMameHiii, 
Be3ij cmpaxa n Ha,4e/K,4T>, bt> aojihhb h£h3hh ceik, 
He 3Haa ropecmn , He 3Haa HacjiaHtAeHin , 
Ohh 6e3ne i iHo iimh mponnHKOK) cBoen ! 

3A*Cb MnpHbiH nene^-b hxtj no'iierm> no4"b 3eMjeio, 
IlcKpoMHbinnaMflmHUK'b BowpaKt cocHbrycmbixb, 
yKpauieHi. Ha4,nncbK) 11 pB3b6oio npocmoio, 
3oBerm> npox6>Karo B3/i,oxHyrnb Ha^b npaxoMi> iixt! 

AioGoEb Ha Kasmt ceivib hxi» nasmmb coxpaHiuia ; 
Ilxb ainna, mueHa nonim # p™acb na'iepmarab, 
EBaHre^ibCKy Mopaab Bonp^rb H3oGpa3H^a, 
IIo Koen AOAmnbi mm yqkrnbca yMiiparnb ! 



C '93 ) 
Their lot forbad: nor circumscribed alone 

Theirgrowingvirtues,but their crimes confined, 
Forbad to wade through slaughter to a throne , 

And shut the gates of mercy on mankind , 



The struggling pangs of conscious truth to hide, 
To quench the blushes of ingenuous shame, 

Or heap the shrine of luxury and pride 
With incense kindled at the muse's flame. 



Far from the madding crowd's ignoble strife 7 
Their sober wishes never learn'd to stray ; 

Along the cool seqnester'd vale of life 

They kept the noiseless tenor of their way. 

Yet ev'n these bones from insult to protect 
Some frail memorial still erected nigh , 

With uncouth rhymes and shapeless sculpture 
deck'd , 

Implores the passing tribute of a sigh. 

Their name,theiryearsspeltby th'unletter'dmuse, 
The place of fame and elegy supply : 

And many a holy text around she strews , 
That teach the rustic moralist to die. 

9 



( '94 ) 

II Kmo ct> ceii >KH3Hiio 6e3-b ropa pa3Jiyqa^ca ! 
Krno npaxi> cboh no ce6t 3a6BeHbto ocruaBJiiU'b ! 
Kmo bt» qacij nocjit^Hiii cboh chmtj MipoMi> He 

njiBHflJICfl , 

II B3opa ropticaro Ha3a,4T> He oGpaajEUfc ! 

Axt>! cep^i^e HtiKHoe, npiipo^y noKHAaa, 
Ha^temca 4py3bai\rb ocrnaBiirnb n.ia>ieHb cboh ? 
II B3opbi mycKjiwe, HaBtKii yracaa, 
Euje cmpeManica kt> hiimtj ctj nocjiBAHeio c.ie3oii! 

A mw , no^HBiuiiXTj ^pyr-b , nkBeup yeAHHeHHbiii! 
II raBoii yAapuniL qac* nocji^Hin, poKOBoii ! 
II ktj rpoGy mBoeMy ihockok) 3aBC4eHHbiH , 
'IyBcrnBHraeabHbiiinpHAermjycjibiiuarnb vKpe6iii iiiboh! 

Bbimb MOHcemi) — cejiaHHirb, noKpbnnbiif ceahhok), 
BocnoMHiimb o me6i h GyAeimj roBopiirnb ? 
ftOHTjqacrno ? noympa^n},BcmpBqajica3A^cbcoMH6H) 
Kor^a chbhihjii* Ha xoami> 3apFo npeAynpeAkmb ! 

Ta>n> qacrao oht> ciiabjii> noA*> Ap^MAiou^eio hboh, 

nOAHHBUICH H3T3 3CMJIH KOCM anibltf KOpeHb CBOH ! 

Ta^-b qacrno bt> ropecrnn 6e3neqHoii ? MOJiqajiiiBOH, 
AeTKSLAii Ha^-b mHXOio , npo3paqHoio pBKoii! 

He pi>4Ko, BBeqepy, CKiimaacb uemb KycmaMH , — 
KorAa mm ctj no^a wmi , n bi> point co^oBew 
CBiicma^ij Beqepmo ntcHb — oht> raoMiibiMii oqaMH 
yHbuio cji*AOBa^T» 3a mHXOK) 3apen ! 






( '95 ) 

For who , to dumb forgetful ness a prey , 
This pleasing anxious being e'er resign'd , 

Left the warm precincts of the cheerful day, 
Nor cast one longing ling'ring look behind? 

On some fond breast the parting soul relies , 
Some pious drops the closing eye requires; 

Ev'n from the tomb the voice of nature cries, 
Ev'n in our ashes live their wonted fires. 

For thee , who mindful of th'unhonour'd dead 
Dost in these lines their artless tale relate; 

If chance , by lonely contemplation led , 
Some kindred spirit shall enquire thy fate , 

Haply some hoary-headed swain may say , 

. «Oft have we seen him at the peep of dawn 
Brushing with hasty steps the dews away 
To meet the sun upon the upland lawn. 

«There at the foot of yonder nodding beech 
That wreathes its old fantastic roots so high, 

His listles length at noontide would he stretch, 
And pore upon the brook that babbles by. 

"Hard by yon wood, now smiling as in scorn , 
Mutt'ring his wayward fancies he would rove ; 

Now drooping , woful wan , like one forlorn, 
Or crazed with care, orcross'd inhopeles love. 



( '9« ) 
Hacmajio ynipo; axb! — ohb cb ympoMb He HBjiiuica! 

Hh KbHBB, HH HaXOJIMb, HH Bb ,/lBCb He npHXOAHXb! 

4pyroe npnnieKJio, hhiwb ohb He Bcmpbqajica ! 
Moh B3opb ero hcksUi; Hcnajib — He HaxoAHXb. 

Ha ympo nBHie a CAbiuiy rpoGouoe ! 
HecqacmHaro Hecjik Bb Mork^y nojionmrnb ! 
JIpn6aH}KBca u npoqmk Ha4rp66ie npocmoe 

Ha AHKOMB KaMHB CeMB, nOAB KOHMb OHb JiejKHIffb. 

34BCb nenexb kjhoihh bb cbipon 3exMjiB coKpbijiii. 
Mmo c^asa, cqacmie He 3Hajib ohb bb iwipt ceivib! 
Ho My3bi omb Hero jiHi^a He omBparnnjiH , 
II MCAaHxojiin neqamb 6bua Ha hcmi, 

OHBKp6moKbcep4qeMb6bUb,qyBcrnBHraejieHB ^yuieio : 
HyBcmBHmejibHbiMb TBopeub Harpa^y nojioaduib ! 
4apHjib HecqacmHbixb oHb,qbMB mojibKO Morb — cjie3oio 
Bb Harpaay orab TBopqa ohb apyra nojiyqiuib. 

npoxoyKin yaajiiicb! bo rp66b cohb cBau;eHHbiii : 
Cy^bGa noqiiBUinxb bb hoil noKpbiniarpo3HoiT mBMOH 
Ha^eiKAa poGicafl JKHBHmb MXb nenejiB mjiBHHbiS... 
Kino 3Haenib ; qmo Hacb jK/^enib 3a rpoGoBoii ^ockoh? 



C '97 ) 
rcOne morn I miss'd liim on the 'custom'd hill, 

Along the heath and near his fav'rite tree ; 
Another came ; nor yet beside the rill , 

Nor up the lawn , nor at the wood was he ; 

«The next wilh dirges due in sad array 
Slow through the church-way path we saw 
him borne. 
Approach and read (for thou canst read) the lay , 
Graved on the stone beneath yon aged thorn. » 
The epitaph. 

Here rests his head upon the lap of earth 
A youth, to fortune and to fame unknown: 

Fair science frown'd not on his humble birth , 
And melancholy mark'd him for her own. 

Large was his bounty, and his soul sincere , 
Heav'n did a recompense as largely send : 

He gave to mis'ry all he had, a tear, 
He gain'd from Heav'n ('twas all he 
wish'd) a friend. 

No farther seek his merits to disclose , 
Or draw his frailties from their dread abode, 

(There they alike in trembling hope repose) 
The bosom of his father and his God. 

THE END. 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



002 618 520 8 * 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESsS 



002 618 520 8 t 



